![]()

#### Morgan Sindall Group plc

#### Annual Report 2022

![]()

Strategic report

The quick read

03

2022 in numbers

05

Chief executive’s statement

06

Our divisions

07

Business environment

08

Business model

09

Purpose, values and strategy

10

Key performance indicators

11

Section 172 statement

14

Our stakeholders

15

Responsible business strategy

and performance

18

Financial review

44

Operating review

47

Managing risk

64

Climate reporting

80

Non-ﬁnancial and sustainability

information statement

94

Going concern and viability statement

96

Governance

Chair’s statement

100

Board at a glance

102

Board of directors

104

Group management team

106

Directors’ and corporate governance report

108

Directors’ remuneration report

134

Other statutory information

164

Financial statements

Independent auditor’s report

170

Consolidated ﬁnancial statements

183

Company ﬁnancial statements

220

Shareholder information

230

Appendix – carbon emissions background

and terminology

232

#### We are aleadingUK construction and regeneration group.

In 2022, against a challenging economic backdrop, we delivered record results and maintained

our strong balance sheet and cash position.

We remain committed to creating social and environmental value and have retained both our

‘AAA’ ESG rating from MSCI and our ‘A’ rating from CDP for our leadership on climate change.

Materiality

Our annual report aims to provide our investors with the information they need to make decisions, for example on whether to buy, hold or sell our shares, how to

vote on their shares, and whether to engage with our Board on any issue. We have included information we believe is material to these decisions and presented it in a

way that we believe is fair, balanced and understandable. We recognise that this report will be read by a variety of other stakeholders including employees, our supply

chain, clients and partners, funders and performance bond issuers, analysts and regulators. Where we believe that a topic is material to many of them, based on our

latest materiality assessment (see page 19), we either include it in this report or refer to other reports and information on our website. We believe this approach meets

the requirements of company law, the UK Corporate Governance Code and IFRS, and that we go beyond these requirements where we feel it is useful for the reader

.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

![]()

THE QUICK READ

+

See page 7

+

See page 9

+

See page 10

#### Harnessingthe energy of our people to achieve the improbable

#### Our specialist divisions

Through ﬁve divisions, we deliver

construction and regeneration

for the public, commercial and

regulated sectors.

#### Construction



Construction & Infrastructure



Fit Out



Property Services

#### Regeneration



Partnership Housing



Urban Regeneration

#### Our business model

We generate cash through our

construction activities and invest in

long-term regeneration schemes,

which in turn create opportunities

in construction.

Our capabilities match the UK’s

demand for aﬀordable housing,

urban regeneration and investment

in public, commercial and social

infrastructure.

#### Our strategy

We pursue organic growth for the

Group through the exceptional

performance of our businesses.

#### Our priorities



Achieve quality of earnings



Excel in project delivery



Secure long-term workstreams



Keep innovating to deliver

on our Total Commitments

to our stakeholders and the

environment



Maintain ﬁnancial strength

Visit morgansindall.com

for more information

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

03

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Our Total Commitments are aligned with the UN Sustainable Development Goals,

the following six being those where we believe we can have the biggest impact:

+

See pages 15 to 17

#### Dedicated to our stakeholders

Long-term relationships, based

on dialogue, transparency and

collaboration, are key to our success.

Our key stakeholders:



Our people



Supply chain



Clients and partners



Local communities



Shareholders



Funders and performance

bond issuers

THE QUICK READ

continued

+

See pages 18 to 43

+

See page 10

+

See page 7

#### Core Values

Our purpose, culture, strategy

and performance are driven by

our Core Values. We encourage

our talented people to challenge

the status quo and exceed our

stakeholders’ expectations.

#### A decentralised approach

At the heart of our Core Values is

our decentralised philosophy.

Our divisions are complementary

but diﬀerent and our decentralised

approach enables them to respond

quickly to the speciﬁc needs of

their markets.

Our people are empowered to

make the right decisions for the

business and our stakeholders.

#### Being a responsible business

We have made ﬁve Total

Commitments to our stakeholders

and wider society.

Visit morgansindall.com

for more information

The customer

comes ﬁrst

Talented people are

key to our success

We must challenge

the status quo

Consistent achievement

is key to our future

We have a

decentralised

philosophy

Protecting

people

Developing

people

Improving the

environment

Working

together with

our supply chain

Enhancing

communities

Our Total

Commitments

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

04

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

2022 IN NUMBERS

\*

See note 28 to the consolidated ﬁnancial statements

for alternative performance measure deﬁnitions and

reconciliations.

1

Scope 1 emissions are direct from owned or controlled

sources and Scope 2 are generated from purchased

energy. Scope 1 and 2 emissions in 2019 totalled

20,903 tonnes CO

2

e.

2

MSCI provides decision support tools and services for

the global investment community.

#### Strong operating performance

#### Financial strength and shareholder returns

#### Social and environmental value

£3,612m

Revenue

(2021: £3,213m)

£139.2m

Operating proﬁt (adjusted\*)

(2021: £131.3m)

£88.3m

Operating proﬁt

(2021: £129.8m)

£8,459m

Secured workload

(2021: £8,614m)

£136.2m

Proﬁt before tax (adjusted\*)

(2021: £127.7m)

£85.3m

Proﬁt before tax

(2021: £126.2m)

£256m

Average daily net cash

(2021: £291m)

101.0p

Total dividend per share

(2021: 92.0p)

882

Apprentices and sponsorships for

graduates and national vocational

and professional qualiﬁcations

(2021: 807)

45%

Reduction in Scope 1 and 2

carbon emissions from 2019 baseline

1

(2021: 35%)

67p

Monetary value of social

activities per £1 of project spend

on 110 projects measured

(2021: 71p on 112 projects measured)

### AAA

MSCI

2

environmental, social and

governance rating

(2021: AAA)

#### Delivering economic, social and environmental value

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

05

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT

## A strong performance

#### The Group achieved another record performance in 2022 despite market headwinds.

#### This is down to the resilience, hard work and creativity of our teams, and the huge support of our clients, supply chain

#### and partners.

Revenue increased by 12% to £3,612m

(2021: £3,213m) and adjusted\* proﬁt before

tax by 7% to £136.2m (2021: £127.7m).

#### Innovating to help communities and the environment

We have continued to invest in our responsible

business activities, and I’m very proud of the

enormous amount of work and innovation by

our teams in enabling us to address climate

change and deliver social value to the

communities where we work.

We have some great initiatives underway to

reduce our carbon emissions and help our

clients and supply chain reduce theirs. Our

people have developed unique tools, such as

Carbon

i

Ca (see page 30), that are easy to use

and provide robust, detailed data that helps us

increase the energy eﬃciency of commercial

buildings and homes and gives us a solid,

fact-based route to net zero.

We are also continuing to invest in responsible,

UK-based carbon oﬀsetting projects which not

only sequester carbon but also promote

biodiversity. During the year, we partnered with

the Royal Society for the Protection of Birds to

restore existing farmland in Lakenheath Fen into

peat-rich, biodiverse wetland (see page 31).

Our divisions have continued to build

partnerships with schools, charities and social

organisations to provide work and training

opportunities for local communities and

introduce young people to careers in

construction. This will help promote diversity

while building a pipeline of talent for the industry.

We have been decarbonising social homes,

making them more energy eﬃcient and helping

tenants save energy and reduce their bills –

an important area of focus for us.

The divisions took steps during the year to help

our employees and supply chain manage the

rise in the cost of living. These included bringing

forward pay reviews and bonus payments for

employees, and continuing to develop new

ways of speeding up payments to our suppliers

and subcontractors.

I am pleased to report that in 2022,

we retained our MSCI ‘AAA’ rating for our

environmental, social and governance

performance. In addition, we achieved

an ‘A’ score from CDP for the third year

running for our transparency and

performance on climate change and were

one of just 283 companies to make CDP’s

A list for climate change, out of almost

15,000 scored.

#### Our outlook for 2023

The Group has a substantial, high-quality

order book, with a secured workload of

£8.5bn and strong pipeline of opportunities.

This gives us good visibility going forward.

While signiﬁcant macroeconomic

uncertainty remains, ours is a strong and

agile business, well placed to overcome

the challenges of the coming year and to

take advantage of the opportunities that

arise in this environment. There are early

signs that inﬂation, particularly labour

inﬂation, has plateaued and is starting to

fall in some areas. Although it is still early

in the year, we’re well positioned to deliver

a result for 2023 in line with our current

expectations. We remain focused on

making our business better and better

for all our stakeholders, and look forward

with optimism.

John Morgan

Chief Executive

We maintained a strong balance sheet and an

average daily net cash of £256m (2021: £291m).

Our strong balance sheet allows us to make the

right long-term decisions for the business, and

signiﬁcant levels of cash at all times give us a real

competitive advantage. Our highly decentralised

organisation has continued to empower our

teams to innovate and work at pace, enabling

us to win and execute long-term workstreams.

At the same time, we’ve stayed focused on

operational rigour, contract discipline and careful

risk management.

Our total dividend for the year has increased

by 10% to 101.0p (2021: 92.0p). This equates

to a dividend cover of 2.36 times and reﬂects

our results, balance sheet and the Board’s

conﬁdence in the Group’s long-term prospects.

#### Nurturing our long-term relationships

We founded our Supply Chain Family network

around 20 years ago, and our strong

relationships with our suppliers have been

invaluable in helping us overcome recent

constraints on the supply of some materials.

We work closely with our supply chain to ensure

consistent, long-term work, and pay them

promptly. Our relationships with our clients

and partners, a large proportion of whom are

from the public sector, give us forward visibility

and resilience.

John Morgan,

Chief Executive

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

06

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Oﬀering expertisethat meets the speciﬁc needs of our markets

OUR DIVISIONS

Infrastructure includes

BakerHicks design

activities based out of

the UK and Switzerland.

bakerhicks.com

Highways, rail, energy,

water and nuclear markets.

morgansindallinfrastructure.com

Education, healthcare,

commercial, industrial,

leisure and retail markets.

morgansindallconstruction.com

#### Revenue

£1,569m

#### Construction &

#### Infrastructure

Oﬃce interior design

and build services

direct to occupiers.

morganlovell.co.uk

Fit out and refurbishment

in commercial, central

and local government

oﬃces, as well as further

education.

overbury.com

#### Revenue

£968m

#### Fit Out

Response and planned

maintenance services

for social housing and the

wider public sector.

morgansindallpropertyservices.com

#### Revenue

£163m

#### Property

#### Services

Partnerships with local

authorities and housing

associations. Mixed-

tenure developments,

building/developing

homes for open market

sale and for social/

aﬀordable rent, design

and build house

contracting and planned

maintenance and

refurbishment.

corporate.lovell.co.uk

#### Revenue

£696m

#### Partnership

#### Housing

Transforming the

urban landscape

through partnership

working and the

development of

multi-phase sites

and mixed-use

regeneration.

museplaces.com

#### Revenue

£244m

#### Urban

#### Regeneration

#### RegenerationConstruction

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

07

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### We’re in the long-term growth areas we want to be in

#### Managing a challenging economic backdrop

Across the Group, inﬂationary pressures and

supply issues have been a signiﬁcant headwind

throughout the year. Rising energy prices, supply

constraints on certain materials and increased

trade and labour costs have continued to place

upward pressure on total build costs, which in

turn has put more strain on the stability of the

supply chain. Towards the end of the year and

going into 2023, there were early signs that

inﬂation, particularly labour inﬂation, had

plateaued and was starting to fall.

Where projects are active and underway, the

additional costs arising have generally been

oﬀset by a combination of contractual protection,

operational eﬃciencies, ﬂexible sourcing and

(in the case of Partnership Housing) house sales

price inﬂation. On projects where it has not

been possible to mitigate all such additional

costs in full, the resulting impact on margins

has been unavoidable.

Where projects are being priced for future

delivery, the inﬂationary environment has

continued to place some project budgets

under pressure, particularly in Construction

& Infrastructure, which in turn has led to some

delays in decision-making and project starts.

However, these have been minimal in number,

with most of our public and regulated sector

clients generally indicating that committed

spending on capital projects remains in place.

The market for Fit Out’s services has remained

very strong, driven by factors such as lease

renewals, the move towards hybrid working

practices, the requirement for greater energy

eﬃciency in oﬃces and the use of oﬃce space

as a tool for enhancing staﬀ retention and

brand image.

In Partnership Housing, demand for the

partnership model that focuses on long-term

partnerships with the public sector remained

positive. However, in line with the rest of the UK

housing industry, the division experienced a

signiﬁcant slowdown in its sales rates of private

homes on its mixed-tenure sites in the fourth

quarter. This was driven by a combination of

economic uncertainty and changes to mortgage

rates and availability.

In Urban Regeneration, construction cost

inﬂation has provided some challenges to the

returns on some of its active developments and

led to some delays in decision-making and

project commencement on other schemes;

however, the overall impact has not been material.

#### Our building safety commitments

During the year, Partnership Housing signed

the Developers’ Pledge (‘the Pledge’) with the

Department for Levelling Up, Housing and

Communities (DLUHC) setting out the principles

under which life-critical ﬁre safety issues on

buildings that they have developed of 11 metres

and above are to be remediated. A letter was also

received from DLUHC requesting information to

assess whether it may also be appropriate for

Urban Regeneration to commit to the principles

of the Pledge as part of its commitment to

support the remediation of historic cladding and

ﬁre safety defects over and above its obligations

under the new Building Safety Act. A number of

constructive meetings were subsequently held

with DLUHC in the second half of the year to

clarify matters, with a view to codifying the

agreed obligations into a legally binding contract.

The ﬁnal-form legal contract was issued in

January 2023 and both Partnership Housing and

Urban Regeneration have conﬁrmed in writing

to DLUHC their intention to sign and execute

the contract on or before the stipulated date

of 13 March 2023.

A comprehensive review was completed during

the year to identify legal and constructive

obligations related to the Pledge, including the

reimbursement of grants provided by the

Building Safety Fund. As a result of this review,

provisions have been recognised in the year

totalling £48.9m and these have been presented

as exceptional charges due to their materiality

and irregular nature. The charge does not

include the beneﬁt of any potential income

subsequently received for recoveries from third

parties and any such amounts would similarly

be presented separately.

Of the total exceptional charge, £5.5m related

to Partnership Housing and £43.4m related to

Urban Regeneration.

#### Continuing to focus on our core strengths and target markets

Our organic growth strategy remains unchanged

and we are in the long-term growth areas we

want to be in.

BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Sectors contributing over

5% of Group revenue

Our recognised expertise and market positions

in aﬀordable housing (Partnership Housing) and

in mixed-use regeneration development (Urban

Regeneration) reﬂect our deep understanding

of the built environment developed over many

years and our ability to provide solutions for

complex regeneration projects. As a result, our

capabilities are aligned with sectors that support

the UK’s current and future regeneration and

aﬀordable housing needs.

Through Construction & Infrastructure, we are

well positioned to meet the demand for ongoing

investment in the UK’s physical infrastructure,

while our geographically diverse construction

activities are focused on key sectors of education,

healthcare and commercial.

Fit Out is the market leader in its ﬁeld and

delivers a consistently strong operational

performance. Our Property Services operation

remains focused on response and planned

maintenance activities provided to social housing

and the wider public sector.

18%

Community/other

public services

25%

Commercial

15%

Education

10%

Mixed-tenure

housing

14%

Social housing

7%

Transport

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

08

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

BUSINESS MODEL

#### Abalancedbusiness creating long-term value

#### Value we createHow we operateOur valued resources

Our capabilities are aligned with sectors of the UK economy which support the current and future

demand for aﬀordable housing, urban regeneration and investment in public, commercial and

social infrastructure. Our decentralised approach allows our specialist divisions to respond quickly

to the needs of their markets and achieve the best outcomes for our stakeholders.

We use cash from our construction activities to invest in long-term regeneration schemes, which

in turn provide opportunities for construction.

Talented people

A positive health, safety and

wellbeing culture

Long-term client relationships

National network of supply chain

partners

Capability and experience in

delivering environmental and

social value

Technology for innovation,

eﬃciency, safety and security

Strong balance sheet and a

signiﬁcant net cash balance

Transforming the built environment:

New housing, schools and colleges,

commercial and critical services

infrastructure, social housing property

services, and regenerated towns

and cities.

High-quality projects:

88% Perfect Delivery

Helping our people succeed:

883 promoted internally

Supporting our supply chain:

66.6% invoices paid within 30 days

Social value:

67p per £1 spent on 110 projects

Environmental value:

40% carbon reduction since 2019

Shareholder returns:

101.0p total dividend per share

237.9p adjusted\* earnings per share

#### Construction

Generates cash

#### Regeneration

Invests cash for long-

term value and provides

construction opportunities

+

For information on how we manage and

sustain our resources, see pages 15 to 17

(our stakeholders); 18 to 43 (responsible business

strategy and performance); 44 to 46 (ﬁnancial

review); 47 to 63 (operating review); and 64 to 79

(risk management).

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

09

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Strategy

#### Organic growth for the Group through the exceptional performance of our businesses

PURPOSE, VALUES AND STRATEGY

#### Purpose

#### Harnessing the energy of our people to achieve the improbable

#### Focused on delivering the best outcomes for all our stakeholders

We are a group of complementary

but very diﬀerent businesses and

every project is unique.

Through our highly decentralised

philosophy, our people have the

responsibility and authority to

make the right decisions at pace.

Our purpose was previously

described as ‘Inspiring talent to

achieve excellence in the built

environment’. In 2022, we

rearticulated it to convey how

we aspire to keep exceeding our

stakeholders’ expectations, even

as those expectations increase.

#### Values

#### Our Core Values deﬁne our culture and drive our purpose and strategy

The energy of our talented teams, together with

our deeply held Core Values, enables us to exceed

our stakeholders’ expectations and achieve

the improbable.

+

See pages 112 to 114 for how the Board monitors

our culture and ensures it aligns with our purpose,

values and strategy.

+

See pages 11 to 13 for our performance against

our strategic priorities and pages 67 to 77 for

our principal risks.

Achieve quality of earnings,

by selecting the

right projects aligned to our core strengths

We have a

decentralised

philosophy

Talented people are

key to our success

We must challenge

the status quo

The customer

comes ﬁrst

Consistent achievement

is key to our future

Excel in project delivery

for our customers

and end users

Secure long-term workstreams,

underpinned by our teams’ strong and

lasting client and partner relationships

Keep innovating to ﬁnd new and

better ways of:



Protecting people



Developing people



Improving the environment



Working together with our supply chain



Enhancing communities

Maintain ﬁnancial strength, especially

in adverse economic conditions,

with

a strong balance sheet, signiﬁcant levels

of cash, attractive dividend policy, and

by investing in regeneration activities

and growth

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

10

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

#### Making goodprogressacross our strategic priorities

Strategic priorities

Key performance indicators

Performance

Medium-term targets or drivers

Performance commentary

Priorities going forward

#### Achieve quality of earnings

Construction

operating margin

2.8%

3.2%

1.2%

20

21

22

2.5%–3.0%

Our Construction and

Infrastructure businesses

achieved margins in line

with their medium-term

targets, which were

revised at the beginning

of 2022. Construction

made progress towards

its medium-term revenue

target, while maintaining a

focus on contract selectivity.

Infrastructure’s revenue was

impacted by the timing and

nature of projects delivered.

Fit Out delivered an excellent

performance ahead of its

medium-term target.

Property Services’

performance improved.

However, margins were

impacted by inﬂationary

pressures and the timing

of annual inﬂation uplifts.

Partnership Housing

delivered a strong operational

performance but was

impacted by lower open

market sales during the

fourth quarter in line with the

rest of the housing industry.

Urban Regeneration

continued to make progress

towards its medium-term

target.

See pages 18 to 43 for

detailed commentary on each

division’s performance.

We will continue to operate

in our target sectors and

optimise the substantial

potential for growth in

our regeneration markets.

We will also maintain

our commitment to

contract selectivity and

operational discipline.

Fit Out’s medium-term

target has been upgraded

to reﬂect its 2022

performance and future

prospects (see page 54).

Construction revenue

£808m

£693.5m

£670.3m

20

21

22

£1bn

Infrastructure

operating margin

3.9%

4.4%

2.8%

20

21

22

3.5%–4.0%

Infrastructure revenue

£761m

£826.1m

£966.5m

20

21

22

£1bn

Fit Out operating proﬁt

£52.2m

£44.2m

£32.1m

20

21

22

#### £40m–£45m through the cycle

Property Services operating proﬁt

1

£4.3m

£4.1m

£1.0m

20

21

22

£15m

Partnership Housing operating

margin

2

5.4%

5.8%

3.4%

20

21

22

8%

Partnership Housing return

on average capital employed

2,3

(last 12 months)

19%

21%

10%

20

21

22

#### Up towards 25%

Urban Regeneration three-year

rolling average return on capital

employed

4,5

13%

12%

21

22

#### Up towards 20%

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

11

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

continued

Strategic priorities

Key performance indicators

Performance

Medium-term targets or drivers

Performance commentary

Priorities going forward

#### Excel in project delivery

Projects achieving

Perfect Delivery

6

88%

88%

90%

20

21

22

Each division is responsible for driving Perfect

Delivery on its projects. Results are regularly

monitored, reported and reviewed at divisional

board level.

Our Perfect Delivery performance, at 88%,

was unchanged from the prior year.

The divisions will continue

to drive excellence by

focusing on quality of

delivery and customer

experience.

#### Secure long-term workstreams

Workload secured for

the next three years

£8,459m

£8,614m

£8,290m

20

21

22

We monitor our secured workload for the

current year and beyond as well as the pipeline

of projects for which we are ‘preferred bidder’

(where we have been verbally awarded the

project but there is no formal contract or letter

of intent in place).

We have a high-quality secured workload

with 35% secured for 2025 or later. Within

the Construction & Infrastructure division,

over 90% has been secured through

frameworks and partnerships.

We will continue to focus on

developing and maintaining

long-term partnerships,

working in sectors where

we have a proven track

record.

#### Maintain ﬁnancial strength

Average daily net cash

£256.3m

£291.4m

£180.7m

20

21

22

Maintaining signiﬁcant levels of cash gives us

a real competitive advantage. Our cash levels

are monitored on a daily basis.

We maintained a strong balance sheet and

held signiﬁcant cash balances at all times

throughout the year.

The Board’s single,

overarching principle

governing capital allocation

remains a commitment

to maintaining a strong

balance sheet and

signiﬁcant net cash

balances at all times.

#### Protecting people

Lost time incident rate

7

0.22

0.29

0.23

20

21

22

0.21

8

For detailed commentary on our performance in delivering against our

Total Commitments, together with the actions we are taking and our priorities

going forward, see pages 18 to 43.

#### Developing people

Number of training

days

9

per year per

employee

3.2 days

3.5 days

2.3 days

20

21

22

#### 5 days

8

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

12

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Strategic priorities

Key performance indicators

Performance

Medium-term targets or drivers

Performance commentary

#### Improving the environment

Reduction in Scope 1

10

and 2

11

carbon

emissions from 2019 baseline of

20,903 tonnes CO

2

e

45%

35%

10%

20

21

22

30%

8

For detailed commentary on our performance in

delivering against our Total Commitments, together with

the actions we are taking and our priorities going forward,

see pages 18 to 43.

Reduction in operational Scope 3

12

carbon emissions from 2019 baseline

of 6,339 tonnes CO

2

e

24%

45%

37%

20

21

22

30%

8

Supply chain (by spend) providing their

own

13

carbon data

£649m

£589m

21

22

£500m

8

Reduction in carbon emissions from the

Group’s vehicle ﬂeet

14

from 2019 baseline

of 12,078 tonnes CO

2

e

28%

39%

25%

20

21

22

30%

8

#### Working with our supply chain

Percentage of invoices (by number) paid

within 30 days

66.6%

67.8%

64.8%

20

21

22

70%

8

#### Enhancing communities

Average monetary value of social activities

delivered per £1 spent

67p per £1 spent on

110 projects measured

71p per £1 spent on

112 projects measured

68p per £1 spent on

83 projects measured

20

21

22

#### 85p per £1 spent

8

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

continued

1

Before intangible amortisation of £2.0m (2021: £1.5m).

2

Before exceptional building safety charge of £5.5m.

3

Return on average capital employed = adjusted operating

proﬁt divided by adjusted average capital employed.

4

Before exceptional building safety charge of £43.4m.

5

Return on average capital employed = (adjusted

operating proﬁt plus interest from joint ventures)

divided by adjusted average capital employed.

6

Perfect Delivery status is granted to Construction,

Infrastructure and Fit Out projects that meet all four

client service criteria speciﬁed by the division.

7

Number of lost time incidents x 100,000 divided by the

number of hours worked. Lost time incidents are those

resulting in absence from work for a minimum of one

working day, excluding the day the incident incurred.

8

Total Commitment targets are for 2025 – see pages 18

to 43 for 2030 Total Commitment targets and horizon

ambitions.

9

A training day is a minimum of six hours’ training.

10 Direct emissions from sources owned or controlled by

the Group.

11 Indirect emissions generated from purchased energy.

12 All indirect emissions not included in Scope 2 that occur

in limited categories of our value chain as measured

by the Toitū ‘carbonreduce’ scheme (see page 92).

13 Wider Scope 3 emissions outside of operational

Scope 3 (see Appendix on page 232 for further

information). Data collection started in 2021.

14 Included in Scope 1 emissions.

Note: 2019 carbon emissions baseline numbers have been

applied as 2020 performance was impacted by Covid.

2022 ﬁgures include BakerHicks DACH operations.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

13

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### How our directors perform their duties

Section 172 factor

SECTION 172 STATEMENT



The Board sets the Group’s purpose, values and strategy and ensures they are aligned with our culture.

+

See pages 112 to 114



The Board reviews the Group’s strategy and conducts strategy reviews with each division, to ensure the

long-term sustainable success of the business with good outcomes for all our stakeholders.

+

See page 115



The Board sets the Group’s risk appetite, assesses the principal risks that could impact on our strategy,

performance and stakeholders, and reviews the mitigations we have in place.

+

See page 116



The Board engages directly or indirectly with our stakeholders, monitors the impact of our activities on

multiple stakeholder groups, and takes their interests and priorities into account when making decisions.

+

See page 117



The responsible business committee monitors our performance against our ﬁve Total Commitments to

our stakeholders and wider society and reports to the Board on its activities.

+

See pages 131 to 133



Directors and senior managers undertake training on directors’ duties and other relevant topics.

+

See pages 110, 111 and 119

#### Makinginformeddecisions

The Board and Group management team’s objective is to promote

the Group’s success for the beneﬁt of all stakeholders, in line with

directors’ duties set out in section 172 of the Companies Act 2006.

The likely consequences of any decision in the long term

Purpose and strategy

10

Business model

9

Capital allocation framework

12, 166

Pipeline of work

46

Divisional markets

51, 54, 57, 60, 63

The interests of the Company’s employees

Employee engagement

15, 16, 27

Protecting people

20

Developing people

24

Employee policies

94

The work of the responsible business committee

131

Rewarding employees fairly

140, 149

The need to foster the Company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others

Supply chain engagement

16, 35

Working together with our supply chain

35

Human rights and modern slavery

23, 95, 117

Client and partner engagement

15, 16

Funder engagement

17

The impact of the Company’s operations on the community and the environment

Community engagement

15, 17, 40

Enhancing communities

39

Improving the environment

28

Environmental policies

94

The work of the responsible business committee

131

The Company’s reputation for high standards of business conduct

Non-ﬁnancial information statement

94

Culture and values

10

Code of Conduct

23, 94, 95, 109, 117

Raising concerns

117

Board’s oversight of workforce policies and practices

117

Internal ﬁnancial controls

129

The need to act fairly as between members of the Company

Shareholder engagement

15

Annual general meeting (AGM)

164

Rights attached to shares

165

Voting rights

166

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

14

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Understanding ourstakeholders’ priorities

Our relationships with our key stakeholders are essential for the success and growth of our business. We develop

#### long-term relationships based on listening, working in collaboration and open and transparent communications.

#### The quick read...



The Board engages directly with our people,

shareholders, analysts and funders; our

divisions manage their relationships with

their people, supply chain, clients, partners

and local communities



Our chief executive regularly visits oﬃces

and sites, and speaks with employees,

clients and subcontractors



The executive directors are kept informed

of the divisions’ stakeholder engagement

via regular divisional board meetings,

and update the Board as appropriate

As a ward councillor, I have seen

over 20 new developments

commence within my area of

responsibility and none of them

remotely match the experience

of having Lovell in the village …

I dreaded the houses being built

due to past negative experiences

with other developers in the

area. Lovell as a company

are vastly diﬀerent, little

disturbance, any problems being

swiftly dealt with, community

projects have been supported

and overall the friendly contact

with all members of staﬀ has

been appreciated.”

Ward Member

Weston, Crewe

Our key stakeholders are our people, supply

chain, clients and partners, local communities,

shareholders, and funders and performance

bond issuers. Detail on the importance and

priorities of these groups and how we engage

with them on an ongoing basis is set out on

pages 16 and 17.

Examples of our engagement activities and areas

of focus in 2022 are summarised below:

Our people

: All but one division conducted

employee surveys during the year, with Fit Out’s

survey scheduled in spring 2023. Actions in

response to feedback included: improvements

to appraisal and development conversations;

guidance on inclusion; and enhancements to

internal communications. In addition, the

divisions engaged with site employees to drive

health and safety improvements and introduced

new diversity and inclusion and mental health

and wellbeing initiatives. The non-executive

directors reported that employees they met

during the year appeared open and willing to

speak up, and were very positive about the

business. Detail of our division’s engagement

with employees is on page 27 and of the Board’s

engagement on page 117.

Supply chain

: We continued to collaborate with

our supply chain, particularly with regard to

innovation and responsible business. Key areas

addressed included safety (see page 38), carbon

emissions (see page 37) and waste (see pages 33

and 34).

Clients and partners

: While we engage

consistently with our clients and partners before,

during and after their projects so that we can

deliver smoothly and to the highest standards,

we are also increasingly focused on helping them

to cut carbon emissions on their projects and

buildings and provide support for local

communities. For example, Construction used

its carbon reduction tool, Carbon

i

Ca, to enable

Wirral Council to reduce the whole life carbon

of two oﬃce buildings by 1,977 tonnes of CO

2

e,

while Property Services worked with Basildon

and Westminster councils to cut energy

consumption and costs for social housing tenants.

Local communities

: We have continued to

provide training, work experience, employment

and apprenticeship opportunities to local

residents, as well as supporting local charities

and community projects through sponsorship,

donations or volunteering. We work closely with

schools and colleges to promote construction

as a potential career, with Construction, for

example, now engaged in a total of 40 school

partnerships. We have focused in 2022 on

providing support to people in fuel poverty

and helping young or vulnerable people start a

career or get back into work. More detail on our

engagement activities with local communities

can be found on pages 39 to 43.

Shareholders

: We have consulted with our

shareholders on remuneration and our new

remuneration policy, and as such the chair has

not sought to hold separate consultations in

2022. However, the chair and chair of the audit

committee will be contacting shareholders in

2023 to see if there are any other matters they

wish to discuss, including the Group’s overall

performance against our strategy.

Funders and performance bond issuers

:

We secured an extension of our main bank

facility by one year.

OUR STAKEHOLDERS

Our strategy in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

15

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

OUR STAKEHOLDERS

continued

Stakeholder groups

Their key priorities

How the Group engages with them

How the Board engages with them

#### Our people

Over 7,000 talented employees whose passion and

expertise enable us to achieve the improbable for

our stakeholders.

A total of 37% of our people have been with the

Group for six or more years.

A fair, respectful and safe environment

to work in; regard for their health and

wellbeing; investment in their personal

development and career progression;

support for ﬂexible working; and

an open and honest culture that

promotes diversity and inclusion.



Formal induction programmes on joining;



regular personal development conversations;



updates on their division’s business goals and market conditions,

in person and online;



digital interaction including intranets, social media platforms and staﬀ

beneﬁt portals;



‘innovation portals’ where employees can submit ideas for business

improvement or comment on speciﬁc topics;



annual conferences communicating key messages and giving all

employees an opportunity to speak to senior managers;



Group-wide and divisional forums where employee representatives

discuss issues such as health and safety, HR or climate action; and



regular employee surveys, including communicating results and

follow-up actions.



An email and video from the executive directors

at full and half year, updating everyone on the

Group’s ﬁnancial results;



a Group-wide Savings-Related Share Option Plan

('SAYE scheme') that keeps people engaged with

the Group’s performance;



site visits by non-executive directors as part

of their annual divisional strategy reviews

(see page 115), where they meet with and are

presented to by a mix of employees;



attendance by Board directors at divisional

employee conferences and the Group’s two-day

management conference;



informal meetings between the Board and

representatives from two divisions each year;



presentations by divisional managing directors

at Board committee meetings; and



a review of how the divisions have sought and

responded to feedback from their employees to

ensure that their engagement remains eﬀective.

#### Supply chain

A national network of selected suppliers and

subcontractors, aligned to our values, who we regard

as strategic, long-term partners.

Our strong relationships with our supply chain are

essential to achieving superior project delivery and

can give us a competitive advantage.

Work opportunities, including for

smaller businesses; prompt payment;

a safe working environment; fair

treatment and respect.



Clearly written contracts setting out roles and responsibilities and agreed

payment terms;



site inductions and toolbox talks communicating our culture, values and standards,

with discussions on topics such as safety, wellbeing and modern slavery;



constructive feedback and, where needed, guidance from the divisions on

performance against set criteria;



a Group networking event for suppliers held every two to three years;



learning and support provided through the Supply Chain Sustainability School

(see page 35); and



our Group director of sustainability and procurement helps manage relationships

with subcontractors and suppliers who work with more than one division.



The Board regularly reviews the divisions’

payment practices, health and safety statistics and

strategies and actions to prevent modern slavery.



The executive directors are updated on supply

chain relationships at the monthly divisional board

meetings and keep the Board informed of any

matters of interest.

#### Clients and partners

Our clients come from public, commercial and

regulated sectors and our partners include local

authorities, landowners and housing associations.

In addition, we consider the needs and interests of the

end users of the spaces and infrastructure we create.

Securing work through partnerships, frameworks and

repeat business is key to our organic growth strategy.

Excellent customer service and

experience; technical knowledge and

expertise; delivery of high-quality

projects on time and to budget; a

positive, solutions-driven approach;

working with a responsible and

collaborative partner; innovative ways

of achieving sustainability, including

lower carbon output, in their projects

and buildings; a partner with cash

resources and a strong balance sheet.



Our national coverage and decentralised approach enable us to engage

locally, tailor our services and respond quickly;



regular dialogue helps us understand our clients’ and partners’ priorities and

ensures that we have the skills and capabilities for their projects;



keeping clients and partners informed throughout the project;



a focus on the customer experience;



feedback interviews and questionnaires, with results shared with the project

teams and analysed by divisional managing directors; and



recording clients’ satisfaction levels, using metrics such as Perfect Delivery.



The executive directors are kept informed of

client and partner relationships at their monthly

divisional board meetings and update the Board

on any matters of interest, such as key contracts

or new relationships.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

16

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

OUR STAKEHOLDERS

continued

Stakeholder groups

Their key priorities

How the Group engages with them

How the Board engages with them

#### Local communities

Those who live or work near our projects as well as

wider society.

Local residents are a potential source of recruits and

local suppliers provide valuable local knowledge.

Enhancements to the local

surroundings and quality of life that

meet local needs and requirements;

buildings and developments that

are low carbon and sustainable; a

considerate constructor that causes

minimal disruption; and investment

in the local economy through job

creation and use of local suppliers

and services.



Liaison with local residents by dedicated teams before and during projects;



planning consultations on all projects and phases;



social enterprises that oﬀer training, employability skills and work

opportunities;



partnering with schools to present construction as a career option; and



taking part in local charities and events.



The executive directors are kept informed of

community initiatives at their monthly divisional

board meetings and update the Board on any

matters of interest.

#### Shareholders

Our shareholders provide funds for investment

in long-term growth.

We value the stewardship of our institutional investors

and the views of all shareholders and analysts.

Robust ﬁnancial and risk

management; good governance;

eﬀective communication of strategy;

share price growth; sound capital

investment decisions; a progressive

dividend policy; a responsible

business that creates social

and environmental value; and a

remuneration policy that promotes

sustainable growth.



Regulatory news, the Group website and the annual report;



private meetings and correspondence between the executive directors

and institutional shareholders and analysts during the year and following

results announcements;



presentations by the executive directors on the full- and half-year results,

with a video link so that those unable to attend can take part in a live

Q&A discussion;



we invite all shareholders to attend our AGM and vote, and encourage

them to submit questions to the directors in advance if they are unable

to attend; and



our chair, senior independent director and committee chairs are available

to meet with shareholders at any time.



Any written feedback from investors and analysts

is circulated to the Board, and verbal feedback

communicated at Board meetings.



The Board engages with investors on

remuneration.



Feedback and reports from Institutional

Shareholder Services, the Investment Association

and Pensions & Investment Research Consultants

are circulated to the Board ahead of our AGM

each year.

#### Funders and performance bond issuers

Our funders and performance bond issuers provide

us with access to competitively priced banking,

bonding and debt facilities.

Performance bonds, often known as surety bonds,

are issued by a ﬁnancial institution to guarantee

completion of a contract.

Robust management of working

capital and risk.



The Group’s ﬁnance director and director of tax and treasury meet with

our banks and performance bond issuers following the full- and half-year

results to update them on the Group’s performance and discuss any

expectations they may have.



Our ﬁnance director reports to the Board on

any updates relating to the Group’s funding

requirements.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

17

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Playing a critical role in a more sustainable future

Our responsible business strategy is integral

to our business and drives all aspects of our

operations. It is framed around our Total

Commitments, which address issues that are

material to the Group and our stakeholders

(see diagram right).

At the heart of our Total Commitments is the

goal of creating social value: by not causing

harm to people or the environment, but also

by enhancing wellbeing, generating value for

communities and leaving the environment in

a better condition, including net biodiversity

gains. We recognise that we play a critical role

in developing a more sustainable future by

providing energy-eﬃcient housing and

workspaces, health and education facilities,

and infrastructure that contribute to the

decarbonisation of the UK and adaptation

to climate change. Our projects therefore

generate social value long after handover.

Our Total Commitments also drive social

value throughout the duration of our projects.

We procure and recruit locally whenever

possible, collaborate with local community

organisations to maximise volunteering and

charity initiatives, and upskill employees and

subcontractors to create economic resilience.

In 2022, we delivered 67p of social value per

£1 spent through 110 projects, as measured

by our social value bank, a tool that we use to

measure our social impact (see page 43).

We have a pathway in place to achieve net zero

emissions by 2030 and a robust strategy to

achieve our targets (see pages 32 and 80 to 91).

We were the ﬁrst construction company globally

to submit our carbon targets for validation by

the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) in 2018.

The validation process ensures that our

methodology and targets are rigorous. In 2022,

we submitted revised targets for validation that

align with a 1.5

o

C scenario. As part of this, we

extended our net zero target to include the

full total of our Scope 3 emissions (not just

operational Scope 3) by 2045. (See page 232

for Scope 3 deﬁnitions.)

In 2022, we reduced our total carbon emissions

by 687 tonnes, despite an increase in revenue

and including for the ﬁrst time our BakerHicks

DACH emissions. We achieved an ‘A’ CDP score

for the third year in a row, solidifying our position

among our peers as a leader in tackling climate

change. In addition, we were awarded ‘AAA’ for the

second year running under MSCI’s

1

environmental,

social and governance (ESG) ratings.

Our Total Commitments are driven by key

performance indicators (KPIs) and clear targets.

We regularly review our targets to ensure they

are suﬃciently challenging and ﬁt for the future.

More information on our industry recognition

and our performance against a wider set of

responsible business metrics is contained in our

responsible business data sheet on our website.

1 MSCI provides decision support tools and services for

the global investment community.



Health, safety

and wellbeing



Mental

wellbeing



Modern

slavery



Diversity and

inclusion



Skills

development



Employee

engagement



Climate

change



Carbon

emissions



Waste

management



Supply chain

relationships

and resilience



Prompt

payment



Supply chain

management



Delivering

social value



Community

engagement

#### Our material issues

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

Protecting

people

Developing

people

Improving the

environment

Working

together with

our supply chain

Enhancing

communities

Our Total

Commitments

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

18

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

#### 2023 materiality assessment

To ensure our strategy continues to be impactful and adds value to our stakeholders, we conduct

materiality assessments every two years. These reviews identify topics relevant to our stakeholders

and assess how they impact our business and industry.

During January and February 2023, we conducted a comprehensive, online survey which enabled

us to determine both the relevance and signiﬁcance of a wide range of environmental, social and

governance-related issues. The survey asked stakeholders questions based around the Future-Fit

Business Benchmark methodology, which links to the UN Sustainable Development Goals.

A total of 2,680 people completed the survey, including 2,125 employees and 555 external stakeholders.

The ﬁndings, shown on the right, reinforce the objectives of our Total Commitments and reaﬃrm their

relevance and value to our stakeholders. Our Total Commitments align with the topics listed and our

responsible business strategy continues to drive progress against them.

As part of the materiality study, these headline results will be reviewed and developed using in-depth

interviews with individuals chosen to represent each stakeholder group.

More information on our 2023 materiality assessment will be disclosed in subsequent reports.

#### Initial ﬁndings from the assessment



Diversity and inclusion



Talent recruitment and retention



Youth training and employment

opportunities



Business ethics and transparency



Net zero and climate commitments



Health, safety and wellness



Resilient and engaged supply chains



Modern slavery



Modern slavery



Net zero and climate commitments



Resilient and engaged supply chains



Biodiversity



Social and environmental positive

impacts of supply chains



Zero avoidable waste

The assessment indicated that the most material topics for both internal

and external stakeholders include:

While the themes emerging from the materiality assessment remain consistent to

those identiﬁed in our 2020/2021 survey, we have noted that the following have

increased in signiﬁcance:

Stakeholder participation

2,680

people in total

completed the survey

2,125

of those were

employees

555

were external

stakeholders

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

19

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Our Total

Commitments

Working

together with

our supply chain

Enhancing

communities

Improving the

environment

Developing

people

Protecting

people

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

#### Health and safety

In 2022, the number of our lost time incidents

decreased to 104 (2021: 136

2

). The number of

RIDDOR

3

accidents fell to 28 (2021: 44) and our

accident frequency rate fell to 0.06 (2021: 0.09).

In response to a diminished performance in

2021, our health and safety forum focused in

2022 on three key elements to address the

underlying trends contributing to incidents

during operations: trips, slips and cuts; material

handling and storage; and the use of hand tools.

Actions taken to address these issues included

enhancing the use of visual aids to show what

best practice looks like, raising the proﬁle of

success stories and rewarding good practice, and

increasing dialogue and engagement with supply

chain members.

Our senior health, safety and environment

leaders across the Group increased their

number of site visits by 29% in 2022 and we have

seen an improvement regarding serious injuries

and high-potential incidents. However, our

all-accident statistics have continued to be a

challenge, and the health and safety forum is

therefore continuing to focus on how we can

drive down the number of accidents related to

the use of hand tools and trips/slips.

The divisions took steps during the year to

improve their safety performance by providing

more resources or reinforcing existing practices.

For example:



Construction

introduced: a new and more

visually engaging manager’s guide for buried

cables; a two-stage permit mandating trial

holes in order to reduce buried service

strikes; and a guide for using low-level access

platforms. In addition, the business used the

Construction Incident Frequency Rate (CIFR)

metric to drive performance. CIFR measures

the frequency of incidents of high severity,

helping increase focus on those incidents

with the greatest potential to cause harm.



Infrastructure

ran a ‘Reducing the risk’

campaign that included a ﬁlm and safety

discussions facilitated by project leaders.

The team also prioritised its health and safety

initiative ‘Positive Interventions’, whereby every

site worker is encouraged to point out unsafe

behaviours or conditions. Over 14,000 positive

interventions were raised across Infrastructure

during the year, a rate of 108 based on the

number of hours worked on site, compared

to a rate of 87 the previous year. These

eﬀorts helped improve the division’s accident

frequency rate to 0.06 (2021: 0.13).

All divisions have continued to meet the

ISO 45001 standard for occupational health

and safety.

#### Protecting people

Providing our employees and subcontractors with asafe and healthywork environment, and supporting their physical and

#### mental wellbeing.

#### 2022 performance and future targets

2022

0.22

lost time incident rate

1

2025 target

0.21

2030 target

0.18

Horizon ambition

#### Zero incidents

1

Number of lost time incidents x 100,000 divided by the

number of hours worked. Lost time incidents are those

resulting in absence from work for a minimum of one

working day, excluding the day the incident occurred.

#### The quick read...



An improved safety performance,

driven by focusing on key underlying

trends and promoting safety awareness

and behaviours



New initiatives introduced to support

people’s physical and mental wellbeing,

including assistance with the cost of living



Accreditations achieved in ISO 20400:2017

Responsible Procurement and

ELS BES 6002 Ethical Labour

Sourcing standards

2

Restated from 134 in 2021 annual report.

3

The Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous

Occurrences Regulations 2013.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

20

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Protecting people

Promoting safe behaviours

In the event of any health and safety incident,

learning is shared across all our projects and

reviewed regularly by management teams.

The following are additional examples of steps

taken by the divisions to increase awareness

and promote safe behaviours in 2022:



Construction

launched a new road safety

initiative, using refreshment vouchers to

encourage employees using their cars for

work purposes to take a break when driving

for more than two hours.



Infrastructure

conducted a deep dive into

the eﬀectiveness of its ‘100% Safe’ programme

and will make revisions in 2023 as necessary,

according to the results. To promote road

safety, the division introduced dashboards

showing statistics of individual drivers, such

as speeds or length of time spent behind the

wheel without taking a break. This enables

managers to hold informed conversations

with drivers where there is a need to adjust

their driving behaviours.



Fit Out:

implemented a new health,

safety and wellbeing training course for all

site-based staﬀ; enhanced its H&SPLUS

app to enable quicker incident reporting

and recording; and reviewed and updated

its ‘site standards’ document to include

noise, vibration and welding. As a result of

these measures, the number of accidents

on Fit Out sites reduced by 12% in 2022.

The division also created a new role of supply

chain health and safety manager with the

aim of achieving long-term change in safety

behaviours among subcontractors. The

division will use performance data from its

ProjectPLUS management tool to identify

where improvements are required and then

engage with senior managers of the relevant

subcontractors to get their commitment,

review progress and record improvements.



Property Services

began a campaign to

encourage the reporting of ‘near misses’

in order to prevent bigger hazards from

occurring. The campaign includes circulating

quarterly a case study of a signiﬁcant near

miss that has been reported by an employee.

The division also introduced colour-coded

‘TraﬃSystem’ gloves that help workers ensure

they are wearing the right protection for the

task at hand.



Partnership Housing

introduced a ‘red item

recurrence prevention’ process, a red item

being a serious health and safety breach.

Should such an incident occur, a corrective

action report will be registered and tracked

until the action is completed. This additional

level of management will help prevent repeat

incidents and ensure that the action taken

is eﬀective. The division also expanded its

mandated use of ‘MSite’ to all new projects,

regardless of size. MSite is an online platform

for controlling access to sites and providing

site inductions. A new supervisor induction

ﬁlm was added to the platform, explaining the

additional responsibilities and expectations

of subcontractor supervisors. To enhance

onsite training and make it more engaging,

Partnership Housing arranged ﬁve ‘mock

trials’ involving external counsel where site

managers acted as a jury and listened to

‘witnesses’ (team members) review case

studies of hypothetical accidents. The site

managers then analysed the case, reviewed

safety protocols and gave a ‘verdict’ on

whether the site manager in the study had

done everything they could to prevent the

accident or whether they had been at fault for

not following safety standards. The mock trials

proved to be an eﬀective way of showing how

site conditions, compliance and monitoring

could be improved.

#### Physical and mental wellbeing

We support the wellbeing of our colleagues and

are mindful of how the current energy crisis and

macroeconomic situation could be causing

concern. The beneﬁts we oﬀer include a digital

GP service, an employee assistance programme

providing legal and counselling services, ﬁnancial

education, group income protection, private

medical insurance and an online portal with

access to retail deals and discounts.

Our divisions hold health-related awareness

weeks and campaigns throughout the year

on various topics. These include menopause

awareness, with Construction, Infrastructure and

Partnership Housing running speciﬁc initiatives

to support and educate employees. Across the

Group, employees are given the opportunity

to take a day in addition to their annual leave

to be involved in a charity event or to volunteer.

The divisions also hold mental health ﬁrst aid

training and regularly communicate wellness

advice through multiple channels. Overall,

54% of our employees are covered for private

medical services and 72% for life insurance.

While these programmes are characteristic of

a comprehensive wellness package, we noticed

that not everyone was aware of the type or

extent of support available. Therefore, a primary

focus for us in 2022 was to increase awareness,

accessibility and knowledge-sharing.

Outlined below are examples of new initiatives

taken by the divisions during the year:



Construction

launched a new wellbeing

centre as part of its ‘People Portal’, addressing

ﬁtness, ﬁnancial support, mental health

and nutrition. The division held a virtual

presentation for Andy’s Man Club, a mental

health and suicide prevention charity, and

delivered 91 mental health ﬁrst aid training

courses for members of its supply chain, with

the courses run by Construction employees

accredited with Mental Health England.

In addition, Construction made it mandatory

for all sites and oﬃces to have sanitary

products available free of charge.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

21

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()



Infrastructure

added ﬁnancial education to

its suite of annual wellbeing campaigns, which

include menopause, suicide prevention and

mental health awareness. The business also

enhanced its ‘family friendly’ policies by making

them gender neutral, collectively addressing

maternity, paternity and adoption beneﬁts,

and adding support on pregnancy, baby loss,

fertility and sabbatical leave.



BakerHicks

launched a series of new

initiatives and oﬀerings to its employees that

included: SuperWellness, nutrition-based

wellbeing education; VirginGo, a physical

exercise challenge; and free access to

Headspace, a mindfulness and meditation app.



Fit Out

ran a ‘Wellness Wednesday’ series

to inspire employees to ‘live and work well’.

Throughout the series, 418 employees

received free, comprehensive medical tests

(cardio, lifestyle review, body composition),

41 signed up to cycle-to-work schemes,

and 317 accessed the ‘Houndation’ wellness

app a total of more than 4,244 times. Fit

Out set a target of increasing its number of

mental health ﬁrst aiders from 62 currently

to over 100, which would mean one ﬁrst aider

to every 10 people.



Partnership Housing’s

London region held

quarterly mental health ﬁrst aid forums with

HR and health and safety leads, and hosted

breakfast clubs on sites with ex-military

guest speakers to discuss mental health

and foster conversations among colleagues.

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Protecting people

#### Destigmatising mental health challenges

According to mental health charity Mates in

Mind, which raises awareness of poor mental

health, construction is the industry with the

highest suicide rate, with over 700 people in

the UK taking their own lives each year.

All our divisions make every eﬀort to

destigmatise mental health challenges,

providing resources and training for mental

health ﬁrst aiders and enhancing

communication on the subject.

Partnership Housing ran a mental health

week in 2022 that focused on loneliness.

A series of events and outreach opportunities

included meeting with mental health ﬁrst

aiders, a ‘chat, a cake and a cuppa’ event and

a presentation by Mates in Mind. Employees

and subcontractors heard about Chris, a

construction worker who had suﬀered a

mental health crisis brought on by severe

stress, and were informed about the help

that Partnership Housing is providing.

In 2022, Partnership Housing joined

Construction and Fit Out in extending its

employee assistance programme free of

charge to its supply chain via the Supply Chain

Assistance Programme, providing resources

and support regarding mental health. The

Supply Chain Assistance Programme provides

free and conﬁdential support on a wide range

of wellbeing issues including tenancy and

housing, medical information, child support,

legal inquiries and ﬁnancial wellbeing.



Urban Regeneration

ran a mental health

awareness course for all line managers to

identify symptoms and initiate conversations

of support. The division enhanced its

Muse:Well programme with additional

money-saving and ﬁnancial wellbeing advice

and launched a new hybrid working policy

to support work/life balance.

Responding to the cost of living

We pay the real living wage or above, and two

of our divisions are accredited Living Wage

Foundation employers. During 2022, the

divisions provided employees with a range of

support to help with the cost of living, including:



providing one-oﬀ cost of living support

payments to lower-paid employees;



bringing forward annual pay review and bonus

payments; and



enhancing employee beneﬁt packages.

Our strategy in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

22

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Modern slavery and human rights

We are committed to protecting the human

rights of our employees, subcontractors and

people living in the communities where we work,

and we encourage our supply chain to prevent

and address any threats to human rights in their

own organisations. Our Core Values and our

Total Commitments to our stakeholders include

protecting people, working together with our

supply chain, and enhancing communities.

We have taken a proactive approach to

managing the risks and minimising the likelihood

of modern slavery and human traﬃcking

happening both in our own operations and our

supply chain. We are continually improving our

approach in response to the changing nature

of the risks associated with modern slavery.

We have adopted a holistic approach that

includes risk assessment, due diligence,

engagement, collaboration and remediation

and we are developing a clear roadmap for

how to identify and address modern slavery

risks in our operations and supply chain.

Our human rights policy (see page 95) states

our support of the UN Guiding Principles on

Business and Human Rights and the Universal

Declaration of Human Rights. Our Group Code

of Conduct provides a framework for how we

should act when engaging with our clients,

colleagues and suppliers. All employees are

required to complete a modern slavery

e-learning module and an e-learning module

on our Code of Conduct which includes training

on modern slavery and anti-bribery. We provide

a whistleblowing service operated by an

independent third party, Safecall. The service

is available 24 hours a day to all our employees

and subcontractors to raise any concerns about

behaviours or decisions that do not uphold the

standards set by our Code of Conduct, modern

slavery policy and other policies.

We do not prevent or deter anyone who

works for us from joining or taking part in a

trade union. We continue to provide resources

on modern slavery to our supply chain

through our partnership with the Supply Chain

Sustainability School.

In 2022, we managed our modern slavery risk

in the following ways:



We partnered with Unseen, an anti-slavery

charity oﬀering a range of services to help

companies stay on top of forced labour risks

in their businesses and supply chains. We

commissioned Unseen to conduct a gap

analysis across our business and support

us in developing a plan for prioritised action.

The gap analysis was undertaken in late

2022 and in 2023, an action plan will be

developed and rolled out, spearheaded by

a newly formed, cross-divisional forum that

will include a member of Unseen. The forum

will help facilitate implementing Unseen’s

recommendations.



We achieved accreditations in ISO 20400:2017

Responsible Procurement and ELS BES 6002

Ethical Labour Sourcing standards.



We updated our Modern Slavery and Human

Rights Minimum Trading Standard for inclusion

in new contracts. Our trading standard

forms part of our terms and conditions of

engagement with suppliers and includes

contractual obligations relating to modern

slavery mitigation. The new text has been

reviewed by Unseen and will be implemented

in 2023.



We rolled out an updated and expanded

toolkit for employees including site posters,

site inductions, supervisor brieﬁngs, toolbox

talks and links to learning materials. These new

resources are video-based and interactive

to encourage viewers to engage with the

material, making it more eﬀective. In 2022,

Construction carried out 33 ethical site surveys

in partnership with global data validation

company Achilles, which included over 1,000

direct conversations with site operatives.

Further details on our commitment to preventing

modern slavery can be found in our 2021

modern slavery statement on our website.

Our 2022 modern slavery statement will be

published on our website in June 2023.

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Protecting people

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

23

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Improving the

environment

Developing

people

Protecting

people

We recruit and retain talented people and

are focused on continuously improving and

expanding the resources they need to perform

well. These include collaborative oﬃce

environments, ﬂexible working arrangements,

and training and mentoring to help our people

increase their skills and knowledge. We promote

internally where we can and actively engage with

our employees to hear their views. Three of our

businesses have achieved accreditation from

Investors in People (Construction holds Platinum

status and Infrastructure and Partnership

Housing each hold Gold status), demonstrating

a fulﬁlment of commitments to our employees.

We monitor our retention rates and actively

encourage dialogue among our divisions to

ensure we are providing rewarding and satisfying

workplaces for all.

#### Diversity and inclusion

Diversity is vital to our long-term success as it

drives innovation and attracts the best employees,

and each year we introduce new initiatives and

enhance existing practices. We consider diversity

in the broadest sense, including age, gender,

ethnicity, culture, socio-economic background,

disability and sexuality.

We are working to increase our diversity and to

ensure that no discrimination occurs, however

unintentional it may be. We give full and fair

consideration to job applications made by

disabled people, commit to making reasonable

adjustments to their roles and responsibilities,

and oﬀer the training and support they need

to give them the same opportunities for

career progression as our other employees.

For example, Property Services’ applicant system

guarantees an interview for anyone that has a

disability, is a veteran, has accessed one of our

social value initiatives or is an internal candidate

meeting the minimum requirements of the role.

Our divisions work with industry bodies and

initiatives to attract the best people into the

industry. These include the 5% Club, a national

campaign to generate opportunities for

graduates and apprentices. The table below

shows the percentage of Group employees

making up the 5% Club.

2022

2021

Apprentices

280

231

New graduates recruited

78

61

Sponsored students

67

44

Total structured trainees

425

336

Percentage of total employees

1

6%

5%

1

Based on number of UK employees at 31 December.

#### Developing people

#### We foster aninclusivework environment where everyone has access to the resources and services they need to achieve

#### their personal ambitions, deliver the best outcomes for our clients and drive the business forward.

#### 2022 performance and future targets

2022

3.2

training days

1

per

employee on average

2025 target

#### 5 days

2030 target

#### 6 days

Horizon ambition

#### 7 days

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

#### The quick read...



Collaboration with external organisations

and networks to attract a wider and more

diverse talent pool



New and enhanced inclusion awareness

training for employees, leaders and

supply chain



Strategic approach to personal

development plans and leadership

training to ensure that our people achieve

their potential and the business has the

skills and future leaders it needs

1

A training day is a minimum of six hours’ training.

Our Total

Commitments

Working

together with

our supply chain

Enhancing

communities

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

24

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Developing people

We have maintained our national partnerships

with Women into Construction (WiC), Working

Families/Working Mums, BPIC (Black Professionals

in Construction) and Build Force UK. These

networks enable us to reach a wider audience

and share information about the beneﬁts of a

career in construction with those who may have

a diﬀerent perception of what it is like to work in

our industry. We collaborate with learning

institutions to open our business to new ideas

and skillsets. For example, in 2022, Construction,

in conjunction with the Cranﬁeld School of

Management, invested in a ‘Shaping our Future’

programme where diverse teams research the

challenges and opportunities that drive the

business and industry forward.

The divisions’ diversity initiatives have started to

show results. Fit Out runs a Foundation

Programme that provides tailored training and

mentoring for graduates and apprentices and in

2022, 28% of the new cohort identiﬁed as

non-White British. Our eﬀorts are also being

recognised in the industry, as the National

Construction Equity and Inclusion Plan devised

by the Construction Leadership Forum in Scotland

has cited BakerHicks as an exemplar. Fit Out’s

Foundation Programme and BakerHicks’

‘Belonging’ initiative were highlighted in inclusion

consultancy INvolve’s 2022 ‘If Not Now, When?’

report on black inclusion in business.

Examples of new and enhanced diversity

initiatives in 2022 are listed below:



Construction

developed a strategy in 2021

to improve its approach to inclusion. In 2022,

ﬁve new education and awareness modules

were introduced and the strategy/training

was expanded to include the supply chain for

the ﬁrst time. Construction also completed an

18-month project on rethinking recruitment,

onboarding, development, and a retention

process for the Gen Z workforce: 17% of

employees are now classiﬁed as ‘early career’,

the highest level the business has ever achieved.



Infrastructure

relaunched its mentoring

programme with refreshed training for mentors

and mentees. To date, over 100 employees

have been mentored by more senior colleagues,

aiding their personal and career development.



BakerHicks

is rolling out new inclusivity

awareness training, with 74% of employees

completing the LGBTQ+ sessions, and

sessions on unconscious bias and disability

scheduled for 2023. The division introduced

a new podcast series, ‘Wavelength’, which

explores the journeys of colleagues with

diversities such as dyslexia, diabetes, social

anxiety, hearing impairment and autism,

with depression and obsessive compulsive

disorder to follow. The impact of these stories

from volunteers has been both educational

and emotive, fostering kindness and

understanding at new levels.



Property Services’

HR team designed and

delivered ‘inclusive leadership’ training to

all line managers and ‘creating an inclusive

workplace’ training to help engineers who

spend much of their time out repairing

and maintaining properties feel included.

Property Services has also signed a ‘social

mobility pledge’ to consider how employment

can provide social mobility and commit to

recruiting people with diverse backgrounds.



Partnership Housing

completed a pilot

engagement with WiC in Norfolk. The pilot

was successful, with a job oﬀer being made

to a participant and as a result, the division is

exploring support of a WiC HUB in the region.



Urban Regeneration

set up an equality,

diversity and inclusion committee which

developed a strategy focusing on ﬁve elements:

training/education, promotion, policies,

reporting, and recruitment/career progression.

The division also partnered with the University

of Reading’s Henley Business School and the

Reading Real Estate Foundation on its career

initiative ‘Pathways to Property’, which through

a wide range of activities brings together

students, teachers and the property industry

to support the next generation of property

professionals. Urban Regeneration employees

presented to students at the university and

the division provided a work experience

placement for a student in October.

As at the year end, 25% of the Group’s employees

were women (2021: 25%) and 9% from an ethnic

minority background. In 2021, we reported that

15% of our employees were from an ethnic

minority background; however, having revalidated

our data collection process in 2022, we restate

this ﬁgure as 9%. The table below shows the

Group-wide diversity in numbers.

2022

2021

Women

1,755

1,605

Men

5,303

4,904

Minority ethnic background

610

563

Non-minority ethnic background

6,448

5,946

Information on our Board and senior leadership

diversity can be found on page 120.

#### Committing to workplace equality

Infrastructure has signed Business in the

Community’s ‘Race at Work Charter’.

Signing the charter means taking action to

support ethnic minority career progression,

support race inclusion allies in the

workplace, capture ethnicity data and

publish progress, and promote diverse-led

enterprise owners in the supply chain.

Infrastructure has appointed its managing

director, Simon Smith, as executive

sponsor for race, and is working to

encourage more employees to declare

their ethnicity status. The data will be used

to understand where improvements can

be made, for example in recruitment,

retention or promotion. Currently, 84% of

people in Infrastructure are declaring their

ethnicity. The division is aiming for a

percentage in the mid-90s to enable

meaningful strategic analysis.

Our strategy in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

25

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Gender pay gap

Our 2022 median gender pay gap is 30.6%

(2021: 29.6%). The gap remains high and reﬂects

a higher number of senior male employees in

the Group. We have analysed the slight increase

on last year and concluded that this is a result of

normal business practices (i.e. employees leaving

and joining). Women continue to make up 11%

of the upper pay quartile (2021: 11%) compared

to 39% (2021: 39%) in the lower quartile. We

recognise that we need to make further progress

in helping more of our female employees

progress into senior positions. We continue to

develop and progress initiatives across the

Group to attract more women into the industry

at junior levels, and to develop and retain women

who already work with us.

#### Skills development

In line with our purpose, we are committed to

providing our people with the resources they

need to achieve their maximum potential and

progress their careers through the business.



Construction

has developed a senior business

leader programme with the Cranﬁeld

School of Management, with 184 people

engaged to date. Its objective is to support

succession planning by helping talented

managers successfully transition into senior

leadership roles. The division’s management

and leadership behavioural framework has

been fully integrated into all employees’

performance reviews and so far over 300

people have received 360-degree feedback.



Infrastructure

invested in a new competency

management system to support workforce

planning, increase visibility of transferable skills

across the division, and develop a more agile

workforce. The system will be fully rolled out

by 2024.



Fit Out

has more than 270 employees being

supported in their professional development,

including QUEST scholarships with the

Institution of Civil Engineers and qualiﬁcations

with the Institution of Mechanical Engineers,

Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors,

Institute of Environmental Management and

Assessment and the Chartered Institute of

Procurement and Supply. Fit Out also signed

ﬁve managers onto an Institute of Leadership

& Management (ILM) Level 5 distance learning

programme, and hopes to extend the

programme in 2023.



Property Services

launched a new appraisal

toolkit to standardise its approach across all

job levels. The toolkit includes a new learning

and development portfolio to support career

conversations between employees and

managers and make it easier for employees

to access the wide range of promotion

opportunities available to them. The division

also enhanced its HR system to analyse

competency gaps in the business and, based

on the analysis, is developing a framework

of career paths for launch during 2023.

The framework deﬁnes the minimum training

and qualiﬁcations needed for all operational

roles so that individual employees’ development

plans can be eﬀectively targeted to ensure

that the business has all the skills it needs.



Partnership Housing

continues to provide

face-to-face learning and support through its

training coordinators and ‘Lovell Academy’.

Twenty assistant site managers joined

the division’s site manager development

programme in September 2022, an intensive

course providing them with the skills and

knowledge the division will need as the

business expands.



Urban Regeneration

also has a skills and

competency framework for each role that

links to a career pathway and training matrix.

During the year, the division began a review

of its job descriptions to clarify the diﬀerence

between roles and support transparent career

progression.

These examples show how our divisions

approach long-term talent development and

develop transferable and versatile skillsets

necessary for a fast-paced business.

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Developing people

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

26

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()



BakerHicks

uses The Happiness Index (THI)

for its surveys and in 2022 achieved an 89%

response rate (the average THI response rate

is 70%). BakerHicks scored 8.2% (THI considers

7.2% to be ‘good’), indicating a strong level

of engagement. Scores were highest in

commitment to helping the organisation

succeed, getting along well with people at

work, and enjoying work with teammates.

However, people scored questions around

personal growth and enablement more

moderately. In response, BakerHicks is

implementing a new learning management

system that delineates career paths and

provides self-service online training; and

has developed a ‘Behaviour Charter’, with

line manager guidance, on ADHD, autism,

menopause, pregnancy and infancy loss,

and transitioning at work.



Property Services’

survey achieved a

response rate of almost 70%, much improved

from 42% in 2019. The division scored highly

on questions around role expectations,

impact on local communities, health and

safety, acceptance, and inclusivity but

more moderately on remuneration, career

development, line manager communication

on performance, and wellbeing. As a result,

Property Services is reviewing the inclusivity

of its beneﬁts, improving the cascade of

communications through regular bulletins

and structured toolbox talks, and supporting

wellbeing by launching performance and

wellness conversations, menopause support

and providing all line managers with mental

health awareness training. The division’s

‘Your Voice’ people forum meets three times

a year to maintain the ﬂow of feedback from

employees to management.



Partnership Housing

completed its

Investors in People assessment and found

that its employees are conﬁdent to express

themselves via representative groups and

in work-related discussions. The assessment

did, however, identify that the division could

develop its communications further. As a

result, ‘The Lovell Way’ was launched, a

philosophy that focuses on treating people –

employees and customers – in a respectful,

caring and empathetic way, particularly when

times are challenging. From 2023, Partnership

Housing is introducing quarterly ‘pulse’ surveys

to assess how people are feeling about the

business. Pulse surveys contain fewer but

more targeted questions for a faster response.



Urban Regeneration’s

employee

engagement survey had a 94% response

rate. The division scored highly on questions

related to fairness, trust, equality and respect.

The senior leadership team reviewed

the results through a series of regional

roadshows which in turn generated more

feedback. As a result, the division is focusing

on improving recognition and innovation.

Urban Regeneration was certiﬁed in 2022

by the ‘Great Place to Work’ organisation;

the certiﬁcation process has given the division

access to a unique methodology enabling it

to better understand what makes a company

a great place to work.

#### Employee engagement

Throughout the year, the divisions undertake

a variety of employee engagement activities

which include surveys, forums, and career and

wellbeing initiatives (see pages 16, 21 and 22 for

more detail). In 2022, all but one division

completed employee surveys; Fit Out decided to

delay its survey until spring 2023 to allow more

time for new initiatives that were implemented

following its 2021 survey to take eﬀect.

A summary of the divisions’ survey ﬁndings

and their resulting actions is set out below.



Construction

achieved a 92% response rate

and the results demonstrated continued

improvement in all categories. In response to

feedback received, Construction introduced

a new appraisal system, 'Appraisd', in 2022

to promote better-quality conversations

between employees and their managers,

framing the conversations around two

questions: ‘measuring performance’ and

‘measuring potential’.



Infrastructure

, in addition to its engagement

survey, conducted a wellbeing survey and an

assessment of its people strategy, practices

and outcomes in support of its Investors in

People accreditation. In response to feedback

received, Infrastructure has increased

its focus on leadership development,

launching a ‘frontline development’

programme for managers who engage

with site-based employees, and a ‘people

manager’ programme.

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Developing people

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

27

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Improving the

environment

Developing

people

Protecting

people

#### Improving the environment

#### We are acting tocombat climate changeby working towards net zero carbon emissions by 2030 and reducing the level

#### of carbon in the projects and buildings we deliver.

2022

45%

reduction in Scope 1 and 2

carbon emissions from

2019 baseline

1

2025 target

30%

2030 target

60%

Horizon ambition

#### Zero emissions

2022

24%

reduction in operational

Scope 3 carbon emissions

from 2019 baseline

2

2025 target

30%

2030 target

60%

Horizon ambition

#### Zero emissions

2022

£649m

supply chain by spend

providing their own

carbon data

3

2025 target

£500m

2030 target

£1bn

Horizon ambition

100%

of supply chain by spend

2022

28%

reduction in carbon emissions

from the Group’s vehicle ﬂeet

from 2019 baseline

4

2025 target

30%

2030 target

60%

Horizon ambition

100%

of vehicle ﬂeet fully electric

#### 2022 performance and future targets

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

#### The quick read...



Further reduction of carbon emissions

in our operations while assisting clients

in reducing emissions from their projects

and buildings



New targets aligned to a 1.5

o

C scenario

submitted for revalidation by the SBTi



New investment in two high-quality carbon

oﬀset projects in the UK that will reduce

emissions and promote biodiversity



Reduction of total waste by 57%

1

Scope 1 is direct emissions from sources owned or controlled by the Group and Scope 2 is indirect emissions generated from purchased

energy. The 2019 baseline was 20,903 tonnes CO

2

e.

2

All indirect emissions not included in Scope 2 that occur in limited categories of our value chain as measured by the Toitū ‘carbonreduce’

scheme (see page 92). The 2019 baseline was 6,339 tonnes CO

2

e.

3

Wider Scope 3 emissions outside of operational Scope 3. See the Appendix on page 232 for further information.

4

The 2019 baseline was 12,078 tonnes CO

2

e. Vehicle ﬂeet emissions are included in Scope 1 emissions.

Note: A 2019 baseline has been applied as 2020 performance was impacted by Covid. 2022 ﬁgures include BakerHicks DACH operations.

+

See page 80 for Task Force on

Climate-related Financial Disclosures

and page 92 for Streamlined Energy

and Carbon Reporting disclosures.

Our Total

Commitments

Working

together with

our supply chain

Enhancing

communities

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

28

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

We recognise that we have a critical role to play

in both mitigating our own environmental impact

and helping our clients and supply chain to

better adapt and respond to the changing

climate. We are continuing to reduce our carbon

emissions, improve air quality, shift towards a

circular economy to minimise waste and improve

waste management, and increase biodiversity.

We recognise the interlinkages between these

objectives and therefore take a holistic approach

to our environmental management.

Our divisions work in partnership with others in

the industry and environmental standard setters

to stay ahead of regulatory requirements and

instil best practices. For example, Fit Out is

working with BRE (the Building Research

Establishment) to promote Environmental

Product Declarations and has joined an industry

consortium to develop Net Zero Carbon Building

Standards for the oﬃce and higher education

sectors. Other members of the consortium are

BRE, the Carbon Trust, the Institution of

Structural Engineers, the Royal Institute of British

Architects (RIBA), the Royal Institution of

Chartered Surveyors, the Chartered Institution

of Building Services Engineers and the Better

Buildings Partnership. The Standards will be for

use by developers, contractors, asset owners

and managers, occupiers, investors, building

industry professionals, and suppliers and

manufacturers: anyone who wants to fund,

procure or design a net zero carbon building or

demonstrate that their building is ‘net zero’ by its

being aligned with an industry-agreed standard.

#### Climate change and carbon emissions

We have continued to maximise opportunities

to decarbonise critical infrastructure, help our

clients meet their net zero targets and enable

people to live more sustainably. We consider

climate resilience when procuring, designing

and decommissioning and will be able to

achieve more as demand from our clients rises.

Some key examples of how our divisions have

helped decarbonise society in 2022 include:



Construction

, through innovative design and

collaboration with its supply chain, was able

to measurably reduce the carbon footprint

of nearly 50 projects in 2022, including

Hertfordshire’s ﬁrst net zero school. For more

information, see the case study on page 37.



Infrastructure’s

Dinorwig-Pentir 400kV cable

replacement scheme is providing critical

infrastructure for National Grid’s connection

to the 1,800MW Dinorwig hydroelectric

power station, a source of clean energy for

UK residents.



BakerHicks

provided the Scottish rail network

with geotechnical services and assessment

reports for 150 miles of track and 175 bridges.

These projects are part of Network Rail’s rolling

programme of decarbonisation to remove

diesel passenger trains by 2035.



Fit Out

achieved BREEAM, LEED or SKA

sustainability ratings on 100 projects in 2022,

a record number.



Property Services

retroﬁtted a ‘show home’

for Westminster City Council to encourage

local residents to make their homes more

energy eﬃcient (see page 57).

We make homes more energy eﬃcient, providing

our clients with solutions for decarbonising

existing properties as well as new designs.

According to the UK Green Building Council

(UKGBC), the built environment contributes

around 25% of the UK’s total carbon footprint

and 80% of the buildings we will be using in 2050

have already now been built. Therefore,

decarbonising existing homes will contribute

signiﬁcantly to reducing the UK’s overall emissions.

When regenerating towns and city centres, we

develop mainly brownﬁeld areas that are well

connected to public transport infrastructure,

helping reduce reliance on driving, and we are

incorporating more greenscaping into our

projects to provide ﬂood protection and enhance

air quality.

Our divisions have decarbonisation plans in place

to achieve net zero by 2030 as part of their wider

sustainability strategies. For example, Urban

Regeneration has launched a new sustainable

development strategy centred on net zero

carbon, health and wellbeing, enhancing

biodiversity and promoting a circular economy.

The divisions are also increasingly prioritising

biodiversity in their operations and achieving

biodiversity net gain (BNG) in many projects.

In 2022, we invested in converting farmland in

the Lakenheath Fen area into protected wetlands

(see page 31) and in the restoration of peatlands

in the Great North Bog (see page 93).

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Improving the environment



At

Partnership Housing’s

site in Pendleton,

Salford, new technology was installed in

homes to reduce energy consumption.

Examples included a wastewater heat recovery

heating system that recycles heat energy from

bath and shower waste water; ﬂue gas heat

recovery which reduces gas consumption

when producing hot water; solar panels with

battery backup; and mechanical ventilation

with heat recovery. The combination of

these systems has allowed for an energy

performance around 50% above building

regulations, reducing emissions and helping

to reduce fuel poverty.



Urban Regeneration

continued constructing

Eden, a 115,000 sq ft oﬃce designed to

meet the UKGBC’s ‘net zero in operation’

status, based on its 2035–2050 Design for

Performance standard. Eden, designed to

Passivhaus principles, has been selected as

a LETI (Low Energy Transformation Initiative)

‘Pioneer Project’ due to its exceptionally high

sustainability performance. A Passivhaus

building requires very little energy to achieve a

comfortable temperature year-round, typically

oﬀering space-related heating and cooling

energy savings of up to 75% compared to

the average new build. Also in Salford, Urban

Regeneration is on site with the Greenhaus

development, which will deliver 74 fully

aﬀordable Passivhaus-certiﬁed homes.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

29

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Providing industry-leading climate

solutions and expertise

We promote innovative solutions to climate

change that are grounded in data and inform

operational strategy on our projects.



Carbon

i

Ca:

Our carbon reduction tool

assesses the potential emissions of a project

and building early in the design stage, including

carbon embodied in the materials and

projected emissions throughout the building’s

life cycle. The tool highlights elements that will

result in higher emissions and suggests lower-

carbon alternatives for the client, designer

and supply chain to consider. Launched in

2020, we have continued to roll out the tool

to all divisions, with 50% of our construction

projects now set up to use it. We have also

developed a web-based app that will extend

the tool’s use and accessibility. As an example

of Carbon

i

Ca’s eﬀectiveness, Construction

used it on a project for the Wirral Growth

Company, a joint venture between Wirral

Council and Urban Regeneration, to reduce

the whole life carbon of two oﬃce buildings

by 1,977 tonnes of CO

2

e. The reductions were

achieved by using lower-carbon alternatives

to concrete mix and steel, and reducing the

volume of the structural framing system.



goldeni:

Property Services’ software uses

sensors placed in social housing to provide

landlords and residents with real-time data

that helps ensure their properties are healthy,

compliant and energy eﬃcient. Sensors can

pick up water leaks, for example, or a boiler

in need of servicing, and by tracking homes

using central heating too often or too little

can identify properties in fuel poverty or that

need additional insulation. In 2022, Property

designs, procures and builds to reduce

carbon emissions. The project entailed training

30 employees to present to clients, the supply

chain and local schools and communities on

how they can reduce emissions. Construction

also ran a half-day training course on

carbon for all its client-facing employees and

continued to develop its internal network of

‘carbon champions’.



BakerHicks

now has 11 in-house certiﬁed

Passivhaus designers and is looking to train a

number of employees as EnerPHit assessors.

EnerPHit is the Passivhaus certiﬁcate for

retroﬁtting existing buildings.



Fit Out

ran training sessions for employees

and supply chain members on sustainability

and decarbonisation, including a forum on

carbon embodied in furniture, plus multiple

carbon literacy sessions for its design teams.

Each year, all Group employees are encouraged

to make, or renew, carbon pledges. In 2022, the

pledge was accompanied by an interactive

learning video about the Group’s progress in

emissions reduction, the impacts of climate

change on our clients, and the climate-related

risks and opportunities faced by the business.

Reducing our own carbon footprint

Reducing the Group’s carbon footprint is critical

and demonstrates that we are playing our role in

decarbonising, meeting stakeholder expectations

and being a responsible business. We have

already calculated the amounts by which we

will need to reduce our Scope 1, Scope 2 and

operational Scope 3 carbon emissions from

speciﬁed activities each year to achieve net zero

by 2030, considering the growth of the business

over the period (see chart on page 32).

Services entered an agreement with Basildon

Borough Council to install goldeni sensors in

the council’s 10,000+ homes. Construction is

currently trialling goldeni on one of its projects

to provide real-time environmental data on

carbon and air quality. For more information

on goldeni, see page 56.



Carbon Zero:

Property Services launched a

new software platform in 2022 to help social

housing landlords improve their properties’

carbon performance and ensure they achieve

an Energy Performance Certiﬁcate rating of

C by 2035, as required by the government’s

Clean Growth Strategy. The tool collects

and analyses data from sources such as

asset management systems and surveys,

and provides a net zero route map for each

property, including the components and

labour needed for improvements, costs and a

timeline for completion. Landlords can adjust

the route map, for example to match available

funds or supply chain capacity and to prioritise

tenants in fuel poverty.



Passivhaus:

Urban Regeneration is working to

deﬁne new Passivhaus levels of performance

to be applied to all new homes in its

developments.

Educating management and leadership

We continue to invest in training our people to

become experts in climate construction

solutions. Three members of Fit Out and two

Construction employees completed in-depth

CISL (Cambridge Institute for Sustainability

Leadership) courses in the year. In addition:



Construction

launched its ‘Carbon Literacy

Project’ which aims to promote change in

how the Group, and the industry as a whole,

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Improving the environment

#### Sustainability was probably the biggest key driver for this project.

#### You have expertly managed the environmental elements, particularly the carbon report.

#### You aren’t afraid to challenge us if we can achieve more.

#### We liked that.”

Fit Out client

Our emissions arise predominantly from bulk

fuel used on sites, our vehicle ﬂeet, and electricity

use, and so our roadmap entails reducing travel

emissions, switching to alternative fuel and

renewable energy, achieving site eﬃciencies,

and adopting and supporting new technologies.

Our management practices are being

recognised: Construction received ‘Champion’

status against the industry Carbon Reduction

Code, the highest level of compliance available.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

30

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Restoring land for wildlife, the climate and people

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Improving the environment

Choosing renewable and

alternative energy

We continue to reduce the use of diesel

generators, use solar-powered site cabins, switch

from gas oil to hydrotreated vegetable oil (HVO)

and replace petrol and diesel-fuelled vehicles

with hybrid and electric. Currently, 65% of our

electricity is purchased from renewable sources.

Our divisions are using HVO for as many site

vehicles as possible (60% of our bulk fuel now

consists of HVO) and encouraging their supply

chains to use it instead of diesel in their vehicles.

HVO is made largely of vegetable oil and waste

animal fat and reduces emissions by up to 90%.

Adopting new technology and initiatives



Infrastructure’s

‘Great Green Challenge’ was

an innovation event launched in 2021 where

teams of employees were given a carbon

challenge and presented ideas on carbon

reduction to a panel of judges. Selected

ideas were given a green light for investment.

One such idea was the trialling of ‘Rouute

TM

Technologies’, an oﬀ-grid energy harvesting

system that generates electricity from passing

vehicles, cyclists and pedestrians for use on

remote sites. The trial took place in 2022 on

a National Grid visual improvement project,

and a decision on its feasibility will be made

in 2023. A follow-up Green Challenge event

in October 2022 explored fuel alternatives

to reduce reliance on diesel and resulted in,

for example, the purchase of lithium lighting

towers to light up sites at night or in winter.

The lithium towers oﬀer fuel savings of almost

50% and there are plans to replace all existing

stock of lighting towers with lithium.



Partnership Housing

trialled a solar-driven

generator during the winter months to see

how it performed with the least amount of

sunlight. The solar technology is quieter and

often cheaper than a standard generator.

Over the course of 101 days, the ‘Solartainer’

reduced generator runtime by 67%, resulting

in a saving of over 6,000 litres of fuel, £8,000

of fuel costs and 1.7 tonnes CO

2

e. The division

is now testing a hybrid battery generator

and, having successfully trialled an electric

telehandler, has decided to acquire more

as they become available.



Urban Regeneration

is working with Built by

Nature, a network of stakeholders dedicated

to exploring the challenges and opportunities

of reducing carbon in commercial buildings

by accelerating the use of sustainable timber.

Investing in high-quality, UK-based

carbon oﬀset projects

While our decarbonisation plan is robust and

meets the stringent criteria of the SBTi, we

recognise the role of carbon oﬀsets in tackling

residual emissions. We will only invest in

high-quality oﬀsets that are located in the UK

and will have additional beneﬁts of enhancing

biodiversity and contributing to healthier living

for local communities.



Lakenheath

: We have partnered with the

RSPB to help them restore existing farmland

into wetlands (see case study left).



Great North Bog

: In addition to Lakenheath,

we have invested in the Great North Bog,

a peatland restoration initiative in northern

England. The project covers 7,000 sq km of

upland peat with the capability of storing up

to 400m tonnes CO

2

e. Eleven sites have been

identiﬁed and the process of rewetting begun.

Read more about the project on page 93.

The Group has formed a partnership with the

Royal Society for the Protection of Birds

(RSPB) to help them restore existing farmland

into a haven for wildlife. Our investment will

enable the RSPB to buy ploughed ﬁelds the

size of 81 football pitches and convert them

into a peat-rich, biodiverse wetland. This land

is next to RSPB’s existing site at Lakenheath

Fen on the Norfolk/Suﬀolk border and means

they can extend the habitat they’ve already

created for a range of birds. Wetlands are

a critical habitat for bitterns, which not too

long ago were on the verge of extinction

in the UK, but the population at Lakenheath

is now growing.

Another beneﬁt of the rewetting is protecting

the peat in the soil and helping reduce carbon

emissions: peat reserves in wetland cannot

oxidate, keeping their stored carbon from

entering into the atmosphere.

The project demonstrates how high-quality

oﬀsetting projects create meaningful

partnerships with conservation champions,

help address biodiversity and climate change,

and provide wellbeing opportunities for locals.

Photo credit: Jeﬀ Kew

Our strategy in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

31

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Report

Ensuring all our relevant carbon data is measured,

reported and independently veriﬁed; including

Scope 1, Scope 2 and operational Scope 3 in our

net zero boundary; and using our carbon charge to

measure the cost of carbon we produce. Our carbon

charge encourages our divisions to reduce their own

emissions and generates a fund that we use to invest

in carbon oﬀset projects. We are committed to

developing future reporting to address the guidance

outlined by the Transition Plan Taskforce (TPT) issued

by HM Treasury in April 2022.

Remove

Assessing various carbon reduction initiatives to

remove carbon from our activities where possible.



Our divisions pursue opportunities to innovate

and adopt new technologies that reduce our

dependency on carbon-based assets and services.

See more on page 30.

Reduce

Encouraging stakeholders to reduce their own and

the Group’s emissions, through initiatives such as

supplier engagement (supply chain portal) and

employee engagement (carbon pledge and e-learning).



We invest in training our employees to develop the

necessary expertise and resources to be leaders

in climate construction solutions. See more detail

on page 30.



See page 37 for information on how we enable our

suppliers to be carbon conscious.

Replace

Considering low-carbon alternatives, such as electric

vehicles, and designing low- and zero-carbon

buildings to replace carbon-intensive activities.



We procure most of our electricity through

renewable sources. More information on how we

opted for renewable and alternative energy sources

in 2022 can be found on page 31.



Our divisions provide industry-leading solutions and

expertise to give our clients the information they

need on low-carbon alternatives. More information

can be found on pages 29 and 30.

Oﬀset

We will only oﬀset any residual emissions once

removal, reduction and replacement have

been applied.



We are committed to high-quality projects located

within the UK. For more information on our

Lakenheath Fen, Blenheim, Carbon Delta and Great

North Bog projects (see pages 31, 33 and 93).

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Improving the environment

Our net zero plan is based on the following principles:

Gas oil

Car average (all fuel types)

Diesel retail station biofuel blend

Electricity UK (generation) (2013 methodology)

Air travel domestic (average)

Burning oil/kerosene/paraﬃn

Rail travel (national)

Water supply

Water supply

Natural gas

Electricity UK (transmission and

distribution losses) (2013 methodology)

Petrol retail station biofuel blend

Waste disposal (aggregate materials)

Net zero pathway by source of emissions

0

5,000

10,000

15,000

20,000

25,000

30,000

2019

tonnes CO

2

e

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

2030

+

More information on our net zero plan can be found in our

Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosures section

on pages 80 to 91.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

32

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Improving the environment

A large part of our work is regenerating city

centres and developing areas of landscaped

public realm such as parks, canal sides and cycle

paths which help increase biodiversity, as well as

air quality and the wellbeing of residents and

workers. Urban Regeneration has set goals for

enhancing biodiversity on its developments as

part of its new sustainable development strategy.

The Eden building in Salford (see page 29) will be

wrapped in one of Europe’s largest living walls. A

surface area of 4,000 sq m will encompass

350,000 plants belonging to 32 diﬀerent species.

Eden’s rooftop will provide a home for birds and

bees and is expected to increase biodiversity in

the area by 174%.

Our reforestation of the Blenheim Estate has

measurably improved soil and water quality

in the Dorn and Glyme catchment areas and

generated new wildlife. The woods have

28 varieties of trees and some of the saplings

planted in 2022 came from the acorns of

500- to 1,000-year-old trees gathered from the

Estate’s ancient High Park. A total of around

5,000 of these English oaks, which support

more wildlife than any other native species in

the UK, will eventually be planted across the

nine woodlands. Also being planted are conifer

trees which provide winter habitats for wildlife.

The underlying layer of vegetation in the

woodlands has begun to attract pollinating bees

and other wildlife that support the ecosystem.

The Blenheim project aims to set new standards

for auditing and transparency in biodiversity

assessments, monitoring changes to the air,

water and soil, and tracking carbon levels using

state-of-the-art technology that quantiﬁes

environmental changes. We completed our ﬁrst

air quality assessment in 2022 and passed our

ﬁrst carbon audit conducted by Grown in Britain.



Blenheim:

We have now planted seven of

the nine woodlands we are creating at the

Blenheim Estate in Oxfordshire. This consists

of 200,000 trees. We have also designed a

‘Centre for Nature’ for local children, wildﬂower

meadows and new footpaths that link with

existing pathways to create over 15km of

circular walking space.



Carbon Delta:

Property Services has set

up a scheme where carbon savings from

energy-saving retroﬁts it carries out for local

authorities on social housing can be converted

into carbon credits. The local authorities

can then either use these credits to oﬀset

unavoidable embodied carbon in future

construction and regeneration projects, or

sell the credits to raise funding for further

decarbonisation schemes. The conversion of

carbon savings into credits is done using the

globally recognised Veriﬁed Carbon Standard

programme developed by VERRA.

Promoting biodiversity and

air quality beneﬁts

Our decarbonising projects create additional

beneﬁts for local biodiversity. BNG is an

approach to development that leaves biodiversity

in a better state than before, or ‘nature positive’.

It typically involves creating new habitats or

enhancing existing ones and begins with a survey

of the existing plot to establish a baseline. While

it is anticipated that from summer 2023, a

minimum of 10% BNG will be legally required for

all development projects in England, our divisions

have already been proactively integrating

biodiversity into their projects. For example,

Construction considers on every project how

biodiversity can be enhanced, commits to a

target, and tracks the number of its projects

recording a BNG.

(2021: 267.4 tonnes). Our construction waste

increased by 124% to 91,195 tonnes (2021:

40,662 tonnes) due to the nature of works

undertaken; 96% was diverted from landﬁll.

Our sustainable procurement policy requires our

employees to adopt best practice (reduce, reuse

and recycle) in their buying decisions. In 2022,

we continued our strategy of participating in a

greater number of manufacturers’ take-back

schemes and improving our ordering and

material selection with waste reduction as an

objective. Our approach is to collaborate with

our supply chain and other stakeholders who

will responsibly reuse waste generated from our

operations. Our site waste management plans

are supported by our waste service providers,

resulting in the sharing of best practice and

lessons learned and increased opportunities

to reduce waste at source or recycle.

Examples of our waste management activities

include:



In 2022, as a Group we increased our

wood recycling by 64% compared to 2021.

We recycled over 3,500 cubic metres of wood,

27% of which was high grade to maximise

its reuse.



Construction

is developing a waste toolkit

showcasing examples of waste reduction

and circular economy initiatives that are

available via its supply chain. The business

avoided waste in 2022 by: recovering cable

drums for reuse; using plastic-free cleaning

products and an alternative to single-use

plastic overshoes; donating surplus ﬂoor tiles

for reuse; reusing a trailer as part of a site

set-up, which had been destined for disposal

by a local authority; and participating in a

supplier’s vinyl ﬂooring take-back scheme.

Other biodiversity-related activities in 2022

included:



Construction

employees volunteered in

creating a wildlife garden and pond for pupils

of Wintringham Primary School (see page 43).



Fit Out

employees spent a day planting a

variety of specialist bog plants to support the

Lancashire Wildlife Trust’s restoration eﬀorts.



Partnership Housing

has mandated that

ecology assurance checklists be completed on

all projects from 2023 onwards. The division is

working to prevent pollution of watercourses

which can happen when the ground is broken

and loose soil is carried oﬀ by rainwater, or

when spillages occur during refuelling on site.

New training in sediment escape and spillages

has been introduced for the project teams.

In 2022, we achieved a ‘B’ score from CDP for our

disclosure on managing forest-related risks and

opportunities, with the average score for our

sector being ‘C’.

We are reviewing and monitoring the

development of the new Taskforce on Nature-

related Financial Disclosures framework and are

taking early steps in anticipation of the ﬁnal

version to be issued in September 2023. This

includes carrying out an impact and dependence

assessment to locate our interface with nature

and evaluate our nature-related dependencies.

#### Waste management and a circular economy

In 2022, we reduced our total waste by 57% to

373,071 tonnes (2021: 859,081 tonnes), of which

96% was diverted from landﬁll. Our waste

intensity (total tonnes of waste produced per £m

of revenue) decreased by 61% to 103.3 tonnes

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

33

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### A digital pathway to zero construction waste

Construction and demolition waste accounts

for more than a third of all waste generated in

the EU and despite the number of initiatives

to tackle waste, landﬁlling is still prevalent.

Construction has joined BIMBox, University of

Salford, University of Manchester and Arcas &

Callisto Consulting on a four-year watershed

study, known as RECONMATIC, to ﬁnd

automated ways to share information on

materials from the start of a project so that

waste can be managed more sustainably.

Construction will contribute its carbon and

waste predictor tools and its experience in

digital design, building information modelling

and oﬀsite construction. The business has

also gathered a vast amount of data on

materials such as concrete, steel and

plasterboard and will work with the University

of Salford to map out optimised waste

streams. With BIMBox, Construction will

develop a new dataset, WASTEie, to

standardise waste information that can

be easily shared between clients, designers

and contractors so they can design out

waste and ﬁnd more eﬀective ways of reusing

and recycling.

RECONMATIC aims to help the industry

achieve the EU’s target of zero construction

and demolition waste by 2050. It is being

funded by UK Research and Innovation and

Horizon Europe, an EU research and

development funding programme.

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Improving the environment

Construction has also partnered with the

Alliance for Sustainable Building Products on

a project called ZAP (zero avoidable packaging)

to reduce the use of plastic packaging in the

industry, construction being the second-largest

plastic consumer.



Infrastructure

piloted a new waste desk for

the Group in 2022 to help reduce and manage

waste more eﬀectively by consolidating

the number of its waste service providers,

providing access to waste liaison oﬃcers, and

improving waste reporting systems. The desk

advises on requirements for the identiﬁcation,

storage, transport, treatment, deposit and

disposal of all waste. In addition, Infrastructure

is working with its PPE provider to arrange for

materials to be recycled into new clothing or,

if the PPE is too degraded, for it to be reused

in other products, such as sound boarding

or insulation. Infrastructure’s Great Green

Challenge (see page 31) aims to eliminate

single-use plastics by removing virgin plastic

materials and single-use plastic bottles.



Fit Out

is working with waste contractors to

collect used plastic boarding and sheeting

for recycling, for example by using it to make

ProplexRE, a new type of ﬂoor and surface

protection sheet. The division has also engaged

with Community Wood Recycling, a network

of social enterprises, to donate wood waste

to its reclaimed timber stores. As part of

Fit Out’s project for the European Bank for

Reconstruction and Development (EBRD)

(see page 53), the division created a specialised

‘deconstruction guide’, so that when the space

is next renovated, future contractors and

project managers will know exactly how to

dismantle the components and where they

can be sent for recycling or repurposing.

The guide covers a wide range of materials

(ﬂooring, joinery, blinds and doors) and

provides: a ‘materials passport’ to identify

each material or item; details on manufacturer

take-back schemes; information about

any hazardous substances; advice on how

components should be broken down; detail

of recycled content; and cleaning protocols or

maintenance requirements to maximise the

lifespan of the products and avoid the need

for replacement.



Partnership Housing

has become the ﬁrst

housebuilder to recycle asbestos waste.

The division has collaborated with Thermal

Recycling, a company that specialises in

diverting asbestos from landﬁll, to package

and convert asbestos waste into a safe and

reusable cement substitute. Over 25 tonnes

of asbestos have so far been converted,

having been removed from three demolished

buildings at the division’s Castleward

development in Derby. Partnership Housing

is also moving from plastic signage to a new

compostable, cardboard-based product.

In 2021, the Group signed up to The Pallet Loop,

a circular economy pallet reuse scheme for the

construction sector. In 2022, the scheme was

rolled out across the divisions. Partnership

Housing, for example, collected over 4,000

pallets, resulting in savings of 539kg CO

2

e and

approximately £11,000.

Our strategy in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

34

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Our Total

Commitments

Working

together with

our supply chain

Enhancing

communities

Improving the

environment

Developing

people

Protecting

people

Our relationships with our supply chain partners

are essential in the successful delivery of our

projects and in maintaining our resilience and

overcoming challenges in the market.

#### Supply chain relationships and resilience

Our Morgan Sindall Supply Chain Family of

suppliers and manufacturers was set up 20 years

ago to help build long-term relationships, and

now has 400 members. Members beneﬁt from

training, design support, on-site practical advice,

access to contract information and upcoming

projects and a dedicated relationship

management team. Eighty-three percent of our

spend by value in 2022 was with our Supply

Chain Family. In addition, we have continued

to partner with the Supply Chain Sustainability

School. As at the end of 2022, 2,778 of our

suppliers were registered with the School,

up from 2,595 in 2021.

Our strong relationships with a diverse range

of suppliers help ensure we continue to get

access to the materials we need for our projects.

We share our project delivery requirements with

our suppliers at an early stage which allows for

advance planning, suﬃcient lead-in periods

and for our suppliers to build their capacity.

For example, Construction undertakes project

procurement risk reviews to identify areas of

potential concern with regard to supply chain

capacity and materials supply. By engaging with

subcontractors and suppliers on key packages,

we can better understand any risks and take

mitigating actions to help support our supply

chain. This has been extremely valuable during

Brexit, Covid and more recently following the

invasion of Ukraine, in helping to deal with issues

around capacity constraints, extended lead

times, materials availability and logistics issues.

Construction also worked closely in 2022 with

its clients and supply chain to manage the impact

of increasing energy prices and associated cost

inﬂation. Examples included early procurement

of key materials, vesting of supplies where

required to ensure manufacturing slots were

maintained, accelerated payments to

subcontractors to allow early ordering, and

supporting subcontractors with the re-sourcing

of materials away from Russia and Ukraine.

We always try to procure locally to secure

competitive pricing and logistical beneﬁts as well

as reducing our environmental impacts and

maximising social beneﬁts to local communities.

Where needed, we work with our supply chain

partners to help them succeed and elevate their

standards to meet our own, especially in relation

to safety and carbon emissions management.

Through our Group-wide procurement

agreements with suppliers, we can give our

subcontractors access to better pricing.

Our suppliers and subcontractors play an

important role in helping us fulﬁl our responsible

business goals and providing opportunities for

innovation. These two areas were priorities for

us in 2022 when engaging with our supply chain.

#### Working together with our supply chain

#### We have builtlongstanding relationships with our supply chain partners.

#### 2022 performance and future targets

2022

66.6%

of invoices (by number)

paid within 30 days

2025 target

70%

2030 target

80%

Horizon ambition

95%

#### The quick read...



Strong relationships helped with

managing increased energy prices,

inﬂation and supply of materials



Methods of engagement included new

digital platforms as well as in-person

meetings and events



Collaborated on new ways to increase

safety and reduce carbon emissions



A continued focus on faster payment

of invoices

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

35

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Working together with our supply chain

#### Supply chain management

In 2022, we were accredited to ISO 20400:2017

Responsible Procurement, ELS BES 6002 Ethical

Labour Sourcing Standard, and BES 6001

Responsible Sourcing of Construction Products.

These certiﬁcations ensure we maintain high

standards in our operations and a resilient

supply chain.

Developing an in-depth understanding of our

suppliers and subcontractors enables us to

manage them strategically and eﬀectively.

Our divisions continuously engage with their

supply chains through in-person events,

newsletters and training sessions. They have

also been working to digitise our supply chain

management; for example, in 2022:



Construction

introduced: a new digital supply

chain platform which enables electronic

tendering; simpliﬁcation and standardisation

of the tendering process; measurement

and targeting of local spend and spend with

small- and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs),

social enterprises and micro businesses; and

performance management on projects.



Fit Out

systems measure subcontractors

on social value, such as whether they are

an accredited real living wage employer,

a social enterprise, a certiﬁed B Corp

(accredited as providing social and

environmental beneﬁts as well as delivering

proﬁts) or a diverse-owned business.



Property Services

has set up a fully integrated

trading system, MSi marketplace, whereby

its operatives can order products from

selected suppliers with whom the division

has negotiated discounts, knowing they

are getting fast and easy access to the best

prices. The system provides data on how

much is spent on each product across all

Property Services projects, which helps in

the negotiation of future deals. Over 75,000

purchase orders have been processed

through MSi marketplace to date, reducing

Property Services’ spending on supplies per

project despite inﬂation and price volatility.



Partnership Housing

produces a biannual

newsletter circulated to its supply chain,

and in 2022 encouraged suppliers to

provide stories of steps they are taking to

improve sustainability. The stories are being

showcased in the newsletter as a way of

sharing best practice.

In 2022, we took part in the Supply Chain

Sustainability School’s employee diversity

benchmarking survey to see how our suppliers

performed against others. The results showed

that our supply chain is younger (7.9% people

aged 18–25 compared to the survey average

of 6.8%); more ethnically diverse (21.9% ethnic

minority compared to 17.5%); and, by employing

21.8% women, close to the survey average of

23%. A total of 339,912 people were surveyed,

of which 37,261 were members of our supply

chain. We will be sharing the ﬁndings with our

suppliers to identify needs and develop diversity

initiatives through the School’s Fairness, Inclusion

and Respect programme.

#### Working to achieve synergy

Fit Out’s northern region held a conference for its subcontractors to discuss how they are

working together on the environment, health and safety and social responsibility. Breakout

sessions gave the 100 subcontractor attendees the chance to take part in group discussions

around each of the three conference themes, and provide feedback to Fit Out on the

region’s performance.

Following the event, everyone who took part was emailed the actions Fit Out would be taking

in response to the feedback, such as: further training on waste management and carbon

engineering; greater involvement of Fit Out’s health and safety team in communicating site

standards; and more information on community activities the supply chain could get involved in.

Going forward, the conference will become an annual event.

Our strategy in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

36

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Working together with our supply chain

Working together to address

climate change

Tackling the challenge of our Scope 3 emissions

requires us to engage with our supply chain

and leverage our relationships and skillsets to

enable them to improve their environmental

performance. For example, Partnership

Housing expects all supply chain members

as a minimum to be working towards bronze

membership of the Supply Chain Sustainability

School. To achieve this they will have completed

a sustainability assessment in the past year and

attended at least ﬁve of the School’s training

activities or events in the past six months.

Through our Supply Chain Family, we have

been able to accelerate the adoption of

HVO fuel by providing our suppliers with access

to it. As a result, we increased our use of HVO

on our projects from 15% to 60% in 2022.

This demonstrates how we can help to encourage

the adoption of more sustainable practices.

Other examples from 2022 are as follows:



Construction

introduced regional, in-person

supply chain events as part of the free carbon

training it provides for supply chain partners.

The business now has 40 subcontractors

signed up to a carbon pledge, 32 having

signed up in 2022. Making a carbon pledge

is the ﬁrst step in Construction’s ‘carbon

maturity framework’ which ranks the progress

of supply chain partners in reducing their

carbon emissions. The carbon pledge also

gives supply chain partners access to work

through the SCAPE public sector framework.

In addition, Construction organises lunch-

and-learn sessions with potential suppliers

identiﬁed as having sustainability credentials,

with ﬁve such events held in 2022.



Fit Out

has built a new ‘carbon materials

tracker’ into its project management software,

ProjectPLUS, to enable it to track Scope 3

emissions from materials on all its projects.

Carbon usage is analysed using the Group’s

Carbon

i

Ca tool (see page 30).



Partnership Housing

conducted a

sustainability audit of 50 key material suppliers

and manufacturers in 2022. The division

scored participants on a wide range of

climate-related criteria, including carbon

reduction initiatives, renewable energy supply,

energy management systems, and alignment

with the division’s environmental and waste

policies. The results were used to identify

potential areas for improvement and where

Partnership Housing might be able to work

with suppliers to inspire change. Following the

audits, Partnership Housing’s sustainability

team visited six suppliers to learn more about

how they were reducing their own emissions

and developing products/solutions to help

us build greener homes. The team learned

about new technologies on the horizon so

that we will be ready to adopt them when

they become available.



In addition,

Partnership Housing

surveyed

300 supply chain members to learn more

about embodied carbon. The results will enable

the division to assess how soon it will have the

data it needs to develop its building technology

to meet the demands of the government’s

Future Homes Standard (which increases the

energy-eﬃciency requirements of new homes).

#### Collaborating to cut carbon

Construction has set its teams a ‘10 Tonne Challenge’ to work with their supply chain partners to

ﬁnd ways of reducing carbon on their projects by at least 10 tonnes. Solutions include sourcing

materials with lower embodied carbon, reducing concrete volumes, setting up energy-eﬃcient

sites, reducing waste, and using alternative fuels and oﬀsite methods of construction that

reduce carbon emitted in manufacture and transport. The Carbon

i

Ca tool (page 30) has been

an eﬀective resource on this initiative, helping the teams calculate projected emissions and

identify where high carbon elements could be replaced.

Construction teams and their supply chain partners together saved 12,610 tonnes of Scope 1, 2

and operational Scope 3 carbon emissions on 49 projects in 2022.

12,610

#### tonnes CO

2

#### e saved

534

#### tonnes

CO

2

#### e saved

Cosham Fire Station

340

#### tonnes

CO

2

#### e saved

North Manchester

General Hospital

308

#### tonnes

CO

2

#### e saved

Buntingford First

School, Herts

#### Some 10 Tonne Challenge outcomes

Our strategy in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

37

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Working together to increase safety

Gathering information on our supply chain also

helps identify areas where we can help educate

and train them, or increase their awareness.

The following health and safety training was

provided to subcontractors during the year:



Construction

ran regular sessions for

its subcontractors, including supervisor

behavioural workshops, safety when working

around machinery, and introductions to

new safety products, in conjunction with PPE

and equipment suppliers. Construction also

organised a three-week national campaign

with online and in-person roadshows on topics

such as dropped objects, tool tethering, and

safe working at height; and workshops that

provided smaller subcontractors in particular

with a unique opportunity to experience best

practice. In addition, Construction promoted

a ‘Safe Start Campaign’ to reinforce its 100%

Safe message to local supply chains following

periods of shutdown such as the Christmas

break. The campaign included statutory

reinspection of machinery and site tours

to refresh subcontractors on the minimum

standards they had been introduced to at

the start of the project.



Fit Out

started an initiative involving 1,801

subcontractors to assess the extent to which

their operatives have been trained in site

safety appropriate to their trade. Using the

information, a rolling programme of targeted

consultations and audits will aim to improve

the operatives’ health and safety performance

and create an improved safety culture.

Innovating together



Partnership Housing

has been working

with wall and ﬂooring suppliers to develop

construction methods that help build a new

home 45% faster. By manufacturing ﬂooring

and frame materials oﬀ site, they are easier to

assemble, produce less waste, require fewer

deliveries and reduce the risk of accidents.



Infrastructure

has introduced ‘Innovation

Bites’, where supply chain members are invited

to present to employees on innovative new

products and services. Infrastructure hosted

24 sessions in 2022.

Supporting our supply chain in

growing their businesses

Part of our ethos of collaborative working

is a commitment to support local businesses

and engage early with key subcontractors

and suppliers to drive cost-eﬀective solutions.

Fit Out’s supply chain strategy is based on

rewarding performance and encouraging

growth, and is the reason why the division

pursues a policy of working with predominantly

SMEs. Of Fit Out’s supply chain, 95% are

classiﬁed as SMEs.



Construction

has introduced local events

with leaders of its preferred subcontractors

to discuss safety, learn about suppliers’

expectations and share best practice.



Fit Out

has 320 ‘preferred’ subcontractors

who have performed consistently well

according to set criteria, with 23 promoted to

this status in 2022. The division is working to

promote greater diversity in its supply chain:

identifying businesses that are diverse-owned

and raising awareness among employees

of the value of diversity in the supply chain.

The division has been a corporate member

of MSDUK for two years and is working with

them to identify suppliers it could potentially

work with. MSDUK is a UK supplier diversity

advocacy organisation working for inclusion

of ethnic minority businesses in corporate

supply chains.



Partnership Housing

hosts ‘Meet the Buyer’

events across multiple regions. These events

provide suppliers and subcontractors with

the opportunity to meet Partnership Housing

employees and clients to discuss topics such

as health and safety, upcoming projects and

procurement opportunities. Three events

were held in 2022, including in the East

Midlands and North East, two of the division’s

newest regions.

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Working together with our supply chain

#### Paying promptly

Paying our supply chain on time is essential

and makes us attractive to work for, and we aim

to pay our suppliers as promptly as possible.

We do not use any supplier ﬁnance arrangements.

Our divisions have reported the following data

under payment practices regulations for the

six months to 31 December 2022:



Construction & Infrastructure

, our largest

division, improved its payment rate within

60 days to 99% (2021: 98%).



Fit Out

paid 96% of its invoices within 60 days

(2021: 97%).



Property Services

paid 97% of invoices within

60 days, up slightly from 96% in 2021.



Partnership Housing

maintained its 2021

rate of 96% of invoices paid within 60 days.



Urban Regeneration

improved its payment

rate to 98% within 60 days (2021: 94%).

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

38

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### 2022 performance and future targets

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Our Total

Commitments

Working

together with

our supply chain

Enhancing

communities

Improving the

environment

Developing

people

Protecting

people

We are active members of the communities

in which we work, delivering positive social,

environmental and economic impact, known

as social value, that will last long beyond the

completion of our projects. We work with our

clients, supply chain partners, local communities

and other stakeholders to codesign and deliver

activities that prioritise outcomes that matter

most to local people. Our teams focus on

enhancing social mobility and removing barriers

to employment and education by building

partnerships with charities, schools and

community organisations.

Our Group social value panel, which is made up

of representatives from across the divisions,

meets regularly to share best practice and

address shared challenges. In 2022, the panel

focused on developing a new Group-wide social

value toolkit that will support us in delivering

better outcomes for our stakeholders as well

as consolidating our relationships with partner

organisations to ensure we get the most from

our existing projects.

In addition, Infrastructure created an ‘Enhanced

Communities (EC) Strategic Multiplier Group’

which will focus on identifying social value

initiatives that are transferable and scalable

so that they can be replicated across diﬀerent

projects and regions. Key areas of focus for the

group include social mobility, partnerships with

schools and colleges, and community

engagement. The group is also responsible

for interacting on Infrastructure’s behalf with

Business in the Community and similar industry

players, an important part of the tendering

process to win business.

The decentralised nature of our business, along

with a network of over 60 permanent oﬃce

locations, allows us to tailor community initiatives

to local needs and foster opportunities via

existing relationships with local organisations

and suppliers. For example, our new social value

toolkit includes resources for our project teams

to conduct local needs analysis, and a directory

of local charities and organisations.

#### Enhancing communities

We want to leave a positive legacyby improving the built environment and creating social and economic value for the

#### communities where we work.

2022

67p

of social value per £1

spent on 110 projects

2025 target

85p

2030 target

90p

Horizon ambition

£1.01

#### The quick read...



Provided training, work experience,

apprenticeships and job opportunities

to local communities, including young

people and long-term unemployed



Worked with schools and colleges

to encourage more young people to

pursue a career in construction



Took part in local community and

charity initiatives



Helped local residents save on their

energy costs

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

39

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Engaging with communities and delivering social value

In 2022, our community enhancement activities

centred on:



Community employment

: collaborating

with our client and supply chain partners

to provide training, work placements and

job opportunities for local residents;



Education

: working with local partners to

promote the next generation of industry

professionals from diﬀerent backgrounds,

enhancing educational experiences and

sharing employee skillsets and expertise;



Charity partnerships

: supporting local and

national organisations that are important to

our employees, customers and communities

local to our operations and oﬃces; and



Volunteering

: encouraging employees to

donate their time and expertise to support

educational institutions, charities and

employment partners.

Energy crisis and aﬀordable housing

Our social initiatives and community

development projects always take into

consideration local demands and needs.

This year, the energy crisis and associated rise

in the cost of living has been of particular focus.

Property Services runs an energy café scheme

for local residents as part of its partnership with

HACT (Housing Associations’ Charitable Trust) –

see case study right. Through HACT’s Energy

Hardship Fund (made up of donations from

supply chain and procurement organisations),

the division provided 570 energy vouchers worth

£22,071 during the winter of 2021–2022 to

support social housing residents in paying their

increasing energy bills. To date, Property Services

has provided 1,600 energy vouchers worth

nearly £80,000 to 600 families in fuel poverty.

We work with local councils and government

agencies to deliver aﬀordable, high-quality

new homes:



Property Services

worked with Basildon

Borough Council on a scheme to support

homeless people by converting a disused

adult learning facility into 10 one-bedroom,

self-contained homes and assembling a

further six one-bedroom units known as

‘Solohaus’, donated by the Hill Group. The

project was completed in November 2022,

in time for the colder weather. The division

also supported the Chartered Institute of

Housing’s ‘Homeful’ campaign, which explores

ways of resolving homelessness, by funding a

research assistant to join their team.



Partnership Housing

built 2,765 aﬀordable

homes in 2022, a 30% increase from the

prior year. The division works with housing

association partners to aim for 40%–50%

aﬀordable housing on its developments,

compared to the regulatory requirement

of 20%–30%.



Urban Regeneration

, on its Greenhaus

development in Salford, is working with

Salix Homes to build 96 aﬀordable homes.

The homes are targeted to be Passivhaus

certiﬁed and expected to reduce energy bills

for residents by up to 90% (see page 29 for

information about Passivhaus principles).

Several projects under construction in

Urban Regeneration’s portfolio are providing

50% aﬀordable homes, for example

Manor Road in Canning Town, London (177)

and Islington Wharf in Manchester (106).

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Enhancing communities

#### Helping local residents save on their energy costs

Property Services runs ‘energy cafés’ oﬀering

local residents practical advice on reducing

their energy bills. The cafés are hosted by

Property Services employees trained to

Level 3 qualiﬁcations in Energy Awareness.

The project was originally designed to

support elderly people who don’t have the

digital skills to research cheaper energy

providers online. The cafés now provide

information on a variety of issues, including

how to get access to grants and beneﬁts

available, and suggestions for small or

relatively low cost changes that people can

make to their properties to help cut their

energy consumption. As a result, the cafés

are attracting a wide range of residents,

from young adults living on their own for

the ﬁrst time right up to those beyond

retirement age.

Our strategy in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

40

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Enhancing communities

At Novus Apartments in Slough, the division

secured £2.5m of First Homes funding as

part of the Homes England Early Delivery

programme. This has enabled eligible

purchasers to buy a new home with a 30%

discount and created 32 additional aﬀordable

homes for local people.

Local apprenticeships, work

and training opportunities

We oﬀer work experience, training and

apprenticeships in communities where we work;

undergraduate sponsorships and graduate

training programmes; and returnships for people

who have had a career break; all of which bring

new and varied talent into the business.

In 2022, 379 students took part in Construction’s

virtual work experience programme, delivered

in partnership with Speakers for Schools. During

the week, teams of students were given a brief

for which they had to deliver a project proposal,

attended virtual meetings with experts and a

virtual site tour, and were given training in CV and

interview techniques. Sixty-ﬁve percent of the

participants were female. Property Services also

completed virtual work experience for 30 Year

10–13 students. The division carried out a survey

after the exercise and found that 90% of

students felt they had developed their teamwork

skills and 80% had expanded their knowledge of

possible career opportunities in the industry.



Construction

oﬀers dedicated learning

facilities called ‘Knowledge Quads’ on its

projects where requested by its clients.

Each Quad focuses on four key areas: skills,

education, employment and discovery.

In 2022, working with Wirral Met College,

Construction launched its second Knowledge

Quad in the Liverpool city region, creating

a link between industry and education by

ensuring that Quad curricula align with

employer requirements. Construction has

invested in a total of seven Knowledge Quads

to date. In Manchester, the division hosted

12 students studying T Level and T Level

Transition Programme courses at Manchester

College. Each T Level included an industry

placement lasting at least 45 days, whereby

students receive valuable work experience

while employers get early sight of the new

talent in their industry.



Infrastructure

worked with Copeland Work

& Skills Partnership to provide a four-day

programme for eight autistic adults to

improve their employability skills. Participants

got to meet employers and visit workplaces.

On completion, two found employment

and four progressed to further training.

Infrastructure also took part in a ‘Festival

of Work’ hosted in Cumbria where over

500 students and 150 adults engaged in

workshops, networking events and learning

sessions to ﬁnd out more about training and

employment opportunities in the industry.



Fit Out

has continued to engage with the

Leonard Cheshire Foundation, a charity that

ﬁnds work placement opportunities for people

with disabilities. In 2022, the division doubled

its placements in design, site management

and ﬁnance. Fit Out also worked with iConsult,

a youth employment partner, on one of its

projects to provide a six-week work experience

programme for ﬁve local people from

disadvantaged backgrounds. The programme

rotated the students between the Fit Out site

team and supply chain partners, introducing

them to a variety of trades.



Property Services

continued during the

year to host employability sessions for local

residents, helping with CVs, cover letters and

interview preparation; and hosted Level 1

qualiﬁcation training for people unemployed

or in receipt of beneﬁts in St Albans, Waltham

Forest and Basildon. The division also took

part in a Kick Start scheme to support young

people in danger of long-term unemployment.

Twenty young adults were given a six-month

work placement and, on completion, 15 were

oﬀered full-time roles.



Partnership Housing

joined with veterans’

charity Alabaré and Wiltshire Council to

provide ex-military personnel with transferable

skills to help get them started on a career

in construction. The scheme oﬀers not only

training and work experience but also the

opportunity to secure one of the homes they

have helped to build over the course of the

year-long work placement.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

41

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Working with schools and colleges

A large part of our community engagement

strategy is working with schools and colleges to

promote construction as a potential career path.

Throughout the year, our divisions visit schools

and universities, using their skills and knowledge

of the industry to host events and workshops

and attract talented young people into our future

workforce. We also build relationships with

not-for-proﬁt organisations and other

community initiatives, oﬀering a career in

construction as an avenue for social mobility.



Construction

is engaged in 40 ongoing

school partnerships. The partnerships entail

Construction and the school pledging to

work together to support pupils by providing

hands-on work experience and exposure to

people who work in the industry. The schools

we partner with will support a minimum of the

following standards: four Gatsby Benchmarks

(England), four Career Education Standards

(Scotland) or four Areas of Learning and

Experience (Wales). In addition, Construction

became the ﬁrst construction company to

partner with Developing Experts, an education

platform focusing on STEM subjects (science,

technology, engineering and mathematics)

that provides more than 6,500 schools with

over 1,000 interactive lessons and industry

and career links. As part of this collaboration,

Construction will develop a bespoke set of

lessons reﬂecting the diverse range of careers

available in the industry and helping children,

teachers and parents better understand how

construction relates to their everyday lives.



BakerHicks

employees volunteered with

Middlesex University, London South Bank

University, Birmingham City University and the

University of Salford to help interview students

and oﬀer work experience placements. As part

of the work experience, BakerHicks assigns

each student a mentor, and gives them mock

interviews, CV reviews and training based on

BakerHicks projects aligned to their studies.

The business also linked up with New College

Lanarkshire and the WorldSkills programme,

a charity hosting a worldwide competition

in digital construction. BakerHicks designed

the competition which assesses participants’

knowledge, practical skills and employability

against set criteria in a timed environment.

The competitive, practical nature of the event

helps the students build on their knowledge

and stand out when applying for roles.



Property Services

has an ongoing

partnership with Construction Youth Trust and

The Fulham Boys School as part of the Building

Brighter Futures programme. The programme

aims to help young people discover a range

of property services, construction and built

environment professions. Over a four-month

period in 2022, Property Services held lectures

for Year 9 students, looking at the breadth of

career roles within the industry.



Partnership Housing

formed an education

partnership with the Wensum Trust in Norfolk

to educate young people about the range

of career opportunities in the sector. The

division hosted a ‘construction careers day’ at

local school Acle Academy, where carpentry

and bricklaying apprentices presented on

pathways for apprenticeships.



Urban Regeneration

has begun a three-year

commitment to support the Reading Real

Estate Foundation’s ‘Pathways to Property’

project, to widen access to the real estate

profession by raising awareness of the vast

range of careers available in the sector.

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Enhancing communities

#### Creating opportunities for young people

Infrastructure sponsors a ‘Future Pathways’

programme in Cumbria to provide life and

employability skills for students. In 2022,

the division guided 36 students from three

schools through the programme, and is

working to increase the number of schools

to 10.

Fifteen-year-old Jack

joined the eight-week

programme in 2018.

I got the chance to meet new

people and build skills like

teamwork, resilience and

independence, which helped

improve my conﬁdence and

supported me in getting ready

for the world of work.”

Five years on and following a course at the

local University Technical College, Jack is six

months into his ﬁrst job as an apprentice

for Infrastructure. The division currently

engages over 50 apprentices and has

been awarded Gold accreditation from the

5% Club for its commitment to providing

‘earn and learn’ opportunities – one of just

107 UK employers to achieve this.

Our strategy in action

Activities have included providing mentoring

and work experience placements for sixth

form students.

Community projects and charities

We engage employees, clients and our supply

chain to deliver community projects and support

local charities. This is a way of showcasing our

values and building community relationships.

It is also an opportunity to leverage our business

sources, knowledge and skillsets to shape the

industry in a positive way. We do not just focus

on ﬁnancial donations; we provide support with

our time and resources. Some examples of our

many activities in 2022 include:



Fit Out

joined its client in renovating a

community centre for local emotional

wellbeing charity Barca-Leeds. Fifty-two people

volunteered a total of 432 hours, and £22,000

of materials were donated. See also the

Period Poverty campaign that Fit Out ran on

a separate project (page 53).



Property Services

is working with

Westminster City Council on the pilot Phoenix

Programme supporting female survivors of

domestic abuse in rebuilding their conﬁdence

and developing skills they need to enter or

re-enter the workplace. Participants receive

an assessment of their needs followed by

help with digital and other work skills, CV

and interview preparation, mentoring, work

experience and managing ﬁnances. Property

Services provides guaranteed interviews for

roles with the division and its supply chain.

Property Services has also partnered with

Smart Works, a UK charity that dresses and

coaches unemployed women for success

at their job interview.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

42

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()



Partnership Housing

has helped with

fundraising for Building Heroes, a charity that

helps military veterans transition to civilian

life. One of the division’s employees, who has

interstitial lung disease, became the ﬁrst man

to complete the London Marathon wearing an

oxygen tank, raising £20,000 to support vital,

life-saving research at Asthma + Lung UK.



Urban Regeneration

continued to sponsor

LandAid and Computers 4 Charity by donating

40 refurbished computers to the West

Midlands homeless youth charity St Basil’s.

#### Measuring the social value we create

We use a social value bank to measure and

track in monetary terms the social, economic

and environmental value we add to local

communities through our activities. The bank

aligns with the valuation methodology used in

HM Treasury’s Green Book and OECD guidelines.

In 2022, Urban Regeneration introduced a

version of the social value bank speciﬁcally

designed for developers. It measures the

long-term social impacts of completed

developments, for example the beneﬁts of

having a new school or hospital in the area.

In 2022, we used the social value bank on 110

projects and it calculated that we contributed

67p of social value for every £1 spent. Examples

of social value on these projects included:



1,002 apprenticeships and training

opportunities for young people (2021: 545);



612 job opportunities for unemployed people

(2021: 643);

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS STRATEGY AND PERFORMANCE

continued

Enhancing communities

#### A wildlife classroom

Construction employees volunteered to create an outdoor wildlife learning area for the pupils

of Wintringham Primary School in Cambridge. They cleared an overgrown area, dug out a pond,

ﬁlled it and created hard-standing areas for pond-dipping activities. The team also landscaped

the area, planted a variety of plants and installed a lifebelt station. In total, 284 volunteer hours

and nearly £5,000 in donations were contributed.

Our strategy in action



553 job opportunities for local people

(2021: 407);



4,779 hours supporting schools (2021: 7,979);

and



9,253 hours community volunteering

(2021: 9,620).

Property Services uses the ‘Wellbeing Valuation

Approach’ of external veriﬁer HACT to calculate

its social value impact. The HACT valuation

conﬁrmed that between April 2021 and March

2022 (HACT’s reporting cycle), the division

achieved £3.5m of social value (2021: £1.8m),

with every £1 spent generating £25 (2021: £12)

in social value across its contracts.

Our clients request that social value is measured

through various tools that also include the ‘Social

Value Portal’ and HACT, which is why only 110 of

our projects were measured using our social

value bank. In addition, clients have diﬀerent

priorities for how we deliver social value, which

inﬂuences the kind of activities we undertake.

For example, in 2022, the number of hours spent

supporting schools fell as the schools preferred

fewer, more engaging in-person events to a

greater number of virtual events. We recognise

that our social value bank is not fully reﬂecting

the social value we generate, and in 2023 we will

consider how best to capture the full scope of

what we do.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

43

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

2022

2021

Revenue

£3,612m

£3,213m

Operating proﬁt – adjusted\*

£139.2m

£131.3m

Operating proﬁt – reported

£88.3m

£129.8m

Proﬁt before tax – adjusted\*

£136.2m

£127.7m

Proﬁt before tax – reported

£85.3m

£126.2m

Earnings per share – adjusted\*

237.9p

226.0p

Basic earnings per share – reported

132.7p

212.4p

Year-end net cash\*

£354.6m

£358.0m

Average daily net cash\*

£256.3m

£291.4m

Total dividend per share

101.0p

92.0p

\*

See note 28 to the consolidated ﬁnancial statements for alternative performance measure deﬁnitions and reconciliations.

#### The quick read...



Record revenue and adjusted\*

operating proﬁt despite inﬂation and

market headwinds



£48.9m exceptional building safety

charge recognised in the period



Net working capital increase in

regeneration businesses



Maintained our high-quality order book

#### Our strong balance sheet and cash position enable us to continue making the right decisions for the long term.”

Steve Crummett

Finance Director

FINANCIAL REVIEW

#### Financial performance

Revenue for the year increased 12% to £3,612m (2021: £3,213m), with adjusted\* operating proﬁt

increasing 6% to £139.2m (2021: £131.3m). This resulted in an adjusted\* operating margin of 3.9%,

a decrease of 20bps compared to the prior year (2021: 4.1%). Reported operating proﬁt was down 32%

to £88.3m (2021: £129.8m). Details on performance by division are shown on pages 47 to 63.

As discussed on page 200, an exceptional charge totalling £48.9m was recognised during the year

in respect of building safety. Of this charge, £9.8m related to the Group’s interests in joint ventures

and was therefore recognised within the share of net proﬁt from joint ventures in the consolidated

income statement.

The net ﬁnance expense decreased to £3.0m (2021: £3.6m) primarily due to increased interest income

on deposits as a result of rate rises during the year. Adjusted\* proﬁt before tax was £136.2m, up 7%

(2021: £127.7m).

#### Our results were another record for the Group

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

44

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

0

50

100

150

200

Operating cash ﬂow\*

(£m)

Operating

proﬁt

1

Non-cash

adjustments

2

Net capex

and ﬁnance

leases

3

Movement

in non-

regeneration

working

capital

Movement

in working

capital in

regeneration

activities

Other

4

Operating

cash ﬂow

17.9

-28.4

-7.8

-56.7

-16.2

48.0

139.2

£64.5m

Net working

capital outﬂow

The tax charge for the year is £24.4m, which equated to an eﬀective tax rate of 28.6% and was higher

than the UK statutory rate of 19.0% due primarily to the exceptional building safety charge recognised

in the period which is not all expected to qualify for tax relief. The adjusted tax charge is £27.0m, which

equated to an eﬀective adjusted tax rate of 19.8%. Almost all of the Group’s operations and proﬁts are

in the UK, and we maintain an open and constructive working relationship with HMRC.

The adjusted\* earnings per share increased 5% to 237.9p (2021: 226.0p). Reported basic earnings per

share was 132.7p (2021: 212.4p). The total dividend for the year increased 10% to 101.0p per share

(2021: 92.0p).

#### Financing facilities

During 2022, the Group maintained a total of £180m of available bank facilities, of which £165m mature

in 2025 and £15m in 2024. No drawings on the facilities were made during the year. The banking

facilities are subject to ﬁnancial covenants, all of which were met throughout the year.

In the normal course of our business, we arrange for ﬁnancial institutions to provide client guarantees

(performance bonds) to provide additional assurance to the clients that the contracted works will be

carried out. We pay a fee and provide a counter-indemnity to the ﬁnancial institutions for issuing the

bonds. As at 31 December 2022, contract bonds in issue under uncommitted facilities covered

£148.3m (2021: £137.2m) of our contract commitments.

Further information on the Group’s capital management strategy and use of ﬁnancial instruments

is given in note 26 to the consolidated ﬁnancial statements.

#### Tax strategy

The Group’s tax strategy, which is approved by the Board, is published on our website at

morgansindall.com.

#### Net cash

Operating cash ﬂow in the year was an inﬂow of £48.0m, after increases in working capital in

regeneration activities of £64.5m. The net cash outﬂow for the year was £3.4m, resulting in closing

net cash of £354.6m (2021: £358.0m).

The average daily net cash\* for the year was £256.3m (2021: £291.4m). Our strong cash position

provides signiﬁcant balance sheet strength and competitive advantage.

1

Adjusted = before intangible amortisation of £2.0m and exceptional building safety charge of £48.9m.

2

Includes depreciation £22.9m and share-based payments £9.7m; less share of underlying net proﬁts of joint ventures

£14.3m and movement in fair value of shared equity loans £0.4m.

3

Includes repayment of lease liabilities £17.2m, purchase of property, plant and equipment £10.5m and purchase of

intangible ﬁxed assets £1.3m; less proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment £0.6m.

4 Dividends from joint ventures £1.4m, shared equity redemptions £1.5m and impairment of investments £0.9m; less

provision increases £19.5m and gains on disposals £0.5m.

\*

See note 28 to the consolidated ﬁnancial statements for alternative performance measure deﬁnitions and reconciliations.

FINANCIAL REVIEW

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

45

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Secured workload

The Group’s secured workload

1

at 31 December 2022 was £8,459m, a decrease of 2% on the prior

year end (2021: £8,614m). The divisional split is shown below.

2022

£m

2021

£m

Change

%

Construction & Infrastructure

2,601

2,715

-4%

Fit Out

841

897

-6%

Property Services

1,204

945

+27%

Partnership Housing

1,984

1,498

+32%

Urban Regeneration

1,847

2,574

-28%

Inter-divisional orders

(18)

(15)

Total

8,459

8,614

-2%

1

Secured workload is the sum of the committed order book, the framework order book and (for the regeneration

divisions only) the Group’s share of the gross development value of secured schemes (including the development value

of open market housing schemes). The committed order book represents the Group’s share of future revenue that

will be derived from signed contracts or letters of intent. The framework order book represents the Group’s expected

share of revenue from the frameworks on which the Group has been appointed. This excludes prospects where

conﬁrmation has been received as preferred bidder only, with no formal contract or letter of intent in place.

Steve Crummett

Finance Director

FINANCIAL REVIEW

continued

#### Net working capital

Net working capital is deﬁned as ‘inventories plus trade and other receivables (including contract

assets), less trade and other payables (including contract liabilities) adjusted’. Net working capital

(excluding non-cash movements

3

) has increased by £63.7m to (£89.9m) as shown below:

2022

£m

2021

£m

Change

£m

Inventories

333.9

288.5

+45.4

Trade and other receivables

1

646.3

559.9

+86.4

Trade and other payables

2, 3

(1,070.1)

(1,002.0)

-68.1

Net working capital

(89.9)

(153.6)

+63.7

1

Adjusted to exclude capitalised arrangement fees and accrued interest receivable of £1.3m (2021: £1.0m).

2

Adjusted to exclude accrued interest of £0.6m (2021: £0.5m) and joint venture ﬁnding obligations of £4.0m (2021: £nil).

3

Movements in trade and other payables also include the non-cash movements relating to the unwinding of discounting

on land creditors (£1.2m) and other non-cash movements.

Movements in net working capital relate to investments in regeneration activities as noted in the

operating cash ﬂow chart on page 45, and increased working capital related to Property Services

as new projects mobilise. Payables related to regeneration activities include creditors for land

purchases which are held in inventories.

#### Provisions

Group provisions have increased by £19.6m. The most signiﬁcant addition related to building safety

provisions (excluding provisions relating to joint ventures) of £39.1m. These were oﬀset by releases

and utilisation during the year, most notably the release of a speciﬁc contract and legal provision

of £22.7m. This provision had a corresponding insurance receivable included in trade and other

receivables that was also released and therefore there was no net impact to the income statement.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

46

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

+3%

Revenue (£m)

-10%

Operating proﬁt (£m)

#### -50bps

Operating margin (%)

1,569

1,520

1,637

20

21

22

52.1

58.1

35.7

20

21

22

3.3

3.8

2.2

20

21

22

#### The quick read...



Maintained focus on disciplined contract

selection and operational delivery



Contracts almost exclusively procured

through negotiation, two-stage tenders

or frameworks



c75% of all work is with public and

regulated sectors, with most clients

indicating continued commitment to

capital project spending



High-quality secured order book



Expected to make positive progress

towards revenue targets in 2023, while

maintaining margins within target ranges

#### Construction & Infrastructure

Supporting Group strategy

Achieve quality of earnings

Excel in project delivery

Secure long-term workstreams

KPI performance / medium-term targets



Construction operating margin 2.8% / 2.5%–3.0%



Construction revenue £808m / £1bn



Infrastructure operating margin 3.9% / 3.5%–4.0%



Infrastructure revenue £761m / £1bn

Relevant risks



Economic uncertainty



Health and safety incident



Talent retention and attraction



Partner insolvency



Inadequate funding



Mismanagement of working capital and investments



Poor contract selectivity



Poor project delivery

#### Construction

#### & Infrastructure

Construction & Infrastructure delivered a steady

performance, achieving operating margins well

within their respective medium-term targets despite

inﬂationary headwinds and supply chain issues.

OPERATING REVIEW

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

47

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

Construction & Infrastructure

Divisional revenue increased 3% to £1,569m

(2021: £1,520m), while operating proﬁt was down

10% to £52.1m (2021: £58.1m). The operating

margin was 3.3%, down 50bps against the strong

prior-year comparator (2021: 3.8%).

Of the divisional revenue split by type of activity,

Construction accounted for 51% of divisional

revenue at £808m, with 49% being

Infrastructure

1

at £761m.

Key to performance is risk management and

the division maintained its focus on disciplined

contract selection and operational delivery

throughout the year. Contract by procurement

type consisted mainly of negotiated work,

two-stage tendered work or work procured

through frameworks. The public and regulated

sectors, which together accounted for c75% of

revenue in the year, remained positive with most

clients indicating that committed spending on

capital projects remained in place. In turn, the

division’s order book also remains high quality,

with the secured order book at the year end at

£2,601m, 4% lower compared to the prior year

(2021: £2,715m).

1

BakerHicks design results are reported within

Infrastructure.

#### Construction

Construction’s revenue increased 16% to £809m

(2021: £694m), while operating proﬁt increased

3% to £22.6m (2021: £21.9m).

The continued focus on improving operational

delivery and prudent risk management all

contributed towards achieving an operating

margin of 2.8% (2021: 3.2%).

The order book at the year end was £802m, a

reduction of 1% on the prior year (2021: £810m)

and up 6% from the half-year position (HY 2022:

£760m). Of the total, £646m (81% by value) is

secured for 2023. This compares to £599m of

work which was secured for the year ahead at

the start of last year.

In addition to the total order book, Construction

also had £758m of work at preferred bidder

stage at the year end, 41% higher than the

equivalent amount at the same time last year

(2021: preferred bidder £537m).

In education, project wins included the £63m

redevelopment of King Henry VIII Secondary

School in Abergavenny into a 1,900-place,

all-through school for Monmouthshire County

Council, with enabling works completed in

October; and Buntingford First School (£10m)

which will be Hertfordshire’s ﬁrst carbon-neutral

primary and nursery school and built to

Passivhaus standards. In addition, Construction

was awarded a £15.1m contract to refurbish an

existing bank headquarters to create the Leeds

Mathematics School, a 240-place sixth form

college, for the Department for Education.

Completions in the year included: the £49.8m,

100% electric-powered SEE Building (Science,

Engineering and Environment) and the £8.3m,

#### From the ashes, a new school in just 45 weeks

Ravensdale Infant and Nursery School in

Derby was destroyed in an arson attack,

leaving 296 children without their school.

Derby County Council wanted the school

rebuilt as quickly as possible and

Construction, appointed through the SCAPE

framework, delivered a new school in just

45 weeks. The pace of build was achieved

using a modular design: 58 units, built oﬀ site,

were assembled into a modern, high-quality

building, with minimum disruption to the

neighbouring junior school.

The division kept parents and teachers

updated on progress and hosted a

‘Rebuild it in a day’ event so that the children

could understand the work taking place.

The new school is 300 sq m larger,

reconﬁgured to provide eﬃcient teaching

and play space, and gives each classroom

direct access to its own outdoor learning

and play area.

This is a joyous milestone for all

staﬀ and pupils at the school and

I am pleased to see the school

rebuilt to the highest standards,

on budget and on time.”

Councillor Evonne Williams,

Cabinet Member for Children,

Young People & Skills, Derby City Council

Our strategy in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

48

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

Construction & Infrastructure

NERIC Building (North of England Robotics

Innovation Centre) for the University of Salford;

the £32.4m Glebe Farm School in Milton Keynes,

the area’s ﬁrst fossil-free school; the £13.9m

Renton Primary School in West Dunbartonshire;

the £7.8m Ravensdale Primary School in Derby;

and a £5.6m, two-storey teaching block at

Horsforth School in Leeds which provided

365 additional places.

In healthcare, Construction was awarded the

£11.9m Priscilla Bacon Hospice, a new state-of-

the-art facility on an eight-acre site in Norwich;

and, via the Pagabo framework, a £14.5m project

to deliver a new imaging centre at Milton Keynes

University Hospital.

In other sectors, Construction was awarded,

in partnership with Urban Regeneration, the

development of two new Grade A oﬃce buildings

in Birkenhead, totalling £40m in project value

and on track for completion in 2023. Work

progressed at Spinnaker View, an aﬀordable

homes development in Gosport for older people

with care and support needs, being delivered

with Partnership Housing; a £109.9m, 34-storey

mixed-use development at Manor Road in

Canning Town, in partnership with Urban

Regeneration; and a new car park and cycle

hub at North Manchester General Hospital.

Work completed during the year on the £23.3m

Great Yarmouth Marina Centre.

Framework appointments included a place on

the £9bn Procure 23 framework, a partnership

between Crown Commercial Services and NHS

England and Improvement; Lot 1 (£8m–£25m)

and Lot 2 (>£25m) of the North West

Construction Framework; and construction

projects valued between £250k and £10m on the

£1bn Pagabo Medium Works Framework (the

division’s third appointment to this framework).

#### Infrastructure

As expected, Infrastructure’s revenue was 8%

lower at £761m (2021: £826m) with operating

proﬁt of £29.5m, 19% lower than last year’s

strong performance (2021: £36.2m), driven

mainly by the timing and nature of projects

delivered through its frameworks. This balance

of work resulted in an operating margin of 3.9%

(2021: 4.4%).

Infrastructure’s order book at the year end was

£1,799m, down 6% on the previous year end

(2021: £1,905m); however, it was up 1% on the

half-year position (HY 2022: £1,775m). Over 90%

of the value of the order book is derived through

frameworks, consistent with the strategic focus

on long-term workstreams from its clients.

The focus for the division remained on its

key sectors of highways, rail, nuclear, energy

and water.

In highways, Infrastructure was awarded the

A45 scheme at Great Doddington, its ﬁrst project

on National Highways’ new Scheme Delivery

Framework, a £3.6bn, six-year programme to

deliver vital renewals to maintain safety and

reliability. Work continued on the A11 as part of

National Highways’ Concrete Roads Programme

– Reconstruction Works Framework, a four-year

programme worth c£130m to repair or replace

the concrete surface of motorways and major

A roads in England; and National Highways’

Lower Thames Crossing scheme, where

Infrastructure is part of a joint venture delivering

the Integration Partner contract. Works

completed in the year included the M27

junctions 4 to 11 smart motorway upgrade;

the A45 Sprint corridor for Transport for

West Midlands, a c£40m scheme forming part

of a bus priority corridor linking Walsall with the

#### Shorter journey times, lower emissions

Collaboration, couldn’t ask for

more 10/10. Social value 10/10 ...

Community engagement, good

neighbour… The Morgan Sindall

Infrastructure team just got it;

from the beginning, we have

been a partnership.”

Andrew Elliott,

Sprint Delivery Director,

Transport for West Midlands

Infrastructure delivered the A45 section of

the Sprint bus priority route for Transport

for West Midlands, with new and enhanced

bus lanes connecting Walsall with

Birmingham, Solihull and Birmingham

Airport. The improvements were designed

to stimulate growth in the region, linking

people to jobs, housing, leisure facilities

and onward connections.

The new route, which gives buses priority

at junctions, is helping to ease congestion,

cut bus journey times for passengers and

reduce harmful emissions. Cycle routes have

also been improved through the shared

use of the bus lanes. Infrastructure provided

26 jobs for local people on the scheme,

70 apprenticeship weeks and 415 work

experience days.

Our strategy in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

49

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

Construction & Infrastructure

French electricity systems; Ulster Hospital’s

Acute Services Block; Clydebank Health and

Care Centre for NHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde;

Renton Primary School in West Dunbartonshire;

two Community Custody Units for Scottish Prison

Services, in Maryhill, Glasgow, and Dundee; the

Medicines Manufacturing Innovation Centre in

Renfrewshire; and a large-scale cell culture

production facility in Vienna.

centre of Birmingham, Solihull and Birmingham

Airport; and the installation of safety technology

to detect stopped vehicles on motorways

without a hard shoulder, delivered through the

Smart Motorway Alliance with National Highways.

In rail, Infrastructure secured several schemes

with Network Rail: the Bangor to Colwyn Bay

signalling power upgrade; a £7.5m project on the

CP6 Wales and Western framework; Lot 1 of the

Building and Civils Framework, which involves

renewing structural assets within Network Rail’s

Western region as part of their CP7 programme;

and the detailed and temporary works design for

the refurbishment of Liverpool Street Station

roof, procured through SCAPE’s Construction

Framework. In addition, the division secured the

Surrey Quays station upgrade, a £40m contract

awarded through the London Rail Infrastructure

Improvement Framework. Work progressed on

the Northumberland Line extension project for

Northumberland County Council; the Network

Rail Parsons Tunnel rockfall shelter extension

in Devon; several access-for-all schemes with

Merseyrail; and the project to upgrade Slough

Crossrail station as part of Network Rail’s CP6

framework in the Western region. During the

year, the division completed the Central Area

enabling works for HS2 and the Barking Riverside

Extension project for Transport for London.

In nuclear, work continued on Sellaﬁeld’s £1.6bn

Programme and Project Partners contract, in its

third year of a 20-year framework, and on the

Infrastructure Strategic Alliance. Work continued

on the D58 facility for BAE Systems and

completed on the D59 facility.

In energy, National Grid awarded Infrastructure

the £112m Dinorwig scheme and the £9.2m ZZA

overhead line route as part of the RIIO-2 electricity

construction EPC (Engineer, Procure and Construct)

framework, which involves the construction,

refurbishment and decommissioning of

overhead line and underground cable systems

operating between 33kV and 400kV across its

transmission network. In addition, the division

was awarded a place on Scottish & Southern

Electricity Network’s (SSEN) RIIO-2 framework

for an initial term of ﬁve years with an option

to extend by two years. The framework involves

the construction, refurbishment and

decommissioning of overhead lines,

underground cable systems and substations

operating between 33kV and 400kV across

SSEN’s transmission network. Energisation

(transferring energy into the grid) was completed

on the Dorset and Peak East Visual Impact

Provision schemes for National Grid.

In water, tunnelling was completed on the

Thames Tideway ‘super sewer’ project to expand

London’s sewer network and help prevent

pollution in the Thames, while work continued

as part of the long-term AMP7 framework with

Welsh Water.

In the BakerHicks design business, projects

completed in the year included: the newly

refurbished Whitechapel Station as part of the

Crossrail scheme in London; the Dorset Visual

Impact Provision underground cabling scheme

for National Grid; an onshore HVDC (high voltage

direct current) convertor station as part of

National Grid’s IFA2 scheme linking the UK and

Work continued on the multi-disciplinary design

for Scottish Prison Services’ new HMP Highland

in Inverness; Engineering, Procurement and

Construction management services for a new

state-of-the-art, ﬁll-ﬁnish drug manufacturing

facility; and civil and structural engineering

services for the £42.5m

Allander Leisure Centre

in Bearsden, East Dunbartonshire.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

50

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### ConstructionInfrastructure

Medium-term targets

Medium-term targets

£1bn

Revenue

2.5%–3.0%

Operating margin

£1bn

Revenue

3.5%–4.0%

Operating margin

Strategy



Focus on quality and margin

above volume



Strengthen regions where we have

lower market share



Continue to seek long-term

workstreams

Strategy



Key sectors: highways, rail, nuclear,

energy and water



Remain disciplined on contract

selection. In excess of 90% work

through frameworks



Only work in joint ventures if very

clear advantages

Market conditions



Good market, especially the

public sector



Clients and supply chain value

balance sheet strength



Supply chain risk

Market conditions



Political support for investment



High level of bidding activity



Projects can take time to commence

on site

#### Divisional outlook

The medium-term target for Construction is

maintaining its operating margin within the range

of 2.5%–3.0% per year while increasing revenue

to £1bn per year.

Infrastructure’s medium-term target is to

maintain its operating margin within the range

of 3.5%–4.0% per year while also increasing

revenue to £1bn per year.

Based upon the timing of orders and projects,

both Construction and Infrastructure are

expected to make positive progress towards

their revenue targets in 2023, while maintaining

their margins within their target ranges.

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

Construction & Infrastructure

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

51

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Fit Out

#### Fit Out delivered another excellent performance, driven by strong and consistent project delivery, a high-quality

#### workload and continued focus on enhanced customer experience.

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

+22%

Revenue (£m)

+18%

Operating proﬁt (£m)

#### -20bps

Operating margin (%)

#### The quick read...



Record result, with increased revenue

and operating proﬁt, and strong

operating margin



Sizeable order book at year end, with 70%

relating to 2023



Strong pipeline of opportunities, with

over £100m of work at preferred bidder

stage, £300m pending decision, and over

£200m being tendered



Medium-term target upgraded to reﬂect

performance



Expected to be slightly ahead of the top

end of new target in 2023

#### Fit Out

Supporting Group strategy

Achieve quality of earnings

Excel in project delivery

Secure long-term workstreams

KPI performance / medium-term target



Operating proﬁt £52.2m / £40m–£45m

Relevant risks



Economic uncertainty



Health and safety incident



Talent retention and attraction



Partner insolvency



Inadequate funding



Mismanagement of working capital

and investments



Poor contract selectivity



Poor project delivery

968

795

700

20

21

22

52.2

44.2

32.1

20

21

22

5.4

5.6

4.6

20

21

22

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

52

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Supporting our client’s social commitments

Fit Out transformed 370,000 sq ft over 13 ﬂoors for the European Bank for Reconstruction and

Development (EBRD) in London’s Canary Wharf. EBRD asked the division to use for inspiration

its mission to ‘invest in changing lives’ and build a greener and more inclusive future for all.

Fit Out reviewed the steelwork requirement on the project and, by reducing or reusing steel,

achieved signiﬁcant cost savings and a carbon reduction of 65 tonnes. The project is on target

to achieve BREEAM Outstanding and WELL Building Standard Platinum ratings.

Focusing on inclusivity, the project team instigated an on-site Period Poverty campaign,

collecting more than 55,350 sanitary products for food banks and women’s homeless shelters,

enough to help 615 women for six months. This initiative led to the project achieving

Considerate Constructors Scheme Leading Lights ‘ultra site awards’ for Equality, Diversity

and Inclusion, and Workforce.

Revenue increased 22% to £968m (2021:

£795m) while operating proﬁt increased 18% to

£52.2m (2021: £44.2m), a record result for the

division, resulting in a strong operating margin

of 5.4% (2021: 5.6%).

During the year, there was no signiﬁcant change

to the overall balance of the business compared

to previous years. The commercial oﬃce sector

contributed 73% of revenue (2021: 76%), with

work in the public sector and for local authorities

dropping back only slightly to 12% of revenue

(2021: 16%), oﬀset by an increase in higher

education work to 11% (2021: 7%). The retail

banking sector made up the remainder.

Similarly, the geographical spread of the business

remained broadly similar to the prior year, with

the London region accounting for 60% of

revenue (2021: 58%).

In terms of type of work delivered in the year,

there was a slight shift towards traditional ﬁt out

work, up to 87% of revenue (2021: 80%); however,

this was not indicative of any longer-term trends.

Design and build work made up the remainder

at 13% of revenue (2021: 20%).

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

Fit Out

Our strategy in action

The proportion of revenue generated from the

ﬁt out of existing oﬃce space increased to 83%

(2021: 78%), with the ﬁt out of new oﬃce space

reducing to 17% (2021: 22%). Of the ﬁt out of

existing oﬃce space, work was broadly split

evenly between refurbishment ‘in occupation’

and non-occupied space. Again, such

movements are not viewed as material.

At the year end, the secured order book was

£841m, a sizeable workload albeit a reduction

of 6% from the previous year end (2021: £897m).

Importantly, of this total, £591m (70%) relates

to 2023 and this level of orders for the next

12 months is 12% higher than it was at the same

time last year.

In addition to these secured orders, the division

had over £100m of work in the pre-contract

‘preferred bidder’ stage at the year end, as well

as in excess of £300m of work already tendered

and pending a decision and over £200m of work

at the tender stage. The average value of enquiries

received through the year was around £3m.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

53

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Traditional oﬃce ﬁt out projects won in the year

included: 360,000 sq ft for Marsh McLennan in

London; Shell UK’s 250,000 sq ft Waterloo HQ;

250,000 sq ft for the relocation of a global

ﬁnancial organisation to Paddington; 150,000 sq ft

HQ for GSK in London’s Life Sciences hub, known

as the Knowledge Quarter; 110,000 sq ft for a

professional services ﬁrm in London; and

80,700 sq ft for ROKU Europe in Manchester.

Project completions included: 366,000 sq ft

for the European Bank for Reconstruction

and Development (EBRD) in Canary Wharf;

200,000 sq ft for BP in the North Colonnade in

Canary Wharf; 141,000 sq ft for Boston Consulting

Group in London; 57,000 sq ft for International

Hotel Group in Windsor; 50,000 sq ft for

Convene in Bishopsgate, London; 20,000 sq ft

£45m–£50m

Average annual operating

proﬁt through the cycle

Strategy



Continued focus on enhanced

customer experience



Maintain current market share



No compromise on quality of delivery

Market conditions



Very strong demand driven by: lease

renewals; repurposing oﬃces; greater

energy eﬃciency



High level of enquiries

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

Fit Out

for CBRE Investment Management in London;

17,000 sq ft for Tarmac in Birmingham; 13,300 sq ft

for euNetworks in London; and projects for the

BBC in Newcastle and the Cambridge Design

Partnership in Cambridge.

In higher education, projects won and on site

during the year included: the 19,000 sq ft ﬁt out

of a laboratory and workspace at Queen Mary

University’s Francis Bancroft building; 25,000 sq ft

for Coventry University that included a laboratory

refurbishment; three projects for University

College London totalling £40m; an £8m ﬁt out

and refurbishment of Middlesex University’s

West Stand at StoneX Stadium; and the ﬁt out of

the School of Health at Leeds Beckett University.

In commercial design and build, signiﬁcant

wins included: a 50,145 sq ft ﬁt out for IMG

Media in Stockley Park; KAO Corporation’s new

11,500 sq ft London oﬃce; 10,000 sq ft for

Navico at The Boathouse in Southampton;

8,000 sq ft for The Gibson Garage in London,

the ﬁrst dedicated oﬃce and retail experience

for Gibson’s guitar and music fans outside

of the US; and the 2,500 sq ft HQ for Teck

Resources in St James Square, London.

Design and build projects completed in the year

included: Montagu Private Equity’s new oﬃce

in London; Hutchinson 3G UK/Three’s new

117,000 sq ft workspace in Reading; and a

180,000 sq ft Cat A ﬁt out at Campus Reading,

one of the largest oﬃce developments in the UK.

Projects delivered through public sector

frameworks and corporate partnerships

included: an 86,000 sq ft oﬃce ﬁt out for the

Government Property Agency in Peterborough;

£39m of works for the Mayor’s Oﬃce for Policing

and Crime, with a future order book of £22m;

39 projects won through Fit Out’s partnership

with NatWest Group; 10 projects for commercial

landlord GPE to deliver 50,000 sq ft of high-quality

lettable oﬃce space across London; and a

60,000 sq ft ﬁt out for the University of Leicester

via the Pagabo framework. Also via Pagabo, work

continued at Nottingham Central Library for

Nottingham City Council.

#### Divisional outlook

Fit Out’s medium-term target has been upgraded

as of February 2023 to reﬂect the division’s 2022

performance, its market position and future

prospects, and it is now expected to deliver

average annual operating proﬁt through the

cycle of £45m–£50m.

The division exceeded this target in 2022 and,

based on the timing of projects in the order

book and the current visibility the division has of

future workload for the ﬁrst half, Fit Out is again

expected to be slightly ahead of the top end of

this new target in 2023, at broadly similar levels

to 2022.

#### Fit Out

Upgraded medium-term target

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

54

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Property Services

Property Services improved its performance

in the period with an increase in revenue and

operating proﬁt.

1

#### Revenue growth was driven by the mobilisation of new contracts.

#### Property Services

Supporting Group strategy

Achieve quality of earnings

Excel in project delivery

Secure long-term workstreams

KPI performance / medium-term target



Operating proﬁt

1

£4.3m / £15m

Relevant risks



Economic uncertainty



Health and safety incident



Talent retention and attraction



Partner insolvency



Inadequate funding



Mismanagement of working capital

and investments



Poor contract selectivity



Poor project delivery

+22%

Revenue (£m)

+5%

Operating proﬁt

1

(£m)

#### -50bps

Operating margin

1

(%)

1

Before intangible amortisation of £2.0m (2021: £1.5m).

#### The quick read...



Strategic focus remains on delivering

repairs and planned maintenance with

a strong social value oﬀering



Three new integrated contracts worth

a total of £380m began operations in

the year



Operating proﬁt and margin adversely

impacted by inﬂationary pressures on

labour, materials and other general costs



Annual retrospective inﬂation-uplift

mechanisms, to be applied to pricing

from Q2 2023, are expected to drive

signiﬁcant uplift in proﬁtability and

progress towards medium-term target

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

163

134

112

20

21

22

4.3

4.1

1.0

20

21

22

2.6

3.1

0.9

20

21

22

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

55

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Divisional outlook

The medium-term target for Property Services

is £15m operating proﬁt per year.

The 2022 result was signiﬁcantly impacted by

inﬂation in the cost base. For many of the

division’s responsive maintenance contracts, the

annual retrospective inﬂation-uplift mechanisms

will be applied to future pricing from the second

quarter of 2023 onwards. The impact of this is

expected to drive a signiﬁcant uplift in proﬁtability

in 2023 and progress made towards its

medium-term target.

Revenue increased 22% to £163m (2021:

£134m) and operating proﬁt 5% to £4.3m

(2021: £4.1m), while operating margin was lower

at 2.6% (2022: 3.1%). The signiﬁcant revenue

growth was primarily driven by new contracts

being mobilised in the year. Speciﬁcally, three

new integrated contracts worth a total of £380m

started operations: a 10-year contract with

South East housing association, Moat, to provide

services to 11,500 homes across South East

London, Kent, Essex and Sussex, worth over

£200m and with the potential to be extended

by a further ﬁve years; an £80m contract with

Longhurst Group, maintaining 6,500 homes

in their East region for up to 10 years; and a

10-year contract with Welwyn Hatﬁeld Borough

Council, delivering maintenance and planned

works for 9,500 homes, worth £120m.

The addition of these new contracts provides

a run-rate entering 2023 at which the division

has suﬃcient critical mass to support the

operating model and drive the focus on

improved contract performance.

While revenue increased, however, operating

proﬁt and operating margin were both adversely

impacted by inﬂationary pressures on labour,

materials and other general costs. Due to the

signiﬁcant time lag between such cost increases

experienced and the timing of annual inﬂation-

uplift mechanisms in client contracts, the division

was unable to recover any such increases in the

year and absorbed the full impact on most of its

responsive maintenance contracts. Operationally,

availability of industry resource was also a

continuous challenge throughout the year, which

further impacted eﬃciency of contract delivery.

Strategically, the division remains focused on

delivering repairs and planned maintenance with

a strong social value oﬀering, servicing public

sector housing through its integrated contracts

with housing associations and local authorities.

At the year end, the secured order book was

£1,204m, up 27% from the prior year end

(2021: £945m). Of this total, in excess of 85%

is for 2024 and beyond.

During the year, the division’s data collection

technology, goldeni, which was launched in 2021,

was installed in hundreds of social homes. Its

sensors pick up data on temperature, humidity

and air quality to identify properties that may be

susceptible to damp or mould, so that corrective

action can be taken. In Basildon, 25 homes

piloted new boiler sensors which send out alerts

for any urgent repairs needed before the

resident is even aware. The boiler programme

will be expanded in 2023. Also planned for 2023

is a pilot scheme in St Albans where goldeni

sensors will be used to test the eﬀectiveness

of energy-eﬃciency works.

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

Property Services

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

56

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

Property Services

#### Retroﬁtting more homes to save energy

Property Services transformed a one-bedroom terraced ﬂat

into an energy-eﬃcient show home for Westminster City

Council. The council is aiming for net zero carbon emissions

on its housing estates by 2040 and hoped the show home

would encourage more residents to sign up to its retroﬁt

scheme. The ﬂat’s new energy-saving devices, including

insulation, double glazing, air source heat pump, electric hob,

smart ventilation bricks and solar panels, resulted in a 55%

reduction in heat demand and an improvement in energy

performance rating from E/D to B. Carbon emissions are

expected to drop by c2.5 tonnes per year and energy bills

by c£250. Following the show home’s opening in July, it was

visited 135 times and uptake to the retroﬁt scheme increased

by 25%. To date, the division has retroﬁtted over 500 homes

for the council.

£15m

Operating proﬁt

Strategy



Improve operational eﬃciency and

service levels



Continue to complement services

with social value oﬀering

Market conditions



Local authority clients more focused

on housing maintenance



Stable market with long-term

workstreams



Inﬂation aﬀecting the proﬁtability

of contracts

#### Property Services

Medium-term targets

These measures are a really impactful step

forward towards having a more comfortable

home and will help reduce energy bills which

we hope will be of comfort to residents during

the cost of living crisis. These improvements

will also hugely reduce carbon emissions.”

Cllr Matt Noble

Cabinet Member for Climate Action,

Regeneration and Renters, Westminster City Council

Our strategy in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

57

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Partnership Housing

Partnership Housing delivered a strong

operational performance in the year

with good strategic progress made

across the business.

+22%

Revenue (£m)

+13%

Operating proﬁt

1

(£m)

#### -40bps

Operating margin

1

(%)

696

572

474

20

21

22

197.3

155.8

167.0

20

21

22

37.4

33.2

16.0

20

21

22

189.3

155.6

130.6

20

21

22

5.4

5.8

3.4

20

21

22

19

21

10

20

21

22

#### Partnership Housing

Supporting Group strategy

Achieve quality of earnings

Excel in project delivery

Secure long-term workstreams

KPI performance / medium-term targets



Operating margin

1

5.4% / 8%



Return on capital

3

19% / up towards 25%

Relevant risks



Economic uncertainty



Exposure to residential market



Health and safety incident



Talent retention and attraction



Partner insolvency



Inadequate funding



Mismanagement of working capital

and investments



Poor contract selectivity



Poor project delivery

+£41.5m

Average capital

employed

1, 2

(£m)

+£33.7m

Capital employed

1,2

at year end (£m)

Return on capital

employed

3

(%)

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

#### The quick read...



Revenue and operating proﬁt up, with

lower operating margin reﬂecting slight

increase in lower-margin contracting work



Successful year of winning high-quality work,

providing good visibility of longer-term

workstreams through partnerships



Increase in secured order book, with 36%

for 2024 and beyond



Average capital employed expected to

increase towards c£250m in 2023



Expected to deliver materially lower proﬁt

in 2023; however, medium-term targets

remain valid and unchanged

1

Before exceptional building safety charge of £5.5m.

2

Capital employed is calculated as total assets (excluding goodwill, intangibles and cash) less total liabilities (excluding corporation tax, deferred tax, inter-company ﬁnancing and overdrafts).

3

Return on average capital employed = (adjusted operating proﬁt plus interest from joint ventures) divided by adjusted average capital employed.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

58

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Revenue for the year was up 22% to £696m

(2021: £572m). Split by type of activity,

mixed-tenure revenue was up 15% to £371m

(53% of divisional revenue) while contracting

revenue (including planned maintenance and

refurbishment) increased by 31% to £325m

(47% of divisional total).

Operating proﬁt increased 13% to £37.4m

(2021: £33.2m), resulting in an operating margin

of 5.4% (2021: 5.8%) with the margin reduction

in part reﬂecting the dilutive impact of the slight

change in business mix towards lower-margin

contracting activities.

The division had a successful year of winning

high-quality work, providing good visibility of

longer-term workstreams through its

partnerships. The secured order book at the

year end was £1,984m, an increase of 32% on

the prior year end (2021: £1,498m) with 60%

of its total value for 2024 and beyond.

The return on capital employed for the year

was 19%, based upon the average capital

employed

for the last 12-month period of

£197.3m. The capital employed at year end was

£189.3m, an increase of £33.7m from the prior

year end. In 2023, the average capital employed

is expected to increase up towards c£250m,

reﬂecting the increased scale of the business

and stage of developments.

#### Mixed tenure

Increasing the number and size of mixed-tenure

sites continues to be a key aspect of the division’s

growth strategy. Signiﬁcant progress has been

made in this area, with currently a total of

58 mixed-tenure sites at various stages of

construction and sales (up from 48 at the prior

year end), and an average of 157 open market

units per site (up from 143 at the prior year end).

Average site duration is 48 months, providing

long-term visibility of activity.

During the year, 1,936 units were completed

across open market sales and social housing

(including through joint ventures) compared to

1,653 units in 2021. The average sales price of

£258k compared to the prior-year average of

£249k. Of the open market units, a reduction

in sales activity during the fourth quarter of the

year was experienced in line with the rest of

the UK housing industry.

Of the total divisional order book, the amount

relating to the mixed-tenure activities increased

29% to £1,279m (2021: £992m). In addition, the

amount of mixed-tenure business in preferred

bidder status or already under development

agreement but where land has not been drawn

down was over £500m at the year end.

Partnership Housing increased its portfolio

of long-term joint ventures during 2022.

The division formally executed a 15-year joint

venture with Suﬀolk County Council with an

initial ﬁve sites (2,800 homes) immediately under

option. Preferred bidder status was achieved

with Peabody Developments for the next two

phases of its major regeneration programme

at Thamesmead totalling 750 new homes.

In addition, Partnership Housing has been

selected as preferred bidder by Scarborough

Council for their 30-year ‘Better Homes’ joint

venture, with initial sites identiﬁed to deliver

over 700 new homes in the Scarborough area.

Scarborough Council will be part of the new

North Yorkshire Unitary Council from April 2023,

which would be the contracting authority.

Planning permission was secured for the ﬁrst

scheme of Partnership Housing’s joint venture

with West Sussex County Council, with works

anticipated to start on site in 2023. Compendium

Living, the division’s joint venture with The

Riverside Group, began work during the year on

two further phases worth £35m, at Ings in Hull

and Castleward in Derby. Work also started on

the development of 163 units at the site of the

former Philips factory in South Lanarkshire; and

766 units on an additional phase of the One

Woolwich Programme in London. The division

legally completed the purchase of a 398-unit site

in Queensferry, Edinburgh, with the majority of

units aﬀordable homes or forward sold to Sigma

Homes as private-for-rent.

Elsewhere, progress continued on other

mixed-tenure schemes, in partnerships with

Riverside, Clarion Housing, Traﬀord Housing

Trust, Together Housing Group, Repton Property

Developments (owned by Norfolk County

Council), the Borough Council of Kings Lynn &

West Norfolk, Flagship Group, Pobl Group and

Homes England.

#### Contracting

In contracting, the total number of equivalent units

built was 2,010, up from 1,477 in the prior year.

Of the total divisional order book, the contracting

secured order book was 39% higher at £705m

(2021: £506m), of which £357m is for 2023.

Key contracting schemes awarded in the year

included: a £17m scheme in Stockton in

conjunction with sister division, Urban

Regeneration; a £70m project at Gallions 3B,

Newham for Notting Hill Developments Ltd;

a £30m, 143-unit scheme at Barne Barton,

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

Partnership Housing

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

59

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Creating new homes in Norfolk that help fund public services

Since 2019, Partnership Housing has been

managing the development of council-owned

land in Norfolk to create 385 new, quality

homes in Acle, Hopton and Attleborough

(46% aﬀordable or shared ownership), with

proceeds from the house sales going towards

funding local public services.

Working with the council’s development

company, Repton, the division’s role has

extended from land acquisition and planning

to construction, sales, and aftercare for the

homebuyers. Partnership Housing has

provided 15 apprenticeship opportunities on

the scheme to date and has set up a formal

education partnership with local Wensum

Trust, to introduce its pupils to a career

in construction.

Planning approval has been requested for

a further 100 homes in Attleborough and

discussions are ongoing with Repton to

develop more areas in the county.

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

Partnership Housing

Our priority is to build high-quality

homes … across the county that

deliver a ﬁnancial return to help

the council to continue delivering

key services. Lovell’s experience

as a developer and a contractor, as

well as their complete commitment

to partnership working throughout

the process, has been instrumental

in our achieving these objectives

and we look forward to continuing

our excellent partnership with

them as we progress further

development opportunities over

the next few years.”

Cllr Andrew Proctor

Chairman of Repton and Leader of Norfolk

County Council

Plymouth, for Clarion Housing; a £15m, 90-unit

scheme for Saﬀron Housing Trust on the old

Wymondham Rugby Club site in South Norfolk;

and the £20m, 124-unit Chartist Garden Village

scheme in Pontllanfraith for Pobl Group. Work

started on the ﬁnal phase of development at

The Mill in Cardiﬀ and an £11m refurbishment

scheme at The Lakes in Oldbury for Sandwell

Metropolitan Borough Council, which will

transform ﬁve low-rise residential buildings into

modern social accommodation for rent.

#### Divisional outlook

Partnership Housing’s medium-term targets are

ﬁrstly to generate a return on average capital

employed of up to 25%, and secondly to deliver

an operating margin of 8%.

Looking ahead, although its focus on long-term

partnerships with the public sector provides

a reasonable level of forward visibility and

resilience, the economic headwinds and general

uncertainty in the housing market will inevitably

impact on the division’s ﬁnancial performance.

Current expectations are that the division will

deliver materially lower proﬁt in 2023 compared

to 2022, with both its medium-term target

measures of operating margin and return on

capital employed also expected to be signiﬁcantly

lower in the year. Despite this, however, the

medium-term targets remain valid and

unchanged and strategic development and

investment in the business will continue to

progress as planned.

25%

Return on capital employed

up towards 25%

8%

Operating margin

Strategy



Increase in the size and number of

mixed-tenure sites



Geographical expansion



Continue to invest for the future despite

the downturn

Market conditions



Strong pipeline of large mixed-tenure

schemes



Good market for contracting work

provides resilience



Lower sales in mixed-use sites in fourth

quarter of 2022. Slight pick up in the

ﬁrst few weeks of 2023

#### Partnership Housing

Medium-term targets

Our strategy in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

60

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

#### The quick read...



Increase in operating proﬁt and return

on capital employed



Key contributors to performance were

proﬁt and development fees from

Lewisham Gateway, London, and

New Victoria, Manchester, and the sale

of 166 homes across the portfolio



Average capital employed for 2023

expected to increase to c£110m



Return on capital employed was 20% in

2022 and a broadly similar performance

is expected in 2023

#### Urban Regeneration

Urban Regeneration made good progress

with its long-term regeneration schemes,

delivering a signiﬁcant uplift in activity and

performance in the year.

+20%

Revenue (£m)

+56%

Operating proﬁt

1

(£m)

-2.2m

Average capital

employed

1, 2

(£m)

+£16.4m

Capital employed

1, 2

at year end (£m)

Return on capital

employed

3

(last 12 months) (%)

Return on capital

employed

3

(average last

three years) (%)

#### Urban Regeneration

Supporting Group strategy

Achieve quality of earnings

Excel in project delivery

Secure long-term workstreams

KPI performance / medium-term target



Three-year rolling average return on

capital employed

3

13% / up towards 20%

Relevant risks



Economic uncertainty



Exposure to residential market



Talent retention and attraction



Partner insolvency



Inadequate funding



Mismanagement of working capital

and investments



Poor contract selectivity



Poor project delivery

244

203

124

20

21

22

100.4

84.0

100.8

20

21

22

18.9

12.1

8.8

20

21

22

20

13

7

20

21

22

96.5

98.7

124.0

20

21

22

13

12

21

22

1

Before exceptional building safety charge of £43.4m.

2

Capital employed is calculated as total assets (excluding goodwill, intangibles and cash) less total liabilities (excluding corporation tax, deferred tax, inter-company ﬁnancing and overdrafts).

3

Return on average capital employed = (adjusted operating proﬁt plus interest from joint ventures) divided by adjusted average capital employed.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

61

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

At the year end, the order book was £1,847m,

a reduction of 28% on the prior year end, and is

long term in nature with over 70% of its value for

2025 and beyond. As the division’s new business

pipeline tends to be large-scale schemes which

can take a signiﬁcant time to bid, any short-term

movements in the order book are not considered

to be representative of future workload. No value

is yet taken in the order book for Arden Cross.

The order book retains a diverse regional and

sector split:



by value, 42% is in the North West, 46% in

London and the South East, 10% in Yorkshire

and the North East and 2% in the rest of

the UK: and



by sector, 49% by value relates to residential,

29% to oﬃces and 13% to industrial with

the remainder broadly split between retail

and leisure.

#### Divisional outlook

Based upon the current proﬁle and type of scheme

activity across the portfolio, the average capital

employed for 2023 is expected to be c£100m.

The medium-term target for Urban Regeneration

is to increase its rolling three-year average return

on capital employed up towards 20%. The division

delivered a return on capital employed of 20%

in 2022 and a broadly similar performance is

expected in 2023.

1 Includes projects delivered through joint ventures

at 100% of the project value to the joint venture.

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

Urban Regeneration

Operating proﬁt of £18.9m was an increase of

56% on the prior year (2021: £12.1m), while the

return on capital employed in the year increased

to 20%, based on the average capital employed

in the year of £96.5m.

Key contributors to performance were proﬁt and

development fees generated from Lewisham

Gateway, London, and New Victoria, Manchester,

developments which were both subject to

forward funding deals signed in 2020; and the

sale of 166 homes across the portfolio, including

115 sales at Atelier, Salford, delivered by The

English Cities Fund (a joint venture with Legal

& General and Homes England). The operating

result also included a charge of £4.3m relating

to building remediation costs which arose in the

ordinary course of business and are not within

the scope of the exceptional building safety

charge (see page 61).

Of the division’s active long-term regeneration

schemes, construction progress was made with

the ﬁnal phase of Lewisham Gateway which will

deliver 649 homes for rent, c25,000 sq ft of retail

space, c15,000 sq ft of food and beverage space,

10,000 sq ft of oﬃces and Lewisham’s ﬁrst major

multiplex cinema, pre-let to Empire Cinemas.

Work also continued at New Victoria, Manchester,

to deliver 520 homes for rent on a 450,000 sq ft,

formerly unused site next to Manchester Victoria

train station, due to complete in 2023; 106 homes

at Islington Wharf in Manchester, through the

division’s Waterside Places joint venture with the

Canal and River Trust; 113 aﬀordable homes at

Northshore in Stockton-on-Tees; a 64,000 sq ft

oﬃce building and 399-space multi-storey car

park at Stockport Exchange; two oﬃce buildings

totalling 150,000 sq ft in Birkenhead, pre-let to

Wirral Council; and a 144-bedroom Holiday Inn

hotel in Blackpool.

In addition, a number of new schemes and

phases commenced. Construction began in

2022 on One City Park, a 56,000 sq ft oﬃce

building in Bradford city centre; the ﬁnal phase

at Hale Wharf, Tottenham Hale, to deliver a

further 191 aﬀordable homes for Haringey

Council; and Forge Island, a new leisure

destination in Rotherham town centre that will

provide a boutique cinema, Travelodge hotel

and six independent restaurants.

Completions in the year included the ﬁnal

100,000 sq ft units at Logic Leeds, bringing

the 15-year regeneration scheme to an end;

211 homes for sale at the Novella apartment

development in Manchester; 34 homes

(30 aﬀordable) handed over as part of the

75-home Brixton Centric in partnership with

Lambeth Council and Notting Hill Genesis

housing association; and 44 homes at West

Cliﬀ Mansions, Bournemouth, through the

Bournemouth Development Company joint

venture with BCP Council.

Several developments within The English Cities

Fund joint venture were active during the year,

including Four New Bailey, Salford, where a

20-year pre-let had been signed with BT for

175,000 sq ft of Grade A oﬃce space; and the

Eden building at New Bailey, a 115,000 sq ft,

speculative oﬃce building, designed to be

carbon neutral in operation and featuring

Europe’s largest living wall (43,000 sq ft), which

is due to complete in 2023. Planning consent

was secured for a new 22-storey, 196-apartment

building for rent in Salford Centre; and for the

regeneration of St Helens and Earlestown

town centres in partnership with St Helens

Borough Council, which will create new homes,

transport infrastructure and public spaces.

The £2.5bn, 240-acre, mixed-use regeneration

of Salford Crescent also progressed with

planning consent obtained to deliver Salford Rise,

a 90-metre, green boulevard that will connect

communities in Salford with new opportunities

generated by Salford Crescent.

Early-stage progress has also been made on

a number of schemes. Plans are progressing

following a public consultation on Horsham

Enterprise Park, a sustainable new neighbourhood

for Horsham, which will provide 270,000 sq ft of

commercial space, up to 300 high-quality homes

and extensive improvements to public spaces.

The division will be working together with

Partnership Housing on the residential element.

Plans are also being prepared for submission

following a public consultation exercise for

Weston M6, a £176m, 1.3m sq ft employment

park near the HS2 interchange in Crewe; and

for the revitalisation of Prestwich in partnership

with Bury Council, to create a new heart in the

village centre with wellbeing spaces, new homes,

a community hub and public realm.

In the second half of the year, the division

was selected as development partner for

Arden Cross, Solihull, a £3bn scheme to create

an internationally connected, 346-acre city

district including up to 6m sq ft of commercial

development, up to 3,000 homes, key transport

infrastructure and large areas of public space.

The development agreement is set to be signed

in 2023, followed by a master-planning and

public consultation exercise. Arden Cross will

take approximately 20 years to complete.

The active development portfolio of schemes

includes 16 projects on site at the year end,

totalling £1,215m gross development value,

1

with

a further ﬁve projects with a gross development

value of £334m, expected to start on site in 2023.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

62

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

OPERATING REVIEW

continued

Urban Regeneration

#### Reconnecting a community

Lewisham Gateway is one of South East London’s largest regeneration schemes, delivering

much-needed new homes and commercial and leisure space in the heart of Lewisham.

The borough was originally dominated by a large, congested roundabout that cut it oﬀ from

the local train stations. Phase 1 of the scheme included removing the roundabout, re-routing

two culverted rivers and rebuilding the highway system. The result was easy access to

transport and land freed up to create a vibrant new place to live, work and visit. Phase 2 is

making good progress, and by its completion in winter 2023 Lewisham Gateway will have

delivered 1,000 new homes, 10,000 sq ft of ﬂexible workspace, c20 shop and restaurant units,

a new riverside park with children’s play space, and a long-awaited multiplex cinema.

20%

Three-year rolling average return on

capital employed up towards 20%

Strategy



Increase size and length of mixed-use

regeneration schemes



Grow presence in Midlands region,

eg Arden Cross scheme



Greater selectivity of higher return

on capital employed schemes

Market conditions



Strong government support for

mixed-use urban regeneration



Good prospects for new mixed-use

schemes of scale



Lots of bidding activity

#### Urban Regeneration

Medium-term target

Lewisham Gateway …

represents true regeneration,

repurposing an under-utilised

and congested site to create

an attractive and thriving new

neighbourhood which brings

beneﬁts not just to Lewisham

but the wider area, improving

connectivity and providing

new opportunities.”

Heather Juman

Head of Area South, Housing and Land,

Greater London Authority

Our strategy in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

63

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Risk governance

MANAGING RISK

#### Our approach to risk is based on sound governance

Risk is inherent in our business and cannot

be completely eliminated. However, our

risk governance model ensures that our

principal risks and robust internal controls

are under regular review at all levels.

Our operational teams are highly skilled

in their ﬁelds and valued for their ability

to identify and manage the risk embedded

in our day-to-day operations. The mix of

skills and experience of our people is a

valuable resource at all key stages, from

project selection, through bidding to

project delivery. A detailed system of

delegated authorities allows our people

the ability to perform while at the same

time being responsible and accountable

for their actions.

Our senior management teams at divisional

and Group level, aided by our internal

reporting process, maintain oversight

to ensure that all decisions and actions

remain in line with our expectations and

risk appetite.

Top-down

Deﬁne risk

appetite;

identify,

assess and

mitigate risk

at corporate

level

Bottom-up

Identify,

monitor,

report and

mitigate risk

at operational

level

Audit committee

Assists the Board in monitoring risk management and internal controls and by formally reviewing Group and divisional risk registers.

Group forums

Cross-divisional groups dedicated to topics such as health and safety, HR, IT security, social value and climate action. Meet regularly to discuss

matters arising, taking action where necessary via established authorities and reporting lines.

Divisional boards

Identify risks facing their businesses and take measures to mitigate

the impacts. Senior managers take ownership of speciﬁc risks and

ensure that appetite levels are not exceeded.

Risk committee

Heads of key Group functions – legal, company secretarial, IT,

ﬁnance, audit, tax, treasury and commercial – review Group and

divisional risk registers before presentation to the Board and audit

committee. The committee ensures inherent and emerging risks

across the Group are identiﬁed and managed appropriately.

Group Board

Responsible for setting the Group’s risk appetite and ongoing risk management, including assessing principal and emerging risks.

Divisional reporting

Divisional risk registers highlight

risks and mitigations embedded

in day-to-day operations for

which every employee has

some responsibility. Signiﬁcant

risks are monitored via rigorous

reporting and communicated

to the Board and delegated

authorities.

Delegated authorities

Approval of material decisions –

such as project selection, tender

pricing and capital requirements

– is assigned to appropriate

levels of management up to

and including the Board; for

example, the Board must

approve undertaking large

or complex projects.

Detailed risk reviews

Conducted twice a year by

each division, recording

signiﬁcant matters in their risk

registers. Each risk is evaluated,

before and after the eﬀect of

mitigation, as to likelihood of

occurrence and severity of

impact on strategy.

Strategic planning

Objectives and strategies

are set to align with the risk

appetite deﬁned by the Board.

Any changes are reviewed at

monthly Group and divisional

Board meetings to ensure

matters are addressed in an

ongoing and timely manner.

Internal audit

Group head of audit and assurance reviews and collates the divisional risk registers and draws from them when compiling the Group risk

register. An annual review across the Group focuses on signiﬁcant projects, themes, trends and areas of concern.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

64

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

MANAGING RISK

continued

#### The Group’s risk proﬁle continues to be supported by a strong balance sheet and secured workload, and a

#### continued focus on contract selectivity.

#### Our risk proﬁle

Our markets have continued to receive high

levels of government support owing to their

contribution to the UK economy and underlying

demand. In addition, the Group’s resilience and

agility have been demonstrated during periods

of macro disruption, which provides comfort for

the future.

This resilience is the result of a number of

factors, including our strong balance sheet, our

decentralised approach and ability to respond

quickly to change, and our long-term focus

on contract selectivity, high quality of delivery,

prudent risk management and strong client

and supply chain relationships (see pages 15,

16 and 35).

#### The macro environment

UK construction continues to beneﬁt from

the government’s sustained commitment

to investment, as conﬁrmed in the Autumn

Statement, particularly in regeneration,

construction and infrastructure (primary areas

in the UK targeted for growth). In addition,

our diversity of oﬀering protects the business

from cyclical changes in individual markets.

#### Inﬂation

We have witnessed signiﬁcant inﬂationary

pressures as a result of macro conditions that

initially included Brexit and Covid, and more

recently include the conﬂict in Ukraine and

the energy crisis.

Despite the considerable challenges presented

by these issues, our project teams have managed

the impacts well, resulting in minimal disruption

to our operations. Our supply chain partners have

been very supportive, due partly to the Group’s

standing in the industry but also, importantly, to

the excellent working relationships and practices

we have established with them in recent years.

Our preferred and predominant two-stage and

negotiated procurement routes help signiﬁcantly

by allowing early collaboration with our clients

and supply chain. This enables us to set pricing

levels at a very early stage and gives us a great

degree of programme certainty. We have also

used mechanisms such as contingency

allowances and/or indexation provisions on

contracts. During construction, we closely

monitor the timing of materials deliveries and

intervene with support for our supply chain

where required.

Inﬂation has stretched budgets and resulted

in some instances of us, our clients and our

partners delaying decisions; however, our

current order book and predominant public

sector and regulated industry focus do oﬀer

some resilience, particularly as underlying

demand is still strong.

There is an increasing risk that our supply chain

partners may be trading with strained ﬁnances

as a result of inﬂationary and borrowing

pressures, compounded by increases in interest

rates. Our teams are acutely aware of this and

have increased their due diligence as well as

providing help and assistance where

appropriate. We do expect to see further

disruption during 2023, but not material.

#### Partnerships and public sector clients

The divisions remain focused on long-term

partnerships, our favoured route to market

as it allows us to work with clients and in

environments where we have a track record in

delivery, enabling more predictable outcomes.

In addition, a substantial proportion of our

regeneration schemes and construction order

book are supported by public sector and

regulated industry clients, via frameworks

with committed spend and joint venture

arrangements secured over the medium

to longer term. Our regeneration activities

consist mostly of lower-risk, non-speculative

arrangements that ensure more eﬃcient

use of capital, underpinned by a long-term

visible pipeline.

#### Divisional perspectives

Construction & Infrastructure’s long-term focus

on selecting the right projects has continued

to deliver margins within its target range and a

positive cash position and reﬂects its work over

the past few years to improve risk management

in all areas of its operation. The division’s future

order book remains high quality, consisting

predominantly of public sector work via

two-stage or negotiated procurement routes

in established sectors. Contingency allowances

and the ability to pass through supply chain

costs have been maintained by our preferred

procurement routes and our focus on delivering

essential and critical infrastructure.

#### The quick read...



The government remains committed

to investment in construction and

infrastructure and a substantial

proportion of our work is with public

sector and regulated industry clients



Our teams have been managing

macroeconomic challenges with the

support of our clients, partners and

supply chain, with whom we have

long-term relationships



Our strong balance sheet, contract

selectivity, high-quality delivery and

prudent risk management give us resilience

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

65

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

MANAGING RISK

continued

Our risk proﬁle

Fit Out, while more susceptible to GDP and

macroeconomic ﬂuctuations, also enjoys a

signiﬁcant proportion of two-stage/negotiated

work in its future order book with visibility

into 2023. Demand remains high as oﬃces

are repurposed and the short timescale

of most projects assists with control of

inﬂationary measures.

Partnership Housing and Urban Regeneration

have continued to see high levels of residential

demand during 2022 with sales exceeding

expectations across a broad UK portfolio.

In the medium term, we are reassured that our

housing capability is geared towards the UK’s

underlying need for housing, and the fact that

the homes we build, aimed at the aﬀordable

end of the market, should remain in demand.

Looking forward to 2023, there are several

macro uncertainties that could put pressure

on our residential portfolio. For example,

households are faced with rising prices

(most notably energy costs), resulting in lower

consumer conﬁdence, and government

incentives are set to reduce. However, UK

structural demand for aﬀordable housing, where

most of our portfolio resides, is undiminished,

employment prospects remain positive and the

political incentive is strong.

Whatever scenarios play out, we have several

options available to help mitigate and manage

negative ﬂuctuations should they arise. For

example, a large proportion of our schemes are

in public sector partnerships. These are typically

earmarked to improve and accelerate local

estate regeneration and they therefore continue

to be driven by central and local government,

even in declining markets. These schemes are

resilient because they are ﬂexible; future phases

can be remodelled to meet changing market

dynamics, such as changes to the commercial

and tenure mix or alternative funding structures.

In addition, the schemes are subject to viability

testing, eligible for gap funding, include proﬁt-

sharing arrangements, allow for alteration in the

pace of the build, and include robust risk and

capital controls, all of which reduces risk and

helps manage expenditure by limiting exposure

at key stages of development. As a result, we

expect progress in some regeneration projects

to slow but not stop.

While we work closely with our local authority

partners, challenges relating to planning delays

remain an issue for our development

programmes.

The Building Safety Act has tightened safety

regulations for residential buildings, and we are

well advanced in our response to ensure that

current live project speciﬁcations are compliant.

We have investigated issues on past projects and

made provisions, with the cash expected to be

expended over the next two to three years.

Some of the cash may be recoverable, although

this will take time to resolve. More detail on our

activities in relation to the Building Safety Act

can be found on page 8.

Property Services has been aﬀected in the

short term by inﬂationary pressures. Given the

prevailing circumstances, in most instances

we have negotiated with our customers

compensation above standard Consumer

Price Index, although there will be a lag before

the full impact of this is felt.

#### Financing

In terms of resourcing our medium- and

long-term plans, the Group remains in a

strong ﬁnancial position (see page 45 for detail

of our average daily net cash and committed

credit facility).

#### People

Where we are recruiting, we are seeing

signiﬁcant interest in the new positions we

have created to help us achieve our strategic

objectives. However, we do recognise some

challenges associated with changes in lifestyle,

cost of living, poaching and an ageing workforce,

which we must carefully manage.

A culture where people feel included and

empowered continues to be a key ingredient of

our success, and our commitments to tackling

climate change and delivering social value are

key to attracting and retaining the talent we need

to grow and sustain the business. Read more on

how we engage with and develop our people on

pages 16 and 24 to 27.

This review should be read in conjunction with

the viability statement on pages 96 to 98.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

66

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Risk appetite and velocityRisk severity and resilience

J

D

K

E

C

F

I

Low risk

High risk

High resilience

Low resilience

Increase

our quality

of earnings

Secure

long-term

workstreams

Excel project

delivery

for our clients

Maintain

a strong

balance sheet

Consistently

deliver on

our Total

Commitments

Within three

months

Within

one year

Over

a year

Strategy key

Risk velocity

A

B

G

H

Increase

Stable

Decrease

#### Our principal risks are those we consider the most signiﬁcant in terms of potential impact to the business and have been

#### extensively reviewed.

In 2022, the Board conducted its annual review

of the Group’s risk appetite and noted that

macroeconomic uncertainty, together with

inﬂationary and interest rate headwinds,

continues to elevate certain risks towards the

upper end of appetite. It noted that the Group’s

current strategy was well suited to deal with

these issues; however, given their ﬂuidity,

the Board would closely monitor the situation

during 2023 and, should the need arise, take

appropriate action which the Group is well

placed to manage. The adjacent table indicates

our risk appetite and risk velocity (the speed

at which the risk would impact the Group).

#### Principal risks

MANAGING RISK

continued

Principal risk

Risk

appetite

Risk

velocity

Risk

category

Internal/

external

risk

Strategic

priority

A. Economic change and

uncertainty

Medium

Strategic

External

B. Exposure to the UK

residential market

Medium

Strategic

External

C. Health and safety incident

Low

Operational

Internal

D. Talent retention and

attraction

Medium

People

Internal

E. Partner insolvency or

adverse change of

behaviour

Low

Financial

and

operational

Internal

F. Inadequate funding

Low

Financial

Internal

G. Mismanagement of

working capital and

investments

Low

Financial

Internal

H. Poor contract selectivity

Medium

Operational

Internal

I. Poor project delivery

Low

Operational

Internal

J. Cyber activity/failure to

invest in IT

Low

Operational

External

and

internal

K. Climate change

Low

1

Strategic

and

operational

External

1

Risk velocity impacts are both short/medium term (e.g. severe weather event) and long term (e.g. temperature change).

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

67

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

MANAGING RISK

continued

Principal risks

Risk description

Update on risk status

Mitigation

Change in risk

There could be fewer or less proﬁtable opportunities in our chosen

markets, including a decline in construction activity caused by

macroeconomic weakness.

Allocating resources and capital to declining markets or less attractive

opportunities would reduce our proﬁtability and cash generation.



Continued scrutiny of UK construction balance sheets underpins our

competitive position in the sector and gives conﬁdence to our clients,

employees and supply chain.



In a declining market, a strong balance sheet allows us to remain

agile, continue to take long-term decisions and respond to

opportunities.



The UK is continuing to invest in areas that complement our strategy

(as conﬁrmed in the Autumn Statement), including aﬀordable

housing, education, critical infrastructure and urban regeneration.

Our business model is designed to provide a mix of earnings across

diﬀerent market cycles.



The Group has shown strong credentials throughout the recent

market turbulence and we expect to navigate any subsequent

market ﬂuctuations with limited material disruption.



Our public and regulated sector focus, pipeline and order book,

coupled with a strong underlying demand for buildings in these

sectors, gives some comfort around inﬂationary and interest

rate challenges provided government funding continues to

accommodate increases.



The diversity of our operations protects against ﬂuctuations in

individual markets while our decentralised approach enables our

divisions to respond quickly to change.



The Board regularly reviews the economic environment in which

we operate to assess whether any changes to the outlook justify

a reassessment of our risk appetite or business model.



We stress test our business plan against the current economic

outlook to ensure our ﬁnancial position is suﬃciently ﬂexible and

resilient.



We are strategically focused on a high-quality order book

underpinned by a strong balance sheet and ﬁnancial strength.



A high proportion of our secured workload is with public sector and

regulated entities via long-term arrangements, with a healthy level

of demand and typically preferential terms.



We continue to be very selective and our procurement routes,

margins, contract terms and secured workload remain favourable.



We use analytical software to enhance our understanding of our

medium-term pipeline quality and risk, enabling us to predict trends

more accurately and adjust our strategy in response.

Responsibility

The Board

Strategic priority

Strategic risk

Despite economic headwinds, our market sectors remain structurally secure and our balance sheet strong. We believe the diversity of our operations, quality and volume of our pipeline of opportunities, and secured short- and medium-term workload

in both regeneration and construction will provide a level of insulation against any speciﬁc adverse market conditions where they occur.

A. Economic change and uncertainty

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

68

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Risk description

Update on risk status

Mitigation

Change in risk

The UK housing sector is strongly inﬂuenced by government stimulus

and consumer conﬁdence.

Inﬂationary and interest rate pressures could challenge scheme viability,

slowing down our secured order book conversion.

If mortgage availability, aﬀordability or consumer conﬁdence is reduced,

this could impact on demand, make existing schemes diﬃcult to sell and

future developments unviable, reducing proﬁtability and tying up capital.



During 2022, residential sales and volumes returned to pre-Covid

levels and, on certain schemes, we accelerated build to meet

increased demand.



We have experienced a reduction in sales activity in the fourth

quarter of 2022 in line with the rest of the UK housing industry,

but underlying demand combined with the geographical

characteristics of our portfolio and our aﬀordable housing

oﬀering provide some comfort.



Clear government support for new aﬀordable housing continues,

which supports our business model and market positioning.



In Urban Regeneration, there are short-term viability challenges to

navigate due to current inﬂation and interest rates. We are working

through this with our partners and, where necessary, seeking

additional gap funding and sources of ﬁnance with better terms.

We expect progress in some regeneration projects to slow but

not stop.



Negative housing dynamics such as a reduction in consumer

conﬁdence due to lower real net disposable income could impact

sales; however, current and future government stimuli, such as the

stamp duty reliefs and mortgage guarantee scheme for properties

up to £600k, complement our product oﬀering.



Constrained planning remains a frustration and has the potential

to delay our schemes. However, anticipated improvements in the

system could allow further eﬃciencies and increase the speed at

which we bring developments forward.



Commentators suggest that household inﬂation should ease in the

second half of 2023, which should help alleviate aﬀordability issues.



A rigorous, three-stage formal appraisal process is undertaken

before committing to development schemes and capital

commitments.



We work closely with public sector partners and government

agencies such as Homes England to secure extra development

funding if required.



We use mostly non-speculative, risk-sharing development models,

subject to viability conditions that lessen negative impacts from

market ﬂuctuations.



On selected large-scale residential schemes, we seek to forward sell

and/or fund sections to targeted institutional investors to reduce risk.



Our residential portfolio has a wide geographical spread, protecting

against regional market variations, and is geared towards providing

an aﬀordable product.



Rather than building up a land bank, we target option agreements

with landowners that limit and/or defer long-term exposure and

boost return on capital employed.



We regularly monitor and forecast our pipeline of development

opportunities and secured workload, which includes monitoring

key UK statistics such as unemployment, lending and aﬀordability.



For a large proportion of current schemes, we have the ability to

slow (or accelerate) build rates should the need arise.



Our partnership model provides some resilience by allowing us

to ﬂex scheme phasing, timing, tenure mix and funding structures

to suit varying market scenarios. The model can be de-risked

by increasing the proportion of contracting work in Partnership

Housing, forming strategic joint ventures and increasing the

proportion of aﬀordable units.

Responsibility

The Board, executive

directors and divisional

senior management

teams

Strategic priority

Strategic risk

Government support for UK housing needs complements our product positioning. While government housing incentives have reduced, the homebuyer market continues to be supported by employment levels (including high job vacancies) which are

favourable and expected to remain so over the short to medium term. Headwinds such as interest rate rises and inﬂation could impact consumer conﬁdence, mortgage availability and loan-to-value ratios. However, our portfolio is geared towards the

aﬀordable market which the government is expected to continue to incentivise.

B. Exposure to the UK residential market

MANAGING RISK

continued

Principal risks

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

69

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

MANAGING RISK

continued

Principal risks

Risk description

Update on risk status

Mitigation

Change in risk

Our number one priority is to protect the health and safety of our

key stakeholders and the wider public.

Health and safety will always feature signiﬁcantly in the risk proﬁle of

a construction business. We carry out a signiﬁcant portion of our work

in public areas and complex environments.

Accidents could result in legal action, ﬁnes, costs and insurance claims

as well as project delays and damage to reputation. Poor health and

safety performance could also aﬀect our ability to secure future work

and achieve targets.



We have continued to reinforce the principles of ‘safe by design’,

where safety is considered throughout the design process.



To address underlying trends contributing to safety incidents,

we focused on three areas in 2022: trips, slips and cuts; material

handling and storage; and the use of powered/non-powered tools.

See page 20 for more information.



We continued to meet the ISO 45001 standard for occupational

health and safety.



The divisions took steps to increase awareness and promote safe

behaviours (see page 21 for details).



The Board is responsible for health and safety, which is the ﬁrst item

on the agenda at every Board meeting. In addition, our responsible

business committee focuses on our health and safety culture to

drive better behaviour and performance.



Individuals in each division, and on the Board and Group

management team, are given speciﬁc responsibility for health

and safety matters.



Our Group health and safety forum meets quarterly, with

representatives from all divisions sharing best practice and

exchanging information on emerging risks.



We have well-established procedures in place including safety

systems, audits, site visits, incident investigation and root-cause

analysis, monitoring and reporting, and reporting of near-miss

incidents and incidents that could potentially have resulted in

serious injury.



Our regular health and safety training includes behavioural

change, housekeeping on site and leadership engagement

in driving site standards.



Each division’s health and safety policy is communicated to all

its employees, and senior managers are appointed to ensure

the policies are implemented.



We have developed major incident management and business

continuity plans, which are periodically tested and reviewed.



All divisions are accredited to ISO 45001 (see page 20).



We continue to oﬀer our colleagues a range of beneﬁts that

promote physical and mental wellbeing (see pages 21 and 22).

Responsibility

The Board, Group

management team,

divisional senior

management teams,

health and safety forum

Strategic priority

Operational risk

We made improvements in our safety performance in the ﬁrst half of 2022, having taken steps to increase health and safety awareness and promote safe behaviours. Our challenge now is reﬁning our approach to drive further improvement and

ensure that everyone who comes into contact with our work, on and oﬀ site, goes home safe and well.

C. We cause a major health and safety incident and/or adopt a poor safety culture

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

70

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Risk description

Update on risk status

Mitigation

Change in risk

Talented people are needed to provide excellence in project delivery

and client service.

Skills shortages in the construction industry will remain an issue for the

foreseeable future.

If we fail to attract and retain the talent required to meet our clients’ and

other stakeholders’ expectations, this could damage our reputation and

our ability to secure future work and meet our targets.



Improvements continue to be made to the working environment

and investment made in technology and leadership training.



We are responding to the challenge of an ageing employee

population and undertaking work to improve our diversity and

inclusion (see pages 24 and 25).



We are considered a leader in the sector in addressing climate

emissions, which should help attract younger recruits. We also oﬀer

an increasing digital emphasis and improved working environments,

practices and employment packages. However, it is recognised that

the sector has work to do in terms of being attractive and the ﬁrst

choice for young people.



We give our people empowerment and responsibility together

with clear leadership and support.



We oﬀer them a strong Group culture and attractive working

environments, remuneration packages, technology tools and

wellbeing initiatives to help improve their working lives.



We conduct employee engagement surveys and monitor joiner and

retention metrics including voluntary staﬀ turnover. We carry out

annual appraisals that provide two-way feedback on performance

and conduct exit interviews when people leave.



Our succession planning includes identifying and developing

future skills.



We provide training and development to build skills and experience,

such as our leadership development and graduate, trainee and

apprenticeship programmes.

Responsibility

The Board, Group

management team,

divisional senior

management teams

Strategic priority

+

See pages 24 to 27 for more information about our commitment to developing people.

People risk

Our current success is helping us attract and retain people, and in the short to medium term we are focusing on increasing the Group’s diversity. Current staﬀ retention is challenged by both social and business-related issues, for example lifestyle

changes, poaching and an ageing workforce.

D. We fail to attract and retain the talent we need to maintain and grow the business

MANAGING RISK

continued

Principal risks

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

71

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

MANAGING RISK

continued

Principal risks

Risk description

Update on risk status

Mitigation

Change in risk

An insolvency of a key client, subcontractor, joint venture partner or

supplier could disrupt project works, cause delay and incur the costs

of ﬁnding a replacement, resulting in signiﬁcant ﬁnancial loss. There is

a risk that credit checks undertaken in the past may no longer be valid.



As we are less able to rely on historical supply chain credit checks,

our teams have heightened sensitivity and are looking for signs of

stress that would enable early intervention and options to resolve;

this includes measures to gain greater control and transparency.



Current UK macroeconomic issues have stretched many of our

supply chain partners’ balance sheets. However, the strength of our

balance sheet gives us the option to step in and help them manage

short-term issues, such as cash ﬂow, if and as deemed appropriate.



Our strategy has been to reduce payment days and our supply chain

partners regard us as dependable and responsible. In addition, we

do not hold any cash in the form of retention from our preferred

supply chain partners which helps reduce their cash ﬂow pressures

and the likelihood of failure.



Our business model and order book are predominantly focused

on public sector and regulated industries and commercial

customers in sound market sectors, reducing the likelihood

of a material customer failure.



We carry out rigorous due diligence, particularly on commercial

clients and supply chain partners, obtaining where necessary

relevant securities in the form of guarantees, bonds, escrows

and/or more favourable payment terms.



We conduct a formal, multi-stage tender review and approval

process before entering into contracts, with a focus on client

payment behaviours, cash terms and proﬁling, and liquidity.



Formal due diligence is carried out when selecting joint venture

partners, including seeking protection in the event of default by one

of the partners. Joint ventures require executive director approval.



We work with preferred or approved suppliers where possible,

which aids visibility of both ﬁnancial and workload commitments.



We monitor our supply chain utilisation to ensure we do not

overstress their ﬁnances or operational resource.



We rigorously monitor work in progress, debts and retentions.

Responsibility

Executive directors,

divisional senior

management teams

Strategic priority

Financial and operational risk

Some partners may have been trading with stretched ﬁnances following the pandemic, the unwind of government measures introduced to support business recovery, and the reverse charge VAT initiative. More recent inﬂation and interest rate

increases have likely put further pressure on our partners’ balance sheets, leading to a greater likelihood of failure.

E. Partner insolvency and/or adverse behavioural change

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

72

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Risk description

Update on risk status

Mitigation

Change in risk

A lack of liquidity could impact our ability to continue to trade, or restrict

our ability to achieve market growth or invest in regeneration schemes.



£180m of bank facilities remained available but undrawn throughout

the year.



During the reporting period and for the foreseeable future, our

average net daily cash continues to be healthy and clearly indicates

the cash-backed nature of the business.



Our balance sheet continues to provide assurance for our

stakeholders and allows us to continue investing in regeneration

schemes while remaining selective in construction.



We have a Group-led, disciplined capital allocation process for

signiﬁcant project-related capital, which takes into consideration

future requirements and return on investment.



We monitor our cash levels daily and conduct regular forecasting

of future cash balances and facility headroom.



Our long-term cash forecasts are regularly stress tested.

Responsibility

Executive directors,

Group tax and treasury

director, divisional senior

management teams

Strategic priority

Risk description

Update on risk status

Mitigation

Change in risk

Poor management of working capital and investments leads to

insuﬃcient liquidity and funding problems.



Our ongoing focus on working capital management has enabled us

to maintain levels similar to prior years while continuing to improve

our supply chain payment practices and investment in regeneration.



Our cash position is not supported by any form of supply chain

debtor ﬁnance and gives a clear indication of our ﬁnancial health.



We continue to maintain a positive momentum in cash management

in construction due to a combination of improved returns, cash

optimisation and cash conversion.



Our average net daily cash for the period demonstrates our

disciplined working capital management.



The introduction of the VAT reverse charge for construction services

in March 2021 had the eﬀect of signiﬁcantly improving our net

cash position.



Our delegated authorities require that capital and investment

commitments are notiﬁed and signed oﬀ at key stages with senior

level approval.



We reinforce a culture within our bidding and project teams of

focusing on cash returns to ensure they meet expectations.



We monitor and manage our working capital with an acute focus

on any overdue work in progress, debtors or retentions.



We monitor cash levels daily and produce weekly cash forecasts.



We manage our capital on regeneration schemes eﬃciently, for

example through phased delivery, institutional and government

funding solutions, and forward funding where possible.

Responsibility

Executive directors,

Group tax and treasury

director, divisional senior

management teams

Strategic priority

Financial risk

Our committed bank facilities of £180m are in place, £165m until October 2025 and £15m to March 2024, which, coupled with our strong cash position, provide signiﬁcant headroom.

Our strong balance sheet and cash position continue to support investment in long-term regeneration schemes and protect against economic downturn, allowing us to make the right long-term decisions.

F. Inadequate funding

G. Mismanagement of working capital and investments

MANAGING RISK

continued

Principal risks

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

73

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

MANAGING RISK

continued

Principal risks

Risk description

Update on risk status

Mitigation

Change in risk

In a volatile market where competition is high, a division might

accept a contract outside its core competencies or for which it has

insuﬃcient resources.

If a contract is incorrectly bid, this could lead to contract losses

and an overall reduction in gross margin. It might also damage our

relationship with the client and supply chain, leading to a reduction

in work volumes.



Our order book consists of a high proportion of public sector,

regulated industry and framework clients with typically healthier

risk proﬁles and is secured in limited competition.



We have not changed the sectors or markets we operate in and are

therefore unlikely to engage in a project outside of our capability.

In construction, the majority of our work has been secured via

negotiated and two-stage procurement routes.

1



Materials availability and inﬂation have been challenging in the

period, requiring signiﬁcant additional management, but have

not resulted in any major issues. This is due largely to our standing

in the market, the dedication of our people and supply chain

(see page 35), and our focus on preferred procurement routes.



In construction, inﬂation is generally managed through negotiated

and two-stage procurement routes and the use of project

contingencies and/or indexation that allow price increases

to be recovered.



It is part of our strategy and culture to be selective in our work.

We target optimal markets, sectors, clients and projects. We limit

our participation in open market bids, conducting a large proportion

of our projects via framework or joint venture arrangements with

repeat clients who share our values. This provides a high probability

of predictable and successful outcomes.



When bidding, we aim for negotiated and two-stage procurement

routes that allow us early engagement.



Our divisions select projects according to pre-agreed types of work,

project size, contract terms and risk proﬁle. A multi-stage process

of bid review and approval includes tender review boards, risk

proﬁling and a system of delegated authorities to ensure approval

at appropriate levels of management.



We proﬁle the skills and capabilities required for the project to

ensure that we allocate the right people.



Our divisions have processes in place to select supply chain

partners who match our expectations in terms of quality,

sustainability and availability.



We conduct a robust review of our pipeline and bids at key stages,

including rigorous due diligence and risk assessment, and obtain

senior level approval.

Responsibility

Executive directors,

divisional senior

management teams

Strategic priority

1

Negotiated and two-stage procurement routes allow us early engagement in the project and greater visibility, inﬂuence and certainty over pricing and programming.

Operational risk

The quality of our long-term secured workload in our predominantly public and regulated industry sectors should safeguard our future performance, allowing us to continue selecting the right projects. Client budgets have become more stretched and

preconstruction periods are taking longer. We continue to maintain sensible contingency levels, although these have narrowed, and there is scope for passing through inﬂationary costs, particularly on the essential and critical work we carry out.

H. Poor contract selectivity and/or bidding

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

74

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Risk description

Update on risk status

Mitigation

Change in risk

Changes to the scope of works and contract disputes could lead to costs

being incurred that are not recovered, loss of proﬁtability and delayed

receipt of cash.

Failure to meet client expectations could incur costs that erode

proﬁt margins, lead to the withholding of cash payments and impact

working capital. It may also result in reduction of repeat business and

client referrals.

Not understanding the project risks may lead to poor delivery and

could result in reputational damage and loss of opportunities.

Ultimately, we may need to resort to legal action to resolve

disputes, which can prove costly with uncertain outcomes as well

as damaging relationships.



The pressure on client budgets has increased due to impacts from

inﬂation, which in turn can lengthen preconstruction periods.



The high proportion of repeat, framework-related, two-stage and

negotiated work in our current order book continues to reduce the

likelihood of forecasting impacts due to delays, unforeseen changes

and disputes, meaning we are more likely to achieve sustainable and

predictable outcomes.



There is a recognised shortfall in the construction labour market,

exacerbated by impacts from Covid and Brexit. However, in the short

term, while we have seen issues, we, together with our supply chain,

are managing the situation.



We have responded to the Building Safety Act which primarily

deals with building regulations and ﬁre safety, with Construction,

Partnership Housing and Urban Regeneration having updated their

methodology to ensure that project speciﬁcations remain compliant.

This includes a complete refresh of design management and

procedures, increased on-site scrutiny and records and engagement

of independent ﬁre consultants on more complex schemes.



In terms of existing Building Safety Act and related legacy issues,

we have completed an in-depth analysis of our portfolios and

sought internal and external expert advice. Where there have been

concerns over the compliance of cladding materials or with the

overall ﬁre safety of buildings, and we are committed to rectifying

them, appropriate remedial activity has or will be undertaken and/or

expenditure provided for. See page 8 for more information on our

building safety commitments.



We have well-established systems of measuring and reporting

project progress and estimated outturns that take into account

contract variations and their impact on programme, cost and quality.



The strength of our supply chain relationships and preference to

work with selected partners reduces the probability of project failure

and helps to ensure we deliver predictable outcomes.



Where legal action is necessary, we notify the Board, take

appropriate advice and make suitable provision for costs.



Formal internal peer risk reviews highlight areas of improvement

and share best practice and ‘lessons learned’.



Various Perfect Delivery

1

initiatives delivered in Construction and

Urban Regeneration focus on improvements in product quality

and predictability and client experience.



Regular formal and informal stakeholder feedback allows us

to intervene when required and reﬁne our oﬀering to provide

exceptional outcomes.



We continue to use and enhance our digital project management

tools and commercial metrics that highlight areas for focus

and provide early warnings, enabling early intervention in the

construction cycle.



Our divisions have worked closely with our supply chain for many

years, providing predictable workloads and prompt payment.

Maintaining good supply chain relationships has helped us navigate

labour and/or materials availability issues.

Responsibility

Executive directors,

divisional senior

management teams

Strategic priority

1

Perfect Delivery status is granted to Construction, Infrastructure and Fit Out projects that meet all four client service criteria speciﬁed by the division.

Operational risk

Our focus on project selectivity, the quality of our order book and our close engagement with our supply chain partners helps reduce the probability of poor performance. Inﬂationary pressures increase the risk but are considered manageable,

although stretched client budgets and supply chain ﬁnances and any related change in behaviours could increase the risk of disputes and/or failures. However, our longstanding relationships and focus on customer experience should help navigate us

through signiﬁcant issues, should they arise.

I. Poor project delivery (including changes to contracts and contract disputes)

MANAGING RISK

continued

Principal risks

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

75

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

MANAGING RISK

continued

Principal risks

Operational risk

To protect against increasing cyber attacks, we invest in security controls and partners, including liaising with government security advisers.

J. Cyber activity and failure to invest in IT

Risk description

Update on risk status

Mitigation

Change in risk

Investment in IT is necessary to meet the future needs of the business in

terms of expected mobility, growth, security and innovation to enable its

long-term success.

It is also essential to avoid a cyber incident that could cause reputational

and operational impacts and/or a loss of data or intellectual property that

could result in signiﬁcant ﬁnes and/or prosecution.

Criminal activity continues to increase and, while we are conﬁdent in our

security strategy, it is continually checked and challenged.



During the year, we achieved re-certiﬁcation to ISO 27001 and the

government’s Cyber Essentials Plus Scheme.



We continue to enhance our visibility of security events and

‘indicators of compromise’ (signs of a data breach) using the

latest technologies.



The Board has agreed a ﬁve-year security strategy, to be

supported by continuous improvements and annual improvement

planning. To ensure we keep pace with change, we provide our

IT security steering group with additional funding for new cyber tools

as needed.



All our employees have undertaken cyber security training during

the year, which includes phishing awareness and testing and

focused training for users in key roles.



We commission an external industry expert to conduct regular cyber

risk analysis on every device used in our network. The data collected

is independent of our other security systems and acts as an audit

of our security controls and their eﬀectiveness.



Big data, digital construction and analytics are at the forefront of

our latest technological developments, and we continue to develop

the use of these. Having used leading indicators for some time, we

are now trialling predictive tools to help identify issues early in the

construction cycle, including programme, technical and commercial

issues, and to enhance our current safety practices.



We have a dedicated Group team focused on providing a stable

and resilient IT environment with continued investment in core

infrastructure, security and applications. Our divisional IT teams

focus on business-speciﬁc product support.



We adopt best practices to secure our people and data. We adhere

to the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity

Framework.



We engage with industry-leading partners to adopt appropriate

technologies to protect the Group.



Our IT security steering group provides governance and oversight

of the Group’s cyber strategy and strength, resources and funding.



We run regular audits using diﬀerent parties (both technical and

non-technical) to conﬁrm that our controls remain eﬀective.

Audit reports are shared with the IT security steering group.



We train all our employees in data protection and information

security including awareness and responsibilities.



Our investment in IT enables all our people to work remotely and

securely with minimal inconvenience.



In 2022, we invested £3.7m in technology and business innovation,

£0.6m in cyber security, £1.0m in cloud computing, £1.7m in

operational and commercial systems enhancement, £0.4m in

customer engagement technologies, and £0.1m in carbon and

sustainability management.

Responsibility

The Board, Group

management team,

IT security steering

group (reporting to the

Group ﬁnance director)

Strategic priority

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

76

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Risk description

Update on risk status

Mitigation

Change in risk

For detailed information on our climate change risks, mitigations and opportunities, see pages 84 and 87 of our Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures.

Page 82 sets out our climate change governance, indicating Board oversight and management’s responsibilities.

Strategic priority

Strategic and operational risk

We have been recognised as leaders in our sector for our work in reducing carbon emissions (see page 18). However, there is still much to do as we progress towards our 2030 goal of net zero.

K. Climate change

MANAGING RISK

continued

Principal risks

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

77

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### While our principal risks address shorter-term issues, our strategic planning process includes identifying emerging

#### risks that may aﬀect our ability to deliver our objectives over the medium to longer term.

This is supplemented by reviews of any matters

likely to impact strategy that take place as part

of our twice-yearly internal risk management

process and monthly Board reporting.

The following emerging risks are currently being

tracked and monitored by the Board. The Board

is satisﬁed with progress being made in these

areas, although it will continue to revisit them

as matters develop.

#### Emerging risks

#### Long-term scarcity of skilled labour in the industry

Issue/risk

Update

Comment/outlook

This is a UK-wide issue and, while the sector works

to broaden its appeal as a career option, will require

considerable government and sector interaction to resolve.

This could impact our ability to deliver long-term growth

and/or disrupt project delivery.

It could lead to the ultimate resizing of the industry and

the Group.



We have witnessed some short-term issues but

this has been largely mitigated by our predominant

two-stage procurement approach; this enables early

engagement of the supply chain, which helps them

manage longer-term labour resourcing and planning.



Oﬀ-site, modular and new methods of construction

are already helping reduce the need for on-site

resource and assisting with the skills gap/shortage.



Technology will also play its part in reducing the

need for site-based resource and attracting people

into the industry but will require some upskilling to

be undertaken.



There is ongoing government action, such as

incentivisation of school leavers and new education

schemes.



We are engaging with schools and local communities

to encourage people to join the industry and provide

training and work opportunities (see pages 41 to 43).

Our diversity and inclusion initiatives (see pages 24 and

25) are designed to increase the talent pool available

and make the industry more attractive.



The relationships our divisions have built up with their

supply chain help mitigate the eﬀects of labour and/or

materials availability issues (see page 35).

#### Technology’s advancing pace

Issue/risk

Update

Comment/outlook

We do not adapt to (or adopt) new ways of working,

invest in technology or develop skills and/or supply chain

relationships that allow us to compete in the future

marketplace.

We fail to embrace innovative technologies to increase

eﬃciency for the Group and our clients, resulting in a loss

of competitive advantage and a reduced ability to secure

repeat business.



Our divisions develop and manage new technological

tools and ideas that allow them to remain competitive

in their markets. The tools are shared across the Group

where appropriate to facilitate continuous improvement.



Our divisions continue to evolve their use of data

analytics, business intelligence tools, and their respective

operational, procurement, commercial and ﬁnancial

systems (see page 76 for our investment in technology).



Microsoft collaboration tools have provided seamless

working, giving employees easy access to systems at

home, on site or on the move, and strengthening our

cyber security.



We continue to adopt new and sustainable methods

of construction, including prefabrication, modular and

oﬀ-site production techniques (via our supply chain

partners). We are remaining cautious, however, to avoid

any longer-term defect and/or legacy issues.



Artiﬁcial intelligence, machine learning, IoT (Internet

of Things), augmented reality, robotics, exoskeletons,

3D printing, and virtual reality are evolving within the

sector but are currently considered immature. We have

taken some initial steps into these areas and are keeping

a close eye on developments as they are set to provide

greater eﬃciencies and safer working environments as

they become more established.



To reduce carbon emissions on our projects, we use

on-site energy generation and alternative fuels for

our vehicle ﬂeet and generators. We have started

designing low-carbon buildings and are using more

energy-eﬃcient construction methods according

to requirements.



We expect to accelerate our uptake of alternative

construction technology signiﬁcantly over the next

few years, including using alternative products, plant

materials and techniques.

MANAGING RISK

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

78

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

MANAGING RISK

continued

Emerging risks

#### People’s changing working patterns

Issue/risk

Update

Comment/outlook

Working patterns are shifting fast due to trends that

include: older, more experienced people wanting to work

longer; younger people seeking meaningful jobs with more

ﬂexibility (by 2030, millennials and Gen Z will make up most

of the workforce); people looking for more personally and

professionally satisfying work; people wanting to move

beyond the traditional 40-hour/48-week employment

contract to something more ﬂexible and tailored to their

needs and stage of life; and advancing technology that

facilitates remote and collaborative working, while also

requiring new and diﬀerent skills.

We will need to monitor these trends so that we provide

a working environment that attracts the best talent.



Our ethos is to provide a working environment that is

stimulating, collaborative, productive, respectful, ﬂexible

and safe.



Covid accelerated a change in longstanding working

behaviours across the Group towards greater ﬂexibility.

We are continuing to monitor changes in our colleagues’

working patterns to ensure that we provide an

environment in which they can thrive.



We provide tools and technology at least comparable

to those of our competitors and are constantly adopting

and adapting to meet new demands.



Given the anticipated pace of change, we will need

to keep our approach under constant review.



Oﬀering fulﬁlling work, ongoing opportunities to

grow and learn, ﬂexibility and diverse, value-oriented

workplaces will be essential.



We need to understand the priorities and values of

millennial and Gen Z employees and consider new

models of working that work better for them and

the business. This includes supporting employees in

clarifying what they want their working life to look like

in the future and identifying the skills they need to

move in the right direction.



Work will increasingly be shared with intelligent

machines and robots, with implications for the type

of skills and talent we will require.



For the Group to prosper and grow over the medium

to long term, we have an opportunity to change the way

we work to attract the best talent, improve operational

capability and increase eﬃciency.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

79

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### We are committed to the recommendations of TCFD, providing our stakeholders with transparent information

#### on climate-related risks and opportunities that are relevant to our business.

Our strategy focuses on improving our

operations as well as the positive impact we

can have on our clients, supply chain, and the

communities we work in to minimise our carbon

footprint and promote more sustainable living.

We have received a climate change ‘A’ score from

CDP for the third year running and further details

can be found in our CDP response at cdp.net

(requires registration to access).

At the time of publication of this annual report,

we have made climate-related ﬁnancial disclosures

consistent with the TCFD’s 11 Recommended

Disclosures pursuant to Listing Rule 9.8.6 (R) (8).

Our complete and entire TCFD responses are

included in this report.

#### Task Force on Climate-related

#### Financial

#### Disclosures

#### (TCFD)

TCFD recommendation

2022 highlights and reporting reference

Governance

a) Describe the Board’s oversight of climate-related risks

and opportunities.



The Board monitors the Group’s progress against our science-based targets, including revalidation against a

1.5

o

C scenario.



The Board authorised investments for the Blenheim Estate woodland, Lakeland Fen and Great North Bog peatland

restoration projects and increased the internal carbon charge to £70 per tonne CO

2

e for 2023.

See pages 31 and 32 for more information.

b) Describe management’s role in assessing and

managing climate-related risks and opportunities.



The decentralised nature of the business means each division sets its own decarbonisation strategy, with monitoring

and oversight by the Group management team (GMT).



Climate action group agenda items in 2022 included: net zero strategies, Scope 3 emissions, terms of reference

update, Carbon

i

Ca, CDP review and gap analysis.

See pages 30 and 31 for more information.

Strategy

a) Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the

organisation has identiﬁed over the short, medium and

long term.



We have evaluated 30 climate-related risks and 19 opportunities. These risks and opportunities are summarised

in the table on pages 84 to 87. Our deﬁnition of short, medium and long term aligns with our strategic business

planning practices.

See pages 28 to 34 for more information.

b) Describe the impact of climate-related risks and

opportunities on the organisation’s business, strategy

and ﬁnancial planning.



While we have not identiﬁed any ﬁnancially material climate-related risks, we prioritise reducing our carbon as part

of our social responsibility to stakeholders. We aim to capitalise on the opportunities associated with a transition to a

low-carbon society.



Examples and greater detail on our strategic response to climate-related risks and opportunities can be found on

pages 28 to 34.



We continue to invest in high-quality conservation projects (see pages 31 and 33).

See pages 83 to 87 for more information.

c) Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy,

taking into consideration diﬀerent climate-related

scenarios, including a 2

o

C or lower scenario.



We have conducted a qualitative scenario analysis and made the commitment to undergoing a quantitative analysis

in 2023.



Our resilience stems from our position in the market for developing low-carbon solutions for clients, adapting critical

infrastructure, and retroﬁtting existing buildings to be more eﬃcient.

See pages 28 to 33 for more information.

CLIMATE REPORTING

The following table summarises our disclosures and notes where further detail on climate-related ﬁnancial disclosures can be found in this report. Where

possible, we have made use of TCFD guidance material including the TCFD technical supplement on the use of scenario analysis, TCFD Guidance on Metrics,

Targets, and Transition Plans, and the TCFD Guidance for All Sectors. We will continue to draw upon these resources to further strengthen our disclosures

as our TCFD journey progresses. In 2023, we will disclose ﬁnancial quantiﬁcation of our climate-related risks and opportunities.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

80

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CLIMATE REPORTING

continued

TCFD

TCFD recommendation

2022 highlights and reporting reference

Risk management

a) Describe the organisation’s process for identifying and

assessing climate-related risks.



We have a robust governance system in place to identify and assess all risks, including those relating to climate

change. The process consists of a top-down and bottom-up approach with inputs from divisional levels at least

twice a year.



The Group has also undergone a speciﬁc climate-related risk assessment to categorise the likelihood and impact

of 30 climate-related risks.

See page 90 for more information.

b) Describe the organisation’s processes for managing

climate-related risks.



We proactively manage climate-related risks. A description of our mitigation responses is included in the table

on pages 84 and 85. Examples and detail can be found on pages 30 to 33.

See pages 28 to 34.

c) Describe how processes for identifying, assessing and

managing climate-related risks are integrated into the

organisation’s overall risk management.



Over the years, we have evolved our understanding of climate-related risks and fully integrated their consideration

into our business operations. See page 67 in our managing risk section.

See pages 64 to 67.

Metrics and targets

a) Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess

climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its

strategy and risk management process.



We have climate-related metrics relating to our management of regulatory, reputational and market risks and

resource eﬃciency and resilience opportunities.



The full extent of the KPIs and metrics we use to monitor progress across our Total Commitments can be found

in our responsible business data sheet on our website.

See page 13 for more information.

b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if appropriate, Scope 3

greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and the related risks.



We disclose our Scope 1, 2 and operational Scope 3 GHG emissions as part of our SECR reporting (see page 92).

See page 91 for more information.

c) Describe the targets used by the organisation to

manage climate-related risks and opportunities and

performance against targets.



In 2018, we had our targets validated by the SBTi for Scope 1, 2 and operational Scope 3 under a well below 2

o

C

scenario. In 2022, we resubmitted for validation against 1.5

o

C. We will report against these new targets in 2023.



We continue to pursue our targets relating to our supply chain and the electriﬁcation of our vehicle ﬂeet.

See page 91 for information on our targets.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

81

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CLIMATE REPORTING

continued

TCFD

#### Governance of climate-related risks and opportunities

Board oversight

At least once a year, the Board considers the

impact of climate change on our stakeholders

as part of its strategic review and is responsible

for overseeing our performance against climate

targets and net zero strategies (through to 2030).

Ultimate responsibility for climate-related

matters rests with the chief executive. The Board

continues to expand its knowledge and expertise

on climate-related matters through regular

interaction with management teams and

third-party engagements with investors, clients

and other relevant stakeholders. Climate-related

matters are also addressed by the following:



The responsible business committee

assists the Board in fulﬁlling its oversight

responsibilities in relation to climate-related

matters and makes recommendations

to the Board. See pages 131 to 133 for

more information.



The audit committee

supports the Board

in overseeing compliance with climate change

reporting and considering climate change

risks as part of the biannual review of principal

and emerging risks. The audit committee also

reviews the Group’s TCFD disclosures and

has been advised on future focus areas of

climate reporting.



The remuneration committee

has

concluded that ESG (including climate change)

is already an integral part of the Group’s day-

to-day operations and that it does not warrant

further incentivisation (see page 136).

Management responsibility

As we are a decentralised organisation,

the Board delegates to our divisions the

implementation of our net zero carbon strategy

and ensuring appropriate actions are taken.

The GMT, led on sustainability by the Group

ﬁnance director, is responsible for agreeing our

operational and strategic approach to managing

climate change, while the divisions manage

climate-related risks and opportunities on a

day-to-day basis. This allows for maximum

eﬃciency and speciﬁcation on how best to

manage climate-related risk and capitalise

on opportunities. Divisional management is

overseen by the executive directors.

Guiding the GMT is the Group director of

procurement and sustainability, who the Board

has assigned overall responsibility for delivering

strategy and communicating with each division

on how we should address climate change. The

director of procurement and sustainability has

developed a high level of sustainability expertise

and possesses a variety of skills and experience

relating to climate change and environmental

management. He shares his expertise across

multiple forums set up to address industry

challenges. The director of procurement and

sustainability chairs the Group’s climate action

group. He updates the responsible business

committee once a year and attends the risk

committee, and liaises with the Group’s ﬁnance

director and commercial director, both of

whom are members of the GMT. The diagram

to the right provides more information on our

climate-related governance structure.

#### Climate governance

Top-

down

Bottom-

up

Group Board



Has oversight of climate-related matters and approving net zero strategy.



At least once a year considers climate-related risks and opportunities as part of its annual

risk appetite, business plans, annual budgets, and performance against climate objectives.



Finance director presents the Group’s climate performance and plans to investors.

Climate action group



Cross-divisional group responsible for

sharing information and advising on

actions divisions can take to mitigate

climate-related risks and deliver net

zero strategy.



Meets at least four times a year to

report on progress, share best practice

and identify opportunities.

GMT



Cross-functional team chaired by the chief executive and attended by the Group ﬁnance

director, Group commercial director, company secretary and divisional managing directors.



Agrees climate-related targets and objectives, investment requirements and strategic

oversight for the divisions.

Responsible business

committee



Assists Board in managing

climate-related risks and initiatives

to meet net zero targets.



Chief executive attends all meetings.

Audit committee



Reviews and approves TCFD statement

on behalf of Board.



Considers climate risks as part of the

Group’s risk register twice a year.

Group director of procurement

and sustainability



Overall responsibility for delivery of

net zero strategy.



Chairs climate action group and

represents Group at external

collaborations to further expertise.

Project teams



Responsible for identifying

climate-related risks on projects

and implementing appropriate

actions to mitigate them.



Support net zero strategy by

collaborating on projects to reduce

operational emissions.

Divisional boards



Responsible for implementing

net zero carbon strategy, managing

climate-related risks identiﬁed at

divisional level, and delivering

climate-related initiatives.

To support management’s responsibility towards reducing our carbon footprint and

maximising climate opportunities, we continue to increase climate awareness by educating

senior management and all employees (see page 30).

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

82

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CLIMATE REPORTING

continued

TCFD

#### Strategy

Identiﬁed climate-related risks and opportunities

In 2021, with the help of our external consultancy experts, the Group underwent a detailed risk assessment to identify a wide range of climate-related risks and opportunities facing each division over the short,

medium and long term (see the table below for more information). These risks and opportunities continue to be reviewed as part of our ongoing wider risk management process.

Deﬁnition and explanation of timeframes

Short term

#### 0–1 year

Medium term

#### 1–3 years

Long term

#### 3+ years

Twice a year, each division carries out a detailed risk review,

recording signiﬁcant matters in its risk register. This time

horizon aligns with our ongoing projects, current operational

expectations and challenges, and the bidding process for

upcoming projects.

We monitor and report on our Total Commitments

performance on an annual basis.

To satisfy ourselves that the Group has adequate resources to

continue in operation for the foreseeable future, we undertake

an annual viability assessment covering a three-year period,

which is in line with the Group’s budgeting cycle.

Most of our projects are short to medium term in nature.

Risks and opportunities within this timeframe are therefore

captured through our in-depth project risks review.

Our long-term risks and opportunities are assessed in line

with our strategic planning, which considers emerging markets

and changing client behaviours, technologies, and legal,

regulatory and political changes. In assessing these risks and

opportunities, we have taken into consideration our obligations

and abilities to meet our long-term science-based targets.

While our projects are generally short to medium term, we

recognise that the projects we build and the developments we

put in place will need to be resilient against a changing future.

The assessment considered the materiality of 30 climate-related risks and 19 opportunities, with each division categorising both risks and opportunities against the likelihood of occurrence and their strategic

impact on operations. Risks and opportunities were identiﬁed through a workshop led by third-party expert consultants with particular consideration for the 11 categories identiﬁed by the TCFD and their

application to the business. The key risks to the Group were identiﬁed by assessing ﬁrstly whether that risk was considered signiﬁcant to one division (it should be noted that no individual risks were identiﬁed as

signiﬁcant to two divisions or more). Secondly, the total score provided to that risk across diﬀerent divisions was considered (with scores above 40 considered to be key). It should also be noted that risks overall

were ranked much lower than opportunities, with fewer risks identiﬁed as signiﬁcant across the Group. Further analysis was considered through qualitative scenario analysis that mapped out changes to policy,

advances in technology, resource eﬃciency and increased likelihood of physical climate events.

The outcomes of this exercise are summarised in the table on pages 84 to 87. While we have identiﬁed some risks to be ‘high’, i.e. they have 30% or greater likelihood of materialising over the short or medium

term and would create enough impact to the business and supply chain to aﬀect how the business operates, as of now, these risks and opportunities have been identiﬁed as relatively immaterial and are not

expected to translate into a ﬁnancially material impact on the business. Their immateriality is due to multiple factors. The short-term nature of our work means that our vulnerability to the physical risks of climate

change is minimal. Our business is service-based, we do not own any long-term assets or hold risk, and we secure the terms and conditions of our projects prior to any investments.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

83

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CLIMATE REPORTING

continued

TCFD

Identiﬁed climate-related risks and opportunities

Drivers

Risk description

Potential impact on business

Mitigation/strategic response

Transition risks

Legal

Timing of impact

Short to

medium term

Current ranking

High



Increasing legislation aimed at mitigating climate

change and enhancing air quality in the form

of a direct carbon tax, congestion charges on

vehicles, and/or new building standards



Enhanced Scope 3 emissions reporting that

includes raw data from suppliers in place of

estimates based on revenue



Increased costs associated with penalties if found

in breach of new regulation



Increased operational costs to meet new

regulatory requirements



Negative stakeholder perception making it hard

to win contracts, impacting revenue



Implemented internal carbon charge in 2021 and increased the charge

in 2022 to foster low-carbon decision-making



Auditing emissions to ensure accurate reporting



Hiring new talent focused on ESG and developing employee and

leadership skillsets



Participation in trade associations and periodic assessments of

emerging regulation



Rolling out Carbon

i

Ca and goldeni (see page 30)

Regulatory

Timing of impact

Short to

medium term

Current ranking

High



Changes to regulations to meet new eﬃciency

standards or the ban of certain materials



Addressing climate adaptation (e.g. cooling or

banning construction in certain areas)



Circular economy, waste disposal and recycling

results in changes to building process



Increased costs associated with revising design

speciﬁcations and material requirements that are

passed on or reduce margins



Increased operational costs



Increased waste management costs



Longer project timelines or increased likelihood

of delays



Prioritising sustainable procurement practices and better decommissioning

and recycling practices



Collaborating at the forefront of new building standards; developing

expertise in net zero standards and innovative processes to reduce

emissions at all stages of construction (see pages 29 and 31 for examples)



Implementing technologies focused on energy eﬃciency, i.e. Passivhaus

Reputational

Timing of impact

Medium to

long term

Current ranking

Low



Carbon commitments are insuﬃcient or do not

meet client and investor expectations, leading

to reputational damage



Meeting our targets may require additional

investments



Increased spend required for climate change

mitigation



Failure to win contracts, secure lending or

attract investors



One of the ﬁrst construction companies globally to achieve target

validation by the SBTi, with targets submitted for revalidation in 2022 to

align with a 1.5

o

scenario



Having our ESG performance assessed by independent rating agencies,

responding to investor demands



The proceeds from an internal carbon charge are invested in projects

which assist the Group in our move towards net zero

Technology

Timing of impact

Medium to

long term

Current ranking

Low



Too slow to adopt the latest eﬃciency

technologies as clients prioritise less resource-

intensive designs



Associated cost with lower-emission technologies



Industry fails to develop low-carbon technology



Failure to win contracts



Increased costs associated with operations that

impact margins or are passed on



Limited options for delivering emissions targets



Piloting low-carbon technologies and alternative fuels (see pages 35 to 38)



Decarbonisation plan is not reliant on unproven technologies



Leveraging relationship with supply chain to ﬁnd cost-eﬀective methods

of securing necessary equipment and to be early adopters of technology

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

84

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CLIMATE REPORTING

continued

TCFD

Drivers

Risk description

Potential impact on business

Mitigation/strategic response

Transition risks

Market

Timing of impact

Long term

Current ranking

Low



Adopting immature products or services

(e.g. overheating, drainage issues, failure to

meet net zero standards)



Increased costs associated with legal fees and ﬁnes.



Tarnished reputation resulting in less work



Engage with insurance, legal and suppliers to prevent legacy defects

or inadvertently taking on more risk



Design teams take a precautionary approach to adopting new

technologies

Timing of impact

Long term

Current ranking

Medium



Demand for low-carbon products resulting in

supply chain bottlenecks



Increased costs in raw materials (e.g. increased

timber demand putting pressure on sourcing)



Increased operational delays or costs associated

with procurement



Potential delays factored into decision-making process.



Secure ﬁxed rates and prices for projects



Preserve our supply chain management practices to gain favourable terms

and agile procurement streams (see page 35)

Timing of impact

Long term

Current ranking

Low



Market favouring improving existing structures

over new builds



Decreased revenue associated with new builds



Cultivate ﬁt out, retroﬁt and regeneration segments of business.



Provide client solutions (e.g. Carbon

i

Ca and goldeni).

Physical risk

Chronic and acute

Timing of impact

Long term

Current ranking

Low



Vulnerabilities due to increasing extreme

weather events (droughts or prolonged

wet seasons)



More unviable land (e.g. ﬂood plains) and

reduced building plots



Saturated grounds, inability to access sites,

or damage to materials



Increased site run-oﬀ and pollution events

due to storm surge



Project delays and increased risk of re-work



Increased supply chain disruption



Increased sales prices and reputational

damage to joint venture partners making

schemes less viable



Due diligence process evaluates the likelihood of risks



Work with insurance providers to understand climate



Operations are not water intensive

See above.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

85

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CLIMATE REPORTING

continued

TCFD

Drivers

Risk description

Potential impact on business

Mitigation/strategic response

Opportunity

Resource eﬃciency

Timing of impact

Short to

medium term

Current ranking

High



More eﬃcient machinery extends the use of

personal protective equipment and has proven

to be cost neutral at times



Eﬃcient buildings reduce electricity consumption



Increased demand for use of recycled

materials in new designs and circular economy

opportunities for supply chain partners



Reduces operational costs from fuel; minimises

transportation costs or haulage cost



Decreases costs with waste disposal



Reduced costs of projects



Increased internal carbon charge to incentivise transition.



Engaging in Passivhaus construction and piloting new technology

(see pages 29 and 30)



Developing new recycling and decommissioning standards

(see pages 33 and 34)



Use of Carbon

i

Ca (see page 30)

Energy sources

Timing of impact

Short term

Current ranking

High



Using low-emission energy such as renewable

energy or alternative fuels



Reduces energy costs as fossil fuel cost increases



Already using renewable energy and alternative fuels (see page 31)



Using new technology, e.g. goldeni (see page 30) and Carbon Delta

(see page 33)



Engaging with the Supply Chain Sustainability School to promote

accessibility of new energy sources

Resilience

Timing of impact

Long term

Current ranking

High



Supportive government incentives to develop

low-carbon solutions to meet net zero targets



Tax incentives, deductions



Competitive advantage against peers for

public projects



Development of Carbon

i

Ca, goldeni and net zero buildings (see page 30)



50% of construction projects use Carbon

i

Ca

Timing of impact

Long term

Current ranking

Low



Capitalise on lower operational emissions

or high-quality oﬀsets



Decreased emission costs



New revenue by selling excess oﬀsets



Detailed decarbonisation strategy for each division to achieve emissions

reduction targets through to 2030



High-quality carbon oﬀset projects (see pages 31 and 33)

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

86

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CLIMATE REPORTING

continued

TCFD

Drivers

Risk description

Potential impact on business

Mitigation/strategic response

Opportunity

Products and services

Timing of impact

Short to

medium term

Current ranking

High



Greater demand for low-carbon builds, or

requirement that new construction be net zero



Retroﬁt demand to adapt to warmer climate



Increased revenue and additional project prospects



Improved reputation, further driving demand

for business



Net zero and Passivhaus construction (see pages 29 and 30)



Data gathering project using goldeni (see page 30)



Use of Carbon

i

Ca on all projects valued £10m+ by 2023



Developing methods and innovative techniques to respond to client

demands (see pages 29 to 31 and page 34)

Timing of impact

Long term

Current ranking

Medium



Demand for climate-adaptable or resilient

assets or for building assets to withstand the

physical impacts of climate change (e.g. highway

improvements, water capacity and rail extensions)



Incorporating more greenscaping to combat

excess ﬂooding



Increase Infrastructure revenue and bidding

prospects



Changes to design process to incorporate

greenscaping and more natural vegetation



Strategic focus on achieving a BNG for all future projects



Incorporating greenscaping and biophilic designs for clients



For examples of how our projects help decarbonise the UK’s

infrastructure, see pages 29 and 31

Impact of climate on business, strategy and ﬁnancial planning

Through our projects, we play a critical role in contributing to a carbon-conscious society. We help

clients decarbonise critical infrastructure and enable inhabitants to live more sustainably. We also

make existing infrastructure more sustainable. These contributions are particularly important because,

according to the UKGBC, the built environment contributes around 25% of the UK’s total carbon

footprint. Additionally, 80% of buildings that we will be using in 2050 have already been built. While

new buildings might be more energy eﬃcient, decarbonising existing properties will have a much

bigger impact on reducing carbon emissions. For more information on how our business delivers

low-carbon designs and services, see pages 29 to 31.

We continue to implement tools like Carbon

i

Ca and goldeni that provide robust data, help reinforce

our strategic operational decision-making process, justify investments, and inform our clients on how

to make more sustainable choices. These tools are easy to use and provide useful information on

everything from the eﬃciency of a home after a retroﬁt project to the carbon embedded in a supply

chain product. For more information on how Carbon

i

Ca and goldeni have been used in 2022 and

the impact these tools have, see page 30.

We collaborate with sustainability consultants, engineers and research bodies to assess the latest

technologies and construction methodologies and are aware of the need to ensure that lengthy

research and technology processes are undertaken prior to adopting new technologies. These

relationships with industry stakeholders also allow us to produce better projects, standardise best

practices and stimulate greater demand for our services. Examples of the new technologies we have

piloted in 2022, as well as our role in developing a new decommission standard and pioneering some

of the ﬁrst ever net zero construction accreditations, can be found on pages 29 and 30.

The biggest area of collaboration focuses on our supply chain, as this is a signiﬁcant source

of emissions for the Group. More information on how we are engaging our supply chain on

carbon-related matters and the impact we have had in the year can be found on page 37.

Addressing and reducing our carbon footprint aligns with our values and Total Commitments and

evidences our commitment to being a responsible business. We therefore make the required

investments and strategic decisions to make decarbonisation a top priority for our business,

as it is expected of us by our stakeholders (see page 19). At the same time, we are seeing signiﬁcant

opportunity in helping our clients achieve low-carbon construction. This has cultivated our position

as industry leaders in climate solutions and expertise.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

87

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CLIMATE REPORTING

continued

TCFD

Scenario analysis and resilience

In 2021, the Group conducted a qualitative analysis of two scenarios, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s (RCP2.6) aligning with the Paris Agreement and a 4

o

C scenario (RCP8.6) that represents

a ‘business as usual’ outlook. The contrasting characteristics are detailed in the table below.

Characteristics of qualitative scenario analysis

Paris aligned

Business as usual

Key attributes of

scenario



1.5°C–2°C warming by the end of the century



High transition risks, i.e. rapid policy and regulatory changes to drive decarbonisation



Widespread adoption of new technologies



Improved resource eﬃciency



Increased concern around sustainability



2.4°C–3°C warming by the end of the century



Low investment in technology



Increased resource-use intensity



Degradation of environmental systems



Increase in frequency and intensity of physical climate events

What will our

clients look like?



The future-conscious client will demand low resource-intensive products, energy-

eﬃcient appliances and environmentally friendly developments that are beneﬁcial

for health and wellbeing



The carbon impact of buildings and services will be considered as part of purchasing

decisions



Clients will increasingly demand infrastructure which adapts to the changing needs of

the future such as ﬂood-resilience projects or retroﬁt solutions to ensure buildings and

developments can withstand the extremes of the future



Clients will increasingly want properties that are not on or near ﬂood plains or will

demand properties that are resilient against such climate impacts

What will we need

to implement in

terms of design

and materials?



Electric vehicle charging points will be required, and hydrogen gas or electricity will

replace natural gas as the primary method of heating



Materials used for construction will be sustainable, result in the lowest amount of

embodied carbon, and have the best thermal properties to reduce energy intensity

in use



Design parameters will need to take account of the demands of a warming planet with

signiﬁcant changes to meteorological activities and increased temperature ﬂuctuations



Buildings and infrastructure will be increasingly subject to intense storms and ﬂoods

and will be required to withstand intense summer temperatures, as well as having the

insulation properties of today



Material prices may increase or ﬂuctuate, due to weather-related impacts on the supply

chain, or alternatively may result in operational delays to projects as a result of delayed

materials sourcing



Water shortages may be commonplace

How will our

developments

and construction

be rolled out?



More areas will be designated air quality zones and our operations will need to

operate on low-carbon energy sources



Our plant and ﬂeet vehicles will need to be electric and emit no harmful gases



There will be increased focus on the reuse of materials and minimising waste,

with trends towards the improvement of existing structures, rather than full builds



Sites will be subject to more intense levels of rain and ﬂood, and increased summer

temperatures will lead to operational delays and potential damage to works in progress

To provide more detail and deep dive into our scenario analysis, the Group has agreed to undergo quantitative scenario analysis for the Group’s ‘high’ category risks and opportunities in early 2023. Our scenario

analysis will also expand to include an additional scenario reﬂecting a ‘middle of the road’ outlook. We aim to provide more guidance on our methodology and assumptions and report on our initial outcomes in

our 2023 TCFD report.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

88

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CLIMATE REPORTING

continued

TCFD

Resilience of our strategy

Our qualitative scenario analysis and climate-

related assessment highlight the resilience of

our business strategy to climate-related risks,

and we are already positioning ourselves to take

advantage of the opportunities associated with a

transition to a low-carbon economy. Our designs

and developments are frequently delivered to

low-carbon accreditations (BREEAM, LEED, SKA)

and incorporate green living spaces or eco-building

designs, and we are investing in our teams so

that they have the necessary skills and expertise

to execute future design requirements. Our tools

such as Carbon

i

Ca and goldeni will help us

further distinguish ourselves among our

competitors and win future work as carbon

impact increasingly becomes a more important

consideration of purchasing decisions. We are

already leveraging our reputation as leaders

in low-carbon construction to attract clients

who are demanding low resource-intensive

products, more energy-eﬃcient appliances and

environmentally friendly developments that

prioritise health and wellbeing (see pages 29

and 33).

We are expecting increased demand for

low-carbon developments and retroﬁt solutions

such as the installation of electric vehicle

charging points and replacement gas boilers.

Our ability to be agile and adaptable means we

are well positioned to oﬀer greener alternatives

as and when the market shifts. Moreover, our

science-based targets, internal carbon charge

and net zero roadmap will shield the Group

from any future carbon taxes or increased costs

associated with carbon-intensive materials as we

are already actively transitioning to lower-carbon

substitutes and reducing our carbon footprint.

We have policies and processes in place to

reduce our climate impact. We advocate the use

of solar and alternative fuels and are transitioning

our company cars and commercial ﬂeet to an

electric ﬂeet. We are working with our supply

chain to secure equipment with low-carbon

solutions and are advocating electric plant hire

where possible, which is likely to result in

operational eﬃciencies.

Finally, we are actively involved in securing

pipeline projects relating to climate change

mitigation adaptation (such as ﬂood-resilience

projects). Our strong supplier and client

relationships safeguard that materials are

forward bought where necessary and that the

most sustainable materials are incorporated into

building speciﬁcations during the project design

phase where possible. We also aim to minimise

resource use by using modular components on

our projects where appropriate and to diversify

our procurement dependencies to provide

resilience in the event that speciﬁc resources

become more stretched. More information can

be found on pages 37 and 38.

Decarbonisation pathway

to achieving net zero

In 2020, our Group ﬁnance director introduced

investors to our decarbonisation plan which

outlines how we plan to meet our science-based

Scope 1, 2 and operational Scope 3 emissions

targets by 2030. Strategic areas include switching

to renewable and alternative energy, adopting

new technologies, and changing employee

behaviours. For more information on the progress

made in these areas in 2022, see pages 28 to 33.

We monitor our progress using a net zero tool

that is aligned to the SBTi’s requirements for net

zero decarbonisation trajectories. The tool allows

each division to model future emissions and

pathways to net zero. The model combines a

top-down target approach with a simple

bottom-up model of actual and potential carbon

reduction projects and initiatives. It therefore

provides a roadmap to net zero by activity area

and division. The ﬂexibility of this tool allows

each of our divisions to customise it to its

business and speciﬁcations, and each division

now has a concrete plan to achieve net zero

by 2030 for Scope 1, Scope 2 and operational

Scope 3 emissions according to our original

science-based targets.

We recognise that we need to inﬂuence our

clients, suppliers, subcontractors and other

partners along the value chain more eﬀectively.

We continue to work with our supply chain to

encourage and support them in reporting

their own emissions so that we have a better

understanding of our wider Scope 3 emissions

and can introduce meaningful reduction

plans. More information on our supply chain

relationships and our eﬀorts towards engaging

on climate-related matters can be found on

page 37.

Further information on our energy transition

plan will be included in future reporting as the

Group is guided by resources produced by

TCFD and the UK Transition Plan Taskforce.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

89

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CLIMATE REPORTING

continued

TCFD

climate change, and confers with the Group’s

risk committee. For more information on our

approach to risk and sound governance,

see pages 64 to 79.

In 2021, we undertook an in-depth climate-risk

identiﬁcation exercise to review 30 risks related

to the eight TCFD categories (see page 83). It was

found that no single risk was ranked as ‘high’ for

more than one division. It should also be noted

that risks overall were ranked much lower than

opportunities. A summary of these risks is

included in the table on pages 84 to 87.

Moving forward, we will continue to monitor and

assess climate-related risks, including eﬀorts to

quantify these in a robust manner.

Process for managing

climate-related risks

We have ensured that we have robust processes

in place for managing climate-related risks. As

stated on page 64, each division is responsible

for managing risks arising from its individual

operations, and a top-down and bottom-up

approach is taken across the Group. For

example, Construction & Infrastructure applies

the COM PRO2 Risk Management Standard,

an established process to assess risk at the

preconstruction and construction phases of its

projects. Risk is assessed at the start of a project,

and revisited on commencement of works and

regularly during the project. Processes are

embedded in each division’s quality (ISO 9001),

environment (ISO 14001) and health and safety

(OHSAS 18001) management systems. Any

issues that arise will be dealt with in accordance

with the divisional procedures for managing

operational matters, and if the matter meets the

requirements of the delegated authorities, it will

be elevated accordingly. Our in-depth project

risk reviews ensure that project-speciﬁc

environmental risks such as ﬁre and ﬂood are

assessed, with each project developing risk

management plans to minimise the impact

of such risks. Each division is certiﬁed to the

ISO 14001 Environmental Management System

which ensures that we have robust risk

assessment and risk management processes

in place around environmental incidents

and management.

A summary of the speciﬁc mitigation activities

taken by the Group can be found in the table

on pages 84 and 85.

Integrating climate into

overall risk management

As we have evolved our understanding of

climate-related risks over the years, climate-

related risk mitigation has become fully

integrated into our overall risk management

practices. As our risk governance table on page

82 shows, climate considerations are reviewed

by Group forums, the risk committee, divisional

boards, our internal audit, the audit committee

and the Board. We understand climate-related

risks to be multifaceted and indirect, often

reinforcing existing principal risks. For example,

we recognise that climate change could impact

our contract selectivity and add challenges to

bidding (see page 74). We believe this to be the

most responsible means of incorporating climate

considerations into our risk management and

will produce the most resilient outcomes for

the Group.

#### Risk management

Process for identifying and

assessing climate-related risks

The managing risk section on pages 64 to 79

sets out our overall risk management process.

It highlights the key aspects of our risk

management process relating to climate risk

from both a top-down and bottom-up approach.

Climate-related risk identiﬁcation and

assessment is undertaken at both the Group

and divisional levels, representing all Group

activities, geographical regions and business

areas. Climate-related risks are mapped to a

matrix evaluating likelihood and severity in line

with our wider divisional risk management

assessment approach. As part of the process,

emerging risks such as shifts towards more

sustainable methods of construction and

emerging legal and regulatory frameworks are

reviewed and we carry out regular horizon

scanning to consider changes in regulation,

legislation and policy.

Climate-related risk (both physical and

transitional) identiﬁcation and assessment are a

part of our operational processes, beginning at

the bidding stage, and factors of consideration

for the viability of projects. When projects do

commence, further due diligence is conducted.

These risk assessments are reviewed and

approved as part of our schedule of delegated

authorities, which assigns approval of material

decisions. In addition to this operational process

of risk identiﬁcation, climate-related risk

identiﬁcation also happens twice a year when

our divisions undertake a detailed review of their

divisional risk registers. The Group head of audit

and assurance follows the same process for

identifying and reviewing Group risks, including

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

90

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CLIMATE REPORTING

continued

TCFD

#### Metrics and targets

Scope 1, 2, 3 and climate-related metrics

We measure and manage a wide range of metrics to assess how well we are doing to minimise our carbon footprint, enhance the value of the buildings

we construct and develop, and capitalise on climate opportunities (see the table on page 28). We continually review our metrics to ensure that the data

we measure aligns with our strategy and is providing the information the business and our stakeholders need to eﬀectively monitor our performance.

Our GHG reporting has been assured since 2010, adheres to the GHG Protocol methodology and encompasses all divisions. For more information on

these and our other climate-related metrics and historical performance, see our 2022 responsible business data sheet on our website.

Climate-related metrics

Risks

Metric

2022

2021

2020

Political and regulatory

Scope 1, 2 and 3 tonnes CO

2

e

See pages

13 and 92

See pages

13 and 92

See pages

13 and 92

Internal carbon charge (£/tonne CO

2

e)

£50

£35

n/a

Reputational

% reduction of Scope 1, Scope 2 and operational Scope 3

emissions since 2019 base year

40%

37%

10%

Market and technology

% of hybrid or electric vehicles in Group ﬂeet

53%

42%

17%

Opportunities

Metric

2022

2021

2020

Reputational

Number of products achieving BREEAM/LEED/CEEQUAL/SKA

and other industry-relevant sustainability ratings

108

99

85

Market and technology

Number of projects using Carbon

i

Ca

142

41

n/a

Resource eﬃciency

% of electricity purchased from renewable sources

65%

72%

65%

% of construction waste diverted from landﬁll

96%

97%

98%

Resilience

Subcontractors (by spend) with accredited science-based targets

£0

£0

£0

Subcontractors (by spend) requested to report their own

carbon emissions

£649m

£589m

£0

Independently validated targets

Accountability to our stakeholders is important

to us and we aim to be as transparent as

possible in reporting our progress against our

targets. In 2019, we were the ﬁrst in our sector

to pursue and get our Scope 1, 2 and operational

Scope 3 targets validated by the SBTi against a

well below 2

o

C scenario. In 2022, we resubmitted

our targets to align to a 1.5

o

C world and to include

all categories of Scope 3. In the meantime, we

have continued to progress against our current

targets – see the table on page 28, which also

includes our climate targets for our supply chain

and vehicle ﬂeet.

#### Future steps

We understand that appropriately addressing

climate-related risks and opportunities and

realising the full value of TCFD recommendations

requires ongoing work. In our 2023 report, we

aim to provide enhanced disclosures as follows:



a quantitative scenario analysis of the Group’s

climate-related risks and opportunities;



more information on our transition plan

to show how we aim to achieve emissions

reductions up until 2030 and beyond;



alignment of our TCFD disclosures with other

climate frameworks and standards;



inclusion of total Scope 3 emissions and our

1.5

o

C scenario targets once validated; and



our progress on developing a methodology for

capturing TCFD’s seven cross-industry metrics.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

91

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CLIMATE REPORTING

continued

Emissions reported correspond with our ﬁnancial year and include

all areas for which we have operational control in the UK, excluding

joint ventures. The materiality threshold has been set at 5%

1

with

all operations estimated to contribute more than 1% of the total

emissions included. No material emissions have been omitted.

Our total energy consumption used to calculate our 2022 UK and

global emissions was 49,729,963.2kWh (2021: 35,509,298.9kWh

2

).

Our UK operations consisted of 49,602,824.2kWh and our oﬀshore

emissions were 127,139kWh. This is our ﬁrst year reporting global

emissions outside of the UK.

1

The allowance built into the ‘carbonreduce’ accreditation permits +/-5%

variance in the gross emissions total in case a miscalculation is discovered

following a carbon audit.

2

In 2021, we reported 103,892,315kWh, which included plant fuel in

the calculations due to an error embedded in the calculation software.

This resulted in over-reporting for the purposes of SECR and the 2021

ﬁgure has been restated.

GHG emissions (tonnes CO

2

e)

2022

2021

2019

baseline

Scope 1 – operation of

facilities

1

9,528

11,243

18,124

Scope 2 – indirect emissions

(purchased energy)

2

2,069

2,352

2,779

Total Scope 1 and Scope 2

emissions

11,597

13,595

20,903

Operational Scope 3 –

other indirect emissions

(related activities)

3

4,814

3,502

6,339

Total emissions

16,411

17,097

27,242

1

Direct emissions from sources owned or controlled by the Group.

2

Indirect emissions generated from purchased energy based on ‘location-

based’ methodology, i.e. the average emission intensity of the UK grid.

3

All indirect emissions not included in Scope 2 that occur in limited categories

of our value chain as measured by the Toitū ‘carbonreduce’ scheme.

Note: 2022 ﬁgures include BakerHicks DACH operations.

In 2019, we set an ambitious target to

reduce our Scope 1 and 2 and operational

Scope 3 GHG emissions by 60% by 2030,

and this target was validated by the SBTi.

In 2022, we submitted revised targets

aligned to a 1.5

o

C trajectory for revalidation.

We also extended our net zero target to

include the full total of Scope 3 emissions

by 2045.

This report has been prepared in accordance with the

requirements of Toitū’s accredited organisational GHG

programme: Toitū ‘carbonreduce’ (formerly CEMARS, the Carbon

& Energy Management and Reduction Scheme). This programme

is based on and fully incorporates the Greenhouse Gas Protocol’s

‘A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard’ (2015) and

ISO 14064–1:2018 ‘Speciﬁcation with Guidance at the Organization

Level for Quantiﬁcation and Reporting of Greenhouse Gas

Emissions and Removals’. Where relevant, the inventory is aligned

with industry or sector best practice for emissions measurement

and reporting. In addition, GHG emissions are externally veriﬁed by

Achilles. Achilles is a global data validation company that provides

assurance services for GHG emissions data. We have had our

Group GHG emissions validated for the last 10 years as we have

always been committed to robust and transparent reporting.

#### Streamlined

#### Energy and Carbon

#### Reporting (SECR)

Carbon intensity (based

on £ revenue)

2022

2021

2019

baseline

Total Scope 1 and Scope 2

emissions (tonnes CO

2

e)

11,597

13,595

20,903

Total Scope 1, Scope 2 and

operational Scope 3 emissions

(tonnes CO

2

e) (total emissions)

16,411

17,097

27,242

Revenue

£3,612m

£3,213m

£3,071m

Carbon intensity for Scope 1

and Scope 2 emissions

3.2

4.2

6.8

Carbon intensity for total

emissions

4.5

5.3

8.9

We will submit our third report for the Group under the Energy

Savings Opportunity Scheme (ESOS) in December 2023.

More information on how the Group has reduced its emissions

during the year can be found on pages 28 to 33, but a few of our

energy-eﬃciency improvements are highlighted below:



We increased our use of alternative fuels and plant

electriﬁcation, including the switch to HVO, the purchase of

lithium lighting towers and electric telehandlers and cars.



We adopted solar-driven generators to replace diesel

generators.



We encouraged our employees to reduce their carbon footprint

via a Group carbon pledge. In 2022, 1,211 employees created or

renewed their pledge.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

92

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Green ﬁnancing in the north of England for the climate and people

The Group has signed a two-year agreement to fund

conservation and restoration of peatland, being delivered by

the North Pennines AONB Partnership and the Yorkshire Peat

Partnership. Our investment will enable the restoration of over

300 hectares of blanket bog in the Northern Pennines AONB and

UNESCO Global Geopark, and in the Yorkshire Dales National

Park and surrounding uplands. It is the ﬁrst large-scale, private

sector green ﬁnancing project under the Great North Bog

initiative and will match the UK government’s investment through

the Nature for Climate Fund.

The Great North Bog restoration represents a signiﬁcant part

of the UK’s eﬀorts to tackle climate change. An estimated 80%

of peatlands are now damaged and emit over 20m tonnes of

carbon a year. The initiative will in time cut UK peatland carbon

emissions by c3.7m tonnes per year, a reduction of nearly 20%.

Ecological beneﬁts will include slowing the ﬂow of water to help

mitigate ﬂooding in towns and cities downstream, reducing

sediment in rivers to provide clean drinking water for millions,

and supporting a range of wildlife.

Our strategy in action

CLIMATE REPORTING

continued

The rewetting of the ﬁrst

11

#### sites

is already underway.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

93

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT

We aim to comply with the non-ﬁnancial reporting regulations contained in sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. Our divisions communicate Group and divisional policies to their employees

and supply chains. Our due diligence with regard to ‘environmental matters’, ‘employees’ and ‘social matters’ is driven by our Total Commitments, which are a strategic priority for the Group (see page 18).

Policies

Annual report page references

Environmental

matters



For our climate-related ﬁnancial disclosures, see TCFD, pages 80 to 91.



Code of Conduct, published on our website: commits to caring for

the environment.



Sustainable procurement policy: commits to being socially and environmentally

conscientious in our procurement.



Supplemental timber policy: requires procurement from sustainable sources.



Sustainable water policy: commits to building to the highest standards as those

detailed within the RIBA Climate Challenge 2030 water usage; retroﬁtting

water-eﬃcient kit; avoiding procuring materials or equipment which require

intensive water use in their manufacture, installation or use; procuring

water-eﬃcient products; incorporating SuDS (sustainable drainage systems);

and advising on saving water.

Due diligence, pages 28 to 34.

Impacts, pages 28 to 34 and page 92. Minimising our environmental impact increases

our ability to win work and attract talented employees.

Principal risks, page 77.

Employees



Code of Conduct: commits to conducting business in an open and ethical way

in line with our Core Values and Total Commitments.



Group health, safety and wellbeing management policy framework: incorporates

the Group occupational health and safety policy which commits to providing a

safe and healthy working environment for our employees and others involved

in or aﬀected by our works.



Divisional occupational health and safety policies: cover all employees and extend

to our subcontractors and suppliers working on our projects.

Due diligence, pages 15, 16, 20, 27, 70, 71, 112 to 114, 117, 131 and 132.

Impacts, pages 15, 20 to 27 and 117. A diverse and qualiﬁed team of people helps us

win in our target markets and in pursuing innovative solutions for our clients.

Principal risks, pages 70 and 71.

Social matters



We are committed to providing a better built environment for all, and our services

include urban regeneration, social housing and critical infrastructure. A large

proportion of our work is for the public sector and therefore falls under the

Public Services (Social Value) Act 2012.



Sustainable procurement policy: commits to being socially and environmentally

conscientious in our procurement.

Due diligence, pages 39 to 43. Our divisions monitor their suppliers’ adherence to our

procurement policy, giving feedback or taking appropriate action as required.

Impacts, pages 39 to 43. We have developed a social value bank that monetises activities

that add value to local communities on our projects (page 43).

Social matters are not regarded as a principal risk. However, each division carries out

regular risk assessments to identify those areas of its business and markets that may be

susceptible to risk, and embeds appropriate procedures in its day-to-day operations.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

94

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT

continued

Policies

Annual report page references

Human rights



Human rights policy: approved by the Board in August 2022 and applies to the

Group, our subsidiaries and the entities in which we hold a majority interest. It states

our support of the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and the

Universal Declaration of Human Rights and our commitment to the following human

rights principles: diversity, non-discrimination and non-harassment; prevention

of human traﬃcking, forced labour and child labour; workplace health and safety;

freedom of association; the adherence of our supply chain to the same human rights

principles; and engagement with our stakeholders and consideration of their views.



Code of Conduct: states our commitment to the Universal Declaration on Human

Rights, providing equal opportunities, creating a diverse and inclusive workplace,

and preventing modern slavery in our operations and supply chain. It prohibits

employing people either directly or through third parties who we believe to be

subject to forced labour and engaging in any activities involving people or countries

subject to UN, US, EU or UK sanctions. The Code prohibits bullying, harassment and

discrimination on the basis of sex, pregnancy or maternity, gender reassignment,

sexual orientation, religion or belief, marriage and civil partnership, age, race or

disability; it requires fair and objective employment decisions based on merit.



Modern slavery policy: states the Group’s and its suppliers’ obligations with regard to

human traﬃcking, forced labour, recruitment fees, document retention, contracts of

employment, deposits, humane treatment, workplace equality, wages and beneﬁts,

working hours, freedom of movement and personal freedom and the use of

employment agencies.



Modern slavery statement: published on our website.



Whistleblowing policy and procedure.

Due diligence, pages 23, 112, 114 and 117. Our employees undertake in-depth e-learning

modules on our Code of Conduct and modern slavery. New joiners are required to

complete these modules as part of their induction and existing employees take periodic

refresher courses. Our site inductions include ‘toolbox talks’ to raise awareness of modern

slavery of our employees and site operatives employed in our supply chain. Adherence

to our human rights policy, Code of Conduct and other related policies is regularly

monitored and reviewed, with the Board audit committee and Group general counsel

having ultimate oversight. The Board is notiﬁed of any reports of non-compliance via

the raising concerns (whistleblowing) service, while divisional HR leads and managers

deal direct with individual cases as appropriate. Our divisions are responsible for their

employees’ and suppliers’ compliance with these policies, with support from the Group

director of sustainability and procurement, the Group commercial director, the general

counsel, company secretary and the Group head of audit and assurance.

Impacts, pages 23 and 117. See also our modern slavery statement on our website.

Human rights breaches are not considered a principal risk to the Group, although there

is a risk of breach by an overseas supplier and of people working on our sites without

the legal right to work in the UK. We require all suppliers to comply with legislation and

to carry out checks on rights to work, and we expect that they require the same of their

own suppliers.

Anti-corruption

and anti-bribery



Code of Conduct: states that we will not tolerate any form of bribery or corruption.



Bribery Act guidance note: provides guidance on the Bribery Act 2010 and how it

is relevant to the Group.



Group-wide dealing policy: clariﬁes to all employees regulations relating to the

misuse of inside information.



Dealing code: states directors’ and others’ obligations to comply with market

abuse regulation.



Competition law compliance policy: clariﬁes requirements under the Competition

Act 1998 and Enterprise Act 2002. Each division provides its employees with

guidelines tailored to the division’s activities.

Due diligence, pages 117 and 129. Employees are given e-learning training on

bribery and corruption, our Code of Conduct, market abuse regulation and competition

law, and in 2022 we introduced an e-learning course on ﬁnancial integrity. We conduct

regular internal audits which would uncover any instances of non-compliance such as

anti-competitive behaviour, bribery or corruption.

Impacts, pages 117 and 130. There was no evidence of any systemic bribery or corrupt

activity in 2022.

We do not regard corruption and bribery as a principal risk to the Group.

Copies of our policies can be obtained from the Group’s company secretary on request. Our business model is set out on page 9 and non-ﬁnancial KPIs on pages 12 and 13.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

95

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

GOING CONCERN AND VIABILITY STATEMENT

#### Viability

As required by provision 31 of the UK Corporate Governance

Code, the directors have assessed the prospects and ﬁnancial

viability of the Group and have concluded that they have a

reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue

in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the

period of the assessment.

The assessment took account of the Group’s current position and

the potential ﬁnancial and reputational impact of the principal risks

(as set out on pages 67 to 77) on the Group’s ability to deliver the

Group’s business plan. This assessment describes and tests the

signiﬁcant solvency and liquidity risks involved in delivering the

strategic objectives within our business model.

The assessment has been made using a period of three years

commencing on 1 January 2023 which is in line with the Group’s

budgeting cycle. This gives good visibility of future work as the

majority of the Group’s workload falls within three years and

enables more speciﬁc forecasting as the Group’s contracts follow

a life cycle of three years or less. There is inherently less visibility

over the expected workload beyond three years, and increased

uncertainty around the forecasted costs to deliver. Consequently,

it is deemed most appropriate to perform its medium-term

planning over a three-year period.

#### Going concern

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to

aﬀect our future development, performance and position, are set

out in this strategic report.

As at 31 December 2022, the Group had net cash of £354.6m and

committed banking facilities of £180m which are in place for more

than one year. The directors have reviewed the Group’s forecasts

and projections, which show that we will have a suﬃcient level of

headroom within facility limits and covenants over the period of

assessment, which the directors have deﬁned as the date of

approval of the 31 December 2022 ﬁnancial statements through

to 29 February 2024. After making enquiries, including the review

of sensitivities for plausible downside scenarios to the forecasts,

the directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and

the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational

existence for the foreseeable future. Thus they continue to

prepare the annual ﬁnancial statements on the going concern

basis. See page 188 for the going concern basis of preparation

in the consolidated ﬁnancial statements.

The directors have compiled cash ﬂow projections incorporating

each division’s detailed business plans with an overlay of

Group-level contingency. At Group level, the base case ﬁnancial

projections assume modest revenue growth and improvements

in both proﬁt margin and return on capital employed in line with

the Group’s strategy and medium-term targets.

As per the business model, operating cash ﬂows are assumed

to broadly follow forecast proﬁtability in the Group’s construction

activities, but are more independently variable in regeneration,

driven by the timing of construction spend and programmed

completions on schemes.

The base case business plan includes the Group maintaining

positive daily average net cash for the entirety of the period

reviewed, with no drawings under its loan facilities. The Group

has £180m of committed revolving credit facilities, undrawn at

31 December 2022, of which £15m is committed until March 2024

and £165m is committed until the ﬁnal quarter of 2025. For the

purposes of testing viability, it is assumed that equivalent facilities

are available past these maturities.

The impact of a number of plausible downside scenarios on the

Group’s funding headroom (including ﬁnancial covenants within

committed bank facilities) has been modelled with consideration

of the Group’s principal risks that could have a direct impact on

operational cash ﬂows.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

96

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

GOING CONCERN AND VIABILITY STATEMENT

continued

The table below gives an overview of the scenarios modelled and the mapping to the relevant Group’s principal risks.

Scenario

Principal risk mapping

Reduced revenue and margins in the construction businesses

The cash performance of the construction businesses is correlated to the levels of revenue and margin achieved by

each division.

We have modelled a scenario of reduced revenue that could be caused by changes in the UK economic conditions

or the insolvency of a key client/partner. In addition to this we have modelled reduced proﬁt margins which may

result from increased inﬂation, ineﬃciencies that could be a result of poor project selection, poor project delivery,

resourcing issues, health and safety issues and the impact of disruption that could be caused by cyber activity or

climate change.



Economic change and uncertainty



Partner insolvency or adverse change of behaviour



Poor contract selectivity



Poor project delivery



Health and safety incident



Talent retention and attraction



Cyber activity/failure to invest in IT



Climate change

Working capital deterioration in the construction businesses

We have modelled a scenario including a deterioration of working capital in the construction businesses that could

be caused by delays in receiving payments from customers and also having to pay suppliers earlier.



Mismanagement of working capital and investments



Partner insolvency or adverse change of behaviour

Reduction in open market sales values and sales pace in Partnership Housing

We have modelled a scenario where there is a further reduction in the open market housing sales values and a

slowdown in the sales pace caused by changes and uncertainty in the UK economic conditions, exposure to the UK

residential market or poor project delivery.



Economic change and uncertainty



Exposure to UK residential market



Poor project delivery

Project delays or viability concerns, and cost increases in Urban Regeneration

We have modelled a scenario where there were project delays or cancellations in respect of Urban Regeneration

and also reduced margins.

This scenario could be the result of changes and uncertainty in UK economic conditions, including changes in the

UK residential market, and also ineﬃciencies that could be a result of poor project delivery, resourcing issues,

health and safety issues, or the impact of disruption that could be caused by cyber activity or climate change.



Economic change and uncertainty



Exposure to UK residential market



Partner insolvency or adverse behavioural change



Poor project delivery



Health and safety incident



Talent retention and attraction



Cyber activity/failure to invest in IT



Climate change

Building safety expenses

We have modelled a scenario where we incur higher than expected expenses in respect to our obligations in

regard to the Pledge, but these costs are not fully recovered through contractual remedies.



Poor project delivery



Health and safety incident



Mismanagement of working capital and investments

Severe downside case

We have modelled a scenario where all of the scenarios above combined at the same time, to represent a severe

downside scenario.



All of the above

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

97

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

GOING CONCERN AND VIABILITY STATEMENT

continued

There are no individual scenarios which are considered to

materially impact the Group’s viability, and our assessment

included modelling the ﬁnancial impact on the business plan

of the severe downside scenario where the impact of a

reasonably plausible combination of the divisional risks was

applied in aggregate.

In the event of this severe collection of scenarios occurring,

there is still a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able

to continue in operation and meet its liabilities.

In addition, the Board has considered a range of potential

mitigating actions that may be available if this worst-case collection

of scenarios arose. These primarily include a reduction in

investment in working capital and a reduction in the dividend.

As part of the sensitivity analysis, the directors also modelled

a scenario that stress tests the Group’s forecasts and projects,

to determine the scenario under which funding requirements

would exceed the committed bank facilities. The model showed

that the Group’s operating proﬁt would need to deteriorate

substantially for funding requirements to exceed the committed

facilities. The directors consider there is no plausible scenario

where cash inﬂows would deteriorate this signiﬁcantly.

Based on the results of its review and analysis, the Board has a

reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue

in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the

three-year period of its assessment until 31 December 2025.

Assessing the Group’s prospects beyond the review period,

the directors consider that demand will remain strong across

all divisions. The Group has maintained a well-capitalised

balance sheet, has a strong order book and operates a resilient

business model.

This strategic report was approved by the

Board and signed on its behalf by:

John Morgan

Chief Executive

22 February 2023

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

98

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### In this section

100

Chair’s statement

102

Board at a glance

104

Board of directors

106

Group management team

108

Directors’ and corporate governance report

118

– Nomination committee report

123

– Audit committee report

131

– Responsible business committee report

134

Directors’ remuneration report

164

Other statutory information

# Governance

Applying the Code’s Principles across the business

As a UK premium-listed company, we have adopted a governance structure based on the Principles of the UK

Corporate Governance Code published in July 2018 ('the Code'), which is available on the Financial Reporting

Council’s (FRC’s) website at frc.org.uk. The Company has applied all the Principles, and complied with all Provisions

of the Code, save for the following Provisions: Provision 3 – further explanation on shareholder engagement

is provided on page 15; Provision 38 – the executive directors’ pension contributions will be aligned with the

majority of employees from 1 January 2023 as set out on page 161; and Provision 41 – further explanation of

wider workforce engagement on executive remuneration which will be carried out in 2023 as set out on page

137. In line with the Companies Act 2006 Regulations, further information on how the directors have performed

their duties under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 is also contained in the strategic report.

Board leadership and Company purpose

A.

Board eﬀectiveness

111

B.

Purpose, values, strategy and culture

112

C.

Board decision-making

115

D.

Engagement with stakeholders

117

E.

Oversight of workplace policies and practices

117

Division of responsibilities

F.

Role of the chair

108

G.

Independence

109

H.

External commitments and conﬂicts of interest

110

I.

Board resources

110

Composition, succession and evaluation

J.

Appointments to the Board and succession planning

119

K.

Board composition and length of tenure

118

L.

Board evaluation

121

Audit, risk and internal control

M.

Financial reporting

External audit and internal audit – independence and eﬀectiveness

125

N.

Fair, balanced and understandable assessment

125

O.

Risk management and internal controls

128

Remuneration

P.

Remuneration philosophy

138

Q.

Remuneration policy

141

R.

Annual report on remuneration

152

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

99

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CHAIR’S STATEMENT

#### Embeddingour unique culture across all our businesses

#### I have pleasure in presenting the 2022 corporate governance report which describes our governance framework

#### and how the Board and its committees have discharged their responsibilities during the year.

2022 has been a busy year for the Group and

thanks to the great people across our business,

we have delivered another set of good results

that show the continued focus on our strategy

and responsible business commitments.

#### Board activities

An overview of how the Board spent its year is

provided on pages 112 to 117. Here are some

of the highlights:

Purpose, values, strategy and culture

We agreed with our executive directors’

recommendation to simplify our purpose, both

for clarity and to emphasise the importance

of our talented teams in not only meeting but

exceeding our stakeholders’ expectations.

The challenges we have all faced over the

last few years have shown the importance

of having a strong, eﬀective and agile culture.

Our decentralised philosophy remains integral

to achieving our purpose, as it empowers our

divisions to make the right decisions, at pace,

for their businesses and their stakeholders.

During the year, the Board ensured that our

purpose and long-established Core Values that

underpin our culture remain embedded across

the Group.

In its strategy review, the Board kept the economic

environment under close scrutiny to ensure our

divisions have the resilience and resources to

respond to the challenges presented by the

continuing uncertainty. We took into account

macroenvironmental changes such as the rise

in inﬂation, interest rates and cost of labour, and

the impacts of these on our stakeholders. At the

same time, we ensured that the Group continued

to maintain a strong ﬁnancial position through

disciplined contract selectivity, improved quality

of earnings and operational delivery, and achieving

organic growth over the medium and longer term.

At the time of writing, uncertainties will continue

to have an impact on our customers and wider

stakeholders. The Board will closely monitor the

key metrics we use to measure progress against

our strategic priorities and will undertake rolling

reviews of our principal and emerging risks.

However, despite these uncertainties, we are

conﬁdent in the resilience of our diverse business

and our teams and their ability to continue to

generate value over the longer term.

#### The quick read...



We have closely reviewed the Group’s

performance against our responsible

business strategy



We have approved changes to the

Board diversity policy, which sets the

tone for a fully inclusive culture



We have consulted with shareholders

on changes to our remuneration policy



We have made changes to the

membership of our committees

to maximise their eﬀectiveness

We are proud that we have

an inclusive culture where

people feel welcome to

seek employment with us

regardless of their educational

and social background.”

Michael Findlay

Chair

Responsible business strategy

We are proud of our continuing leadership in

addressing climate change and have achieved

a CDP ‘A’ score for the third year running.

Reviewing the Group’s activities to support our

responsible business strategy has also continued

to be a key focus area for the Board.

In February 2022, we approved new terms

of reference for the responsible business

committee (previously the health, safety and

environment committee). The committee

oversees the Group’s responsible business

strategy and monitors performance against

our Total Commitments, including our

progress towards net zero carbon emissions

(see pages 28 to 33).

I have continued to attend all the responsible

business committee meetings and review the

work we are doing across the Group to address

the issues that our stakeholders have identiﬁed

as being material to the business. This work

is described in more detail in the responsible

business committee report and on pages 18

to 43 of the strategic report.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

100

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CHAIR’S STATEMENT

continued

Diversity and inclusion

The Board approved changes to its Board

diversity policy which applies to the Board,

its committees, the Group management team

(GMT) and their direct reports. The policy sets

the tone for ensuring a fully inclusive culture

in its broadest sense Group-wide, an ethos

reﬂected in our Code of Conduct and related

policies. Further information on Board and

Group diversity can be found on pages 120

and 121 of the nomination committee report

and pages 24 to 26 of the strategic report.

We recognise that we are on a journey to

increase both gender and ethnic diversity

across the Group. Each of our divisions is

working on initiatives to improve diversity

and monitoring progress.

In terms of wider diversity, we are proud that

we have an inclusive culture where people

feel welcome to seek employment with us

regardless of their educational and social

background. We remain focused on improving

our performance in our commitment to

‘Developing people’, recruiting from all social

backgrounds and investing in training and

nurturing our employees so that every

individual can reach their career potential.

Remuneration

The remuneration committee is focused on

ensuring our remuneration practices are fair

and that we continue to attract and retain the

talent we need to grow the business.

We conducted consultations with our major

shareholders and institutions on suggested

changes to our remuneration policy ahead

of proposing the new policy for shareholder

vote at our 2023 AGM. Our discussions with

shareholders included exploring any further

concerns that lay behind the votes against

our remuneration report at our 2022 AGM.

Further information can be found in our

remuneration committee report on page 135.

See pages 102 and pages 112 to 117 for detail

on the Board’s key activities in the year and

pages 134 to 137 for the committees’ activities.

#### Committee changes

In early 2022, the Board approved changes

to the composition of our committees in order

to maximise their eﬀectiveness, following

recommendations by the nomination committee.

As a result, Kathy Quashie was appointed to

the nomination and remuneration committees,

while Malcolm Cooper stepped down from

the remuneration committee and Tracey Killen

stepped down from the audit committee.

See page 118 for further information.

#### Board evaluation

An internal evaluation of the Board and

committees was carried out during the year

(see page 122). The outcome was that the Board

continues to work well with the right issues being

discussed and appropriate Board involvement

in key decisions. It was agreed that the following

ﬁve areas identiﬁed in the 2021 review remain

key: succession planning; maintaining culture;

increasing diversity and inclusion; ensuring

Partnership Housing delivers its potential; and

communicating our performance against our

Total Commitments eﬀectively.

An externally facilitated Board performance

evaluation will be carried out in 2023.

#### AGM

Our AGM will be held on 4 May 2023

(see page 164 and the AGM circular for further

details). We are satisﬁed that each director

continues to make an eﬀective contribution,

and they will each oﬀer themselves for

re-election, in accordance with the Code.

Michael Findlay

Chair

22 February 2023

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

101

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

BOARD AT A GLANCE

#### Acommitted leadership team delivering value for our stakeholders

Board meeting agendas combine regular

reviews of performance against the

Group’s values and strategic priorities

with ‘deep dives’ into specialised topics

and presentations from divisional teams.

+

See our schedule of matters reserved for the Board on our website.

Meetings are planned throughout the year to ensure the Board has suﬃcient

time to discharge its responsibilities eﬀectively.

#### An overview of how the Board spent the year



Results for the year ended

31 December 2021



Final dividend for the year ended

31 December 2021



Approval of updated terms of reference

for the responsible business committee



Divisional payment practice review



Health and safety



Executive reports covering

implementation of strategy as well as

commercial and ﬁnancial performance



Results for the half year ended

31 December 2022



2022 interim dividend



Whistleblowing review



Responsible business performance update



Divisional meeting with Partnership Housing



Approval of human rights policy and

updated Board diversity policy

February

2022

August

2022

May

2022

October

2022

June

2022

December

2022



Information security update and

management of cyber risks



Review of emerging technology and

adoption across the business



Review of investor feedback from the

‘meet the management event’



2022 AGM



Financial structure and position



Divisional performance including KPIs



Group strategy and culture review



Urban Regeneration presentation

of strategy



Risk appetite review



Purpose, strategy and culture review



Modern slavery statement approval



Review of insurance renewal strategy



Commercial, governance and verbal

updates from the company secretary

and chairs of each Board committee



Group budget approval



IT strategy, risk and security update



Board and committee evaluation



Responsible business performance

and materiality review



Whistleblowing review and review

of employee engagement activities



Divisional meeting with Urban

Regeneration

Standing items addressed throughout the year

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

102

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

BOARD AT A GLANCE

continued

#### Board diversity

More information on Board and senior leadership

diversity can be found on page 120.

Female

3

Male

5

0–3 years

2

4–7 years

4

Chair

1

Executive

2

Non-executive

5

White

7

Ethnically diverse

1

Ge

nder diversity

Ethnic diversity

Role

Chair and

non-executive

director tenure

#### Board attendance

Board

Audit

Responsible

business

Nomination

Remuneration

Total in 2022

8

3

3

2

5

Michael Findlay

1

8

3

2

3

2

2

5

2

John Morgan

8

3

2

2

2

3

2

Steve Crummett

8

3

2

1

2

2

2

Malcolm Cooper

8

3

3

2

1

3

Tracey Killen

8

1

5

3

2

5

David Lowden

8

3

2

5

Jen Tippin

7

4

3

2

5

Kathy Quashie

7

4

2

6

4

6

1

Michael Findlay attended all Board and nomination committee meetings during the year and was also present at all meetings of the audit, responsible

business and remuneration committees.

2 Attended by invitation.

3 Malcolm Cooper attended the ﬁrst remuneration committee meeting of the year before stepping down as a member.

4

Jen Tippin and Kathy Quashie were unable to attend the Board call in November 2022 in relation to the trading update due to alternative commitments

in their executive responsibilities that could not be changed.

5 Tracey Killen attended the ﬁrst audit committee meeting of the year before stepping down as a member.

6 Kathy Quashie was appointed to both the nomination and remuneration committees in February 2022. She attended the ﬁrst nomination committee

meeting by invitation and all other meetings of both committees from that date.

#### The Board’s experience

Industry knowledge/experience

8

Strategy development

8

Financial expertise

6

Responsible business

5

Technology/data management

5

Risk management

7

Communications and marketing

5

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

The chart above shows the number of directors with each type of experience.

103

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

#### AnexperiencedBoard, delivering our purpose

Throughout 2022, and as at the date of this report, the

Board consists of the chair, two executive directors and

ﬁve non-executive directors, each bringing a range of

skills, experience, knowledge and background to

Board discussions.

Each Board member has considerable experience in

strategy development and implementation, corporate

governance, and regulatory requirements which enables

them to discharge their Board responsibilities and promote

the long-term sustainable success of the Group.

The non-executive directors are responsible for

constructively challenging the executive directors and

monitoring delivery of the Group’s strategy within the

risk and control framework set by the Board.

All of the non-executive directors, including the chair, are

considered by the Board to be independent in character

and judgement and, as at the date of this report, no

cross-directorships exist between any of the directors.

We are aware of the potential link between David Lowden

and Kathy Quashie since David became chair of Capita and

Kathy joined Capita’s executive committee as chief growth

oﬃcer. We recognise that this perception of linkage may

call into question their independence, but do not believe

that this is the case (see page 109 for further information).

#### Michael Findlay

Chair

#### John Morgan

Chief Executive

#### Steve Crummett

Finance Director

Appointed:

October 2016

Independent on appointment:

Yes

Skills and experience:

Michael has spent his

career in investment banking and advised the

boards of many leading UK public companies

on a wide range of strategic, ﬁnance and

governance matters. He was previously

co-head of investment banking for UK and

Ireland at Bank of America and senior

independent director at UK Mail Group PLC.

Contribution to long-term success:

The

Board beneﬁts from Michael’s extensive

experience in business and corporate ﬁnance

together with his expertise in property, risk

management and communications. His

contribution assists the Group in pursuing its

strategy, maximising the value of the business,

and delivering long-term, sustainable value for

all our stakeholders. Michael’s leadership of

the Board encourages a collaborative approach

and open debate by all Board members.

Current external roles:

Michael is

non-executive chair of London Stock

Exchange plc, chair of the FCA’s (Financial

Conduct Authority’s) markets practitioner

panel, non-executive director and audit

and risk committee chair of Royal Mail plc

and non-executive director of Jarrold &

Sons Limited.

Appointed:

October 1994

Independent:

No

Executive responsibilities:

Leading the

Group, developing and implementing the

strategy and policies approved by the Board,

embedding values and culture, and driving

diversity and inclusion throughout the

business. John leads the GMT.

Skills and experience:

John co-founded

Morgan Lovell in 1977 which merged with

William Sindall plc in 1994 to form Morgan

Sindall Group plc. He instituted and champions

the Group’s decentralised business model that

empowers the divisions to challenge the status

quo and keep innovating and winning in their

respective markets.

Contribution to long-term success:

The

Board beneﬁts from John’s in-depth knowledge

and experience of both the construction

and regeneration sectors. His signiﬁcant

leadership and people management skills

continue to drive forward the Group’s strategy

to ensure quality of earnings and grow the

business organically for the beneﬁt of all our

stakeholders. John is responsible for ensuring

that career opportunities within the Group

are accessible to people from a variety of

backgrounds so that we can recruit the best

people from a wide pool of talent.

Current external roles:

John does not

currently hold any external appointments.

Appointed:

February 2013

Independent:

No

Executive responsibilities:

Leads the Group’s

ﬁnancial strategy and has overall responsibility

for corporate reporting, ﬁnance, treasury,

taxation and IT. Steve contributes to the

development and implementation of the

strategy and policies approved by the Board.

He is chair of the Group’s risk committee.

Skills and experience:

Steve is a chartered

accountant and has wide-ranging ﬁnancial,

accounting and UK public company

experience through prior executive,

non-executive and senior ﬁnance roles

with a number of listed companies.

Contribution to long-term success:

The

Board beneﬁts from Steve’s considerable

experience in ﬁnance, audit, treasury, risk

management and IT and security. His expertise

has contributed towards the Group’s ﬁnancial

resilience and strong balance sheet, which

enables us to make the right decisions for the

long term. Steve is responsible for the ongoing

smooth-running of the Group’s ﬁnancial

operations and for driving our strategy to

achieve net zero carbon emissions by 2030.

Current external roles:

Steve does not

currently hold any external appointments.

Board committees

A

Audit committee

N

Nomination committee

R

Remuneration committee

RB

Responsible business committee

Committee chair

N

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

104

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

continued

#### David Lowden

Senior Independent Director

#### Malcolm Cooper

Non-executive Director

#### Jen Tippin

Non-executive Director

#### Tracey Killen

Non-executive Director

#### Kathy Quashie

Non-executive Director

Appointed:

September 2018

Independent:

Yes

Skills and experience:

David is a highly

experienced non-executive director and

chair of UK-listed companies in several

sectors. He has experience in both ﬁnancial

and general management through his prior

executive roles of ﬁnance director and chief

executive at Taylor Nelson Sofres plc, where

he supported growth and proﬁtability through

the eﬃcient design of business operations

and appropriate use of systems and

processes. David’s public board experience

includes prior roles as chair of Page Group plc,

chair of Huntsworth plc, chair of the audit and

risk committee at William Hill plc, and chair

of the audit committee at Cable & Wireless

Worldwide plc.

Contribution to long-term success:

David’s

strong strategic understanding and ﬁnancial,

marketing and commercial skills, gained

through his many years’ experience working

in international businesses, are invaluable to

the Board as the Group pursues its strategy

for growth.

Current external roles:

David is currently

chair of the board of Diploma plc and chair

at Capita plc having previously been the

senior independent director.

Appointed:

March 2020

Independent:

Yes

Skills and experience:

Jen has extensive

strategic and commercial experience

developed through her career in ﬁnancial

services and in the engineering and airline

sectors. She has wide experience in business

leadership and transformation, human

resources, eﬃciency, sourcing, supply chain

management and property, together with a

deep understanding of customer experience.

Jen has sat on the boards of Lloyds Bank

Corporate Markets and Kent Community

NHS Foundation Trust.

Contribution to long-term success:

The

Board beneﬁts from Jen’s strengths in

consumer-facing markets, and her insights

into IT, people and complex supply chain

management are relevant to the Group’s

strategy to deliver long-term sustainable value

to our stakeholders.

Current external roles:

Jen is the group chief

people and transformation oﬃcer for NatWest

and sits on the NatWest Group and NatWest

Holdings’ executive committees. She is also

a member of the council and chair of the

remuneration committee of City University,

University of London and a board member

of the Financial Services Skills Commission.

She was appointed a non-executive director

of HMRC in January 2023.

Appointed:

June 2021

Independent:

Yes

Skills and experience:

Kathy has extensive

strategic, commercial, sales and digital

transformation experience developed through

her career in the telecommunications sector.

She has also been a key advocate for building a

diverse and inclusive culture. She was previously

a non-executive director of the Enterprise

Board of Transport for London Museum

and recognised in Empower Top Executive

Role Model Lists 2021 to 2022, also recently

showcased on the Black Powerlist for 2023.

Contribution to long-term success:

Kathy’s

experience further broadens the expertise

on the Board. Her wealth of digital and

sales experience in particular adds valuable

knowledge and insight into Board discussions

and helps ensure that the Group’s continued

investment in digital capability meets the current

and future needs of the business in terms of

both innovation and security. In addition, Kathy’s

insight and knowledge of driving positive and

sustainable growth through inclusion is an

asset to the Group as we continue to progress

our diversity and inclusion programme.

Current external roles:

Kathy is the chief

growth oﬃcer and executive committee

member at Capita plc where she is responsible

for the group functional unit of sales and

marketing, ensuring the company has the right

competencies, systems and strategies to deliver

on its organic growth objectives. She is also the

executive sponsor for the Embrace employee

network, representing equality and inclusion.

Appointed:

November 2015

Independent:

Yes

Skills and experience:

Malcolm is a qualiﬁed

accountant and treasurer. He has an extensive

background in corporate ﬁnance and wide

experience in infrastructure, property and

construction. Malcolm’s previous roles include

managing director of National Grid Property,

global tax and treasury director of National

Grid, senior independent director and audit

committee chair at CLS Holdings plc, president

of the Association of Corporate Treasurers and

member of the Financial Conduct Authority’s

Listing Authority Advisory Panel.

Contribution to long-term success:

In his

roles as chair of the responsible business and

audit committees, the Board beneﬁts from

Malcolm’s wide knowledge of government

policy and direction, health and safety and the

impacts of climate change as well as in ﬁnance,

audit, treasury and risk management.

Current external roles:

Malcolm is senior

independent director and credit committee

chair of MORhomes plc, non-executive director

and audit committee chair at Southern Water

Services Limited and non-executive director

and audit and risk committee chair at Local

Pensions Partnership Investments Ltd.

He was appointed a non-executive director

of Custodian Property Income REIT plc on

6 June 2022.

Appointed:

May 2017

Independent:

Yes

Skills and experience:

Tracey has

wide-ranging expertise in the retail sector

including the development of strategy,

business planning and corporate governance

gained through her prior role as executive

director for people for the John Lewis

Partnership. Tracey’s corporate and

main board experience includes roles on

nomination, remuneration and corporate

responsibility board sub-committees.

Contribution to long-term success:

The

Board beneﬁts from Tracey’s extensive

commercial, corporate responsibility, and

people management experience. Her

depth of knowledge and understanding

of remuneration and related corporate

governance issues enable her as chair of

the remuneration committee to lead on the

Group’s remuneration philosophy to ensure

that we motivate and retain executive directors

of the calibre required to deliver our strategy.

Current external roles:

Tracey is a Fellow of

Be the Business, a not-for-proﬁt organisation

that helps ﬁrms across the UK to improve their

performance, and a trustee for Dorset and

Somerset Air Ambulance.

A

R

N

A

R

N

R

N

A

N

RB

R

N

RB

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

105

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

GROUP MANAGEMENT TEAM

#### Supporting the executive directors

The GMT supports the executive

directors in implementing the strategy

and policies approved by the Board.

Meetings are chaired by the chief

executive and focus on strategic

and operational matters aﬀecting

the Group as a whole. The team also

supports the directors in embedding

our culture and Core Values across

the decentralised business, driving

our responsible business strategy,

and ensuring that we are acting

consistently across the Group to

promote diversity and inclusion.

On 15 February 2023, Kate Bowyer

stepped down as managing director

of Urban Regeneration. The division

will continue to be led by its strong

regional leadership, assisted by

chief executive, John Morgan.

#### Chris Booth

Managing Director,

Fit Out

#### Pat Boyle

Managing Director,

Construction

#### Steve Coleby

Managing Director,

Partnership Housing

#### Alan Hayward

Managing Director,

Property Services

Role:

Chris has overall responsibility for the

Fit Out division, which includes the Overbury

and Morgan Lovell brands. He is responsible

for driving the strategy of excellence in

operational delivery and exceptional customer

experience in the division’s oﬃce ﬁt out,

refurbishment, design and build, higher

education and life sciences projects.

Skills and experience:

Chris has over 35

years’ experience in the ﬁt out sector having

joined Overbury in 1994, progressing through

divisional management to become managing

director of Overbury’s Major Projects team

in 2003. He was appointed to the Fit Out

divisional board as chief operating oﬃcer

in 2010, before being appointed as overall

managing director in 2013.

Role:

Pat leads the Construction business

within Construction & Infrastructure. He is

responsible for delivering sustainable growth,

promoting a safe and inclusive culture and

creating inspiring communities where we all

live, work, learn and play. He is a trustee of the

Pagabo Foundation, which raises awareness of

mental health and wellbeing for those working

in construction.

Skills and experience:

Pat has over 30 years’

experience in the construction industry.

He joined the Group in 2014 from Lend

Lease, where he was head of its public sector

construction division. Prior to this, Pat held

various wide-ranging senior level roles within

Laing O’Rourke, including regional director,

group HR director and managing director

of Select Plant Hire.

Role:

Steve leads our Partnership Housing

business, people and ventures. The division

provides innovative residential construction

and regeneration developments from

decentralised regional oﬃces across the UK.

He ensures it places responsible business

and trusting partnerships at the heart of all

its decision-making.

Skills and experience:

Steve joined the

Group in 2018, bringing a wealth of knowledge

and experience in construction. Previously,

he spent 25 years at Laing O’Rourke, including

as commercial director of its European hub,

managing director of UK infrastructure, and

managing director of its UK construction

business. Steve holds a RICS fellowship.

Role:

Alan is in charge of our Property Services

division which provides responsive repairs

and planned maintenance services to more

than 200,000 homes and public buildings

nationwide, for both the public and private

sectors. He is responsible for the division’s

strategic direction, building on the service

to deliver value-added activities that better

support social housing residents and ensuring

a sustainable and innovative business for all

clients and other stakeholders.

Skills and experience:

Alan joined the Group

in 2017 with over 15 years’ experience in the

sector. His previous roles include positions

both as ﬁnance director and managing

director in national building, infrastructure and

facilities management businesses. Alan has

experience across a range of sectors including

defence, health, corporate and housing.

#### John Morgan

Chief Executive

+

See page 104 for biography

#### Steve Crummett

Finance Director

+

See page 104 for biography

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

106

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

GROUP MANAGEMENT TEAM

continued

#### Andy Saul

Group Commercial Director

#### Clare Sheridan

Company Secretary

#### Martin Lubieniecki

Managing Director,

Design

#### Simon Smith

Managing Director,

Infrastructure

Role:

Andy supports the divisions in

developing and implementing eﬀective

commercial strategies at preconstruction stage

and in key operational activities. He also oﬀers

advice and assistance, acting as a critical friend

to the divisions throughout the life cycle of a

project. Andy is a member of the Group’s risk

committee and the Group health and safety

forum where he oversees the implementation

and monitoring of the Group’s health, safety

and wellbeing framework.

Skills and experience:

Andy joined the Group

in 2014 from Bullock Construction where he

was managing director. Prior to that, Andy’s

career included 20 years with Kier Group,

culminating in the role of commercial director

at Kier’s construction division where he had

overall responsibility for the commercial and

procurement functions.

Role:

Clare is responsible for ensuring sound

information ﬂows to the Board and between

senior management and non-executive

directors and advising the Board on

corporate governance matters. In addition

to her governance responsibilities, Clare

manages the Group secretariat function, the

insurance programme, long-term incentive

schemes, pension arrangements, Group-wide

employee beneﬁts and Group reporting

on our responsible business strategy and

performance. She is a member of the Group’s

risk committee and our social value panel;

director of the captive insurance company;

and trustee of the pension scheme.

Skills and experience:

Clare is a member

of the Chartered Governance Institute UK &

Ireland. She has been with the Group for more

than 20 years, and was appointed as company

secretary in 2014, having previously been

deputy company secretary.

Role:

Simon leads the Infrastructure business

within Construction & Infrastructure which

focuses on the rail, highways, aviation, nuclear,

energy and water sectors. In addition, he

oversees our in-house plant and engineering

businesses. Simon is responsible for

delivering long-term, sustainable growth in

Infrastructure’s key sectors and ensuring a

safe and inclusive working environment.

Skills and experience:

Simon is a chartered

quantity surveyor with 30 years’ multi-sector

experience. Having joined the Group in 2011,

he was appointed as managing director of

Infrastructure in 2017.

Role:

Martin is responsible for our BakerHicks

business, based out of the UK and Switzerland

and oﬀering design, engineering and project

delivery. BakerHicks specialises in multi-sector

complex infrastructure, process and built

environments across the full project life

cycle. Martin is responsible for developing

and implementing BakerHicks’ strategic plan,

building a team of exceptional individuals and

managing overall performance.

Skills and experience:

Martin is a qualiﬁed

chartered accountant and has over 20 years’

property professional services experience.

He joined the Group in 2015 from Colliers

International where he was the UK chief

operating oﬃcer. Prior to this he had been the

EMEA chief operating oﬃcer for CBRE. Martin’s

career started at PricewaterhouseCoopers

and McKinsey before taking senior roles at

Sears Group and Hilton International.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

107

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Governance framework

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

The Board

The Board, assisted by its committees, is responsible for:



determining overall strategy and long-term

objectives to align with our purpose;



ensuring that the divisions have appropriate

strategies and resources in place and a culture

that drives the right behaviours;



monitoring KPIs;



overseeing material social and environmental

risks and opportunities;



approving the annual business plan and budget;



determining risk appetite and principal risks;



overall corporate governance arrangements,

including a framework of prudent and

eﬀective controls that enable risk to be

assessed and managed;



approving the ﬁnancial results statements,

annual report and accounts and other statutory

announcements; and



considering all policy matters relating to the

Company’s activities, including any major

changes of policy.

Board committees

The Board delegates certain matters to its committees. The Board and committees are supported by the company

secretary who provides advice and assistance, particularly in relation to corporate governance and training

and induction. The appointment and removal of the company secretary is a matter for the Board as a whole.

Chief executive

The chief executive, supported by the ﬁnance director, is responsible for leadership of the Group,

developing and implementing strategy, managing overall Group performance and ensuring an eﬀective

leadership team.

Group

management team

Meets regularly to consider

operational matters aﬀecting

the Group as a whole including:

health and safety; strategy; risk;

the Group budget; and our

Total Commitments.

Divisions

Each division operates

autonomously with its

own management board

that includes the Group

chief executive and

Group ﬁnance director.

Risk committee

Meets twice a year to assist the

Board and audit committee in

monitoring risk management,

including climate risk, and

overseeing the internal control

framework.

See page 106.

See page 7.

See page 64.

Cross-divisional health and safety, HR and commercial directors’ forums, IT security steering group,

climate action group, and supply chain and social value panels.

Divisional representatives meet on a regular basis to focus on speciﬁc topics and share ideas and best practice.

The forums assist the Board and GMT in ensuring good governance is adopted at all levels of the Group.

Role of the chair

The chair is responsible for the overall eﬀectiveness of the Board and for promoting a culture of openness and debate at meetings which support well-informed and transparent decision-making through constructive dialogue.

To ensure accountability and oversight, there is a clear division of responsibilities between the chair, chief executive and senior independent director, set out in writing, approved by the Board and summarised on our website

at morgansindall.com.

Audit committee

Oversees the Group’s

corporate ﬁnancial

reporting, internal

controls and risk

management systems,

the work, ﬁndings

and eﬀectiveness

of the internal and

external audit, and

appointment of the

external auditor.

Responsible

business committee

Oversees the Group’s

responsible business

strategy, targets and

performance and

monitors progress

against our Total

Commitments.

Nomination

committee

Oversees Board

and committee

composition, Board

evaluation, and

succession planning,

giving consideration

to diversity, including

development

opportunities for

all our employees.

Remuneration

committee

Responsible for

recommending

overall remuneration

policy and setting

remuneration for our

executive directors

and members of

the GMT.

See page 123.

See page 118.

See page 131.

See page 134.

We have a framework in place that ensures there is supervision at appropriate levels of the organisation to

#### drive performance and manage risks and opportunities.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

108

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Responsibilities of the divisional boards

Our governance framework supports our

philosophy of decentralisation, which gives

autonomy to the divisions and enables them

to operate in a way that most eﬃciently serves

their respective stakeholders and respond

quickly and eﬀectively to any changes in

their markets. We believe this approach is

fundamental to the businesses delivering their

strategy and contributing to the long-term

success of the Group.

There is a clear division of responsibilities

between the running of the Board and the

running of the business, set out in writing

as follows:



matters reserved solely for the Board’s

decision-making and the terms of reference

of each of the Board’s committees which were

reviewed in December and can be found on

our website;



a schedule of delegated authorities

highlighting signiﬁcant operational decisions

that the divisions must refer to the Board

for approval;



directors’ duties under the Companies

Act 2006 and other legislation, which are

communicated via induction packs and

e-learning modules; and



a Code of Conduct for all of our employees

on the Group’s expected standards to prevent

misconduct and breach of ethical practices.

The Code of Conduct and other supporting

policies are published on each division’s

intranet and supplementary training is

provided (see page 23).

The divisions are responsible for setting their

own ﬁve-year strategic plans and annual budgets,

for sign-oﬀ by the Board, for their operational

performance and for managing relationships

with their stakeholders (see pages 15 to 17).

The schedule of delegated authorities clearly

deﬁnes all key business issues and levels of

accountability, stating which decisions are

signiﬁcant to the Group and therefore need to

be referred for approval to: divisional managing

directors; designated oﬃcers of the Group; the

executive directors; or the Board as a whole.

Each division sets its own detailed procedures

with regard to day-to-day operational matters to

ensure that decisions are taken at the right level.

The executive directors, together with the Group

head of audit and assurance, who reports to the

audit committee, are responsible for monitoring

the divisions’ compliance with the schedule of

delegated authorities.

The executive directors meet with the divisional

management boards each month to review

performance against their medium-term targets

and strategic plan. In preparation for these

meetings, the divisions prepare a monthly board

pack detailing performance against their KPIs

and any issues pertaining to their stakeholders.

In turn, the Board receives an executive

summary of the divisional board packs as part

of each set of Board meeting and interim papers.

This ensures that the Board is kept fully apprised

of each division’s performance and any material

issues arising with their stakeholders.

#### Independence

On pages 104 to 105, the Board has set out

which directors are considered independent

in accordance with Provision 10 of the Code.

As at 31 December 2022, 63% of our Board

(excluding the chair) are considered independent.

When our chair was appointed to the Board

in October 2016, he was considered to be

independent when assessed against the

circumstances set out in Provision 10.

The Board has reviewed the potential link

between David Lowden’s role as chair of

Capita plc and Kathy Quashie’s executive role

at the same company. However, as Kathy’s role

at Capita is below board level, we do not consider

there to be a signiﬁcant enough link for their

independence to be impaired.

The tenure of our non-executive directors is

regularly reviewed as part of our succession

planning (see page 119) to maintain

independence and ensure regular refreshment

of the Board. The Board allocated time at the

end of each of the six scheduled meetings held

during the year for the chair to meet with the

senior independent director and non-executive

directors without the executive directors present.

No material issues were raised in the year at any

of these meetings.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

109

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

#### External commitments and conﬂicts of interest

Prior to their appointment, new directors are

asked to disclose any signiﬁcant commitments

they have, together with an indication of the

time involved, so that the Board can take these

external demands on their time into account

and assess any potential conﬂicts of interest.

Directors’ current external appointments are

disclosed on pages 104 and 105. All existing

directors must seek Board approval prior

to accepting an external appointment.

In accordance with this process, during the

year, the Board approved Malcolm Cooper’s

appointment as a non-executive director of

Custodian Property Income REIT plc and

Jen Tippin’s appointment as a non-executive

director of HMRC.

The Board has an agreed approach for dealing

with directors’ conﬂicts of interest duties under

the Companies Act 2006, whereby a director is

restricted from voting on any matter in which

they might have a personal interest unless the

Board unanimously decides otherwise.

Responsibility for authorising conﬂicts of interest

in accordance with the Company’s articles of

association is a matter reserved for the Board.

Following its annual review in December,

the Board was satisﬁed that the external

commitments of the non-executive directors

do not conﬂict with their duties as directors of

the Company other than those that may arise

from other directorships or employment as

disclosed on pages 104 and 105.

#### Board resources

With support from the company secretary,

the Board ensures that it has an appropriate

governance framework, policies and processes

in place, and the chair ensures that the Board

is provided with accurate and timely information

in order to function eﬀectively.

David Lowden has held the position of senior

independent director since 2019 to support the

chair and be available to the other directors and

to shareholders where necessary. He also leads

the annual appraisal of the chair’s performance

(see page 122).

The agendas for scheduled Board meetings

are developed by the chair, chief executive and

company secretary who consider the Board’s

responsibilities, the current status of projects,

strategic workstreams and operational matters

arising to ensure that the Board monitors and

reviews all signiﬁcant aspects of the Group’s

activities (see page 102). Senior management,

employees and external advisers are regularly

invited to attend Board and committee meetings

to give presentations and in-depth insights into

key subject matters.

Board and committee papers are distributed

electronically in advance of each meeting to

provide quick and secure access, and minutes

are circulated to all directors after each meeting.

Board agendas and papers are reviewed

regularly to ensure they remain focused and

allow suﬃcient time for consideration and

constructive contribution by all directors to each

agenda item. Interim reports are circulated

between the scheduled meetings.

If any director has any concerns about the

operation of the Board or the management of

the business, they are encouraged to raise them

for discussion so that any unresolved concerns

can be recorded in the minutes. No such

concerns were raised during 2022.

All directors have access to the advice and

services of the company secretary and there are

agreed procedures by which directors can take

independent professional advice, at the expense

of the Company, on matters relating to their

duties. No such independent advice was sought

by any director during the year.

#### Seeking a variety of perspectives

Each year, the wider management teams

of two divisions get the chance to meet

the Board in a less formal setting.

The divisions who took part in 2022

were Partnership Housing and Urban

Regeneration. Each session began with an

introduction from the division’s managing

director, followed by conversations in small

groups or one to one.

These gatherings provide the opportunity

for the directors, particularly the

non-executives, to hear from employees

who they don’t normally meet, and whose

ideas and points of view help inform

Board discussions and decision-making.

Our Board in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

110

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

#### Board eﬀectiveness

The Board provides eﬀective leadership by

setting a strategy to deliver our purpose,

overseeing the Group’s performance and

ensuring our governance controls and processes

are adhered to. It considers the impact of our

activities on the environment, and monitors the

value we generate for our shareholders and

our contribution to wider society (see page 9).

The Board uses the support of its four

committees to manage its time eﬀectively.

At each Board meeting, following a Board

committee meeting, the committee chair informs

the Board of their committee’s key discussions,

recommendations and decisions.

All of our scheduled Board and committee

meetings are held in person, with additional

ad-hoc meetings as needed. In 2022, the

Board held two additional meetings, primarily

to discuss and review the Group’s performance

and approve stock market announcements.

The remuneration committee held two additional

meetings to discuss the remuneration policy

being put to shareholders at this year’s AGM

(see page 134).

The highlights of the Board’s activities during the

year are set out on page 102 with further detail

of Board and committee actions and outcomes

throughout this report. The agenda topics for

Board and committee meetings are planned

throughout the year to ensure that the Board

monitors the Group’s progress against our

strategic priorities, assesses the continued

appropriateness of our business model, ensures

that the resources integral to our business

model are maintained, and satisﬁes itself that

the needs of our stakeholders are being

continuously monitored. For a description of

our business model, strategy and how we

create long-term value, see pages 9 and 10.

The nomination committee regularly reviews

the Board’s composition and the performance

and contribution of individual directors, to

conﬁrm there is an appropriate balance of skills,

experience and backgrounds for eﬀective

discussions and decision-making (see page 118).

The nomination committee is also responsible

for the annual evaluation process (see page 121).

As a result of this review, the committee is

satisﬁed that the Board remains eﬀective in

delivering against our strategy and generating

value for all our stakeholders in both the short

and long term.

#### Information security and managing cyber risk – a deep dive

The audit committee assists the Board in

overseeing cyber security risk and data

protection. After its review of the Group’s

information security in 2022, the Board was

satisﬁed that our controls are adequate and

our ongoing investment in technology is

suﬃcient to allow us to continue to meet

our strategic priorities and pursue the

opportunities that technology brings

(see page 76).

Our cyber risk management strategy is led

by the Group ﬁnance director, supported by

our information security team and a security

steering group whose members include the

Group’s general counsel, head of internal

audit and assurance, and IT director.

The Group has not experienced any major

cyber incidents in the reporting period.

+

See page 76 for further detail on how we

manage and mitigate cyber risk.

In 2022, the Board received two brieﬁngs

from our information security team. The

brieﬁngs focused on our business risks,

security strategy, emerging technology,

opportunities and risks and what this all

means for our future strategy and the

sustainability of the Group.

Information security updates like these

are included in the Board’s agenda every

six months. The aim is to increase the

directors’ understanding of new cyber

threats and the controls we have in place

to protect our data, such as educating our

employees and engaging with our suppliers.

Our Board in action

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

111

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

#### Purpose, values, strategy and culture

Our Group purpose, values and culture are set out on page 10. In 2022, the executive directors

recommended a restatement of our purpose for Board approval, so that it focuses on inspiring our

divisions to keep exceeding their stakeholders’ expectations. A strong culture with our decentralised

philosophy at its core remains integral to our business model and critical in delivering our purpose

and strategy. Our deeply held Core Values ensure that we not only attract but also retain the talent

we need to conduct our business with integrity and maintain the long-term relationships we have

built with many of our clients, supply chain and other stakeholders. Our culture is reinforced by our

Code of Conduct, available on our website, which provides a framework for how we engage with

clients, colleagues, business partners, suppliers and the communities in which we work, and sets

out what our stakeholders can expect from us.

Our executive directors and senior managers promote our Core Values, strategic priorities and

Total Commitments to being a responsible business, and ensure they are embedded throughout

the Group. The Core Values and Total Commitments are explained to everyone who joins the

Group as part of their induction, and are reinforced through Group policies, Group-wide e-learning

programmes and at staﬀ conferences. Our chief executive runs sessions on the Core Values as part

of our Group-wide leadership development programme.

The Board as a whole is responsible for monitoring our culture to ensure it is maintained and

continues to align to our purpose and strategy. To assess our culture comprehensively the

directors meet with a wide range of employees as part of the strategy review process (see page 115).

The Board monitors our culture using our Core Values as a framework. The tables that follow set out

this process in detail.

The Board agreed in 2022 that our culture remains strongly embedded: our behaviours are aligned

with our values and the empowerment and agility of our divisions continue to play a vital role in

achieving our strategy and creating value for our stakeholders.

As an outcome of the Board evaluation review (see page 122), the Board agreed that ensuring

we maintain our culture would remain a key strategic area of focus.

Description

Strategic priorities

We empower our teams to deliver exceptional

results for all our stakeholders.

What the Board monitors



Compliance with Company policies including

our arrangements for employees and others

working on our projects to raise concerns

conﬁdentially.



The appropriateness of matters reserved

for the Board and our delegated authorities

schedule to ensure that the right approvals

are in place and employees can make

decisions appropriate to their experience

and competence.



Divisional performance against strategy

and KPIs.



Our risk management process, including

processes for identifying emerging risks.



Our internal statement of risk appetite to

ensure that our risk management is aligned.

Board action in 2022



Reviewed our whistleblowing procedures and

biannual reports of the number and nature

of concerns raised during the period.



Reviewed the work that the internal audit

team has undertaken to check whether they

have uncovered any breaches of our Code of

Conduct and related policies or any behaviours

out of line with our culture.



Reviewed and conﬁrmed proposed updates to

the matters reserved for the Board to ensure

they remain clear.



Held regular meetings, deep dive sessions and

strategy reviews with divisional management

and senior employees to facilitate discussions

and decision-making.



Reviewed the divisional risk registers and

ensured they aligned to the Group risk register

and risk appetite.



Carried out a robust assessment of the

principal and emerging risks facing the

Group, and reviewed the eﬀectiveness of the

Group’s systems of internal controls and risk

management prior to reviewing risk appetite.

Links to

+

Strategic report

+

Audit committee report

#### We operate a decentralised philosophy

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

112

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Description

Strategic priorities

Ensuring we get things right ﬁrst time is a necessity

and not an option.

What the Board monitors



Financial performance of the Group and

each division.



Perfect Delivery and other success measures

such as customer satisfaction surveys and

net promoter scores.



Supplier relationships and payments.



Average daily net cash.



The executive directors monitor divisional

performance on a monthly basis at divisional

board meetings and Group management

team meetings and provide regular updates

to the Board.

Board action in 2022



Continually reviewed Group and divisional

performance against strategy and

medium-term targets.



Conducted an in-depth review of strategic

plans to ensure each division had the

resources in place to meet its objectives

and that opportunities and risks were being

appropriately addressed.



Ensured our actions to combat climate change

remained a key focus area of the Group.



Reviewed payment practices reporting and

divisional actions to maintain or improve

on average payment days.



Reviewed and approved the going concern

and long-term viability statements.



Approved full-year and half-year results

announcements, and approved ﬁnal and

interim dividend payments with consideration

to our capital allocation framework and formal

dividend policy.

Links to

+

Strategic report

+

Audit committee report

Description

Strategic priorities

We take a broad view of who our customers are,

ranging from the organisations that commission

us for projects, to our people, our supply chain,

our shareholders and local communities where

we work. See pages 16 and 17 for how the Board

monitors our stakeholder engagement.

What the Board monitors



Divisional customer satisfaction surveys, client

ratings such as Perfect Delivery

1

statistics.



Information about key clients and the

performance of contracts including timetables

and completion dates

2

.



Surveys with clients and other stakeholders on

responsible business material issues.



The divisions’ engagement with their

employees, supply chain and communities

and how they respond to feedback from

these groups.



The divisions’ contribution to our Total

Commitments KPIs and targets which

are focused on our stakeholders and

the environment.

1

Perfect Delivery status is granted to projects that meet all four customer service criteria speciﬁed

by Construction, Infrastructure and Fit Out.

2

The executive directors keep the Board updated with key projects over a certain threshold. Additionally,

the executive directors update the Board with any material issues arising on contracts which may

impact a division or the Group as a whole.

Board action in 2022



Regularly reviewed divisional board summaries

and discussed any matters of signiﬁcance with

the executive directors.



Continued to monitor the resilience of the

supply chain, including the availability of

materials and resources.



The responsible business committee

discussed and reviewed performance under

our Total Commitments and discussed with

management key focus areas for 2023 which

include continuing actions to combat climate

change, enhance social value and reduce waste.

Links to

+

Strategic report

+

Responsible business committee report

#### Consistent achievement is key to our futureThe customer comes ﬁrst

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

113

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Description

Strategic priorities

We recruit, develop and retain those who can contribute most,

both today and in the future. We ensure we have an attractive and

inclusive culture and healthy working environment, and reward

employees fairly, respect their rights and invest in developing

their talent.

What the Board monitors



Health and safety policies, practices and performance.



Voluntary staﬀ turnover.



Number of apprentices and new graduates.



Average training days per employee.



E-learning responses.



Lost time incidents.



Absence days due to sickness per person per year.



Succession planning and talent pipelines.



Results from employee engagement surveys and resulting

actions taken.



Diversity of our employees, including gender pay gap

information.

Board action in 2022



Reviewed health and safety performance: a priority for the Board

and responsible business committee, and the ﬁrst agenda item

at every meeting.



The responsible business committee received an update on

ongoing mental health awareness and wellbeing activities being

carried out across the divisions.



At its December meeting, the Board reviewed the feedback

received by directors from their engagement with employees

during the year. The Board also reviewed each division’s key

engagement and inclusion activities and response to employee

feedback, and was pleased to note the high response rates to

surveys as well as the breadth of activities being carried out

to improve wellbeing and develop a consistent approach to

adaptable or agile working (see pages 21, 22 and 117).



Reviewed and approved our 2021 gender pay gap report,

which is available on our website. Our 2022 gender pay gap

report will be reviewed by the Board in the ﬁrst quarter of 2023.



Reviewed the divisions’ activities in managing employee

development and increasing diversity and inclusion.



Reviewed Group succession planning, including reports on

how the divisions are managing employee development

and addressing diversity and inclusion in the context of

succession planning.



Approved our modern slavery statement for publication on

our website.



Considered wider pay and beneﬁts across the Group to ensure

it aligns with strategy and is appropriate to attract and retain

the right talent.

Links to

+

Strategic report

+

Nomination committee report

+

Responsible business committee report

+

Directors’ remuneration report

#### Talented people are key to our success

Description

Strategic priorities

There is always a better way of

doing things.

What the Board monitors

The Board receives information on various initiatives being trialled and

adopted across the divisions to support our Total Commitments as well

as updates on the carbon oﬀset projects we invest in (see pages 31 to

33). In addition, the Board is updated regularly on the use of technology

across the Group including improvements being made to existing

systems as well as the identiﬁcation of emerging technology that is

relevant to our sector.

Board action in 2022



Monitored our progress in the year against our responsible

business strategy centred around our Total Commitments targets,

performance and action plans (environmental, social and governance

framework) for achieving our KPIs, including carbon reduction.



Reviewed updates from the IT team on the divisions’ use of

technology to develop new ways of working as well as improving

eﬃciency. For example, the development of technology assists in:

–

the early identiﬁcation and remediation of health and safety and

waste management issues; and

–

combating climate change, such as the continued roll-out of

Carbon

i

Ca and goldeni and the launch of the Carbon Zero software

programme (see page 30).

Links to

+

Strategic report

+

Responsible business committee report

#### We must challenge the status quo

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

114

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

#### Board decision-making

The Board’s key activities during 2022 are set

out on page 102. The Board ensures we have the

necessary resources in place to implement our

strategic priorities and that we measure our

performance against them. The Board has also

established a framework of controls for risk

management which enables risks to be assessed

and managed (see page 128). The Group’s risk

committee manages risk and establishes and

monitors the controls in place (see page 64).

The audit committee supports the Board in its

oversight of risk and internal controls and their

eﬀectiveness to enable the Board to set the

Group risk appetite (see pages 128 to 130).

In line with our governance framework and

decentralised approach, our Board normally

makes a limited number of principal decisions

during the year that are material to the Group

as a whole. The Board uses the Group’s purpose

and strategic priorities as its framework for

robust decision-making and to ensure the

long-term success of the business, recognising

that each decision will not necessarily result in

a positive outcome for every stakeholder group.

There were no material contracts in 2022

that required referral to the Board under the

schedule of matters reserved solely for the

Board, although each division required approval

from the executive directors on certain contracts

over thresholds set out in our schedule of

delegated authorities.

An overview of the Board’s principal decisions

during the year follows, including how the Board

factored stakeholders into its decisions to

promote the long-term success of the Company.

#### Strategy review

Purpose

The Board is committed to the delivery of the Group’s strategy and purpose and ensuring that we keep pace with trends in our industry. Each year, the Board conducts an in-depth,

formal review of our strategy and ﬁve-year strategic plan, and ensures that each division has: an appropriate strategy in place that supports the Group’s strategy; the resources they need

to meet their objectives; and a culture that drives the right behaviours so that we remain aligned with our purpose.

Factors considered

The Group’s success depends on ensuring we maintain good relations with our employees, clients and supply chain. In approving strategy, the Board recognises its duties and

responsibilities to shareholders and other stakeholders, including the communities where we work, and ensures that their views and interests are considered (see page 117).

Action taken



Comprehensively reviewed progress against strategy, tracking performance against

agreed KPIs.



Reviewed divisional medium-term targets including each division’s contribution to

the overall Group strategy and long-term strategic plan.



Monitored market trends and the macroeconomic environment, referring to

comparative data and client insight.



Attended presentations from each divisional managing director on their strategic plan

including meetings with employees and visits to some of their projects.



Reviewed each division’s contribution to the Total Commitments and monitored the

Group’s progress towards our responsible business strategy and targets.



Reviewed the Group’s long-term ﬁnancial outlook and assessed and prioritised

growth opportunities.

The strategy review process follows a similar format each year. The non-executive directors

are allocated either one or two divisions to review. The divisions are allocated a diﬀerent

non-executive each year so that the Board as a whole gets an in-depth understanding

of the key concerns and issues of each of our divisions’ stakeholders.

The non-executive directors hold pre-meetings with their allocated divisions to help

facilitate their assessment of the division’s contribution to the long-term sustainable

success of the Group and impact and outcomes for their key stakeholders.

These pre-meetings include:

–

a review of recent operational and ﬁnancial performance including risk management

and safety performance;

–

an overview of the division’s market and pipeline of opportunities;

–

a review of the adequacy of resources to deliver on the division’s strategic priorities;

–

meeting with employees without management present;

–

a review of the results of employee engagement surveys conducted;

–

a review of the division’s outlook and medium-term targets;

–

visiting one or two live projects and meeting with a variety of people, including

employees, subcontractors and suppliers; and

–

reviewing the division’s initiatives to reduce the impact of its operations on the

environment and to deliver added social value to the communities in which it works.

Following the pre-meetings, detailed review meetings are held with each division,

attended by the chair, chief executive, allocated non-executive director and the divisional

managing director. At these meetings, the non-executive director provides feedback on

the division’s strategic plan, including how the division’s stakeholders have been taken

into consideration.

The Board then collectively holds a strategy review day in October where an overview

of each division’s strategic plan and priorities are undertaken by the whole Board.

The non-executive directors provide the Board with a summary of their observations

and opinions on the divisional plans so that the overall Group strategy can be approved.

Outcome

As a result of the 2022 strategy review process, the Board agreed that our strategy will remain focused on organic growth across the divisions. The Board will continue to monitor some

of the nearer-term economic challenges, ensuring we maintain our balance sheet strength and continue to address the impact of climate change and deliver social value which helps

to diﬀerentiate the Group. It was agreed that management needs to continue to review how the Group can better address diversity and inclusion and its ‘Developing people’ Total

Commitment. Overall it was conﬁrmed that our strategy remains ﬁt for the future and our business model is sustainable, taking into consideration future risks and opportunities.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

115

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

#### Determining the Group’s risk appetite

Purpose

Each year, following review by the audit committee of the Group’s risk register (see page 124), the Board reviews the nature and extent of risk we are prepared to accept in the pursuit of

our purpose and strategy, taking into account the potential consequences of its decisions in the short, medium and long term. Our risk appetite is taken into consideration when setting

strategy and targets, making decisions, and allocating resources, and is compared to current risk levels to determine whether our mitigations are suﬃcient.

Factors considered

In deciding risk appetite, the Board recognises that a prudent and robust approach to mitigation must be carefully balanced with a degree of ﬂexibility so that our decentralised culture is

not inhibited. In approving the risk appetite, the Board considers the impact on our employees, suppliers, clients, shareholders and wider stakeholders, in particular those identiﬁed in the

principal risks section on pages 67 to 77.

Action taken



Conﬁrmed that through the activities of the audit committee, a robust assessment of the principal

and emerging risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future

performance and solvency, had been carried out and the eﬀectiveness of the Group’s systems of

internal control and risk management had been reviewed.



Considered any changes that had been made to the Group’s principal risks and emerging risks that

could impact our long-term strategic plans.



Considered the balance and breadth of the Group’s activities to ensure we have a reasonable level

of protection against risks arising from uncertainties in the macroeconomic environment.



Reviewed general market conditions and key trends to identify and assess future risks and

opportunities.



Conducted an in-depth review of the risks associated with IT, including cyber security.

In reviewing and setting the risk appetite, we accept in certain circumstances that risks may result

in some limited exposure, but we will not pursue these unless returns are reasonably probable and

predictable (for example, open market sales risks in our residential developments). So that we can

achieve organic growth while maintaining predictable outcomes, the Board has continued to set

low-to-moderate exposure in the delivery of operational targets, including those from both

construction and development programmes (see page 67).

In its discussions, the Board reviews the economic environment in which

we operate and in particular the impact of its decisions on our employees

and our ability to continue to attract and retain the talent we need to grow

the business (see page 71). In addition, the Board considers the current

proﬁle of our construction projects and development schemes, the Group’s

ﬁnancial standing, the signiﬁcance to our business of environmental, social

and governance matters, and our ability to maintain a secure IT platform.

The Board as a whole is responsible for reviewing the risks associated with

IT security and receives updates twice a year from the IT team, overseen by

the Group ﬁnance director (see page 111). There were no material IT security

issues identiﬁed in 2022).

Health and safety risk mitigation and the protection of our wider workforce

remain high priorities, together with ensuring that our ‘Protecting people’

Total Commitment target (see page 20) is met and improved on year on year.

The Board seeks to drive down health and safety risk to as close as possible

to zero (see page 67).

Outcome

The Board’s risk appetite review in October 2022 concluded that, while overall the risks faced by the Group have not changed, several changes were required to the net risks as a result

of the macroeconomic environment being far more challenging and uncertain than it was at the time of last year’s report. The Board agreed that the Group risk appetite and the risk

management framework remained appropriate to provide medium- to long-term resilience for the business and that speciﬁc limits and guidelines for risk-taking remain adequately

reﬂected in our governance framework, structures and policies (for example, the delegated authorities process). It was agreed that the Board would undertake a rolling review of risk and

its appetite over the coming months due to the increased uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment.

#### Setting the Group budget

Purpose

Each December we review our budget to ensure we

are managing our ﬁnances and have the resources to

deliver against our strategy.

Factors considered

In approving the budget, the Board considers

the impact on our employees, suppliers, clients,

shareholders and wider stakeholders.

Action taken

Tracked performance of the Group budget against

agreed KPIs.

Reviewed Group and divisional budgets which form the

basis for setting the overall Group budget.

Reviewed market conditions, in particular the current

economic uncertainty, and key trends that support the

Group’s future growth (see pages 8 and 9).

Reviewed the levels of contingency in the budget

to mitigate the ongoing uncertainty in the macro

environment.

Reviewed the contribution that the budget will make

to delivery of the Group’s ﬁve-year strategic plan.

Assessed the capital allocation framework and formal

dividend policy in terms of the needs of the business

and optimum balance sheet structure and the needs

and interests of all stakeholders before recommending

dividend payments.

Outcome

Approved the Group budget, ensuring that the Group

has suﬃcient resources to deliver the budget and it

is suitably stretching but achievable to contribute to

the Group’s long-term growth. The Board will review

the budget regularly in 2023 due to the increased

uncertainty in the economic environment.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

116

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

#### Engagement with stakeholders

Our stakeholders’ views and how they are

impacted are important considerations in the

Board’s decision-making. Eﬀective engagement

with our stakeholders is critical to the long-term

resilience of the business.

Throughout 2022, the Board engaged directly

with our employees and shareholders and was

kept fully informed of any material issues or

feedback from other stakeholder groups through

the executive directors, divisional management

reports and the Board’s monitoring of our

culture. Pages 15 to 17 set out how the Board

and the Group engaged with stakeholders during

the year, and the feedback received.

The Board continues to adopt an alternative

method to the three options for employee

engagement suggested by the Code. Given the

structure and culture of our business and the

size of our Board, we consider that the Board

can engage most eﬀectively with the largest

number of employees if the responsibility is

shared across all our non-executive directors.

Each year, during our strategy review process,

the non-executive directors meet a wide range

of employees during site visits and at divisional

employee conferences. In addition, the Board

reviews the employee engagement activities

undertaken by the divisions, including the results

of employee surveys and the actions the

divisions are taking in response. These activities

give the Board an understanding of how people

feel about their division and the wider Group,

and whether behaviours are aligned with our

Core Values and culture.

In 2022, the non-executive directors gave

feedback to the Board on the impressions

they had received from directly engaging with

employees and their review of the divisions’

engagement activities. They conﬁrmed that:



the Group has a strong positive culture:

employees genuinely feel empowered and

are very positive and engaged;



they have gained a better understanding

of the points of view of employees and

subcontractors working on our projects;



there were no additional issues that needed

to be addressed or considered in decision-

making that are not currently addressed by

the Board or by the divisions themselves; and



the employee engagement process that

we use remains appropriate and allows

the non-executive directors to meet the

broadest selection of employees, given our

decentralised business.

#### Oversight of workplace policies and practices

We have a framework of Group policies in place

to ensure integrity, ethicality and honesty in our

activities and openness and transparency in our

communications. These policies set out our

minimum standards which each division is free

to develop further to suit the particular needs

of their business.

The Board reviews and approves key Group

policies, including our Code of Conduct, to

ensure they align with our purpose, values

and strategy. In 2022, the Board reviewed and

approved our human rights policy, changes

to our Board diversity policy and, on the

recommendation of the remuneration

committee, changes to our remuneration policy.

The Board annually reviews the approach and

progress of work taken by management and the

divisions to identify areas where there is any risk

of human traﬃcking and modern slavery in our

business, prior to approving the Group’s modern

slavery statement. Our 2021 statement was

approved by the Board in early 2022 and

is available on our website. Our 2022 statement

will be approved in June 2023 and uploaded to

our website. See pages 94 and 95 for more

information on our policies.

Raising concerns

Our internal audit programme monitors

compliance with our policies. In addition, we

have a whistleblowing process in place which

encourages anyone who works with us, whether

they are employed by us, are a part of our supply

chain or a member of the public, to speak out

if they have any concerns or witness any

wrongdoing or conduct that falls short of our

expectations or the standards set out in our

Code of Conduct. We use a third-party

conﬁdential service, Safecall, to receive reports of

any concerns anonymously and in conﬁdence by

phone, email or the service’s website. The service

is available 24 hours a day, 365 days of the year.

Our whistleblowing procedures are explained

to all our employees and subcontractors on

induction, repeated in every e-learning course

and published on our intranets and on oﬃce

and site notice boards. Our intranets contain a

direct link to the whistleblowing reporting page.

The Group’s general counsel, assisted by the

company secretary and head of internal audit

and assurance, oversees the hotline.

Twice a year, the Board reviews our

arrangements for raising concerns to ensure

they are suitably robust. We received 38 reports

in 2022 (2021: 39), of which 19 came via our

raising concerns service. We received one report

per 186 employees which compares favourably

to one report per 400 employees which Safecall’s

other construction clients report on average.

This indicates that our employees have a high

level of awareness of ethical issues and are

willing to speak up. No speciﬁc complaints were

escalated for Board attention outside its normal

review, and the Board was satisﬁed that all the

reports made in 2022 were correctly investigated

and resolved in an appropriate way. The top

three issues raised related to concerns over

health and safety, HR issues such as bullying or

unfair treatment, and allegations of theft or

fraud. The Board satisﬁed itself that none of the

issues raised were systemic across the Group

and that they were isolated to individuals or

speciﬁc circumstances.

Tax governance

The Board has overall responsibility for our tax

strategy, risk assessment and tax compliance,

and ensuring that we meet all our tax obligations.

We have an open and transparent relationship

with HMRC, preferring to anticipate any tax risks

at an early stage and clarify areas of uncertainty

with HMRC as they become evident. We keep

HMRC informed of how our business is

structured and respond to its questions or

requests promptly. Our tax strategy was

approved by the Board in December 2022

and is available on our website.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

117

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### I am pleased to present to you the report from the nomination committee for 2022.

#### Committee composition and performance evaluation

The committee’s membership during the year

is shown in the table below. At the committee’s

request, the executive directors, members of the

senior management team and external advisers

may be invited to attend all or part of any

meeting, as and when appropriate.

Members

1

Member

since

Attended/

scheduled

Michael Findlay

2

(chair)

2016

2/2

Malcolm Cooper

2015

2/2

Tracey Killen

2017

2/2

David Lowden

2018

2/2

Kathy Quashie

2022

2/2

Jen Tippin

2020

2/2

1

Biographies of members are set out on pages 104 and 105.

2

Michael Findlay is not permitted to chair meetings where

his own succession and performance are discussed.

As part of the annual evaluation of the Board,

an evaluation of the committee was conducted.

This concluded that the committee was continuing

to work well with a good open discussion, including

in relation to senior management succession.

It was agreed that the key focus areas going

forward will remain succession planning, for

non-executive directors and at all levels, and

ensuring our culture remains inclusive to support

increasing diversity throughout the Group.

#### Board composition and length of tenure

Annually, the committee reviews the Board’s

composition and the skills, knowledge and

experience needed to deliver our strategy,

both in the short and longer term. This includes

reviewing the size and structure of the Board and

its committees, the range of expertise required,

any gaps in skills and knowledge, diversity in its

broadest sense, any feedback received from

the annual Board evaluation, and the tenure

of existing Board members.

Following its review of the composition of

the Board and committees, the nomination

committee recommended to the Board that

Kathy Quashie be appointed to the nomination

and remuneration committees. In addition, the

committee recommended that the renamed

responsible business committee’s membership

would be constituted solely of non-executive

directors with members of management invited

to attend when appropriate. Following these

changes, Malcolm Cooper stepped down as a

member of the remuneration committee and

Tracey Killen as a member of the audit

committee. The changes were made as Kathy

was not previously a member of any of the Board

committees to give her the opportunity to gain

an in-depth understanding of the business in her

ﬁrst year as a non-executive and to ensure that

each of the committees remains appropriately

composed to be eﬀective.

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

#### Nomination committee report

#### The quick read...



Reviewed the composition of the

Board and its committees and

following changes made to the

membership of each committee,

conﬁrmed that the composition

of each remained suitable



Reviewed succession planning for

the Board, giving consideration to

the updated Board diversity policy



Reviewed talent planning

and succession for the Group

management team and wider

senior leadership positions and

recommendations for further

development programmes



Managed the internal evaluation of

the eﬀectiveness of the Board, its

committees and individual directors

Michael Findlay

Chair

Key responsibilities:



Board and committee composition



Identifying potential skills and

experience gaps



Leading the Board appointment

process



Reviewing succession planning for the

Board and Group management team



Reviewing wider senior leadership and

divisional succession planning



Overseeing the Board evaluation

process



Monitoring activities to increase diversity

and inclusion throughout the Group

The committee’s full role and responsibilities are set out

in its terms of reference, reviewed and approved by the

committee in February 2023 and available on our website.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

118

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

The committee did not identify any material

skills gaps on the Board or its committees

and concluded that there was a good mix of

experience on the Board. It agreed that there

continued to be a good level of open dialogue

at Board and committee meetings, enabling

the non-executives to participate in discussions

on a broad range of topics, including social

and environmental matters, and to oﬀer an

appropriate balance of support and challenge

to the executives.

#### Appointments to the Board and succession planning

In its succession planning, the committee takes

into consideration the length of tenure of each

non-executive director and the skills required

for each committee chair. The committee uses

a skills matrix to monitor the balance of skills,

expertise and experience on the Board and to

identify key succession planning priorities.

The standard term for non-executive directors

is three years. Non-executive directors normally

serve for a maximum of nine years, through

three terms, each of three years’ duration

(see page 147 for further information). All directors

are subject to annual re-election by shareholders

at our AGM. Prior to recommending them for

reappointment, each director is subject to a

formal review in relation to the performance of

their duties under section 172 of the Companies

Act 2006 (see page 14). The Board has set out

on pages 104 and 105 the speciﬁc reasons why

each director’s contribution is, and continues

to be, important to the Group’s long-term

success. Further information on the 2023 AGM

can be found in the Notice of Meeting to

shareholders accompanying this annual report

or on our website.

Executive directors, GMT, wider

senior leadership and divisional

succession planning

In 2022, the committee carried out a formal

review of succession planning for the executive

directors and GMT. Our chief executive

manages the formation of succession plans for

the GMT which are reviewed by the committee.

The committee’s review took account of the

opportunities and challenges facing the Group

and the skills and expertise needed for the future.

The objective with our succession planning is

to identify appropriate opportunities for people

who are key to delivering our strategy and any

areas needing further development. Where we

have not been able to identify an immediate

successor for a role, we ensure there is short-term

contingency cover in place. The committee

monitors the external market for potential

successors while internally, those identiﬁed as

successors in the medium to longer term are

provided relevant training and development.

Our Group-led leadership development

programme which runs every year provides

core and consistent leadership training for

senior employees across the Group.

The committee’s review of succession planning

included a review of each division’s own

succession plan, to enable the committee to

understand how the divisions are developing

their own talent pools. As a committee we seek

to ensure that we continue to develop and retain

a talented team throughout the Group and

maintain a pipeline of successors. To facilitate

their review, the committee asked each divisional

managing director to provide details of what

actions they are taking to develop potential

successors in their teams as well as developing

people more widely.

During the year, the committee reviewed,

without Michael Findlay present, the renewal of

his term for a further three years. The committee

is satisﬁed with Michael’s performance and

commitment as the Board continues to beneﬁt

from his considerable experience in chairing and

leading Board discussions. The committee

therefore recommended that his appointment

be extended for a further three-year term.

Malcolm Cooper’s ﬁnal three-year term ends

in November 2024. Succession planning for

his replacement as chair of the audit and

responsible business committees will be

considered during 2023, including a review of

essential and desirable skills required from the

future appointee for each position.

The committee is mindful of the forthcoming

amendments to the Listing Rules and to the

Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules in

relation to diversity and inclusion on company

boards and executive management. While these

amendments will be eﬀective for accounting

periods starting on or after 1 April 2022 which

will apply to the Company for its 2023 ﬁnancial

year, we have included the data on a voluntary

basis this year on page 120. The Board revised its

diversity policy in 2022 (see page 120); however,

we do not expect to be able to meet the target of

at least one senior board position being held by

a woman until such time as the current

incumbents need to be replaced.

The committee has a clear process for recruiting

new non-executive directors, which includes

reviewing and approving an outline brief and

clear role speciﬁcation. The committee selects

and appoints an independent professional

search agency to help identify potential

candidates and prepare a shortlist for interview.

Any new director is appointed by the Board.

In accordance with the Company’s articles

of association, all directors retire from oﬃce

and oﬀer themselves for reappointment by

shareholders at every AGM. Full details of

the recruitment process are disclosed in

the annual report that follows the new

director’s appointment.

Induction and training

New non-executive directors receive an

induction programme tailored to suit their

background and experience. It includes meetings

with the chair, executive directors, divisional

managing directors, company secretary and

other senior management in order to gain an

understanding of the Group’s governance and

each of the divisions.

To maintain the non-executive directors’

understanding of the business, GMT members

and other senior executives are invited from time

to time, as appropriate, to present to the Board

and committees on their areas of responsibility.

The non-executive directors are also encouraged

to meet with the divisional teams and visit their

projects during the year and outside of Board

meetings; in addition, the annual strategy review

includes meetings with divisional teams and

site visits.

All non-executive directors undertake external

training and/or attend seminars relevant to their

duties. They also sit e-learning modules and

refresher training courses on a range of topics,

issued periodically by the Company.

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Nomination committee report

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

119

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Each division uses succession and development

planning tools appropriate to the size and

requirements of its business. These tools enable

the divisions to review performance and

potential talent, drive coaching conversations,

and identify individuals’ abilities and career

aspirations. As with succession plans for the

executive directors and GMT, the divisional

succession plans are structured around planning

for the short, medium and longer term.

Each division runs its own technical and

business training programmes to develop

the skills its business and employees need.

These include management training, mentoring,

apprenticeships, graduate training, speciﬁc site

skills training and supporting employees with

their continued learning through to gaining

recognised qualiﬁcations (see page 26 for

more detail).

The divisions consider their current employees

for all new roles and development opportunities

and, in 2022, 883 employees across the Group

were promoted internally.

The committee is satisﬁed that succession

planning and development programmes used

throughout the Group remain appropriate.

Diversity and inclusion

The chair leads the Board diversity agenda, with

the aim to continuously improve the diversity

of the Board. We believe that a diverse Board,

reﬂecting a broad mix of skills, backgrounds,

perspectives and experience, is critical for

innovation and will enable us to beneﬁt from a

wider range of ideas and expertise. We consider

diversity in the broadest sense, including in terms

of age, gender, ethnicity, culture, socio-economic

background, disability and sexuality.

The committee ensures that selection processes

for directors provide access to a diverse range

of candidates and will only use executive search

ﬁrms who have signed up to the UK Standard

Voluntary Code of Conduct on Gender Diversity.

Our Board diversity policy, which sets out our

ambition to remain exemplary in our industry,

was reviewed and updated by the Board in 2022

and can be found in the Governance section of

our website (see the panel for our current

progress against the objectives under our policy).

Future Board appointments will be made based

on merit and objective criteria such as the skills

and experience needed, but with due regard for

the objectives set out in the Board diversity policy.

With our strategy focused on growing the

business organically and generating long-term

value, it is important that we drive changes to

ensure that we have diversity, not only at Board

level, but at all levels of the business. The chief

executive is responsible, on behalf of the Board,

for improving diversity and inclusion across

the Group and ensuring we have a fully

inclusive culture.

While our Board diversity policy applies to the

Board, its committees, the GMT and its direct

reports, it sets the tone Group-wide. Our

broader commitment to inclusion and diversity

is reﬂected in our Code of Conduct and human

rights policy, as well as in the divisions’ succession

plans, to ensure that there is a diverse pipeline

of candidates being recruited, retained and

developed throughout the Group. Our Code of

Conduct states our commitment to maintaining

a respectful and inclusive workplace based on

trust and mutual respect where we value the

fresh ideas and perspectives that people from

diﬀerent backgrounds bring to our business.

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Nomination committee report

In accordance with LR 9.8.6 (9), for the reporting period ended 31 December 2022, the Company

did not meet the targets of 40% women on the Board or one of the senior positions being held by

a woman. However, the Company did meet the target under LR 9.8.6 (9) (iii) that one person on the

Board is from an ethnic minority background. During the reporting period, women made up 37.5%

of the Board and the Board will take steps as part of future succession to meet the 40% target with

at least one senior Board position being held by a woman.

In accordance with LR 9.8.6 (10), the tables below set out the diversity of the Board and the Group

management team (executive management or GMT).

Gender diversity of the Board and executive management at 31 December 2022

Number

of Board

members

Percentage

of the Board

Number

of senior

positions on

the Board

1

Number in

executive

management

2

Percentage

of executive

management

2

Men

5

62.5%

4

9

81.8%

Women

3

37.5%

0

2

18.2%

3

Ethnic diversity of the Board and executive management at 31 December 2022

Number

of Board

members

Percentage

of the Board

Number

of senior

positions on

the Board

1

Number in

executive

management

2

Percentage

of executive

management

2

White British or other White

(including minority-White groups)

7

87.5%

0

11

100.0%

Mixed/multiple ethnic groups

1

12.5%

0

0

0.0%

Asian/Asian British

0

0.0%

0

0

0.0%

Black/African/Caribbean/Black British

0

0.0%

0

0

0.0%

Other ethnic group, including Arab

0

0.0%

0

0

0.0%

Not speciﬁed/prefer not to say

0

0.0%

0

0

0.0%

1

Chief executive, ﬁnance director, senior independent director and chair.

2

Group management team. John Morgan and Steve Crummett are included in both Board and executive management.

3

Following Kate Bowyer’s resignation on 15 February 2023, female representation on the GMT is 10%.

In compiling the data for the above tables, we asked our Board and GMT to self-report their ethnicity

based on the categories above. We based the Board’s and GMT’s gender diversity on our knowledge

of the individuals.

See pages 24 to 26 in the strategic report for detail on Group-wide diversity and information on

how our divisions have promoted diversity and inclusion.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

120

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

We believe every employee must be given

the opportunity to use their abilities, skills and

experience to the full, and that improving

diversity and inclusion across all levels of the

Group is critical to delivering on our purpose

and strategy.

The committee and the Board are kept apprised

on each division’s progress and initiatives to

improve diversity and inclusion against their

diversity roadmaps. We recognise that historically

our industry has not been attractive to a wide

pool of candidates, particularly female. However,

while this remains a challenge, we are pleased

that the situation is gradually changing and our

divisions’ initiatives are starting to show results

(see page 25).

+

Responsible business strategy and performance

– developing people

+

Understanding our stakeholders’ priorities

#### Board evaluation

The Board has undertaken internal evaluations

of its performance for the last couple of years

which comprised a detailed questionnaire and

individual reviews with each director to assess

the eﬀectiveness of the Board and committees,

together with reviews of each director’s

performance and their contribution to the Board’s

decision-making. An external evaluation of the

Board and its committees will be commissioned

in 2023.

The table to the right sets out details of actions

undertaken in 2022 against the agreed focus

areas identiﬁed as a result of the 2021 Board

evaluation process.

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Nomination committee report

#### 2021 Board evaluation – actions taken in 2022

2021 agreed actions

Actions taken in 2022

Continued focus on succession planning



Updated the Board diversity policy.



Deﬁned the skills and attributes needed in future leaders to facilitate

succession planning priorities and discussions.



Sought greater clarity from management on internal succession

candidates for both the GMT and other senior leadership positions.



Reviewed executive and non-executive succession plans.



Reviewed divisional processes for internal succession planning.



Monitored divisions’ progress to further diversity and inclusion

within their business and how they are measuring the impact of

their initiatives.

Ensuring that our culture remains aligned

with our purpose and values



Approved an update to the Group’s purpose to ensure it remains

relevant (see page 10).



The directors monitored culture on an ongoing basis through their

engagement with the divisions as part of the strategic review process;

their monitoring of various cultural indicators; and through the

assessment made of culture by the internal audit function as part

of their internal audit programme (see page 112).

Ensuring Partnership Housing delivers its potential

in accordance with its ﬁve-year strategic plan



Met with senior members of the Partnership Housing team in August

(see page 110). The division’s ﬁve-year strategy was also reviewed as

part of the October Board strategy day.

Continuing to deliver on our Total Commitments and

ensuring our performance against our Commitments

and social impact is communicated clearly



Renamed the health, safety and environment committee the

responsible business committee with a wider remit to cover all of our

Total Commitments.



Performance reviews were carried out by the responsible business

committee in June and December (see page 131).



The responsible business committee met during the year with

the director of procurement and sustainability and, following their

appointments, the director of sustainability and the ESG reporting

manager for an overview of the Group’s performance and an update

on ESG current and future reporting requirements.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

121

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

2022 Board evaluation

The 2022 evaluation questionnaire was

circulated to all directors and sought feedback

from the Board on the actions taken and

progress made on the key areas identiﬁed as

strategic challenges from the 2021 evaluation.

The responses were collated and analysed by

the chair and company secretary and at the

Board evaluation review meeting in December,

the chair presented the key themes for

Board discussion.

It was agreed that the Board and its committees

had continued to address each of the key areas

appropriately and would continue its focus on

these priority areas during 2023. The main

conclusions for each topic and the agreed

proposed actions are set out in the table to

the right.

Overall, the Board concluded that the Board and

each of its committees is working well, with the

right issues being discussed and appropriate

Board involvement in key discussions. We will

report on the further actions taken against these

areas of focus in our 2023 annual report.

The chair also held meetings with each director

individually to formally review their performance

and the senior independent director led the

Board appraisal of the chair’s performance.

The review takes into consideration the training

that each director has undertaken in relation

to their duties and continuing professional

development. Following the individual meetings

with each director, the committee agreed that

each of the non-executive directors remains

independent, is able to discharge their duties and

responsibilities for the coming year and continues

to be an eﬀective member of the Board.

#### Looking ahead

In 2023, the committee will continue to focus on:



succession planning for the Board and GMT;



reviewing succession planning in the divisional

management teams; and



reviewing progress to further improve diversity

and inclusion across the Group.

Michael Findlay

Chair of the nomination committee

22 February 2023

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Nomination committee report

#### 2022 Board evaluation – conclusions and actions agreed

2022 conclusions: key focus areas

2023 actions

Continued focus on succession planning

Continue to review succession plans to

support our strategy and Board diversity

policy as well as continued development

and strengthening of the executive

succession planning programme across

senior management.

Maintaining our Group culture

With the support of the executive directors,

consider further ways to ensure our culture

remains embedded throughout the Group

and understood by employees and key

stakeholders. Ensure a continued focus on

technology adoption including consideration

of opportunities and risks.

Increasing diversity and inclusion

Drive further progress surrounding inclusion

and diversity, and review initiatives, plans and

ambitions.

Ensuring Partnership Housing

delivers its potential in accordance

with its ﬁve-year strategic plan

Continue to regularly interact with the senior

management team and closely monitor the

business’ performance against our long-term

strategic and commercial KPIs.

Continuing to build on the progress

made in communicating our

performance against our Total

Commitments including the social

value we create

Ensure we remain focused on the matters

our stakeholders have identiﬁed as being

material to the business, including social

value matters.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

122

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

On behalf of the Board,

#### I am pleased to present the committee’s report for the year ended 31 December 2022.

#### Committee composition and performance evaluation

The committee’s membership during the year

is shown in the table below. At the committee’s

request, meetings are regularly attended by:

the chair of the Board; ﬁnance director; Group

ﬁnancial controller; Group head of audit and

assurance; and representatives from the

external auditor.

Members

1

Member

since

Attended/

scheduled

Malcolm Cooper

2

(chair)

2015

3/3

Tracey Killen

3

2017

1/1

David Lowden

2018

3/3

Jen Tippin

2020

3/3

1

Biographies of members are set out on page 105.

2

Malcolm Cooper is a qualiﬁed accountant and

experienced FTSE 250 audit committee chair. He has

competence in accounting and ﬁnancial experience

that is recent and relevant for the audit committee of a

company in the construction and regeneration sectors,

as required by the Disclosure and Transparency Rules

(DTRs) and the Code.

3

Tracey Killen attended the ﬁrst meeting of 2022 before

stepping down as a member.

In compliance with the DTRs and the Code, all committee

members are independent non-executive directors, and

the committee as a whole has competence and a range

of skills and experience relevant to the sector.

Our internally facilitated Board evaluation in 2022

included an evaluation of the audit committee

(see page 122 for further details of the process).

Overall, the review conﬁrmed that the

committee continues to operate eﬀectively

and recommended that it continue to conduct

deep dives into key risk areas at each meeting

and hold an annual meeting with one of the

subsidiary lead auditors.

#### Key activities during the year

The committee follows a formal agenda at each

meeting to ensure that all elements of its remit

are covered, and meetings are scheduled in line

with the Company’s ﬁnancial reporting timetable.

The committee’s key activities during the year

are set out in the following table, and further

information on its work, including full

descriptions of the risk management and

internal control processes, is set out on the

following pages.

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

#### Audit committee report

#### The quick read...



Focused on the integrity of the

2022 ﬁnancial statements and

provided appropriate challenge

of management’s assumptions

and key judgements



Ensured the independence and

eﬀectiveness of the internal

audit function



Reviewed and conﬁrmed the

independence and eﬀectiveness

of the external audit process



Reviewed the eﬀectiveness of

the Company’s internal ﬁnancial

controls and internal control and

risk management systems



Carried out a robust assessment

of the Company’s emerging and

principal risks to facilitate the

Board’s risk appetite review

Malcolm Cooper

Chair

Key responsibilities:



Monitoring the integrity of the Company’s

ﬁnancial results and reviewing signiﬁcant

ﬁnancial reporting judgements



Reviewing the external audit process and

making recommendations to the Board

with regard to appointing, reappointing

or removing the external auditor



Reviewing the Company’s internal

ﬁnancial controls and internal control

and risk management systems



Monitoring and reviewing the

eﬀectiveness of the Company’s internal

audit function

The committee’s full role and responsibilities are set out

in its terms of reference, which were last updated in

February 2023 and are available on our website.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

123

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Audit committee report

Actions taken

Outcomes

Financial

reporting



Undertook fair, balanced and understandable review of the 2021 annual report.



Reviewed signiﬁcant accounting judgements for the 2021 audit.



Reviewed the 2021 viability assessments and management’s process and assumptions for

assessing viability.



Reviewed the 2021 going concern statement and management’s forecasts and projections

for 2022.



Requested management undertake an independent review of the prior-year adjustment to

determine how the error arose and if any cultural issues needed to be addressed.



Reviewed a letter from the FRC, following its review of the 2021 annual report, which queried

whether the disclosures provided in relation to ‘critical accounting estimates’ complied with

IAS reporting standards.



Reviewed the half-year and full-year ﬁnancial and narrative statements and trading updates,

including the alternative performance measures presented.



Considered the accounting policies and practices applied, including in respect of any exceptional

transactions during the year, for example the estimate of the costs of applying the Building Safety

Act and the Pledge across Partnership Housing and Urban Regeneration.



Conducted a review of the half-year 2022 going concern assessment and an initial review of the

2022 full-year going concern and viability assessments.



Reviewed the TCFD statement and the Group’s approach to TCFD.



Advised the Board in relation to the fair, balanced and understandable

assessment of the Company’s position and prospects.



Following an independent review of the prior-year adjustment by an

external audit ﬁrm, the committee conﬁrmed it was satisﬁed with the

review’s ﬁndings that the correct adjustment was made, related internal

controls were improved, and no further similar incidences have been

found in the Group.



Reviewed management’s response to the FRC and concluded that further

detail will be provided in respect of material movements in line items in

the consolidated statement of ﬁnancial position, where relevant, in future

annual reports and accounts.



Conﬁrmed to the Board that the committee was satisﬁed with the clarity

and accuracy of the half-year and full-year ﬁnancial statements.



Conﬁrmed to the Board the appropriateness of the going concern and

viability assessments.



Approved the Group’s draft 2022 TCFD statement including details of

the Group’s risks and opportunities in relation to climate change and

scenario analysis.

External

auditor



Reviewed and monitored the independence and objectivity of the external auditor.



Evaluated the performance of the auditor during the 2021 audit and the eﬀectiveness of the

external audit process.



Monitored compliance with our Group policy on the engagement of the external auditor to supply

non-audit services.



Recommended the appointment of EY as external auditor for the ﬁnancial

year ended 2022.



Approved the audit fee for the year ended 2022.



Conﬁrmed compliance with the Group policy on non-audit fees and no risk

to independence of the external auditor.



Recommended the reappointment of EY for the year ended 2023.

Risk

management

and internal

controls



Formally reviewed the eﬀectiveness of the risk identiﬁcation process and Group and divisional risk

registers and the approach taken by the Group to address climate-related ﬁnancial risk.



Conducted deep dives into key risk areas.



Reviewed the eﬀectiveness of the Group’s internal ﬁnancial controls and internal control and risk

management systems.



Monitored and reviewed the eﬀectiveness and performance of the Group head of internal audit

and assurance in connection with the 2022 agreed internal audit plan.



Considered the work being undertaken in preparation for the changes proposed by the

government’s consultation on ‘Restoring trust in audit and corporate governance’.



Reviewed the appropriateness of the 2023 proposed internal audit plan.



Advised the Board in relation to the outcome of its risk management

reviews, including its oversight of the risk identiﬁcation process, to facilitate

the Board’s assessment of the Group’s emerging and principal risks and

risk appetite review.



Considered the risk management and internal control systems to

be eﬀective.



Approved the 2023 internal audit plan.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

124

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Financial reporting

The directors are responsible for preparing the

annual report and accounts. The committee is

responsible for reviewing and reporting to the

Board on the clarity and accuracy of the half-year

and full-year ﬁnancial statements. The key

activities table on the previous page sets out

the actions and outcomes of the reviews the

committee conducted during the year to ensure

that the ﬁnancial statements present a ‘true and

fair’ view. To facilitate its reviews, the committee

receives regular reports from the ﬁnance

director, the Group’s ﬁnancial controller and the

external auditor, who regularly attend meetings

of the committee.

In February 2022, the committee reviewed the

external auditor’s ﬁndings following the reported

£9.9m correction made in the 2021 ﬁnancial

statements. Following this, the committee

requested that a further independent review

of the controls and processes which led to the

adjustment be carried out to identify whether

any further issues needed to be addressed

(see page 128).

The committee’s consideration of the 2022

annual report, including the preliminary results

announcement, and its detailed review of the

year-end position by reference to the year-end

accounts, assisted the Board in making the going

concern statement on page 96. In addition, the

committee reviewed the signiﬁcant accounting

judgements for the 2022 ﬁnancial statements

(see table on page 126) and conﬁrmed it was

happy with management’s process of assessing

the Group’s long-term viability, that the

assumptions included were reasonable and

that further mitigating actions that the Group

could take were appropriate. This year, the key

assumptions in the viability statement included

modelling a series of separate downside

scenarios against the budget for 2023–2025,

with consideration to the Group’s principal risks.

The modelling demonstrated that, even in the

case of an extreme downside scenario aggregating

all of the individual downside assumptions, the

Group had substantial headroom against the

expected borrowing facilities for the three years

ended 31 December 2025 (see page 98 for

further information). The committee did not ask

the external auditor to look at any speciﬁc areas

during the course of conducting its audit.

Fair, balanced and

understandable assessment

One of the key provisions of the Code is for the

Board to conﬁrm that the annual report, taken

as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable

and provides the information necessary for users

to assess the Company’s position, performance,

business model and strategy (see the strategic

report from the inside front cover to page 98).

To enable the Board to make this declaration,

a formal review is embedded in the year-end

process to ensure the committee and the

Board as a whole have access to all relevant

information and, in particular, management’s

papers on signiﬁcant issues faced by the Group.

The committee receives a paper from the

company secretary detailing the governance

and approach taken in drafting, developing

and reviewing the contents of the annual report,

including review and input from senior

executives and the Company’s advisers.

The committee and the Board as a whole

receive drafts of the annual report in suﬃcient

time to facilitate their review and enable them

to challenge the disclosures where necessary.

On this basis, the committee is able to advise

the Board that it can make the required

statement that the annual report is fair,

balanced and understandable.

Application of accounting policies,

judgements and estimates

In carrying out its duties, the committee is

required to assess whether suitable accounting

policies have been adopted and to challenge

the robustness of signiﬁcant judgements and

estimates reﬂected in the ﬁnancial results.

This process involves reviewing relevant papers

prepared by the ﬁnance team in support of the

policies adopted and judgements and estimates

made and conﬁrming that they remain

appropriate for the Group. The papers are

discussed with the ﬁnance director, the external

auditor and, where appropriate, the Group head

of audit and assurance. In addition, the committee

reviews the external auditor’s year-end report to

the audit committee on the work it performed

and ﬁndings from the annual audit.

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Audit committee report

Financial Reporting Council review

The Company’s annual report and accounts

2021 were subject to a review by the FRC in

accordance with Part 2 of the FRC Corporate

Reporting Review Operating Procedures.

The FRC raised several queries which were

responded to by the Company, and noted

several areas where improvements could be

made to existing disclosures. The Company

has included improvements to disclosures as

suggested in its annual report and accounts

2022, and continues to develop its reporting

in line with the latest developments and good

practice. The FRC’s review provides no assurance

that the report and accounts are correct in all

material respects; the FRC’s role is not to verify

information provided but to consider compliance

with reporting requirements.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

125

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Audit committee report

Signiﬁcant matters considered in relation to the ﬁnancial statements

The following table shows what we consider to be the key accounting matters which required the exercise of judgement during the year. The ﬁrst three items are considered to be recurring matters, and the

item ‘Exceptional items in respect of building safety’ is a new item in 2022.

Issue

Basis of assurance

Conclusion

Contract revenue, margin, receivables and payables

The recognition of revenue and margin on long-term

contracts in the ﬁnancial statements, and the associated

contract receivables and payables require management

to make judgements and estimates.

In addition to receiving updates on the key contract issues

at Board meetings, where management identify any

signiﬁcant diﬀerences in contract valuations with either

clients or suppliers, the committee reviewed the status

of the issues at each audit committee meeting.

Based on its review and discussions with the management team

and external auditor, the committee concluded that the treatment

of contract revenue, margin, receivables and payables in the

ﬁnancial statements is appropriate.

Impairment of goodwill

The Group is required to test goodwill for impairment

annually. This test involves a value-in-use model that

includes estimates of future cash forecasts, growth rates

and an appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

The value of goodwill is supported by a value-in-use

model prepared by the management team. This is based

on cash ﬂows extracted from the Group budget and

strategic plan, which have both been approved by the

Board. The committee reviewed and challenged the

management team on the assumptions used in the

value-in-use model.

Based on its review and discussion with the management team

and the external auditor, the committee was satisﬁed that the

value of goodwill is appropriate.

Viability and going concern assessment

The Group prepares a model based on the annual budget

processes including a number of assumptions and

sensitivities in order to carry out a review of the viability

of the business and appropriateness of the going concern

basis of preparation.

In order to satisfy itself that the Group has adequate

resources to continue in operation for the foreseeable

future and that there are no material uncertainties in

respect of the Group’s ability to continue as a going

concern, the committee considered the Group’s viability

statement, cash forecasts, including sensitivities to risks

that could reasonably impact the future operating results,

and available borrowing facilities.

Based on its review and discussion with the management team

and the external auditor, the committee recommended to the

Board the adoption of the going concern statement and the

viability statement for inclusion in the annual report.

Exceptional items in respect of building safety

During the year ended 31 December 2022, the Group

accepted a future liability related to building safety

obligations as a result of the Building Safety Act 2022 and

the Department for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities’

request that businesses involved in developing buildings

requiring building safety remediation sign up to the Pledge.

The committee received regular updates from management

in respect of the process to identify building safety liabilities.

The expenses recognised in the year were calculated

based on estimates of liabilities for which the Group has

an obligation, and these expenses were treated as an

exceptional item due to their nature and materiality.

Based on its review and discussions with the management team

and external auditor, the committee concluded that the expenses

recognised and their presentation in the ﬁnancial statements at

31 December 2022 were appropriate.

As a result of its reviews as detailed above, the committee was pleased to advise the Board that the 2022 annual report and ﬁnancial statements ('the annual report') is fair, balanced and understandable and

provides the necessary information for our shareholders to assess the Company’s position, prospects, business model and strategy.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

126

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### External audit

Independence and eﬀectiveness

The committee oversees the Company’s

relationship with the external auditor and

compliance with the requirements of the Code

and the Statutory Audit Services for Large

Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory

Use of Competitive Tender Processes and

Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014

(CMA Order).

EY was appointed as the Company’s auditor from

the 2021 ﬁnancial year following a formal tender

process conducted in 2020 (as set out in our

2020 annual report) and Peter McIver became

the lead audit partner. Subject to the continuing

independence and eﬀectiveness of EY as the

external auditor or changes in legislation, the

committee does not anticipate putting the audit

out for tender until 2030 but will monitor this

annually to ensure the timing for the audit tender

remains appropriate.

To ensure that the external auditor remains

independent of the Company, the committee

carries out an annual assessment of the auditor’s

independence along with an appraisal of its

qualiﬁcations, expertise and resources. In 2022,

to fulﬁl these obligations, the committee

reviewed the external auditor’s presentation

of its policies and safeguards to ensure its

continued independence within the meaning

of all regulatory and professional requirements

and that the objectivity of the audit engagement

partner and audit staﬀ had not been impaired.

These policies and safeguards include: limiting

the nature of any non-audit services that the

external auditor may undertake; ensuring that

key members of the audit team rotate oﬀ the

Company’s audit after a speciﬁc period of time;

establishing an independent reporting line from

the external auditor to the audit committee (the

chair of the audit committee and the committee

as a whole met with the external audit partner

individually at each of the meetings held during

the year and the committee met with the lead

auditor responsible for the audit of our

Construction & Infrastructure and Partnership

Housing divisions); and monitoring the proposed

changes to legislation and the proposed

requirement for managed share audits.

Following the committee’s review, the committee

conﬁrmed that it was satisﬁed with EY’s

continued independence and objectivity.

As part of its responsibility for assessing the

ongoing eﬀectiveness and quality of the external

audit, the committee discussed the external

audit plan at the committee meeting held in

August 2022 and reviewed progress against the

audit plan at the meeting held in December

2022, noting the scope of work to be undertaken

and the key audit matters being addressed by

the external auditor at the time. At the meeting

prior to the announcement of the full-year

results, the committee reviewed the external

auditor’s fulﬁlment of the agreed audit plan

and the work performed by the auditor to test

management’s assumptions and estimates in

relation to key audit risk as described in the

independent auditor’s report on pages 170

to 182.

During the external audit, the auditor challenged

management while drafting the 2022 annual

report in relation to the matters discussed in

its audit opinion on pages 175 to 179.

Each year, following completion of the audit

process, an internal evaluation of the external

audit process is undertaken, having regard to

the FRC’s Guidance to Audit Committees and

with the assistance of the Group head of audit

and assurance. The review is conducted in the

early part of the year, following the conclusion of

the full-year audit, using a detailed questionnaire

circulated to senior members of the Company

and the divisions’ ﬁnance teams. The feedback

received in 2022, which covered matters

including the quality of the process, the

adequacy of resources employed by the external

auditor, its communication skills and its

independence, objectivity and professional

scepticism, was reviewed by the committee as

part of its assessment of the external auditor’s

eﬀectiveness. No concerns arose in the course

of the review, indicating that there were no

issues with the eﬀectiveness of EY as auditor.

Policy on the auditor providing

non-audit services

The Company’s policy on the engagement of the

external auditor for non-audit related services,

which applied during the 2022 ﬁnancial year,

complies with the FRC’s Revised Ethical Standard.

The policy is designed to ensure that the provision

of non-audit services does not impair the external

auditor’s independence or objectivity or create

a conﬂict of interest. The policy applies to the

Company and all its wholly owned subsidiaries

and provides guidance on the type of work that

is acceptable or prohibited for the external

auditor to undertake, and the process to be

followed for approval. The categories of services

that are prohibited are in line with legislation

and include valuation work and preparing

accounting records and ﬁnancial statements.

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Audit committee report

For other services not falling within the

prohibited services list, the external auditor is

eligible for selection by the Company provided

that its skills and experience make it competitive

and the most appropriate supplier of these

services. Permitted services can be carried out

by the external auditor subject to the advance

approval of the ﬁnance director or, if the fees for

such services exceed a threshold of £50,000, the

advance approval of the audit committee chair.

In addition, EY has its own safeguards in place

to conﬁrm that non-audit work prohibited by

the FRC’s Ethical Standard is not provided to

the Group.

The committee monitors compliance with the

Company’s policy throughout the year and

conﬁrms that during 2022, EY did not provide

any non-audit services that required the approval

of the committee nor were there any fees for

non-audit services incurred by EY during the year

(see note 3 on page 199).

Reappointment of external auditor

Having regard to the considerations referred to

above, the committee has satisﬁed itself that EY,

the current external auditor with responsibility

for the 2022 ﬁnancial year end, remains

independent and eﬀective. As a result, the

committee has recommended to the Board that

a resolution proposing the reappointment of EY

as external auditor be put to shareholders at the

forthcoming AGM. The committee conﬁrms that

their recommendation is free from inﬂuence by

a third party, and no contractual term of the kind

mentioned in Article 16(6) of the Audit Regulation

has been imposed on the Company.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

127

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Risk management and internal controls

The Board is responsible for the Group’s risk

management framework (see page 64) and

risk appetite (see page 67). The Group’s risk

management process and system of internal

controls, which complies with the requirements

of the Code, were in place for the full ﬁnancial

year and up to the date of approval of the annual

report and are in line with the FRC’s Guidance on

Risk Management, Internal Control and Related

Financial and Business Reporting. The committee

supports the Board in reviewing the eﬀectiveness

of risk management, assessing and reviewing the

Company’s principal and emerging risks and

keeping the internal control system under review.

Risk review

In August and December 2022, the committee

carried out a robust assessment on behalf of the

Board of the Company’s emerging and principal

risks. The divisions, IT team and risk committee

reviewed their risk registers to enable the

committee to conduct a formal appraisal of the

Group and divisional risk registers. The registers

include the controls and mitigations in place for

principal and emerging risks and indicators of

any changes in risk level. An overview of the risk

management process is described on page 64.

As part of its review, the committee conducts

deep dives into key areas to discuss whether risk

levels are still aligned with our strategy and risk

appetite. In 2022, the deep dives focused on:



the potential impact of ongoing inﬂationary

pressures (Principal risk A, page 68);



the potential impact of materials/labour

availability (Principal risk A, page 68);



the potential impact on the Group’s partners’

ﬁnances given the current economic climate

(Principal risk E, page 72);



our latent defect risk, taking into consideration

our estimation of the costs of applying the

principles of the Building Safety Act and the

Pledge across Partnership Housing and Urban

Regeneration (Principal risk I, page 75); and



longer-term residential drivers (Principal risk B,

page 69).

The committee also conducted deep dives into

the Group’s emerging risks, giving consideration

to: the long-term scarcity of skilled labour in the

industry; the advancing pace of technology; and

changes to people’s working patterns.

Following its assessment at the year end, the

committee noted an increase in risk inﬂuenced

by instability brought about by UK/geopolitics

resulting in: economic headwinds; UK ﬁscal

tightening; inﬂationary pressures; base rate rises

and the impact on consumer conﬁdence; and

possible disruption brought about by winter

energy capacity and Covid.

The committee concluded that, while there

continues to be uncertainty in the macro

environment, the Group’s risk proﬁle remains

stable. This is due primarily to the markets in

which the Group operates being predominantly

in the public and regulatory sectors, which the

committee regards to be structurally secure

and includes commitments to areas of critical

construction and infrastructure conﬁrmed in the

government’s Autumn Statement. In addition,

the Group’s predominant two-stage

procurement approach continues to help

manage inﬂationary impacts. The stability of

our markets is reﬂected in the Group’s current

pipeline and the quality of our order book.

The committee noted our regeneration divisions

were expecting some schemes to slow but not

stop. Revenue and cost assumptions in some

development appraisals were more challenged

which could impact the viability of some

schemes. However, our development models are

very ﬂexible and allow us to work through any

issues with our partners, and if necessary, seek

additional gap funding and alternative sources of

ﬁnance with better terms. In addition, the models

allow us to ﬂex the commercial versus residential

tenure mix and further de-risk by increasing the

proportion of contracting work, forming strategic

joint ventures and increasing the proportion of

forward sold aﬀordable housing. All these

measures provide resilience in a diﬃcult market.

Our continued focus on cash and robust

working capital management is reﬂected in

our strong cash position and balance sheet,

all of which continue to support us in long-term

decision-making and selecting projects that

match our risk appetite and are right for our

business, particularly in any declining markets.

Following its risk review, the committee reports

to the Board to facilitate its annual discussion

of the risk appetite (see page 116).

+

Managing risk – for more information on the

Group’s risks

Review of internal controls

The committee reviewed the eﬀectiveness of

the Group’s system of internal controls which

is described brieﬂy in the box on page 129.

The review included assessing: the relationship

between the internal and external audit function;

the results of internal audit work; and the overall

eﬀectiveness of the internal audit process.

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Audit committee report

As disclosed in our 2021 annual report,

a historic accounting error had been identiﬁed

and corrected. Following this correction,

the committee instructed management to

investigate the root cause of the matter and,

where necessary, to rectify the related internal

controls. An external party was engaged to carry

out an independent and extensive investigation

together with management. The investigation

concluded that: there were no indicators of any

fraud or deliberate wrongdoing; the prior-year

adjustment was correct; and no similar issues

existed across the Group. In conjunction with

management and internal audit, a report was

produced for the committee summarising the

work carried out in the investigation and

including several recommendations which

have been adopted.

The committee was informed of additional

processes proposed by the executive directors

in preparation for new regulations that may

follow the government’s consultation on

‘Restoring trust in audit and corporate

governance’. In particular, these processes

include more formalised accountability of

directors over internal controls and additional

disclosures they will need to make. The Group

ﬁnance team is currently reviewing any changes

required to our ﬁnancial controls in advance of

the UK Corporate Reforms including greater use

of enhanced digital ﬁnancial tools and aims to

target trials in 2023 to help enable us to comply

with the anticipated changes.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

128

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Audit committee report

#### Internal audit

The internal audit function is managed by

the Group’s head of audit and assurance,

who oversees the divisional heads of internal

audit and assists with risk management. The

internal audit function conducts its work to align

with the Internal Audit Charter, which has been

drafted in accordance with the recommendations

of the Institute of Internal Auditors.

Each year, an internal audit plan is developed

based on principal and key risks identiﬁed in

the Group and divisional risk registers together

with internal audit testing, key project metrics,

management requests and input from the

committee. The internal audit team uses

business intelligence tools and metrics to

identify which projects to review for maximum

eﬀectiveness. Each individual audit includes a

subjective assessment of culture.

The 2022 plan included 62 separate audits,

of which c95% focused on operational activities.

During the course of 2022, 85 audits were

completed; the audits covered:



project activities

– operational, commercial,

change management and risk (varying in scope

but covering all divisions);



development activities

– approvals, risk

and capital structuring, partner performance,

funding, programme, return on capital, proﬁt

(Partnership Housing, Urban Regeneration);



ﬁnance reviews

– cash, debt, payroll,

management accounting (selected divisions); and



other areas of focus

– including: cyber security;

value engineering; anti-bribery; oﬀ-payroll

working; work winning; compliance; sustainability;

payroll process; procurement; and timesheet

management (selected divisions or areas).

#### Internal controls

Financial



Financial reporting system

– to

ensure the eﬀective safeguarding of

assets, proper recognition of liabilities

and accurate reporting of proﬁts;

a comprehensive budgeting and

forecasting system, regularly reviewed

and updated; a management reporting

system, including monthly divisional

reports to the Board; and ﬁnancial

reviews in the annual internal audit

plan to validate the integrity of divisional

management accounts.



Investment and capital expenditure

– detailed procedures and deﬁned

levels of authority, depending

on the value and nature of the

investment or contract, in relation to

corporate transactions, investment,

capital expenditure, signiﬁcant cost

commitments and asset disposals.



Working capital

– continual monitoring

of current and forecast cash and

working capital balances through a

regime of daily and monthly reporting.

Operational



Group structure

– divisional boards,

with certain key functions such

as tax, treasury, internal audit, IT,

pensions and insurance retained

at Company level; and a system

of delegated authorities to ensure

that decisions are made at the

appropriate level (see governance

framework page 64).



Tender, project selection and

contract controls

– tenders

reviewed in detail with approval

required at relevant levels and at

various stages from the start of

the bidding process through to

contract award; assessment of the

ﬁnancial standing of clients and

key subcontractors; and robust

procedures to manage ongoing

contract risks, with monthly

operational reviews of each

contract’s performance including

a detailed appraisal of related

commercial performance via our

cost and value process.

Compliance



Legal compliance

– monitored

by divisional commercial directors

and HR managers, and the Group

commercial director and general

counsel; training provided on

health and safety, competition law,

anti-bribery and corruption, and the

market abuse regulation.



ISO accreditation

– includes 9001

(quality), 14001 (environmental),

45001 (occupational health and

safety) and 27001 (information

security management).



Corporate governance framework

and Group policies

– written

guidance and policies (see pages 94

and 95 for more detail on our policies)

at Group and divisional levels.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

129

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

The internal audit function has developed a

formal process for assessing the eﬀectiveness

of the Group’s system of internal controls

(see page 129) which involves undertaking a

comprehensive evaluation using a three-point

scale ranging from ‘eﬀective’ to ‘ineﬀective’.

The internal audit function, based on its

audits, concluded that the internal controls

system as a whole was eﬀective for maintaining

an appropriate control environment. A small

number of improvements to the controls were

suggested and implemented.

The internal audit function engages with and

gains meaningful insight on the Group’s

performance from its colleagues in the functions

of: health, safety and environment; IT and IT

security; legal; company secretariat; ﬁnance; tax

and treasury; business improvement; and HR.

The internal audit process is supplemented by

a rolling programme of peer group reviews

(overseen by internal audit) in Construction,

Infrastructure and Partnership Housing. These

reviews support the professional development of

the employees who take part while providing an

opportunity for sharing ideas and best practice.

At each of its meetings, the committee receives

a report from the Group head of internal audit

and assurance with details of audits carried out

across the Group, including: operational, project

and ﬁnancial reviews; metrics showing progress

made against the audit plan; updates on Group

and divisional risk registers; a log of any concerns

raised; market soundings on macroeconomic

and sector conditions; and an update on the

internal audit resource. The report includes

information on our policies and procedures to

prevent bribery and corruption (see page 95)

and our internal controls procedures for

preventing and detecting fraud in our business

practices. While these issues are not considered

to be a principal risk to the Group, if any

breaches are identiﬁed, they are fully

investigated, acted upon, and any signiﬁcant

ﬁndings brought to both the committee’s and

Board’s attention. There continued to be no

evidence of systemic bribery or corrupt activity

during 2022.

+

Oversight of workforce policies and practices

– whistleblowing review

Independence and eﬀectiveness

The internal audit function is subject to validation

by an independent, external organisation every

ﬁve years. The external assessment was carried

out by Blackmores (UK) Limited during 2021,

details of which were disclosed in the 2021

annual report.

Each year, the committee assesses the

eﬀectiveness of the internal audit function.

In its 2022 internal assessment, the committee:



met with the Group head of internal audit and

assurance separately without the executive

directors present to discuss the eﬀectiveness

of the internal audit function. No new matters

or issues were raised that had not already

been reported by the executive directors;



reviewed and assessed the internal audit plan;



reviewed whether necessary actions were

being taken promptly to address any failing or

weakness identiﬁed by internal control audits;



reviewed whether the causes of the failing

or weakness indicate poor decision-making,

a need for more extensive monitoring or

a reassessment of the eﬀectiveness of

management’s ongoing processes; and



assessed the role and eﬀectiveness of the

internal audit function in the overall context

of the Company’s risk management system

and whether the function is able to continue

to meet the needs of the Group.

The results of the latest assessment were

reviewed by the committee in December 2022,

and it was satisﬁed that: the internal audit and

internal controls were operating eﬀectively; the

internal audit team was adequately staﬀed and

remained independent; and the risk to the audit

team’s independence and objectivity was low.

In 2023, the internal audit plan will follow a

similar process with reviews on areas the Board

considers the most signiﬁcant in terms of risk

and or materiality. It will include 72 separate

audits of which c80% involve testing the control

environment, with a particular focus on:



selected projects

– procurement, margin,

programme, risk, contingency, change

(Construction, Infrastructure, Fit Out,

Partnership Housing);



selected developments

– capital expenditure,

approvals, viability, risk, structure, funding,

schedule, sales, pace, returns (Partnership

Housing, Urban Regeneration);



key ﬁnancial controls

– cash, payroll,

management accounting, balance sheet

(all divisions, varying in scope);



work winning

– selectivity, pipeline quality,

bidding and bid risk management (selected

construction teams); and



other

– supply chain, anti-bribery, build quality,

customer care, Building Safety Act, cyber

security, captive insurance company.

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Audit committee report

In addition to the activities in the plan set out

above, the internal audit team will independently

monitor the Group’s pipeline and performance

and commercial metrics on key live construction

projects, including undertaking a signiﬁcant

number of additional site visits. This will provide

the team with an understanding of our

performance across a broad portfolio of work.

We have increased the size of our internal audit

team and will conduct additional testing of

ﬁnancial controls ahead of the proposed reforms

following the Department for Business, Energy

& Industrial Strategy white paper ‘Restoring trust

in audit and corporate governance’. This will

include assisting the business in preparing for

the directors’ formal accountability for internal

controls and the additional disclosures they will

need to make.

#### Looking ahead

In 2023, the committee will continue its focus on:



the integrity of the Group’s ﬁnancial reporting;



monitoring the Group’s obligations in

respect of building safety and the ﬁnancial

reporting thereof;



risk management and internal controls; and



continuing to monitor work undertaken

in preparation for the implementation of

changes to legislation as a result of the

reforms proposed in ‘Restoring trust in

audit and corporate governance’.

Malcolm Cooper

Chair of the audit committee

22 February 2023

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

130

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### I am pleased to present the report of the responsible business committee for 2022.

#### Committee composition and performance evaluation

The committee superseded the health, safety

and environment committee in February 2022

and was renamed by the Board. Its remit has

been extended to assist the Board in its

oversight of responsible business governance

and the Group’s progress against our Total

Commitments. This includes developing people,

working together with our supply chain and

enhancing communities, in addition to protecting

people and improving the environment. This

change will help ensure we meet our targets

to deliver positive social and environmental

outcomes for all our stakeholders.

The committee’s membership is now made up

solely of non-executive directors as shown in

the table below. The committee invites the chair,

chief executive and company secretary to

attend each meeting. Other members of senior

management are invited to attend all or part

of meetings, as and when appropriate.

Members

1

Member

since

2

Attended/

scheduled

Malcolm Cooper (chair)

2017

3/3

Tracey Killen

2020

3/3

1

Biographies of members are set out on page 105.

2

Date appointed to the former health, safety and

environment committee.

An evaluation of the committee was conducted

in 2022. It concluded that the committee was

working eﬀectively, is focused on the right topics

and has good engagement with management.

The ‘Looking ahead’ section on page 133 details

the agreed areas of focus in 2023.

#### Key activities during the year

Our Total Commitments provide the framework

for the Group’s responsible business strategy.

We conduct regular materiality surveys with our

stakeholders to identify responsible business

issues that they consider material to the Group

so that we can ensure our Total Commitments

remain aligned. The committee has produced

a formal schedule of matters for its review to

ensure that each of the material issues identiﬁed

by our stakeholders is being addressed. The next

materiality survey is scheduled for the ﬁrst

quarter of 2023 and the committee will be

updated on any changes in material issues as a

result of the stakeholder feedback received and

any actions proposed. An in-depth review of our

performance against our Total Commitments

can be found on pages 18 to 43.

Safety performance

The safety of our employees, subcontractors

and other people who interact with our activities

is a key focus area at every committee and

Board meeting.

The Group commercial director is invited to

attend each committee meeting to give an

update on the Group’s safety performance

together with a summary of any communications

from the Health and Safety Executive and

follow-up actions being taken by the divisions

in response.

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

#### Responsible business committee report

#### The quick read...



Reviewed safety performance and

wellbeing support



Received an update on actions

taken by the Group to address

modern slavery



Received presentations on

our performance against our

Total Commitments targets



Monitored our progress to net zero

carbon by 2030



Received an update on our social

value initiatives

Malcolm Cooper

Chair

Key responsibilities:



Reviewing the Group’s responsible

business strategy, targets, risk

exposure and performance against

our Total Commitments



Monitoring how our governance,

skills and resources are used to ensure

compliance with our Group policies

and applicable law and regulations



Receiving regular reports on safety

performance and reviewing key issues

arising and the impact of our operations

on the health and wellbeing of employees



Monitoring our performance against

external responsible business

rating standards

The committee’s full role and responsibilities are set out

in its terms of reference which were last updated in

February 2022 and are available on our website.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

131

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

We continue to measure safety performance

using the lost time incident rate. In response

to an increase in incidents in 2021 compared to

the prior year, we launched safety improvement

plans which resulted in a reduction in lost time

incidents in the second half of 2021. Throughout

2022, the committee reinforced the need to

ensure we maintain our focus.

Our lost time incidents and number of RIDDORs

reduced in 2022 (see page 20). The divisions

remain focused on trips, slips and cuts which

remain our top three types of reportable

incidents. The committee has continued to

challenge the Group‘s cross-divisional health

and safety forum to identify and address any

underlying trends contributing to these incidents

and ensure that our safety training and audits

are focused on these areas. During the year, the

divisions took various actions to further address

these issues (see pages 20 and 21) and to

support our ambition of zero accidents and

ensure that everyone gets home safe.

In response to a general increase in our

all-accident statistics in 2022, the committee

requested that the divisions look further into

whether there were any underlying causes that

needed to be addressed. At the time of writing,

following a detailed review, no patterns have

been identiﬁed except there has been an

increase in minor injuries reported and the

health and safety forum is continuing to focus

on how we can drive down these injuries.

We consider the reporting of all accidents to be

an important element in maintaining a positive

safety culture and this indicates that our

employees and subcontractors continue to feel

conﬁdent to report accidents and near misses

so that our divisions can learn from them and

promote further awareness where necessary.

In addition, some of our divisions are monitoring

progress on ‘100% Safe’ days (where there

have been no serious, lost time, minor or

high-potential incidents), to use for further

benchmarking and trend analysis to help make

our sites safer. This analysis will also raise the

proﬁle of those sites that have maintained a

good safety performance.

Modern slavery

The committee reviewed the Group’s 2021

Modern Slavery and Human Traﬃcking

statement ('2021 statement') on behalf of the

Board. As part of its review, the committee

considered both the requirements of the

Modern Slavery Act 2015 and the Group’s

actions and future actions to ensure that the

risk of modern slavery is being appropriately

managed (see page 23). Following its review,

the committee was satisﬁed that modern slavery

is not currently a principal risk for the Group.

Providing we remain proactive and continue to

educate our teams and supply chain partners

about modern slavery and human traﬃcking risks

and indicators, it is unlikely to have a material,

long-term impact on the business. The committee

recommended the 2021 statement for Board

approval (see page 114) and will review the 2022

statement ahead of its publication in June 2023.

Mental and physical wellbeing

At its June meeting, the committee reviewed

each division’s activities to support its employees’

mental and physical wellbeing. Given the current

economic situation, the committee paid particular

attention to how the divisions are supporting

people in managing their personal ﬁnances.

The committee was pleased to see that, in

addition to the Group-wide support oﬀered to

our colleagues (see pages 21 and 22), the range

and type of resources and additional activities

varied as each division tailored its approach to

feedback received from its employees. The

committee concluded that the divisions were

providing a good variety of measures to support

their employees, while recommending that they

continue to focus their resources on

engagement activities that most eﬀectively

promote wellbeing.

+

Responsible business strategy and performance –

protecting people

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Responsible business committee report

High-potential incidents

The graph below illustrates how the number of our high-potential incidents has decreased

since 2019. These are accidents that could have had serious consequences but fortunately

did not result in harming anyone. By focusing on the potential rather than actual outcome

of an incident, we give ourselves the opportunity to adapt our ways of working and provide

necessary training in order to improve safety. We have found that sharing lessons learned

on these high-potential incidents helps to prevent accidents and reduces our inherent risk.

ESG reporting

The committee received an update from the

Group’s ESG reporting manager (a new role

established in 2022) on how various investors

and rating agencies view ESG and report on

companies’ performance in their ESG indices.

Going forward, the committee has agreed that

we will target our reporting to those indices

that are most relevant to the Group to help

us to continue to communicate our strong

performance to our investors.

We have reported fully against the TCFD

on pages 80 to 91 of the strategic report.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Total number of high-potential incidents

Average

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

132

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Climate change

The Group director of procurement and

sustainability attended the committee meetings

in June and December to provide an update on

the Group’s activities to address climate change,

improve air quality and increase biodiversity.

Detail was provided on:



the work undertaken by the divisions to ensure

we meet our Scope 1, Scope 2 and operational

Scope 3 net zero target by 2030 (see page 28

for further details of our performance);



progress towards achieving revalidation of

our science-based targets to align with a 1.5°C

scenario. The targets have been extended to

include all Scope 3 emissions (previously only

included operational Scope 3) which we aim

to reduce to net zero by 2045;



engagement and collaboration with our

supply chain including our carbon pledge for

subcontractors to help manage our wider

Scope 3 emissions;



how we are preparing for future regulatory

requirements to report our BNG;



initiatives we are involved in to adopt new

technology to reduce carbon; and



the UK projects we have invested in to ensure

that any residual carbon is oﬀset transparently.

As a result of its review, the committee is satisﬁed

that through our activities we remain on a

trajectory to achieve our 2030 net zero carbon

target. In addition, our divisions are already

integrating biodiversity factors into their projects

ahead of the anticipated regulatory changes

which will require all development projects to

produce a minimum BNG of 10%.

+

Responsible business strategy and performance

– improving the environment

Supply chain

Our supply chain partners are an integral part

of our business model and play a key role in

the delivery of strategy. During the year, the

committee reviewed the work we are doing

to maintain the strengths of our supply chain

relationships. We have ensured that we continue

to pay our suppliers fairly and promptly;

monitored their resilience in the current

economic climate; and supported them with

measuring their own carbon emissions. In 2022,

our assessment against ISO 20400 – Sustainable

Procurement was completed to ensure we

are meeting regulatory requirements when

engaging our supply chain. The committee was

updated with the outcome of the assessment

and on management’s plans to address any

improvements required. A reassessment is

planned for 2024.

Our Code of Conduct, human rights and modern

slavery policies extend to our supply chain and,

in 2022, we were accredited against the Ethical

Labour Sourcing Standard BES 6002 as part of

our commitment to eliminating any possibility of

traﬃcking or modern slavery in our supply chain.

We will be reassessed in 2024.

+

Responsible business strategy and performance

– working together with our supply chain

Social value

Supporting our people, our supply chain and

the communities in which we work is embedded

in our culture and delivered through our

Total Commitments (see pages 18 to 43).

Further information on how we monitor the

divisions in developing their people can be

found on pages 119 and 120 in the nomination

committee report.

Our Group director of procurement and

sustainability and the director of sustainability

(a new role established in 2022) attended

committee meetings in October and December

to report on the Group’s activities to create

social, environmental and economic value on

our projects for the beneﬁt of the community.

Our decentralised approach supported by

our network of oﬃces across the UK means

we are located in or near to the communities

in which we work. We consider this to be a key

diﬀerentiator as it allows our divisions to respond

quickly and innovatively to our clients’ needs

for delivering social value and to support the

communities in which we operate. See pages 39

to 43 for further detail on our activities and how

we measure the value we create.

The committee also reviewed the Group-wide

toolkit that has been developed by the social

value panel to further support the sharing of best

practice and the delivery of activities that beneﬁt

our stakeholders across our projects.

The committee will continue to increase its focus

on our social value outcomes, ensuring our

divisions maintain a strategic approach that

is measurable and aligned to the needs of the

communities in which we work, and that the

divisions’ strategic alliances to deliver social value

maximise the eﬀectiveness of our projects and

collective goals.

+

Responsible business strategy and performance

– enhancing communities

DIRECTORS’ AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

continued

Responsible business committee report

#### Looking ahead

In 2023, the committee will:



continue to challenge the divisions to seek

further reductions in the number of RIDDORs,

lost time incidents and all accidents;



review high-potential incidents;



recommence a programme of site visits;



review the divisions’ continuing actions to

help our employees maintain their health

and wellbeing;



review feedback from our 2023 materiality

assessment;



ensure the Group is prepared to comply with

new regulatory and reporting requirements;



review the Group’s environmental

performance, including risks and

opportunities in relation to climate change;



review our performance against our Total

Commitments, including keeping abreast

of the increasing and varied demands from

stakeholders in respect of ESG; and



ensure a continuing improvement in the

disclosure of our material responsible

business impacts, both in the quality

of information disclosed and across

stakeholder engagement.

Malcolm Cooper

Chair of the responsible business committee

22 February 2023

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

133

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### I am pleased to present our remuneration report for the year ended 31 December 2022.

#### This report sets out how the Group pays its directors, decisions made on their pay and how much they have

#### received in relation to 2022.

#### Committee composition and performance evaluation

During the year under review, the committee

held ﬁve formal meetings (2021: four meetings),

to review and agree the remuneration policy

for shareholder approval at the 2023 AGM.

Members

1

Member

since

Attended/

scheduled

Tracey Killen (chair)

2017

5/5

Malcolm Cooper

2

2015

1/1

David Lowden

2018

5/5

Jen Tippin

2020

5/5

Kathy Quashie

3

2022

4/4

1

Biographies of members are set out on page 105.

Michael Findlay, John Morgan and Steve Crummett

attended meetings by invitation.

2 Malcolm Cooper attended the ﬁrst meeting of 2022

before stepping down as a member.

3

Kathy Quashie was appointed to the committee on

1 June 2022 following Malcolm Cooper stepping down

and attended the remainder of the 2022 meetings.

As part of the annual evaluation of the Board,

an evaluation of the committee was conducted.

This concluded that the committee was continuing

to work well. It was agreed that the committee

would develop further understanding and

engagement on wider workforce remuneration

and gain deeper insight into people-related risks

that could impact the Group such as recruitment

and the availability of skilled labour.

#### Executive remuneration in context

Our remuneration policy is designed to

encourage the eﬀective stewardship that is vital

to delivering our strategy of creating long-term

value for all stakeholders.

We are committed to being open and

transparent in our approach to executive

remuneration and, as a committee, strive to keep

remuneration arrangements clear, consistent

and simple, to facilitate eﬀective stakeholder

scrutiny. Performance-related components of

remuneration form a signiﬁcant portion of the

total remuneration opportunity, with the

maximum potential reward available only through

the achievement of stretching performance

targets based on measures that the committee

believes reﬂect the interests of shareholders.

The extent of their responsibilities means

executive directors are well paid, but the policy

is designed to, among other things, ensure that

they are not overpaid. Reference points such

as the ratio of the chief executive’s pay to the

median pay for all employees and the policy for

wider workforce remuneration are important to

us, in addition to the use of external benchmark

data when considering executive pay levels.

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

#### Remuneration committee report

#### The quick read...



Conducted a full review of the

remuneration policy including

shareholder consultation



Monitored remuneration

market practices including the

appropriateness of including

linkages to ESG measures



Approved the 2022 and 2023

remuneration for the chair,

executive directors and senior

management team



Reviewed wider workforce

remuneration and the alignment of

incentives and awards with culture



Set targets for the 2023 annual bonus

and Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

and reviewed performance against

targets for the 2022 annual bonus

and 2020 LTIP awards

Tracey Killen

Chair

Key responsibilities:



Reviewing and determining the

appropriateness of the remuneration

policy and consulting with shareholders

on proposed changes



Setting the remuneration of the chair,

executive directors and senior

management team



Approving the design of all share incentive

plans for approval by the Board and, where

required, by shareholders



Reviewing wider workforce remuneration

and policies and the alignment of

incentives and awards with culture and

taking these into consideration when

setting the remuneration policy or

determining salary increases

The committee’s full role and responsibilities are set out

in its terms of reference which were last updated in

February 2023 and are available on our website.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

134

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration committee report

In determining the remuneration of the executive directors and senior managers, we consider the

performance of the business during the ﬁnancial year in question and over the longer term, as well as

the experience of our diﬀerent stakeholder groups.

#### 2022 consultation with shareholders

Last year’s remuneration report was approved at our 2022 AGM with an overall vote of 67% in

favour. The committee was naturally disappointed with this relatively low result and, in line with

the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code, reached out to major shareholders to

discuss their concerns. These concerns related mainly to our decision to adjust the measurement

of earnings per share (EPS) for our in-ﬂight LTIPs from a cumulative to a point-to-point basis.

During the year, we consulted with 16 of our largest shareholders (c90% of whom engaged), the

Investment Association and ISS (Institutional Shareholder Services), and were pleased to discover

that the majority – including nine of the 10 largest shareholders – supported our decision. We took

seriously the concerns raised by a signiﬁcant minority, who objected to the adjustment of in-ﬂight

targets as a matter of principle, but understand that they will support the use of point-to-point

EPS targets for future awards. Ultimately, we believe that our rationale for making the change was

justiﬁed (as described in last year’s report) and that overall remuneration outcomes for 2021 were

aligned with the wider stakeholder experience, but we are grateful to all who engaged with us for

their useful and honest feedback.

Given that our remuneration policy is due to expire in 2023, we also used this opportunity to consult

shareholders on proposed changes to the remuneration policy and the chief executive’s remuneration.

Feedback received during this consultation process led to a number of changes to the original

proposals and has helped to shape the ﬁnal policy that the committee is now submitting for approval.

#### Proposed remuneration policy changes

As part of the policy review process, the committee considered the underlying performance of the

Company in recent years and the experience of its stakeholders, as well as the ﬁndings of a thorough

benchmarking exercise which assessed how competitive the current remuneration arrangements

are within the wider market context. This review brought to light the fact that the incentive

opportunities currently available to our executives are at the lower end of what is available at peer

group companies, having adjusted for the Group’s size and complexity.

For this reason, we will be making the following adjustments to future-proof the policy and to build

in some additional headroom for occasions in the future when we may need it – for example, to

reward signiﬁcant growth in the business or in the event of a new appointment:



to increase the maximum annual bonus opportunity in our policy from 125% to 150% of salary; and



to increase the maximum LTIP opportunity in our policy from 150% to 200% of salary.

The majority of shareholders we consulted were supportive of these changes. As a committee,

we have agreed that we will not exceed the current policy limits of 125% of salary for the annual

bonus and 150% of salary for the LTIP for the 2023 awards. However, we will look at whether to

make awards at the higher policy levels in 2024 and 2025, taking into consideration the Company’s

performance and wider economic factors at the time, as well as the opinions of shareholders.

We will continue to set stretching targets for both the annual bonus and long-term incentive, directly

aligning pay and performance and ensuring that remuneration levels increase only if the Company

delivers signiﬁcant, sustainable growth. A resolution to approve an updated set of LTIP Rules will be

tabled at the 2023 AGM to facilitate the increased maximum opportunity, with a small number of

additional minor changes made to reﬂect best practice since the rules were last drafted.

#### Other areas consulted on with shareholders

Chief executive (CEO) remuneration

The market analysis undertaken by the committee revealed that our current pay levels for the

CEO are bottom quartile for both our UK-listed size peers and peers operating in our sector,

with a signiﬁcantly below-market base salary being the main contributor.

This below-market pay positioning reﬂects a number of factors, most notably the strong

performance of the Group in recent years but also a reticence by John, as both a signiﬁcant

shareholder and CEO, to accept salary increases above those granted to the broader workforce,

despite his strong leadership and the increasing scope and complexity of his role.

Due to John’s reticence to accept salary increases above those of the wider workforce, the

committee had originally proposed introducing a higher ‘notional’ salary for the CEO that would be

used to calculate his annual bonus and long-term incentive awards rather than his ‘actual’, lower salary.

During the consultation, many shareholders were supportive of the committee’s proposal,

emphasising their respect for John and his performance as CEO. Others, while sympathetic to our

need to bring the CEO’s salary in line with that of his peers, raised concerns about making signiﬁcant

executive salary increases (whether notional or actual) in the current economic climate and provided

feedback that the concept of a ‘notional’ salary risked introducing unwanted complexity.

During the period that the policy review was undertaken, the external environment changed.

The cost of living crisis and high rates of inﬂation in the UK meant that large salary increases for

executives felt out of step with our stakeholders and went against John’s principles of aligning

CEO remuneration increases with that of the wider workforce. In addition, share prices fell across the

FTSE, including at the Group, which meant that any signiﬁcant increases to remuneration levels were

likely to be misaligned with the shareholder experience. Reﬂecting this development and the feedback

received from shareholders, the committee has decided not to make any major changes to the

CEO’s salary at this time. However, we remain mindful that we may need to make a signiﬁcant uplift

in the medium to longer term for future succession. In recognition of their exceptional performance

in leading the business successfully through a challenging period, and to prevent John’s salary falling

any further below market norms than it already has, we will be granting John (and Steve Crummett,

the ﬁnance director) salary increases for 2023 slightly below those we grant to the wider workforce.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

135

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration committee report

#### ESG metrics

As part of the policy review, we discussed the use of ESG measures, noting that this has become

an area of particular focus for investors and that market practice to adopt ESG metrics in pay

arrangements has accelerated in recent years. As in previous reviews, we have given the matter a

great deal of consideration but remain of the opinion that ESG is already such an integral part of

the Group’s day-to-day operations that it does not warrant further incentivisation or extraordinary

reward at this time. As a Group, we continue to hold ourselves to an incredibly high standard on

ESG through our ambitious Total Commitments and we remain a leader in our sector on

environmental matters (see pages 28 to 34 and pages 80 to 92 for further information).

We are also keen to retain the simplicity of our current remuneration arrangements, as we believe this

to be one of their greatest strengths. The majority of shareholders that we consulted were supportive

of our approach. We have set ourselves clear criteria for reviewing the decision and will ensure that

our policy wording does not preclude us doing so in the future, should we deem it necessary.

#### 2022 remuneration

2022

2021

2020

2019

Revenue

£3,612m

£3,213m

£3,034m

£3,071m

Proﬁt before tax adjusted\*

£136.2m

£127.7m

£63.9m

£90.4m

Average daily net cash

£256.3m

£291.4m

£180.7m

£108.9m

Earnings per share (EPS)\*

237.9p

226.0p

108.6p

161.2p

Share price (end of year)

£15.30

£25.20

£15.32

£16.20

\* See note 28 to the consolidated ﬁnancial statements for alternative performance deﬁnitions and reconciliations.

The Group has delivered a robust performance in 2022, delivering EPS growth of 48% since

31 December 2019 (2019 EPS: 161.2p), which reﬂects the quality of the work we have won and

our operational delivery. We have been able to provide further support to some of the vulnerable

communities in which we operate and have made long-term investments to address the impact

of climate change. The strength of our balance sheet and cash generation have remained high

priorities for the Board, enabling us to continue to do the right thing for all stakeholders and ensure

that we select the right construction contracts and invest in long-term regeneration schemes that

will secure future earnings.

Throughout the year, the directors have continued to focus on ensuring that the business is in the

best position ﬁnancially to withstand economic uncertainty, and able to take advantage of opportunities

as and when they arise. Reﬂecting these positive results, the executive directors will each receive

a bonus of 125% of salary, of which 30% will be deferred in shares for three years. LTIP awards

granted in 2020, which vest on three-year performance to 31 December 2022 (two thirds on EPS

and one third on relative total shareholder return (TSR), will vest at 100%. The committee satisﬁed

itself that this outcome reﬂects the underlying performance of the business over the relevant period.

The committee considered the vesting value of the 2020 LTIP awards in relation to the guidance

from major shareholders around windfall gains and reviewed several perspectives, including share

price movements and the Company’s strong relative performance, in its deliberations. The 2020 LTIP

awards were granted on 2 March 2020 using a share price of £18.57 (prior to the market-wide fall

following the onset of Covid). The fourth quarter 2022 average share price used to calculate the

single ﬁgure of remuneration (see page 152) was £15.30. It was therefore concluded that the

executive directors had received no windfall gain and therefore no discretionary adjustment was

required. The committee will reassess this position following the actual vest date in March 2023,

taking into account the share price at that time.

#### 2023 remuneration

In setting the remuneration for 2023 for the executive directors and the GMT, we considered

the proposed changes within the context of the remuneration oﬀered to employees as a whole.

We undertook an in-depth review of remuneration structures across the Group in December 2021

and no material changes have been made to these in the year since. We therefore focused our

review on the proposed salary increases for the wider workforce and the support that our divisions

have provided to their teams to assist with the increased cost of living.

Our divisions pay the real living wage or above and two divisions are accredited Living Wage

Foundation employers. The real living wage increases of c10% as set out in September 2022 have

been applied across the Group. During 2022, the divisions provided their employees with a range

of support to help with the cost of living, including oﬀering one-oﬀ cost of living support payments,

temporarily increasing fuel allowances, bringing forward annual pay and bonus payments, and

enhancing employee beneﬁt packages. Speciﬁc actions taken include:



Two of our divisions gave lower-paid employees in their teams mid-year pay increases or one-oﬀ

payments to help them with the rising cost of living.



A number of divisions brought forward the date of their 2023 salary increases by a month to

1 December 2022 and gave employees vouchers to help them with increased costs over the

festive season.



A couple of divisions introduced additional facilities on sites to enable workers to shower and

wash their work clothes, as well as providing breakfast.



We have made sure all employees are aware of the discounts and support available via employee

beneﬁts such as our employee assistance programme and ﬁnancial education service.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

136

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration committee report

Although we have not engaged directly with employees on the remuneration policy design,

I, together with our company secretary, met with our HR forum in 2022 to discuss wider workforce

remuneration. Although there were some comments from employees, these related to the cost of

running vehicles in the summer, which the divisions have subsequently addressed by temporarily

increasing allowances for employees driving on company business. Those divisions which provided

mid-year salary increases received positive feedback from their employees. Unrelated to the cost

of living crisis, one division reviewed and enhanced its pension arrangements during the year,

which resulted in c400 employees increasing their own contributions. All divisions are very aware

of the issues that their employees are facing and are mindful of the need to remain competitive to

attract the best talent while balancing the long-term impacts of any new measures on the business.

The Group’s strong performance, culture and broader oﬀerings such as ﬂexible working, career

development and a competitive range of beneﬁts help the divisions to retain their talented teams.

Feedback from the discussion was shared with the wider committee and was discussed by the

committee at the following meeting. We will continue to engage with the HR forum in 2023 to better

understand our employees’ experiences and expectations around remuneration.

As discussed above, the salaries of both the chief executive and ﬁnance director will be increased

by 5% with eﬀect from 1 January 2023, just below the average increase awarded across the Group.

We are aware of the prevailing investor sentiment that executive salary increases for 2023 should

generally be below those of the wider workforce, to reﬂect the disproportionate impact of the cost

of living crisis on lower-paid employees; indeed, it is because of this disproportionate impact that

we have awarded tiered salary increases of between 5% and 10% of salary to our lowest-paid

employees, with larger increases for those on lower salaries. In this context, and in light of the

business’s strong performance and the CEO’s low pay positioning relative to size and sector peers,

we believe that awarding both executives increases just below the average employee increase of 6%

for 2023 is fair and the right thing to do. The pension contribution for executive directors will reduce

from 10% to 6% of salary from 1 January 2023 to bring them in line with the pension contributions for

the majority of employees.

The executive directors will be eligible for an annual bonus of up to 125% of basic salary, of which 30%

will be subject to deferral in shares for three years. The bonus targets for 2023 will be based on adjusted

proﬁt before tax\* (PBTA\*) for consistency with full-year 2022 and simplicity. For 2023, as in 2022, the

trigger point for the annual bonus will be 90% of budgeted PBTA\* and a maximum bonus will require

110% of budgeted PBTA.\* Full details of the targets will be disclosed in the 2023 remuneration report.

Finally, executive directors will each receive LTIP awards in 2023 up to 150% of basic salary.

Any LTIP shares that vest will be subject to a further two-year holding period post-vesting. For 2023,

the committee will use a point-to-point calculation for the EPS metric (two thirds of the award), with

a threshold 2025 EPS target of 260p and a stretch target of 308p. This range has been determined

through consideration of a number of internal and external reference points, including the strong

performance in 2022, the long-run target growth range of 6%–13%, broker forecasts for the next

three years and typical growth rates in our sector. In respect of the TSR metric (one third of the award),

the performance range will again be median to median plus 10% per year outperformance versus

the constituents of the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts). As a committee, we believe that

the stretch targets are broadly equivalent to an upper-quartile level of performance. The committee

considered the share price at which the awards would be granted in relation to the prices used to

grant previous LTIP awards and was satisﬁed that the level of award was reasonable, but that

committee discretion would be used at the time of vest, if necessary, to take into account any

windfall gains which have arisen over the vesting period.

#### Looking ahead

The committee will continue to monitor corporate governance and market practice developments

throughout the 2023 AGM season and will consider the appropriateness of any emerging trends

for the Group.

In conclusion, the committee believes that, overall, we have maintained a balanced and considered

outcome in respect of remuneration with a clear link between performance and reward.

The remuneration outcomes, as outlined throughout the report, clearly reﬂect the factors detailed

in Provision 40 of the UK Corporate Governance Code (see page 151 for further information).

We hope to continue to receive your support at the forthcoming AGM on 4 May 2023.

Tracey Killen

Chair of the remuneration committee

22 February 2023

#### In this section

138

Remuneration philosophy

141

Remuneration policy

151

Ensuring transparency of the remuneration policy

152

Annual report on remuneration

152

Single total ﬁgures of remuneration

154

Share awards granted during the year (audited)

155

Outstanding interests under share schemes (audited)

157

Other disclosures

161

Implementation of the remuneration policy for 2023

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

137

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

#### Remuneration philosophy

The key principles of our approach to executive remuneration are to ensure that it:



aligns management and shareholder interests;



is appropriately competitive in the marketplace;



helps retain and motivate executive directors of the calibre required in order to deliver

the Group’s strategy; and



rewards growth in earnings over the long term, thereby driving growth in value to our

shareholders and wider stakeholders.

Chief executive

remuneration

£2,013,087

single ﬁgure 2022

(2021: £2,806,066)

(see page 152)

-28%

change in £ single ﬁgure

from 2021

(2021: 153%)

3%

change in £ annual bonus

received from 2021

(2021: 100%)

100%

of 2020 LTIP award vesting

(2021: 100%)

Gender pay

gap reporting

29%

mean gender pay gap

(2021: 30%)

31%

median gender pay gap

(2021: 30%)

59%

mean bonus gap

(2021: 57%)

31%

median bonus gap

(2021: 36%)

For further information on our

gender pay gap, see page 26.

Remuneration

across the Group

£592,400,000

spend on total pay

(2021: £543,700,000)

87%

of employees received a pay increase

(2021: 87%)

5.1%

average pay increase across the Group

in 2022

(2021: 3%)

67%

of employees received a bonus

(2021: 71%)

£8,958

average bonus paid

(2021: £9,577)

#### Summary of 2022 executive remuneration

Fixed pay

2022

2021

Basic salary

563

547

Beneﬁts

27

26

Pension allowance

56

55

Annual bonus

Annual cash bonus

paid in cash

493

478

Annual cash bonus

deferred into shares

211

205

Value of long-term incentives vested

Value of long-term

incentives vested

662

1,496

Fixed pay

2022

2021

Basic salary

449

436

Beneﬁts

26

25

Pension allowance

45

44

Annual bonus

Annual cash bonus

paid in cash

393

382

Annual cash bonus

deferred into shares

168

163

Value of long-term incentives vested

Value of long-term

incentives vested

528

1,193

704

683

1,496

662

John Morgan

(£m)

2022

2021

647

627

561

545

1,193

528

Steve Crummett

(£m)

2022

2021

520

504

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

138

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration philosophy

#### 2023 remuneration

The table below shows how we intend to operate the policy in 2023. The table sets out how each element of remuneration links to strategy and the performance and retention periods for each.

Element

Link to strategy

Maximum

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Fixed pay

Salary

Supports the attraction and

retention of the best talent.

Any increases are

generally in line with

those for the workforce

as a whole.

Chief executive

£591,310 (+5%);

ﬁnance director

£471,610 (+5%).

Beneﬁts

Market-competitive and cost-

eﬀective beneﬁts support the

attraction and retention of talent.

Market-competitive.

Beneﬁts provided.

Pension

6% of basic salary.

Pension paid.

Variable

pay

Annual

bonus

Incentivises delivery of ﬁnancial

and strategic targets.

Focuses on key ﬁnancial metrics

and the individual’s contribution

to the Group’s performance.

125% of salary with

30% of any bonus

earned deferred.

Targets for annual

bonus set at start

of the year.

Cash element

of bonus paid

(up to 70% of

bonus earned).

Nil-cost options

issued (at least

30% of bonus

earned).

Nil-cost options

vest (three-year

deferral).

LTIP

Rewards consistent long-term

performance in line with the

Group’s strategy.

Provides focus on delivering

superior long-term returns

to shareholders.

150% of salary.

LTIP awards

granted in March.

LTIP

performance

conditions

tested.

Vested shares

subject to

mandatory

holding period.

Mandatory

two-year holding

period ends.

Additional

governance

Recovery and

withholding

All incentives.

Malus and clawback: misstatement, serious misconduct, error in calculation, corporate failure.

Share

ownership

requirement

Ensures alignment between the

interests of executive directors and

shareholders.

200% of salary.

Post-

employment

LTIP and deferred

bonus plan shares.

Holding requirement for LTIP shares and net deferred bonus nil-cost options that have not vested or been exercised.

Required to hold equivalent of 200% of salary for year one post-employment, reducing to 100% of salary in year two.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

139

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Remuneration policy and practice

The table below illustrates how remuneration policy and practice compare across the diﬀerent groups of employees.

Salary

Beneﬁts

Pension

Short-term incentive

Long-term incentive

Executive directors

Basic salary levels take into

account market-competitive

levels. Any increases are

normally in line with those

for the wider workforce.

A range of market-competitive

beneﬁts are oﬀered in line

with the wider workforce.

Up to 6% of salary employer

contribution to the Morgan

Sindall Retirement Savings

Plan (‘the Retirement Plan’),

consistent with the wider

workforce rate.

Annual bonus plan linked

100% to Group performance.

30% of the total award is

deferred in nil-cost options.

The LTIP is a share award

with performance linked

to three-year EPS and

TSR performance.

Group management

team

Annual bonus plan linked

100% to divisional or Group

performance.

Senior management

Divisional or Group annual

cash bonus plan linked to

both business and personal

performance.

Senior management may be

oﬀered share options under

the 2014 Share Option Plan

(’2014 SOP’).

Wider workforce

Basic salary levels are set in

line with market requirements

or subject to industry-wide

working rule agreements

where applicable.

Five of our businesses pay

employees the real living wage

or above. Construction and

Property Services are Living

Wage Foundation accredited

employers.

A range of market-competitive

beneﬁts are oﬀered. Individual

beneﬁts received depend on

role and seniority.

Varies by division. Typical

employer contribution of

6% of salary. Monthly paid

employees are oﬀered the

Retirement Plan and weekly

paid employees are oﬀered

the opportunity to join the

B&CE’s People’s Pension.

Both plans are deﬁned

contribution. Weekly paid

employees are oﬀered

contributions in line with

the industry working rule

agreements.

Depending on role, a

proportion of employees will

participate in their divisional

or the Group annual cash

bonus plan linked to a mix

of business and/or personal

performance.

Depending on role,

employees may be invited to

participate in the 2014 SOP.

All employees are invited to

participate in the Savings-

Related Share Option Plan.

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration philosophy

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

140

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

#### Remuneration policy

This part of the report sets out the Company’s policy for the remuneration of executive and non-executive directors (referred to as either ‘the remuneration policy’ or ‘the policy’). The policy is determined

by the remuneration committee and is not subject to audit by the external auditor.

The committee is seeking shareholder approval for a new remuneration policy at the 2023 AGM and, if approved, it is intended that this revised policy will come into eﬀect from that date. A summary of,

and rationale for, the principal changes compared to the previously approved policy is provided in the committee chair’s statement above, with changes also identiﬁed in the relevant sections below.

The policy is designed to be straightforward, and to encourage the eﬀective stewardship that is vital to creating long-term value for all stakeholders. It promotes long-term sustainable performance through

signiﬁcant deferral of remuneration in shares. Executive directors are expected to build and maintain substantial personal shareholdings in the business. The extent of their responsibilities means executive

directors are well paid, but the policy is designed to ensure that they are not overpaid.

As set out in the committee chair’s statement on page 135, the committee consulted with 16 of its largest shareholders regarding these changes.

Fixed elements

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance targets

Base salary

To provide competitive ﬁxed

remuneration.

To attract, retain and motivate

executive directors of the calibre

required in order to deliver the

Company’s strategy and enhance

earnings over the long term.

Basic salary is typically reviewed annually or,

if appropriate, in the event of a change in an

individual’s position or responsibilities.

Salary levels are set with reference to market

rates, taking into account individual performance,

experience, Company performance and the pay and

conditions of other senior management in the Group.

The committee will consider the general increase for

the broader employee population but on occasion

may need to recognise, for example, an increase in

the scale, scope or responsibility of the role.

There is no prescribed maximum annual

increase.

Increases will generally be in line with those

awarded to the wider workforce, although the

committee maintains the ability to grant larger

increases where appropriate.

Not applicable.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

141

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration policy

Fixed elements

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance targets

Beneﬁts

To provide market-competitive

levels of beneﬁts, including insured

beneﬁts to support the individual

and their family during periods of

ill health, accidents or in the event

of death.

Car or travel allowances to facilitate

eﬀective travel.

Current beneﬁts include:



travel allowance;



private medical insurance;



annual health screening;



ill health income protection insurance;



life assurance;



holiday and sick pay;



employee assistance programme;



professional advice in connection with their

directorship;



relocation expenses and legal fees in the case

of a new hire;



travel, fuel, subsistence and accommodation

as necessary; and



occasional gifts, for example, appropriate

long-service or leaving gifts.

Other beneﬁts may be provided where appropriate

in line with beneﬁts oﬀered to other employees.

The value of beneﬁts is based on the cost

to the Company and is not predetermined.

Not applicable.

Pension

To provide a pension arrangement

to contribute towards retirement

planning.

The Company will contribute to the deﬁned

contribution pension scheme, The Morgan Sindall

Retirement Savings Plan ('the Retirement Plan'),

or to personal pension arrangements at the request

of the individual.

The Company may also consider a cash alternative

(for example, where a director has reached HMRC’s

lifetime or annual allowance limit).

Employer contributions for current and new

executive directors will be kept aligned with

the rate oﬀered to the majority of employees

(currently 6% of salary). Directors who are

members of the Retirement Plan may elect to

exchange part of their salary or bonus award

in return for pension contributions, where

the Company will enhance the additional

contributions by half of the saved employer’s

National Insurance contribution.

Not applicable.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

142

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration policy

Fixed elements

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance targets

Annual bonus

To reward the achievement of

demanding annual performance metrics.

Performance measures and targets are generally

set annually by the committee.

At the end of the year, the committee determines

the extent to which targets have been achieved.

A maximum of 70% of any bonus earned is payable

in cash with the remainder normally deferred for at

least three years and satisﬁed in Company shares.

To ensure fairness to both shareholders and

participants, the committee has discretion: (i) to

override the formulaic outturn of the bonus to

determine the appropriate level of bonus payable

where it believes the outcome is not truly reﬂective of

performance; and (ii) to adjust performance measures,

targets and/or weightings during the performance

period under exceptional circumstances. Any additional

measures which may be introduced in the future

would be aligned to our strategy and we would

provide details at the relevant time.

Awards under the annual bonus are subject to malus

and clawback provisions, further details of which are

set out on page 149.

The maximum opportunity is 150% of base

salary (an increase on the previous policy level

of 125%).

Maximum opportunities for executive

directors in 2023 will remain unchanged at

125% of salary.

Target performance will typically deliver up

to 50% of maximum bonus, with threshold

performance typically paying up to 15% of

maximum bonus.

Dividends accrue on deferred bonus shares

during the deferral period and may be paid

in shares at the time of release.

All or a majority of the bonus

will be based on PBTA\*

set relative to the Group’s

budget, or such other ﬁnancial

measures as the committee

deems appropriate.

Financial targets will account

for not less than 80% of the

annual bonus.

A minority of the bonus may

be based on non-ﬁnancial,

strategic and/or personal

objectives linked to the

strategic objectives of the

Group to provide a rounded

assessment of Group’s and

management’s performance.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

143

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration policy

Fixed elements

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance targets

2023

Long-Term

Incentive Plan

(LTIP)

To drive sustained long-term

performance that supports the

creation of shareholder value.

Annual awards of conditional shares or nil (or nominal)

cost options are granted with vesting dependent on

the achievement of performance conditions over a

three-year period.

Award levels, performance conditions and targets

are generally reviewed before each award cycle to

ensure they remain appropriate. Targets take account

of internal strategic planning and external market

expectations for the Group and are appropriate to

the economic outlook and risk factors prevailing at the

time, ensuring that such targets remain challenging in

the circumstances, while remaining realistic enough to

motivate and incentivise management.

A proportion of net LTIP shares vesting may, at the

discretion of the committee, be subject to a holding

period following the end of the vesting period. The

committee’s current intention is that all awards will be

required to be held for an additional two-year period

post-vesting, creating a total of ﬁve years between the

award being granted and the ﬁrst opportunity to sell.

To ensure fairness to both shareholders and

participants, the committee has discretion: (i) to

override the formulaic outturn of the performance

targets to determine the appropriate level of vesting

of the LTIP where it believes the outcome is not

truly reﬂective of performance; and (ii) to adjust

performance measures, targets and/or weightings

during the performance period under exceptional

circumstances. Any use of committee discretion

with respect to waiving or modifying performance

conditions will be disclosed in the relevant

annual report.

Awards under the LTIP are subject to malus and

clawback provisions, further details of which are

set out on page 149.

200% of base salary (an increase on our

previous policy level of 150%).

Award levels for executive directors in 2023

will remain unchanged at 150% of salary.

Vesting of LTIP awards is

subject to performance

against relevant metrics

measured over a period of

at least three ﬁnancial years.

The committee will typically

select performance measures

ahead of each cycle to ensure

that they continue to be linked

to the delivery of the Company

strategy. Awards are subject to

performance conditions based

on the Company’s EPS and

on relative TSR compared to

a group of UK-listed peers.

The committee has discretion

to introduce additional

performance condition(s)

(to complement EPS and TSR)

for up to one third of future

awards.

For every performance

measure, no more than

25% of the available award

will vest for achieving

threshold performance,

increasing to 100% vesting

for achievement of stretching

performance targets.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

144

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration policy

Fixed elements

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance targets

All-employee

Savings-

Related Share

Option Plan

(‘SAYE’)

To encourage share ownership

and provide further alignment

with shareholders.

This is an HMRC tax-advantaged plan under which

regular monthly savings can be made over a period

of three years and can be used to fund the exercise

of an option to purchase shares.

Options are granted at a discount of up to 20%.

This scheme is open to all employees including

executive directors.

Prevailing HMRC limits apply.

The executive directors will be eligible to

participate in any other HMRC all-employee

share plans that may be implemented.

Not applicable.

Non-executive

directors’ fees

To attract, retain and reward

talented individuals.

Non-executive directors typically receive a basic annual

fee in respect of their Board duties. Additional fees

may be paid to the chairs of the committees and the

senior independent director to reﬂect their additional

responsibilities. The non-executive directors’ fees are

reviewed by the Board rather than the committee.

The chair receives a ﬁxed annual fee.

Fees are normally reviewed annually. The committee

and the Board are guided by fee levels in the

non- executive director market and may recognise

an increase in certain circumstances, such as assumed

additional responsibility or an increase in the scale or

scope of the role.

Non-executive directors are reimbursed for

reasonable expenses and any tax arising on those

expenses will be settled directly by the Company.

To the extent that these are deemed taxable

expenses, they will be included in the annual

remuneration report as required.

Non-executive directors may take independent

professional advice relating to their role as a director

at the expense of the Company.

For the non-executive directors, there is

no prescribed maximum annual increase

although it is expected that any increase in

fees will usually be broadly aligned with salary

increases granted to the wider workforce at

the time.

The Company’s articles of association

(‘the Articles’) provide that the total aggregate

remuneration paid to the chair of the

Company and non-executive directors will

be determined by the Board within the limits

set by shareholders and detailed in the

Company’s Articles.

Not applicable.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

145

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Fixed elements

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance targets

Share

ownership

guidelines

To provide close alignment between

the experience and longer-term

interests of executive directors

and shareholders.

Executive directors are expected to build and maintain

shareholdings at a minimum speciﬁed level (currently

200% of basic salary).

Until this threshold is achieved, there is a requirement

for executive directors to retain no less than 50% of

the net of tax value of vested incentive awards.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Post-

employment

shareholdings

To encourage long-term alignment

with shareholders.

The committee requires executive directors to

maintain a level of shareholding for two years after

stepping down from the Board. The committee has

established mechanisms to enforce this requirement.

The committee will retain discretion about the

application of post-employment shareholding

guidelines in individual cases.

Executive directors will maintain the following

shareholdings after they have stepped down

from the Board:

For the ﬁrst 12 months, the lower of:

a) their shareholding at the time of leaving the

business (excluding individually purchased

shares); and

b) 200% of basic salary (this being the current

in-post shareholding guideline).

For the second 12 months (i.e. between

12 months and 24 months), the lower of:

a) their shareholding at the time of leaving the

business (excluding individually purchased

shares); and

b) 100% of basic salary (this being half of the

current in-post shareholding guideline).

Not applicable.

#### Existing arrangements

We will honour existing awards to executive directors, and incentives, beneﬁts and contractual arrangements made to individuals prior to their promotion to the Board and/or prior to the approval and

implementation of this policy. For the avoidance of doubt, this includes payments in respect of any award granted under the previous remuneration policy. This will last until the existing incentives vest (or lapse)

or the beneﬁts or contractual arrangements no longer apply. This does not apply to pension contributions for any newly promoted executive directors, which will be aligned with the rate oﬀered to the majority

of employees on promotion to the Board.

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration policy

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

146

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration policy

#### Service agreements

Executive directors

Executive directors have rolling service contracts that provide for 12 months’ notice on either side.

There are no special provisions that apply in the event of a change of control.

Date of service contract

John Morgan

20 February 2012

Steve Crummett

5 February 2013

The Company allows executive directors to hold external non-executive directorships, subject to the

prior approval of the Board, and to retain fees from these roles.

Non-executive directors

All non-executive directors have speciﬁc terms of engagement, being an initial period of three years which

thereafter may be extended by mutual consent, subject to the requirements for re-election, the Listing

Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the relevant sections of the Companies Act 2006.

Appointment

letter date

Month/year

initial three-year term

was extended

Month/year

second three-year

term was extended

Michael Findlay

1 October 2016

October 2019

October 2022

Malcolm Cooper

9 November 2015

November 2018

November 2021

Tracey Killen

5 May 2017

May 2020

David Lowden

10 September 2018

September 2021

Jen Tippin

1 March 2020

Kathy Quashie

1 June 2021

The non-executive directors are subject to annual re-election by shareholders.

#### Termination provisions

Current executive directors’ service agreements are terminable on 12 months’ notice. In circumstances

of termination on notice, the committee will determine an equitable compensation package, having

regard to the particular circumstances of the case. The committee has discretion to require notice to

be worked or to make payment in lieu of notice or to place the director on garden leave for the notice

period. In respect of new hires, the initial notice period for a service contract may be longer than the

policy of a 12-month notice period, provided it reduces to 12 months within a short space of time.

In case of payment in lieu or garden leave, base salary, accrued holiday, employer pension

contributions and employee beneﬁts will be paid for the period of notice served on garden leave

or paid in lieu. The committee will endeavour to make payments in phased instalments and to apply

mitigation in the case of oﬀsetting payments against earnings elsewhere.

If a director leaves under a settlement agreement, life assurance cover may continue for up to three

months after a director leaves the Company, subject to the director not obtaining alternative

employment. In addition, the Company may agree that a director will remain covered under the

private medical scheme until the next policy renewal date or, if a director is mid-treatment at their

leaving date, until the course of treatment is concluded. The same provisions are available to all

employees in the Company who receive these beneﬁts.

For ‘good leavers’, the annual bonus may be payable in respect of the period of the bonus scheme

year worked by the director; there is no provision for an amount in lieu of bonus to be payable for

any part of the notice period not worked. The bonus would be payable at the normal date. Leavers

would normally retain deferred bonus shares, albeit release would normally be at the end of the

deferral period, with committee discretion to treat otherwise.

Long-term incentives granted under the LTIP will be determined by the LTIP rules which contain

discretionary ‘good leaver’ provisions for designated reasons (that is, participants who leave early on

account of: injury; disability; death; a sale of their employer or business in which they were employed;

statutory redundancy; retirement; or any other reason at the discretion of the committee). In these

circumstances, a participant’s unvested awards will not be forfeited on cessation of employment

and instead will vest on the normal vesting date (save in the event of the death of a participant,

where vesting will occur as soon as reasonably practicable). In exceptional circumstances, the

committee may decide that the participant’s awards will vest early on the date of cessation of

employment. In all cases, the extent to which the awards will vest will depend on the extent to which

the performance conditions have been satisﬁed and a pro rata reduction of the awards will be

applied by reference to the time of cessation (although the committee has discretion to disapply

time pro-rating if the circumstances warrant it).

Leavers would normally retain vested LTIP shares subject to a holding period and these would

normally be released at the end of the holding period, with committee discretion to treat otherwise;

in the event of death of a participant, any holding period would cease to apply.

In the event of a takeover or other corporate event, the committee will determine the number of

LTIP shares in respect of which an award vests based on the extent to which it determines that the

performance conditions have been satisﬁed at the relevant time, taking into account the shortened

performance period and such other factors as the committee considers relevant. Awards will be time

pro-rated to reﬂect the earlier vesting, unless the committee determines otherwise.

Where an executive director leaves by mutual consent, the Company may reimburse reasonable

legal fees and tax advice costs, and pay for professional outplacement services.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

147

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration policy

#### Remuneration on recruitment

The committee considers the need to attract, retain and motivate the best person for each position, without paying more than is necessary.

External appointments

For external appointments, the committee would seek to align the ongoing remuneration package with the remuneration policy approved by shareholders, as follows:

Fixed elements

Approach

Maximum annual

grant value

Base salary

The base salaries of new executive directors will be determined by reference to relevant market data, the experience and skills of

the individual, internal relativities and their current basic salary. In the event that the committee elects to set the initial basic salary of

a new appointee below market, any shortfall may be managed with phased increases over a period of two to three years subject to

the individual’s development in the role. Alternatively, the committee may approve a higher basic annual salary for a newly appointed

director than the outgoing director received where it considers it necessary in order to recruit an individual of suﬃcient calibre for the

role and/or where it is known that the outgoing director’s remuneration has fallen behind appropriate market levels.

Pension

New executive directors will receive Company contributions or a cash alternative in line with that oﬀered to the majority of employees.

Beneﬁts

New executive directors will be eligible to receive beneﬁts which may include (but are not limited to) travel allowances, private medical

insurance, ill health income protection insurance, health screening, employee assistance programme, life assurance, holiday and sick

pay, professional advice in connection with their directorship, travel, subsistence and accommodation as necessary, occasional gifts,

for example, appropriate long-service or leaving gifts, and any necessary relocation and/or incidental expenses.

The Company may make an award in cash or shares on recruitment to reﬂect the value of beneﬁts a new recruit may have received

from a former employer.

Annual bonus

The structure described in the policy table will apply to new executive directors, with the maximum opportunity being pro-rated to

reﬂect the proportion of the ﬁnancial year served. The committee may set diﬀerent performance conditions and/or targets for an

executive director who has joined part-way through the ﬁnancial year.

150% of base salary

LTIP

New appointees will be granted awards under the LTIP on the same terms as other executives, as described in the policy table.

The committee may set diﬀerent performance conditions and/or targets for an executive director who has joined part-way through

the ﬁnancial year.

200% of base salary

SAYE

New appointees will also be eligible to participate in all-employee share schemes.

Shareholding guidelines

New executive directors will be expected to build up a shareholding equivalent to 200% of basic salary in accordance with the terms

set out in the policy table.

Post-employment shareholding

The structure in the policy table will apply to new executive directors.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

148

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration policy

In determining appropriate remuneration, the committee will take into consideration all relevant

factors to ensure that arrangements are in the best interests of both the Company and its

shareholders. The committee may additionally make awards or payments in respect of deferred

remuneration arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer.

The committee will look to replicate the arrangements being forfeited as closely as possible and,

in doing so, will take account of relevant factors, including: the value of deferred remuneration; the

performance conditions; and the time over which they would have vested or been paid. Any such

arrangements would typically have an aggregate fair value no higher than the awards being forfeited.

The LTIP will be used as the basis for granting such replacement awards, to the extent possible under

its rules; such awards may be granted in excess of the ongoing policy limit outlined in the table on

page 144. Awards may be granted outside of the LTIP if necessary, as permitted under the Listing Rules.

Internal promotion

In cases of appointing a new executive director by way of internal promotion, the committee will act

in a manner consistent with the policy for external appointees detailed on page 148 and the

provisions for existing arrangements, as set out on page 144, will apply.

Shareholders will be informed of the remuneration package and all additional payments to a newly

appointed executive director in the annual report following their appointment.

Non-executive directors

For the appointment of a new non-executive director, the fee arrangement will be set in accordance

with the approved remuneration policy at that time.

#### Overview of remuneration policy for other employees

While our remuneration policy follows the same fundamental principles across the Group, packages

oﬀered to employees reﬂect diﬀerences in role and seniority. For example, the remuneration

package elements for our Group management team are essentially the same as for the executive

directors with some minor diﬀerences, such as lower levels of share awards and a lower

shareholding requirement. Employees across the Group below Board level may be eligible to

participate in an annual bonus arrangement. Long-term incentive awards and/or discretionary share

options may be awarded to certain other senior executives and employees, for which the maximum

opportunity and the performance conditions may vary by organisational level.

All employees are eligible to participate in the Group’s SAYE scheme and to join either the Group’s

Retirement Plan or the People’s Pension. The Group also oﬀers a broad range of beneﬁts that are

open to employees with eligibility for the diﬀerent beneﬁts determined on seniority. Beneﬁts oﬀered

include: private medical insurance; digital GP service; income protection; holiday plus scheme

(an option to purchase some additional holiday); life insurance provision; employee assistance

programme; and access to ﬁnancial education.

#### Use of discretion

The committee will operate the incentive plans in accordance with their respective rules, the Listing

Rules and HMRC rules where relevant. The committee, consistent with market practice, retains

discretion over a number of areas relating to the operation and administration of certain plan rules.

These include (but are not limited to) the following:



who participates in incentives;



the timing of grant of awards and/or payments;



the size of awards (up to plan/policy limits) and/or payments;



where the result indicated by the relative TSR performance condition should be scaled back

(potentially to zero) in the event that the committee considers that ﬁnancial performance has

been unsatisfactory and/or the outcome has been distorted due to the TSR for the Company

or any comparator company TSR being considered abnormal;



measurement of performance in the event of a change of control or reconstruction;



determination of good leaver status (in addition to any speciﬁed categories) for incentive

plan purposes;



payment of dividends accrued during the vesting period;



adjustments required in certain circumstances (for example, rights issues, corporate restructuring

and special dividends);



adjustments to existing performance conditions for exceptional events so that they can still fulﬁl

their original purpose;



the release of deferred bonus shares for leavers;



retention of LTIP shares subject to a holding period for leavers; and



the application of the post-employment shareholding guidelines.

#### Malus and clawback

Awards under the annual bonus, the deferred bonus and the LTIP are subject to malus and

clawback provisions which can be applied to both vested and unvested awards. Clawback provisions

will apply for a period of three years post-vesting. Circumstances in which malus and clawback may

be applied include: for overpayments due to material misstatement of the Company’s ﬁnancial

accounts; gross misconduct on the part of the award-holder; an error in calculating the vesting

outcomes; or in the event of corporate failure. Participants in the Company’s LTIP and deferred

bonus scheme are required to acknowledge their understanding and acceptance of malus and

clawback provisions prior to receiving their awards. The committee is satisﬁed that the recovery

provisions are enforceable.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

149

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration policy

#### Remuneration scenarios for the executive directors

The charts below provide an indication of the level of remuneration that would be received by each executive director under the proposed 2023 implementation of the policy in the following three assumed

performance scenarios:

Below threshold performance

Fixed elements of remuneration only – base salary, beneﬁts and pension

On-target performance

Assumes 50% payout under the annual bonus (62.5% of salary)

Assumes 16.7% payout under the LTIP (aligned with the weighted average threshold payout across the EPS (12.5%) and TSR (25%) elements)

Maximum performance

1

Assumes 100% payout under the annual bonus (125% of salary)

Assumes 100% payout under the LTIP (150% of salary)

1

Maximum shown both with and without the impact of share price appreciation on the potential value of long-term incentive awards. For the purposes of this illustration, three-year share price appreciation is assumed to be 50% in line with the

reporting regulations.

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,00

0

654

739

1,330

654

739

887

654

370 148

XX

654

John Morgan

Maximum +

50% share

price growth

Maximum

On-target

Minimum

£2,724

£2,280

£1,172

£654

100%

56%

32%

13%

29%

32%

24%

27%

49%

39%

Fixed

Annual bonus

LTIP

Chief Executive

(£000)

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,00

0

526

590

1,061

526

590

707

526

118

295

526

Steve Crummett

Maximum +

50% share

price growth

Maximum

On-target

Minimum

£2,177

£1,823

£939

£526

100%

56%

31%

13%

29%

32%

24%

27%

49%

39%

Finance Director

(£000)

Notes:



Base salary levels are as at 1 January 2023.



The value of beneﬁts has been estimated based on amounts received in respect of 2022.



The value of pension receivable is the equivalent of 6% of base salary.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

150

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Remuneration policy

#### Ensuring transparency of the remuneration policy

The following table summarises how the remuneration policy fulﬁls the factors set out in Provision 40 of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code.

Criteria

How the Company fulﬁls the criteria

Example

Clarity

Remuneration arrangements should be transparent and

promote eﬀective engagement with shareholders and

the workforce.

The committee is committed to providing open and transparent disclosures to shareholders, employees and other stakeholders with

regard to executive remuneration arrangements.

The annual bonus plan, deferred bonus plan, 2023 LTIP and 2023 SOP are kept under regular review.

The remuneration report sets out the remuneration arrangements for the executive directors in a clear and transparent way. We

encourage shareholders to ask questions at the AGM and we consult with shareholders over any proposed changes to the policy.

Although the committee does not consult the wider employee population explicitly on remuneration policy, the Board as a whole

engages regularly with employees on a range of topics and feedback is reﬂected in its discussions and decisions.

The annual bonus plan is based entirely on

PBTA\* which is published in the Group’s

audited accounts.

Simplicity

Remuneration structures should avoid complexity

and their rationale and operation should be easy

to understand.

Our remuneration arrangements for executive directors, as well as those for employees across the Group, are simple in nature and well

understood by participants.

Remuneration for the executive directors consists of ﬁxed pay (salary, beneﬁts, pension) and variable pay (annual bonus plan and LTIP).

No complex structures are used in our variable pay plans.

The annual bonus is based on one metric (PBTA\*)

which is easy to measure and understand.

Risk

Remuneration arrangements should ensure that

reputational and other risks arising from excessive rewards,

and behavioural risks that can arise from target-based

incentive plans, are identiﬁed and mitigated.

Targets are reviewed annually to ensure they are suitably stretching and do not encourage excessive risk-taking. Malus and clawback

provisions also apply to both the annual bonus and long-term incentive plans.

Members of the committee are provided with regular brieﬁngs on developments and trends in executive remuneration.

The PBTA\* and EPS targets are based on several

considerations, including the latest budget and

market consensus.

Predictability

The range of possible values of rewards to individual

directors and any other limits or discretions should be

identiﬁed and explained at the time of approving the

remuneration policy.

The possible reward outcomes can be easily quantiﬁed, and these are reviewed by the committee annually. In addition, performance

is reviewed regularly so there are no surprises at the end-of-period assessment.

The potential value and composition of the executive directors’ remuneration packages at below threshold, target and maximum

scenarios are provided in the remuneration policy.

The remuneration scenarios on page 150

set out the potential range of remuneration

for the executive directors.

Proportionality

The link between individual awards, the delivery

of strategy and the long-term performance of the

Group should be clear. Outcomes should not reward

poor performance.

Annual bonus payments and LTIP awards require robust performance against challenging conditions that are aligned to the Company’s

strategy. The committee retains discretion to override formulaic outcomes to ensure that payments under the variable incentives are

appropriate and reﬂective of overall performance.

To trigger any element of the annual bonus, 90%

of budget must be achieved and that will only

trigger, at most, a 15% payment.

Alignment to culture

Incentive schemes should drive behaviours consistent

with Company purpose, values and strategy.

The variable incentive schemes and performance measures are designed to be consistent with the Group’s purpose, values and strategy.

At the heart of the policy is a focus on the long-term success of the business. This reﬂects our culture which is aligned to creating

long- term value for all stakeholders.

Our values and unique culture are critical to

the Group’s long-term success. Remuneration

targets will only be achieved if the Group

consistently delivers on our commitments

to all stakeholders.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

151

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

#### Annual report on remuneration

This section provides details of how remuneration policy was implemented during the ﬁnancial year ended 31 December 2022 and how the new policy will be implemented in 2023. The information provided

in this section of the remuneration report which is subject to audit has been highlighted.

#### Single total ﬁgures of remuneration (audited)

Executive directors

Fixed pay

Variable pay

Fees/basic salary

£000

Beneﬁts

£000

Pension

contributions

£000

Total

ﬁxed pay

£000

Annual

bonuses

£000

Value of

long-term

incentives

£000

Total variable pay

£000

Total remuneration

£000

John Morgan

2022

563

27

56

647

704

662

1,366

2,013

2021

547

26

55

628

683

1,496

2,179

2,806

Steve Crummett

2022

449

26

45

520

561

528

1,090

1,610

2021

436

25

44

505

545

1,193

1,738

2,243

Notes:



Beneﬁts relate to travel allowance, medical beneﬁts, ill health income protection, employee assistance programme and life assurance.



As the market price on the date of vesting for the 2020 awards is currently unknown, the LTIP value shown is estimated using the average market value over the last quarter of 2022 of £15.30. The 2021 comparative ﬁgures for the value of the long-term

incentives and total remuneration have been revised from last year’s report to reﬂect the actual share price used for the vesting and the value of dividend equivalent shares awarded. Awards granted in 2019, which vested based on performance to

31 December 2021, are valued using the mid-market closing price on 3 March 2022, the date prior to the date of vesting (4 March 2022), of £22.95. (The mid-market closing share price on 4 March 2022 was £21.85.)

Annual cash bonus outturn (audited)

Annual bonus ﬁgures represent the full amount earned for 2022. Of this amount, 30% will be deferred in nil-cost share options for three years. The table below shows performance against PBTA\* targets for

2022 representing 100% of the annual bonus potential:

Threshold £m (15% payout)

Target £m (50% payout)

Maximum £m (100% payout)

Actual performance £m

Payout, percentage

of maximum %

Group PBTA\* full-year 2022

108.0

120.0

132.0

136.2

100

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

152

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Annual report on remuneration

2014 LTIP – 2020 award outturn (audited)

LTIP awards granted in 2020 are due to vest on 2 March 2023. As set out in the table below,

100% of the 2020–2023 awards are expected to vest:

Performance condition

Weighting

Threshold

(EPS: 12.5%

vest, TSR:

25% vest)

Stretch

(100% vest)

Actual

performance

Percentage

vesting

Adjusted\* EPS in FY22

66.67%

192p

232.6p

237.9p

100%

Relative TSR (vs FTSE 250

excluding investment

trusts)

33.33%

Median

10% per year

outperformance

of median

12.7% per year

outperformance

of median

100%

Total vesting

100%

As the market price on the date of vesting is currently unknown, the values shown in the single-ﬁgure

table are based on the average market value over the last quarter of 2022 of £15.30, a 14.4%

decrease on the share price at the date of grant of £17.88. Accordingly, none of the ‘value of

long-term incentives’ ﬁgures shown in the single-ﬁgure table on page 152 is a result of share price

appreciation. As disclosed in the 2021 annual report and accounts, the committee amended the

basis of calculation for the cumulative EPS performance condition to point-to-point for the 2020 LTIP

awards. The committee has not exercised any additional discretion in respect of the achieved

outcomes. The value of 2022 long-term incentives in the single-ﬁgure table on page 152 does not

include the value of any dividend equivalent shares that may be due for the 2020 awards on the

date of vesting.

The net awards received (after the deduction of tax and National Insurance) will be subject to a

two-year holding period in which the director will not be able to sell the shares but will be entitled

to receive dividends and vote on the shares. The shares will be held in a share account for the

executive director and will be transferred to the director at the end of the holding period.

Non-executive directors (audited)

Fees

£000

Taxable beneﬁts

1

£000

Total

£000

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

Michael Findlay

189

184

–

–

189

184

Malcolm Cooper

71

70

–

–

71

70

Tracey Killen

61

60

–

–

61

60

David Lowden

61

60

–

–

61

60

Jen Tippin

51

50

–

–

51

50

Kathy Quashie

2

51

29

–

–

51

29

1

Taxable beneﬁts include taxable relevant travel and accommodation expenses for attending Board meetings and

related business. Any value disclosed is inclusive of tax arising on the expense, which is settled by the Company.

2

Kathy Quashie joined the Board on 1 June 2021.

The aggregate remuneration for executive and non-executive directors in 2022 was £2.9m

(2021: £2.8m). Aggregate remuneration comprises salary, fees, beneﬁts, pension contributions

and bonus payments.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

153

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Annual report on remuneration

#### Share awards granted during the year (audited)

2014 LTIP

On 7 March 2022, LTIP awards were made to the executive directors, which will vest subject to performance over the three ﬁnancial years to 31 December 2024. Of these awards, 67% are subject to an

EPS performance condition and 33% are subject to a TSR performance condition, full details of which are included in last year’s annual report on remuneration.

Date of grant

Percentage of

salary awarded

Five-day average share

price at date of grant

No. of shares

over which award

was granted

Face value

of award

Percentage of awards

vesting at threshold

Performance period

John Morgan

7 March 2022

150%

£22.94

36,823

£844,720

16.7% (12.5% for EPS element,

25% for TSR element)

Three ﬁnancial years to

31 December 2024

Steve Crummett

29,369

£673,725

The share price used to calculate the awards at the date of grant was based on the average share price for the ﬁve dealing days preceding the date of grant. The closing share price on 7 March 2022 was £20.45.

Deferred bonus share options

Of the annual bonus earned in 2021, 30% was deferred into nil-cost share options that will become exercisable three years from the date of grant.

Date of grant

Percentage of

bonus earned which

was deferred

Five-day average share

price at date of grant

No. of shares

over which award

was granted

Face value

of award

Date from which options

are exercisable

John Morgan

7 March 2022

30%

£22.94

8,937

£205,015

7 March 2025

Steve Crummett

7,126

£163,470

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

154

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Annual report on remuneration

#### Outstanding interests under share schemes (audited)

Details of the executive directors’ interests in long-term incentive awards as at 31 December 2022 and movements during the year are as follows:

Performance shares

Date of award

No. of shares

outstanding as at

1 January 2022

No. of shares

awarded

No. of shares

vested

No. of dividend

equivalent shares

awarded

Total no. of

shares vested

No. of shares

lapsed

No. of awards

outstanding as at

31 December 2022

End of

performance

period

Date awards vest

John Morgan

4.3.2019

61,272

–

61,272

3,897

65,169

–

–

31.12.2021

4.3.2022

2.3.2020

43,297

–

–

–

–

–

43,297

31.12.2022

2.3.2023

5.3.2021

47,764

–

–

–

–

–

47,764

31.12.2023

5.3.2024

7.3.2022

–

36,823

–

–

–

–

36,823

31.12.2024

7.3.2025

Total

152,333

36,823

61,272

3,897

65,169

–

127,884

Steve Crummett

4.3.2019

48,857

–

48,857

3,108

51,965

–

–

31.12.2021

4.3.2022

2.3.2020

34,524

–

–

–

–

–

34,524

31.12.2022

2.3.2023

5.3.2021

38,086

–

–

–

–

–

38,086

31.12.2023

5.3.2024

7.3.2022

–

29,369

–

–

–

–

29,369

31.12.2024

7.3.2025

Total

121,467

29,369

48,857

3,108

51,965

–

101,979

Notes:



100% of the awards granted in 2019 vested as a result of the EPS and TSR targets being achieved in full. The Group’s 2021 EPS was 226.0p, which resulted in 100% of the EPS element of the award vesting. The Group also achieved a TSR of 29.4%

per year, which exceeded the median of the comparator group by 22.8% per year and resulted in 100% of the TSR element of the award vesting.



Of the awards granted in 2020,100% vested due to the EPS and TSR targets being achieved. The Group’s 2022 EPS was 237.9p, which resulted in 100% of the EPS element of the award vesting. The Group also achieved a TSR of 7.5% per year,

which exceeded the median of the comparator group by 12.7% per year and resulted in 100% of the TSR element of the award vesting. The net awards received (after the deduction of tax and National Insurance) will be subject to a two-year

holding period in which the director will not be able to sell the shares but will be entitled to receive dividends and vote on the shares. The shares will be released to the director at the end of the holding period.



The awards of performance shares over 150% of salary granted in 2021 and 2022 are subject to a point-to-point EPS growth target and a TSR performance condition.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

155

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Annual report on remuneration

Deferred bonus plan nil-cost options

Date of grant

No. of options

outstanding as at

1 January 2022

No. of options

granted

No. of dividend

equivalent shares

awarded

No. of options

exercised

No. of options

lapsed

No. of options

outstanding as at

31 December 2022

Date from which

exercisable

John Morgan

4.3.2019

14,872

–

946

15,818

–

–

4.3.2022

2.3.2020

9,758

–

–

–

–

9,758

2.3.2023

7.3.2022

–

8,937

–

–

–

8,937

7.3.2025

Total

24,630

8,937

946

15,818

–

18,695

Steve Crummett

4.3.2019

11,858

–

754

12,612

–

–

4.3.2022

2.3.2020

7,781

–

–

–

–

7,781

2.3.2023

7.3.2022

–

7,126

–

–

–

7,126

7.3.2025

Total

19,639

7,126

754

12,612

–

14,907

Notes:



The mid-market price of a share on 31 December 2022 was £15.30 and the range during the year was £13.92 to £25.30.



No bonus was earned by the executive directors in respect of the 2020 ﬁnancial year and, accordingly, no options were awarded under the deferred bonus plan in 2021.



The deferred bonus plan nil-cost share options granted on 4 March 2019 became exercisable on 4 March 2022 and on vesting, each nil-cost option granted carried a right to receive an amount linked to dividends paid. The dividend equivalent

was settled in ordinary shares of the Company and was added to the original award. The share price used to determine the number of dividend equivalent shares was the closing middle market quotation on 3 March 2022 which was £22.95.

The options and dividend equivalent shares are exercisable until the tenth anniversary of their grant date.



Steve Crummett exercised his options granted on 4 March 2019 and the associated dividend equivalent shares on 17 March 2022 at a sale price of £23.30 per share.



John Morgan exercised his options granted on 4 March 2019 and the associated dividend equivalent shares on 15 March 2022 at a sale price of £22.70 per share.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

156

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

#### Remuneration committee meetings

The committee met on ﬁve occasions during the year. Malcolm Cooper stepped down as a member

of the committee following the meeting held in February 2022 and Kathy Quashie was appointed to

the committee with eﬀect from February 2022 and attended the following four meetings. The chair

of the Board attended all meetings of the committee, the chief executive attended three meetings

of the committee, and the company secretary acted as secretary to the committee. The ﬁnance

director attended none of the committee meetings. No person was present during any discussion

relating to their own remuneration.

Over the course of the year, the committee received advice on remuneration matters from

remuneration advisers Ellason LLP (‘Ellason’), who were appointed by the committee in 2021

following a competitive tender process. The committee has also relied on information and advice

provided by the company secretary and has consulted the chief executive (albeit not in relation

to his own remuneration). Ellason are signatories of the Code of Conduct for Remuneration

Consultants, details of which can be found at remunerationconsultantsgroup.com, and the

committee is satisﬁed that the advice it receives from Ellason is independent and objective.

The fees paid by the Company to Ellason during the ﬁnancial year were £100,455 (2021: £23,630

from the date of their appointment). Ellason also provided advice to the Company on accounting

for share awards but provided no other material services to the Company or the Group.

#### Shareholder voting

At last year’s AGM held on 5 May 2022, the remuneration report (excluding the remuneration policy)

for the year ended 31 December 2021 was approved by shareholders. The following table shows

the results of the advisory vote on the 2021 annual remuneration report as well as the results of the

binding vote on the remuneration policy, which was last approved by shareholders at the 2020 AGM:

Voting for

Voting against

Number

of shares

Percentage

Number

of shares

Percentage

Total

votes cast

Votes

withheld

1

Annual

remuneration

report

25,984,774

67.36%

12,589,770

32.64%

38,574,544

42,814

Remuneration

policy

34,252,837

97.41%

911,648

2.59%

35,164,485

191,258

1 Shareholders who have indicated that they wish to actively abstain from voting are counted as a vote withheld.

A vote withheld is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation of the proportion of votes cast ‘for’ and

‘against’ a resolution.

In line with Provision 4 of the Corporate Governance Code, the Company consulted with several of

our larger shareholders to understand the reasons for their vote and to understand their views on

proposed changes to our remuneration policy implementation. Further details can be found on

page 135.

#### Dilution and share usage under employee share plans

Shares required for the 2007 Employee Share Option Plan are satisﬁed by shares purchased in the

market via The Morgan Sindall Employee Beneﬁt Trust (‘the Trust’) and shares for the Company’s

other share plans may be satisﬁed using either new issue shares or market-purchased shares.

Our present intention is to use market-purchased shares to satisfy these awards; however, we retain

the ability to use new issue shares and may decide to do so up to the dilution limits recommended

by the Investment Association (10% of issued ordinary share capital for all-employee share plans

over a 10-year period and, within this limit, no more than 5% of issued ordinary share capital for

executive or discretionary share plans). The outstanding level of dilution against these limits equates

to 7.17% (2021: 8.52%) of the current issued ordinary share capital under all-employee share plans,

of which 0% relates to discretionary share plans.

As at 31 December 2022, the Trust held 1,135,131 shares (2021: 1,051,664), which may be used

to satisfy awards.

#### Other disclosures

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

157

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Other disclosures

#### Chief executive remuneration and performance graph

Historical TSR performance

The graph below shows the value to 31 December 2022 of £100 invested in the Company on

1 January 2013 compared with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE All-Share Index and the

FTSE All-Share Construction & Materials Index, these being indices of which the Company has

been a constituent over the period shown. The graph also shows the value of £100 invested in the

FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts), the constituents of which are used for the purposes

of the TSR element of the LTIP. In all cases, the other points plotted are the values at intervening

ﬁnancial year ends.

0

£100

£200

£300

£400

£500

£600

£700

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

Morgan Sindall

FTSE All-Share Index

FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts)

FTSE All-Share Construction and Materials Index GBP

Value of £100 invested at 31 December 2012

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

Morgan Sindall TSR

Morgan Sindall PBTA\*

John Morgan single ﬁgure

TSR and PBTA\* indexed to 100

as at 31 December 2012

John Morgan single ﬁgure

of remuneration (£000)

0

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

0

£500

£1,000

£1,500

£2,000

£2,500

£3,000

£3,500

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

John Morgan

Total remuneration £000

507

519

905

1,467

2,447

2,555

2,599

1,095

2,806

2,013

Annual bonus percentage

of maximum

–

–

80

100

100

100

93

–

100

100

Long-term incentive award

vesting percentage of

maximum share awards

n/a

–

–

62

100

100

100

43

100

100

Long-term incentive award

vesting percentage of

maximum share options

–

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Notes:



The 2021 total remuneration has been revised from last year’s report to reﬂect the actual share price used for the vesting

and the value of dividend equivalent shares awarded under the 2014 LTIP (see page 152) for further information).



John Morgan waived his bonus entitlement in 2013.

Historical pay vs performance

The graph below shows the TSR and PBTA\* for the Company over the last 10 ﬁnancial years.

The chief executive remuneration table provides a summary of the total remuneration received by

the chief executive over the last 10 years, including details of annual bonus payout and long-term

incentive award vesting level in each year. The annual bonus payout and long-term incentive award

vesting level as a percentage of the maximum opportunity are also shown for each of these years.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

158

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Other disclosures

#### Chief executive pay ratio

Financial year

Chief executive pay ratio

Calculation

methodology

P25

(lower quartile)

P50

(median)

P75

(upper quartile)

2022

B

47:1

34:1

20:1

2021

B

60:1

53:1

32:1

2020

B

30:1

22:1

15:1

2019

B

58:1

43:1

27:1

The lower-, median- and upper-quartile employees were determined based on the hourly rate data as

at 5 April 2022, collected for the Group’s reporting under the gender pay gap legislation (Option B).

The gender pay gap data reviews the pay of all UK employees. This calculation methodology was chosen

as the data was readily available from our work in determining the gender pay gap. Furthermore,

with our decentralised business model and signiﬁcant UK workforce, calculating the single ﬁgure of

remuneration for each employee (Option A) would be prohibitively time-consuming and expensive.

The committee has considered the pay data for the three individuals identiﬁed and believes that it

fairly reﬂects pay at the relevant quartiles among our UK workforce. The three individuals identiﬁed

were full-time employees during the year. No adjustments or assumptions were made by the

committee, with the total remuneration of these employees calculated in accordance with the

methodology used to calculate the single ﬁgure of the chief executive for the 2022 ﬁnancial year.

The table below sets out the remuneration details for the individuals identiﬁed:

Salary

Chief executive

P25

P50

P75

Basic salary, £k

563

40

50

79

Total annual pay

1

£k

1,351

43

59

99

Total pay

2

£k

2,013

43

59

99

1

Total annual pay includes, where applicable, basic salary, annual bonus, pension, travel or car allowance and the cash

value of employee beneﬁts received, such as death in service, private medical, group income protection and employee

assistance programme.

2

Total pay includes total annual pay plus the cash value of any long-term incentives received under either the 2014 LTIP

or the 2014 SOP.

The ratio of 34:1 is 36% lower than the median ratio of 53:1 in 2021. In 2022, the chief executive

received a maximum annual bonus and 100% of the long-term incentive awards vested. In 2021,

the chief executive received a maximum annual bonus and 100% of the long-term incentive award

vested, together with the long-term incentive award beneﬁting from signiﬁcant share price growth

over its vesting period.

None of the median employees in each quartile identiﬁed this year received beneﬁts under the

Company’s long-term incentive schemes. With a signiﬁcant proportion of the pay of our chief

executive linked to the Company’s performance and share price movements over the longer term,

it is expected that the ratio will depend substantially on long-term incentive outcomes each year,

and accordingly may ﬂuctuate. The committee has therefore also produced pay ratios for basic

salary and total annual pay as shown in the table below.

Ratio

P25

P50

P75

Basic salary

14:1

11:1

7:1

Total annual pay

1

32:1

23:1

14:1

Total pay

2

47:1

34:1

20:1

1

Total annual pay includes, where applicable, basic salary, annual bonus, pension, travel or car allowance and the cash

value of employee beneﬁts received, such as death in service, private medical, group income protection and EAP.

2

Total pay includes total annual pay plus the cash value of any long-term incentives received under either the 2014 LTIP

or the 2014 SOP.

#### Relative importance of spend on pay

The table below shows pay for all employees compared to other key ﬁnancial indicators.

2022

2021

Change

Employee remuneration

£592.4m

£543.7m

9%

Basic earnings per share (adjusted\*)

237.9p

226.0p

5%

Dividends paid during the year

£43.5m

£32.3m

35%

Employee headcount

1

7,203

6,666

8%

1 Employee headcount is the monthly average number of employees on a full-time equivalent basis. More detail is set out

in note 2 to the consolidated ﬁnancial statements.

#### Shareholding guidelines (audited)

Through participation in performance-linked share-based plans, there is strong encouragement

for senior executives to build and maintain a signiﬁcant shareholding in the business. Shareholding

guidelines are in place requiring the executive directors to build and maintain a shareholding in the

Company equivalent to 200% of base salary. Until this threshold is achieved, there is a requirement

for executives to retain no less than 50% of the net of tax value of vested incentive awards.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

159

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Other disclosures

Percentage of salary required

under shareholding guidelines

Percentage of salary held

at 31 December 2022

John Morgan

200

9,574

Steve Crummett

200

549

The share price used to value the shares as at 31 December 2022 was £15.30.

#### Percentage change in remuneration levels

The table below shows details of the percentage change in base salary, beneﬁts and annual bonus

for the chair, the executive and non-executive directors over the last three ﬁnancial years, compared

to the average percentage change for other employees of the Group over the same periods.

Percentage change

in base salary

Percentage change

in beneﬁts

Percentage change

in bonus

2021–22 2020–21 2019–20

2021–22 2020–21 2019–20

2021–22 2020–21 2019–20

Chair

2.8%

7.4%

-2.3%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Chief executive

3.0%

7.4%

-2.1%

4.8%

2.4%

2.6%

3.1%

100%

-100%

Finance director

3.0%

7.4%

-2.2%

4.3%

3.2%

-0.2%

3.0%

100%

-100%

Audit and

responsible business

committee chair

(M Cooper)

2.2%

6.8%

-3.7%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Remuneration

committee chair

(T Killen)

2.5%

7.0%

-3.4%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Senior independent

director (D Lowden)

2.5%

7.0%

-3.4%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

J Tippin

1

3.0%

8.5%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

K Quashie

2

3.0%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

All employees

1.5%

2.6%

4.8%

-2.8%

1.5%

8.0%

-5.9%

50.6%

-9.1%

1 Jen Tippin joined the Group on 1 March 2020 and a full-time equivalent salary has been used for the 2020–2021 comparison.

2 Kathy Quashie joined the Group on 1 June 2021 and a full-time equivalent salary has been used for comparison purposes.

#### Directors’ interests (audited)

The ﬁgures below set out the shareholdings beneﬁcially owned by directors and their family interests

at 31 December 2022.

31 December 2022

No. of shares

31 December 2021

No. of shares

Michael Findlay

4,173

4,173

John Morgan

3,524,060

3,479,537

Steve Crummett

161,307

127,098

Malcolm Cooper

10,000

10,000

Tracey Killen

611

611

David Lowden

4,000

4,000

Jen Tippin

1,000

1,000

Kathy Quashie

450

–

There have been no changes in the interests of the directors between 31 December 2022 and

22 February 2023.

#### External appointments

At the discretion of the Board, executive directors are allowed to act as non-executive directors

of other companies and retain any fees relating to those posts. Neither of the executive directors

currently hold external appointments for which they are remunerated.

#### Payments to past directors or for loss of oﬃce (audited)

No payments were made during the year.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

160

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

#### Base salaries

In setting the 2023 base salaries, the committee considered the budgeted level of increases in base

salary for senior executives below Board level and the workforce generally, which averaged 6%.

The committee determined that the base salaries for John Morgan and Steve Crummett should

increase by 5% with eﬀect from 1 January 2023. In conﬁrming the salary increases, the committee

took account of the performance of each executive director and their respective responsibilities

and the positioning of their current salaries relative to market competitors, as detailed in the

chair’s statement above.

From

1 January 2023

£

From

1 January 2022

£

Increase

John Morgan

591,310

563,150

5%

Steve Crummett

471,610

449,150

5%

#### Pension

The Company contributes up to 6% of base salary to a personal pension plan and/or as a cash

supplement. This is in line with the maximum pension contribution for the employee population.

Consistent with all employees participating in the Retirement Plan, relevant executive directors may

exchange part of their gross salary and bonus awards in return for pension contributions. Where

additional pension contributions are made through the salary exchange process, the Company

enhances the contributions by half of the saved employer’s National Insurance contribution.

The majority of employees in the Group are entitled to a company pension contribution of up to 6%

of basic salary if they contribute 6% themselves. Senior employees within the Group are entitled to

a company pension contribution of up to 10% of basic salary.

The pension contributions for existing directors will be aligned with those of the majority of

employees from 1 January 2023.

#### Annual bonus

The maximum annual bonus potential for 2023 will be 125% of base salary with 70% of any bonus

earned paid in cash and the remaining 30% deferred in nil-cost share options for three years.

To ensure that management is focused on the Group’s ﬁnancial performance in 2022, 100% of

the bonus will continue to be based on a PBTA\* target range set in relation to the Group budget.

The annual bonus, including the deferred shares, will be subject to malus and clawback provisions.

The targets for the forthcoming year are set in relation to the Group budget, which is considered

commercially sensitive. For 2023, the bonus trigger point for the annual bonus will be 90% and the

maximum trigger point will be 110% of budgeted PBTA.\* Retrospective disclosure of the targets

and performance against them will be disclosed in next year’s remuneration report.

#### Long-term incentives

The committee intends to make awards to the executive directors under the 2014 LTIP in

March 2023.

The awards to be granted in 2023 will be up to 150% of base salary. Two thirds of awards (100% of

salary) will be based on an EPS performance target with the remaining one third of awards (50% of

salary) based on the Company’s TSR performance. Further details on these performance conditions

are set out below.

Net shares vesting under LTIP awards granted in 2023 will be subject to a mandatory two-year holding

period at the end of the vesting period. All awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions.

#### Implementation of the remuneration policy for 2023

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

161

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Implementation of the remuneration policy for 2023

EPS performance condition (two thirds of award)

In order to set appropriate EPS targets for the 2023 cycle, the committee considered a number

of internal and external reference points, broker forecasts for the Company and sector peers over

the next two to three years, and typical growth rates in our sector. For the awards granted in 2023,

EPS targets will be based on a point-to-point assessment, with a threshold target of 2025 EPS of 260p

and a stretch target of 308p. The committee is satisﬁed this range is appropriately stretching given

forecasts for the sector, and is broadly consistent with the long-term target range of 6%–13% p.a.

taking into account the recent volatility in EPS.

Vesting of the EPS component will be based on achievement against this range in 2025, and will

also be subject to review by the remuneration committee to ensure vesting is commensurate with

underlying Company performance, taking into account, for example, imposed tax changes.

The vesting range for the EPS targets is shown in the graph below.

TSR performance condition (one third of award)

TSR targets for 2023 awards will be expressed as an outperformance of median as per the last

three cycles.

The TSR comparator group will again be based on the constituents of the FTSE 250 Index

(excluding investment trusts). Full vesting will require 10% per year outperformance of comparator

median, a level which remains broadly equivalent to an upper-quartile level of diﬃculty.

The target range for the TSR performance condition is shown in the graph below.

0%

260p

308p

25%

12.5%

50%

75%

100%

2025 EPS (pence)

EPS performance condition

% of EPS element of award vesting

(two thirds of award)

0%

0%

10%

25%

12.5%

50%

75%

100%

TSR % outperformance of FTSE 250 (excl. investment trust) median (per year)

TSR performance condition

% of TSR element of award vesting

(one third of award)

The committee has discretion to scale back (potentially to zero) vesting outcomes under the TSR

element in the event it considers that ﬁnancial performance has been unsatisfactory and/or the

outcome has been distorted due to the TSR for the Company or any comparator company being

considered abnormal.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

162

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

continued

Implementation of the remuneration policy for 2023

Fees for the non-executive directors

The committee determined that the chair’s fee for 2023 be increased by 5%, and the Board deemed

that the base fee for non-executive directors should also be increased by 5% in line with the increase

for wider employees across the Group. The committee chair and senior independent director fees

were not increased in 2022; however, following a review, the Board agreed that these fees would

also be increased in 2023 by 5% which the Board deemed appropriate to reﬂect the increasing

complexity and time commitment required of these roles.

Accordingly, the annual fees from 1 January 2023 are as follows:

2023

£

2022

£

Increase

%

Chair

198,570

189,110

5%

Non-executive directors

Base fee

54,025

51,450

5%

Additional fees:

Audit committee chair

10,500

10,000

5%

Responsible business committee chair

10,500

10,000

5%

Remuneration committee chair

10,500

10,000

5%

Senior independent director

10,500

10,000

5%

Non-executive directors do not receive pension contributions, private medical insurance, group

income protection insurance or life assurance and do not participate in any short-term or long-term

incentive schemes.

This report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Tracey Killen

Chair of the remuneration committee

22 February 2023

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

163

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

The directors have pleasure in submitting the Group’s annual

report, together with the consolidated ﬁnancial statements

of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2022.

The strategic report is presented on the inside front cover to page 98 (inclusive). The directors’

report required under the Companies Act 2006 (‘the Act’) comprises this report (pages 64 to 67),

the directors’ and corporate governance report (pages 108 to 133) and the remuneration report

(pages 134 to 163), together with explanatory notes incorporated by reference.

The Board has chosen, in accordance with section 414C (11) of the Act, to include in the strategic

report the following information that it considers to be of strategic importance that would otherwise

be required to be disclosed in the directors’ report:



an explanation of the steps the directors have taken to foster the Company’s business

relationships with suppliers, customers and others;



employment policies, employee consultation and involvement;



disclosures concerning employment of disabled persons;



additional details of the Group’s approach to diversity and inclusion, and environmental,

social and governance disclosures;



disclosures concerning GHG emissions, energy consumption, energy-eﬃciency action and

an intensity ratio appropriate for our business;



the likely future developments in the business of the Group;



detail on principal risks; and



details of research and development activities.

The management report as required by the FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules

(Rule 4.1) comprises the strategic report which includes the principal risks to our business.

There were no signiﬁcant events since the balance sheet date.

The Group does not operate any branches outside of the United Kingdom.

The table below shows the location in the annual report of information required to be disclosed

under Rule 9.8.4 R of the Listing Rules (LR):

LR

Relevant information

Page

9.8.4 (4)

Long-term incentive schemes

161

9.8.4 (12)

Dividend waiver by Employee Beneﬁt Trust

166

9.8.4 (13)

Shareholder waiver of future dividends

166

#### Directors

Biographical details are shown earlier in the directors’ and corporate governance report. The directors

of the Company who served during the year are shown on page 147 in the remuneration report.

Further details of the service agreements and remuneration of the executive directors, letters of

appointment and fees of the non-executive directors, and their interests in shares of the Company

are also given in the remuneration report.

The rules regarding the appointment and removal of directors are contained in the Company’s

Articles, the Code and the Act. The Board may appoint a director, either to ﬁll a vacancy or as an

addition to the existing Board, so long as the total number of directors does not exceed the limit

provided in the Articles. At every AGM all the directors at the date of the notice convening the AGM

must retire and oﬀer themselves for re-election. All the directors proposed for re-election at the

2023 AGM held oﬃce throughout the year.

#### Annual general meeting

The AGM of the Company will be held on 4 May 2023 at 10.00am at the oﬃces of Slaughter and

May, One Bunhill Row, London, EC1Y 8YY. The Notice of Meeting is available to view on the

Company’s website in the investors section at morgansindall.com.

#### Powers of directors

Subject to the Articles, the Act and any directions given by the Company by special resolution,

the business of the Company will be managed by the Board who may exercise all the powers of

the Company, whether relating to the management of the business or not. In particular, the Board

may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, to mortgage or charge any of its

undertakings, property, assets (present and future) and uncalled capital, to issue debentures and

other securities, and to give security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any

third party.

OTHER STATUTORY INFORMATION

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

164

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

OTHER STATUTORY INFORMATION

continued

#### Directors’ indemnities

The Articles entitle the directors of the Company to be indemniﬁed, to the extent permitted by the

Act and any other applicable legislation, out of the assets of the Company in the event that they

suﬀer any loss or incur any liability in connection with the execution of their duties as directors.

Neither the indemnity nor any applicable insurance provides cover in the event that a director

(or oﬃcer or company secretary as the case may be) is proved to have acted fraudulently or dishonestly.

In addition, and in common with many other companies, the Company had during the year and

continues to have in place appropriate directors’ and oﬃcers’ liability insurance in favour of its

directors and other oﬃcers in respect of certain losses or liability to which they may be exposed due

to their oﬃce. The Company has also indemniﬁed each Board director and certain directors of its

Group companies to the extent permitted by law against any liability incurred in relation to acts or

omissions arising in the ordinary course of their duties. The indemnity arrangements are categorised

as qualifying third-party indemnity provisions under the Act and will continue in force for the

purposes of the Act and for the beneﬁt of directors (or oﬃcers or company secretary as the case

may be) on an ongoing basis. The Company also had and continues to have in place a pension

trustee liability insurance policy in favour of the trustees of The Morgan Sindall Retirement Savings

Plan in respect of certain losses or liabilities to which they may be exposed due to their oﬃce.

This constitutes a ‘qualifying pension scheme indemnity provision’ for the purposes of the Act.

#### Articles of association

The Company’s constitution, known as ‘the Articles’, is essentially a contract between the Company

and its shareholders, governing many aspects of the management of the Company. The Articles

may be amended in accordance with the provisions of the Act by way of special resolution by the

Company’s shareholders. No changes to the Articles are being proposed at this year’s AGM.

#### Capital structure

During the year, 975,731 ordinary shares were allotted to satisfy amounts under the Group’s

Savings-Related Share Option Plan.

As at 31 December 2022, the issued share capital totalled 47,350,604 ordinary shares of 5p each.

Further details of the issued share capital are shown in note 23 to the consolidated ﬁnancial

statements.

#### Power to issue and allot shares

At each AGM, the Board seeks authorisation from its shareholders to allot shares. The directors were

granted authority at the AGM on 5 May 2022 to allot relevant securities up to an aggregate nominal

amount of £772,965.60. That authority will apply until the conclusion of this year’s AGM or close of

business on 5 August 2023, whichever is the earlier, and a resolution to renew the authority will be

proposed at this year’s AGM, as explained further in the Notice of Meeting to shareholders

accompanying this annual report.

Special resolutions will also be proposed to renew the directors’ power to make non-pre-emptive

issues for cash, as explained in the Notice of Meeting to the shareholders accompanying this annual

report. The Board conﬁrms that the Company has not used this authority in the last three years and

there are no immediate plans to make use of this provision.

#### Rights and obligations attaching to shares

Subject to applicable statutes, shares may be issued with such rights and restrictions as the

Company may by ordinary resolution decide or (if there is no such resolution or so far as it does not

make speciﬁc provision) as the Board may decide as set out in the Company’s Articles. Subject to

the Articles, the Act and other shareholders’ rights, unissued shares are at the disposal of the Board.

Subject to the Act, if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into diﬀerent classes

of shares, the rights attached to any class of shares may be varied with the written consent of the

holders of not less than 75% in nominal value of the issued shares of that class (calculated excluding

any shares held as treasury shares), or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate

general meeting of the holders of those shares.

The rights conferred upon the holders of any shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided

in the rights attaching to those shares, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further

shares ranking pari passu with them.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

165

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Voting

Subject to any other provisions of the Articles, every member present in person or by proxy at a

general meeting has, upon a show of hands, one vote and, upon a poll, one vote for every share held

by them. In the case of joint holders of a share, the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote,

whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint

holders and, for this purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand

in the register of members in respect of the joint holding (the ﬁrst-named being the most senior).

No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting in respect of any share held by them if

any call or other sum then payable by them in respect of that share remains unpaid or if a member

has been served with a restriction notice (as deﬁned in the Articles) after failure to provide the

Company with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under

the Act.

No person has any special rights of control over the Company’s share capital and the directors are not

aware of any agreements between holders of shares which may result in restrictions on voting rights.

#### Restrictions on transfer of shares

There are no restrictions on the transfer of securities in the Company, except:



that certain restrictions may, from time to time, be imposed by laws and regulations (for example,

insider trading laws); and



pursuant to the Listing Rules of the FCA whereby certain employees of the Company require its

approval to deal in the Company’s shares.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between holders of securities that may result in

restrictions on the transfer of securities or voting rights.

#### Purchase of own shares

At the AGM on 5 May 2022, a resolution was passed giving the directors authority to make market

purchases of Company shares up to 4,637,794 shares of 5p each at a maximum price based on the

market price of a share at the relevant time, as set out in the resolution. No purchases of shares

were made during the year pursuant to this authority. The authority expires on the date of this year’s

AGM or close of business on 5 August 2023, whichever is earlier. A resolution to renew this authority

will be proposed at this year’s AGM, as explained further in the Notice of Meeting to shareholders

accompanying this annual report.

#### Dividends and distributions

The Company may, by ordinary resolution, from time to time, declare dividends not exceeding the

amount recommended by the Board. Subject to the Act, the Board may pay interim dividends, and

also any ﬁxed-rate dividend, whenever the ﬁnancial position of the Company, in the opinion of the

Board, having reviewed the level of distributable reserves, justiﬁes its payment. The Company’s

capital allocation framework is designed to balance the needs of all our stakeholders while

enhancing the Group’s market competitiveness and capabilities and maintain our ﬁnancial strength.

This framework includes our expectation that dividend cover will be in the range of 2.0 times to

2.5 times on an annual basis. An interim dividend of 33p per share was paid on 26 October 2022

and the directors recommend a ﬁnal dividend of 68p, making a total for the year of 101.0p.

This represents dividend cover of 2.36 times

.

Further details can be found in note 8 to the

consolidated ﬁnancial statements on page 202. Subject to shareholder approval at the 2023 AGM,

the ﬁnal dividend will be paid on 18 May 2023 to shareholders on the register at close of business

on 28 April 2023.

The Board may withhold payment of all or any part of any dividends or other monies payable in

respect of the Company’s shares from a person with a 0.25% interest if such a person has been

served with a restriction notice (as deﬁned in the Articles) after failure to provide the Company with

information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Act. Other than

as referred to under Morgan Sindall Group Employee Beneﬁt Trust below, during the year there

were no arrangements under which a shareholder has waived or agreed to waive any dividends

nor any agreement by a shareholder to waive future dividends.

#### Morgan Sindall Group Employee Beneﬁt Trust

Zedra Trust Company (Guernsey) Limited, as Trustee of the Trust, holds shares on trust for the

beneﬁt of our employees and former employees of the Group and their dependants that have not

been exercised or vested. The voting rights in relation to these shares are exercised by the Trustee.

The Trustee may vote or abstain from voting with the shares or accept or reject any oﬀer relating

to those shares, in any way they see ﬁt, without incurring any liability and without being required

to give reasons for their decision. The terms of the Trust also provide that any dividends payable

on the shares held by the Trust are waived unless and to the extent otherwise directed by the

Company from time to time. The Trust waived its right to the 2021 ﬁnal and 2022 interim dividend

paid during 2022. Details of the shares so held may be found in the consolidated ﬁnancial

statements on page 187.

OTHER STATUTORY INFORMATION

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

166

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

OTHER STATUTORY INFORMATION

continued

#### Substantial shareholdings

As at 31 December 2022 the following information has been disclosed to the Company under the

FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTR 5), in respect of notiﬁable interests in the

voting rights in the Company’s issued share capital:

Name of holder

Total voting

rights

1

% of total

voting rights

2

Direct

or indirect

holding

abrdn plc

4,635,152

9.99

Indirect

Numis Nominees (Client) Limited <Morgan03>

and HSBC Global Custody Nominee (UK) Limited

<462704>

3

3,479,537

7.51

Direct

BlackRock, Inc.

3,124,542

6.70

Indirect

Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

2,627,969

5.93

Indirect

JPMorgan Asset Management Holdings Inc.

2,477,054

5.23

Indirect

1

Total voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares of the Company at the time of disclosure to the Company.

2

Percentage of total voting rights at the date of disclosure to the Company.

3 John Morgan’s shareholding.

As at 22 February 2023, JPMorgan Asset Management Holdings Inc. had notiﬁed the Company in

accordance with DTR 5 that their indirect interest in the total voting rights of the Company had fallen

below the minimum threshold.

#### Related party transactions

During the year, the Board reviewed all related party transactions and, save as disclosed in note 25,

there were no signiﬁcant related party transactions in the year to 31 December 2022.

#### Change of control

The Group’s banking facilities, which are described on page 45 in the ﬁnancial review, require

repayment in the event of a change of control. The Group’s facilities for surety bonding require

provision of cash collateral for outstanding bonds upon a change of control. In addition, the

Company’s employee share incentive schemes contain provisions whereby, upon a change of

control, outstanding options and awards would vest and become exercisable by the relevant

employees, subject to the rules of the relevant schemes.

There are no agreements between the Company and its directors or employees providing for

compensation for loss of oﬃce or employment in the event of a takeover bid.

#### Financial instruments and risks

The ﬁnancial risk management objectives and policies can be found in the principal risks section

in the strategic report on pages 72 and 73. Information about the use of ﬁnancial instruments

by the Company and its subsidiaries and details about the Group’s exposure to credit, liquidity

and market risks is given in note 26 to the consolidated ﬁnancial statements.

#### Political contributions

No contributions were made to any political parties during the current or preceding year.

As a precautionary measure, shareholder approval is being sought at the forthcoming AGM for

the Company and its subsidiaries to make donations and/or incur expenditure, which may be

construed as political by the wide deﬁnition of that term included in the relevant legislation.

Further details are provided in the Notice of Meeting to shareholders accompanying this report.

Disclosure of information to the external auditor

The directors who held oﬃce at the date of approval of the directors’ and corporate governance

report conﬁrm that, so far as they are each aware:



there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and



each director has taken all reasonable steps that he or she ought to have taken as a director

in order to ascertain any relevant audit information and to ensure that the Company’s auditor

is aware of such information.

This conﬁrmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of

section 418 of the Act.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

167

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Directors’ responsibilities

The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and the ﬁnancial statements in

accordance with applicable UK law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare ﬁnancial statements for each ﬁnancial year.

Under that law, the directors have elected to prepare the Group ﬁnancial statements in accordance

with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (UK IAS) and the Parent Company ﬁnancial

statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United

Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law), including Financial Reporting Standard 101

Reduced Disclosure Framework (FRS 101). Under company law, the directors must not approve

the ﬁnancial statements unless they are satisﬁed that they give a true and fair view of the state

of aﬀairs of the Group and the Company and of the proﬁt or loss of the Group and the Company

for that period.

In preparing these ﬁnancial statements, the directors are required to:



select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies, 'Changes in

Accounting Estimates and Errors' and then apply them consistently;



make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;



present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable,

comparable and understandable information;



provide additional disclosures when compliance with the speciﬁc requirements in International

Financial Reporting Standards (and in respect of the Parent Company ﬁnancial statements,

FRS 101) is insuﬃcient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other

events and conditions on the Group and Company ﬁnancial position and ﬁnancial performance;



in respect of the Group ﬁnancial statements, state whether UK-adopted International Accounting

Standards (UK IAS) have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and

explained in the ﬁnancial statements;



in respect of the Parent Company ﬁnancial statements, state whether applicable UK Accounting

Standards, including FRS 101, have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed

and explained in the ﬁnancial statements; and



prepare the ﬁnancial statements on the going concern basis unless it is appropriate to presume

that the Company and/or the Group will not continue in business.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are suﬃcient to

show and explain the Company’s and Group’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy

at any time the ﬁnancial position of the Company and the Group and enable them to ensure

that the Company and the Group ﬁnancial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.

They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Parent Company and Group and hence

for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a strategic

report, directors’ report, directors’ remuneration report and corporate governance statement that

comply with that law and those regulations. The directors are responsible for the maintenance and

integrity of the corporate and ﬁnancial information included on the Company’s website.

OTHER STATUTORY INFORMATION

continued

#### Responsibility statement

The directors conﬁrm that to the best of their knowledge:



the consolidated ﬁnancial statements, prepared in accordance with UK-adopted

International Accounting Standards (UK IAS), give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities,

ﬁnancial position and proﬁt of the Parent Company and undertakings included in the

consolidation taken as a whole;



the annual report, including the strategic report, includes a fair review of the development

and performance of the business and the position of the Company and undertakings

included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal

risks and uncertainties that they face; and



they consider the annual report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable

and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position,

performance, business model and strategy.

The directors’ report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

John Morgan

Chief Executive

22 February 2023

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

168

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### In this section

170

Independent auditor’s report

183

Consolidated ﬁnancial statements

220

Company ﬁnancial statements

230

Shareholder information

232

Appendix – carbon emissions background and terminology

# Financial statements

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

169

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Opinion

In our opinion:



Morgan Sindall Group plc’s Group ﬁnancial statements and Parent Company ﬁnancial statements

(‘the ﬁnancial statements’) give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent

Company’s aﬀairs as at 31 December 2022 and of the Group’s proﬁt for the year then ended;



the Group ﬁnancial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted

international accounting standards;



the Parent Company ﬁnancial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with

United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and



the ﬁnancial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the

Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the ﬁnancial statements of Morgan Sindall Group plc (‘the Parent Company’) and

its subsidiaries (‘the Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2022 which comprise:

Group

Parent Company

Consolidated statement of ﬁnancial position

as at 31 December 2022

Company statement of ﬁnancial position

as at 31 December 2022

Consolidated income statement for the year

then ended

Company statement of changes in equity

for the year then ended

Consolidated statement of comprehensive

income for the year then ended

Related notes 1 to 3 to the ﬁnancial

statements including a summary of signiﬁcant

accounting policies

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the year then ended

Consolidated cash ﬂow statement for the year

then ended

Related notes 1 to 28 to the ﬁnancial

statements, including a summary of signiﬁcant

accounting policies

The ﬁnancial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group ﬁnancial

statements is applicable law and UK-adopted international accounting standards. The ﬁnancial

reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Parent Company ﬁnancial

statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101

‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

#### Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK))

and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the auditor’s

responsibilities for the audit of the ﬁnancial statements section of our report. We believe that the

audit evidence we have obtained is suﬃcient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

#### Independence

We are independent of the Group and Parent in accordance with the ethical requirements that

are relevant to our audit of the ﬁnancial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard

as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulﬁlled our other ethical responsibilities in

accordance with these requirements.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the Group

or the Parent Company and we remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in

conducting the audit.

#### Conclusions relating to going concern

In auditing the ﬁnancial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern

basis of accounting in the preparation of the ﬁnancial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of

the directors’ assessment of the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going

concern basis of accounting included:



In conjunction with our walkthrough of the Group’s ﬁnancial statement close process, we conﬁrmed

our understanding of management’s going concern assessment process and also engaged with

management early to ensure key factors were considered in their assessment, including factors

which we determined from our own independent risk assessment.



We obtained management’s Board-approved forecast cash ﬂows and covenant calculation which

covers the period to 29 February 2024. As part of this assessment, management have modelled

six downside scenarios. Scenarios one and two relate to the construction business and assume

a reduction in revenues and margin, and working capital, respectively. Scenario three assumes a

reduction in value and timing of open market sales in respect of the Partnership Housing division.

Scenario four assumes project delays, viability concerns and cost increases in the regeneration

businesses. Scenario ﬁve assumes a higher developer pledge expense in relation to building safety

matters. Lastly, scenario six is a severe downside scenario and models the combined impact of

scenarios one to ﬁve. Management also performed a reverse stress test to identify what scenario

could lead to the Group utilising all liquidity and/or breaching the ﬁnancial loan covenants during

the going concern period.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

170

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()



We assessed the completeness and appropriateness of the scenarios modelled by management

which included assessing the relevance to each division and how these compare with principal risks

and uncertainties of the Group.



We assessed the reasonableness of the cash ﬂow forecast by analysing management’s historical

forecasting accuracy, and evaluating the key assumptions used in the forecast. This included

considering the forecasts on a division by division basis and assessing whether key factors speciﬁc

to each of the divisions, such as rising inﬂation, the economic environment and market/sector trends,

were considered in management’s assessment. We considered management’s assessment of the

impact of climate change on the Group’s cash ﬂow forecasts.



We have considered the methodology used to prepare the forecast and covenant calculations.

We also tested the clerical accuracy and logical integrity of the model, used to prepare the Group’s

going concern assessment.



We considered whether the Group’s forecasts in the going concern assessment were consistent

with other forecasts used by the Group in its accounting estimates, including the assessment of

goodwill impairment.



We performed further sensitivity analysis and our own reverse stress testing in order to identify what

scenarios (for example, the extent operating proﬁt would need to deteriorate) could lead to the

Group utilising all liquidity and/or breaching the ﬁnancial loan covenants during the going concern

period, and whether these scenarios were plausible.



Our analysis also considered the mitigating actions that management could undertake in an

extreme downside scenario and whether these were achievable and in control of management.



We also conﬁrmed the continued availability of credit facilities through the going concern period and

reviewed their underlying terms, including covenants, by examination of executed documentation.



We considered whether the going concern disclosures included in the annual report were

appropriate and in conformity with applicable reporting standards.

#### Our key observations

The results from both management’s evaluation and our independent sensitivity analysis and

reverse stress testing indicate that, in order to breach its covenants and exhaust its available funding

throughout the going concern period, the Group’s operating proﬁt would need to deteriorate to a loss,

which is signiﬁcantly worse than any of the plausible downside scenarios.

As at 31 December 2022, the Group has a secured order book of £8.5bn, of which £3.2bn relates to

the 12 months ending 31 December 2023, and it has a net cash balance of £354.6m (which includes

£38.0m that relates to the Group’s share of cash held with jointly controlled operations). The Group

also has substantial borrowing facilities available to it during the going concern period. The undrawn

committed facilities available at 31 December 2022 amounted to £180m. These comprise a £165m

facility expiring in October 2025 and a £15m facility expiring in March 2024.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identiﬁed any material uncertainties relating

to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast signiﬁcant doubt on the Group and

Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period to 29 February 2024.

In relation to the Group and Parent Company’s reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate

Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’

statement in the ﬁnancial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt

the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are

described in the relevant sections of this report. However, because not all future events or

conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s ability to continue

as a going concern.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

171

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Overview of our audit approach

Audit scope



We performed an audit of the complete ﬁnancial information of four

components, audit procedures on speciﬁc balances for eight components,

and speciﬁed procedures on two further components.



The 14 components where we performed full, speciﬁc and audit procedures

on speciﬁc balances accounted for 98% of proﬁt before tax, excluding the

exceptional building safety charge and 100% of revenue.

Key audit matters



Contract revenue and margin recognition (including valuation of contract

assets, unagreed income and contract liabilities).



Recoverability and valuation of inventory balances held.



Impairment of goodwill and investment in subsidiary undertakings

(Parent Company only).



Building safety provision (and related exceptional item).

Materiality



Overall Group materiality of £6m which represents 5% of proﬁt before tax,

excluding the exceptional building safety charge.

#### An overview of the scope of the Parent Company and Group audits

Tailoring the scope

Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality and our allocation of performance

materiality determine our audit scope for each company within the Group. Taken together, this

enables us to form an opinion on the consolidated ﬁnancial statements. We take into account size,

risk proﬁle, the eﬀectiveness of Group-wide controls, changes in the business environment and

the potential impact of climate change when assessing the level of work to be performed at

each company.

In assessing the risk of material misstatement to the Group ﬁnancial statements, and to ensure we

had adequate quantitative coverage of signiﬁcant accounts in the ﬁnancial statements, we selected

14 entities across all ﬁve divisions within the Group.

Of the 14 components selected, we performed an audit of the complete ﬁnancial information of four

components (‘full scope components’) which were selected based on their size or risk characteristics.

These covered the majority of the Construction & Infrastructure, Fit Out, Urban Regeneration and

Partnership Housing divisions. For eight ‘speciﬁc scope components’, we performed audit procedures

on speciﬁc accounts within that component that we considered had the potential for the greatest

impact on the signiﬁcant accounts in the ﬁnancial statements, either because of the size of these

accounts or their risk proﬁle. These included the Property Services division, as well as smaller

subsidiaries of the other divisions. For the remaining two components (which were joint ventures)

we performed speciﬁed procedures over the Group’s investment in this entity.

The reporting components where we performed audit procedures accounted for 98% (2021: 98%) of

the Group’s proﬁt before tax, excluding the exceptional building safety charge and 100% (2021:100%)

of the Group’s revenue. For the current year, the full scope components contributed 82% (2021:76%)

of the Group’s proﬁt before tax, excluding the exceptional building safety charge and 90% (2021: 82%)

of the Group’s revenue. The speciﬁc scope component contributed 13% (2021: 21%) of the Group’s

proﬁt before tax, excluding the exceptional building safety charge and the remaining 10% (2021: 18%)

of the Group’s revenue. The audit scope of these components may not have included testing of all

signiﬁcant accounts of the component but will have contributed to the coverage of signiﬁcant accounts

tested for the Group. The components for which we performed speciﬁed procedures contributed 3%

(2021: 1%) of the Group’s proﬁt before tax, excluding the exceptional building safety charge.

Of the remaining components that together represent 2% of the Group’s proﬁt before tax, none

contained individually material balances. For these components, we performed other procedures,

including analytical review to respond to any potential risks of material misstatement to the Group

ﬁnancial statements.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

172

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

The charts below illustrate the coverage obtained from the work performed by our audit teams.

Proﬁt before tax (%)

Full scope components

Speciﬁc scope components

Speciﬁed procedures

Other procedures

82

13

3

2

Revenue (%)

Full scope components

Speciﬁc scope components

90

10

#### Changes from the prior year

For the current year, the Urban Regeneration division was determined to be a full scope component

(2021: speciﬁc scope component) and two diﬀerent joint ventures were subject to speciﬁed

procedures. Our overall audit coverage of proﬁt before tax and revenues has however remained

unchanged from prior year.

#### Involvement with component teams

In establishing our overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of work that

needed to be undertaken at each of the components by us, as the primary audit engagement team,

or by component auditors from other EY UK oﬃces or global network ﬁrms operating under our

instruction. Where the work was performed by other EY oﬃces, we determined the appropriate level

of involvement to enable us to determine that suﬃcient audit evidence had been obtained as a basis

for our opinion on the Group as a whole.

The primary audit team visited or met with component teams over the course of the audit to

discuss the audit approach with component teams and any issues arising from their work, meet

with local management, and review relevant audit working papers on risk areas. The primary team

also participated in interim and year-end audit close meetings for the divisions. These visits and

meetings were supplemented by frequent video calls between the primary team and component

teams throughout all stages of the audit, and the primary team reviewed relevant working papers and

were responsible for the scope and direction of the audit process. This, together with the additional

procedures performed at Group level, gave us appropriate evidence for our opinion on the Group

ﬁnancial statements.

#### Climate change

Stakeholders are increasingly interested in how climate change will impact Morgan Sindall Group plc.

The Group has assessed the principal risks and impact as relating to: (a) the environmental impact

of carbon emissions and waste produced; (b) impact on operations of temperature changes and

severe weather events; and (c) adapting to the changing needs of customers – all in the context of

the Group’s plan to achieve its 2030 net zero target. These matters are explained on pages 83 to 90

in the required Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosures and on page 77 in the principal

risks and uncertainties. The Group has also explained its climate commitments on pages 28 to 34.

All of these disclosures form part of the ‘other information’, rather than the audited ﬁnancial statements.

Our procedures on these unaudited disclosures therefore consisted solely of considering whether

they are materially inconsistent with the ﬁnancial statements or our knowledge obtained in the

course of the audit or otherwise appear to be materially misstated, in line with our responsibilities

on ‘other information’.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

173

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

In planning and performing our audit we assessed the potential impacts of climate change on the

Group’s business and any consequential material impact on its ﬁnancial statements.

The Group has explained in the ﬁnancial statements how it has considered the impact of climate

change. The basis of preparation section also explains that governmental and societal responses to

climate change risks are still developing, and are interdependent upon each other, and consequently

ﬁnancial statements cannot capture all possible future outcomes as these are not yet known.

The degree of certainty of these changes may also mean that they cannot be taken into account

when determining asset and liability valuations and the timing of future cash ﬂows under the

requirements of UK-adopted international accounting standards. In the ‘Identiﬁed climate-related

risks and opportunities’ section of the strategic report, supplementary narrative explanation of the

impact of reasonably possible changes in key assumptions has been provided.

Our audit eﬀort in considering the impact of climate change on the ﬁnancial statements was focused

on evaluating management’s assessment of the impact of physical and transition climate risk. As part

of this evaluation, we performed our own risk assessment, supported by our climate change internal

specialists, to determine the risks of material misstatement in the ﬁnancial statements from climate

change which needed to be considered in our audit. We also focused on ensuring that the eﬀects of

material climate risks disclosed in the ﬁnancial statements have been appropriately reﬂected in asset

values and associated disclosures where values are determined through the modelling of future cash

ﬂows and in management’s assessment of the impairment of goodwill. Details of our procedures and

ﬁndings on the goodwill impairment assessment are included in our key audit matters below.

We also challenged the directors’ considerations of climate change risks in their assessment of going

concern and viability and associated disclosures.

Based on our work we have not identiﬁed the impact of climate change on the ﬁnancial statements

to be a key audit matter or to impact a key audit matter.

#### Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most signiﬁcance in

our audit of the ﬁnancial statements of the current period and include the most signiﬁcant assessed

risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identiﬁed. These matters included

those which had the greatest eﬀect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the

audit; and directing the eﬀorts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context

of our audit of the ﬁnancial statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we do not provide

a separate opinion on these matters.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

174

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Risk

Our response to the risk

Key observations

communicated to the

audit committee

Contract revenue and margin recognition

(including valuation of contract assets,

unagreed income and contract liabilities)

Revenue: £3,612.2m (2021: £3,212.8m)

Operating proﬁt: £88.3m (2021: £129.8m)

Contract assets: £294.6m (2021: £232.6m)

Contract liabilities: £74.2m (2021: £78.5m)

Refer to the audit committee report (page 126);

accounting policies (page 190); and notes 1

(page 197) and 16 (page 209) of the consolidated

ﬁnancial statements.

The Group recognises revenue over time in the

Construction & Infrastructure, Fit Out, Property

Services, Urban Regeneration and Partnership

Housing (in respect of pre-let, forward sold

developments) divisions. The Group also

recognises revenue under the point in time

method in the Partnership Housing and Urban

Regeneration divisions.

There is a risk that revenue recognised over

time is materially misstated as there is signiﬁcant

judgement involved in determining the inputs that

drive contract revenue and margin recognition

(e.g. forecast revenue, recoverability of unagreed

income, and forecast costs to complete). Therefore

these inputs could be susceptible to management

bias or manipulation.

There is also a risk that revenue recognised under

the point in time method is recorded in the incorrect

period either due to cut-oﬀ error or management

bias resulting in a material misstatement.

Contract revenue and margin recognised over time

We worked together with our component teams to perform a risk assessment of the contract population and selected a

sample of higher-risk contracts (based on value and/or complexity) across the Group, and obtained an understanding of the:

(1) contract terms; (2) key operational or commercial issues; (3) judgements impacting the contract position; and (4) contract

revenue and margin recognised.

Factors we considered when determining higher-risk contracts to select included: (1) the size of the contract; (2) contracts with

signiﬁcant unagreed income amounts; (3) low margin and loss-making contracts or contracts with a signiﬁcant deterioration

in margin; and (4) stage of completion. Our audit approach for higher-risk contracts has been outlined below:



Performed walkthroughs of the signiﬁcant classes of revenue transactions recognised over time and assessed the design

eﬀectiveness of key controls.



Discussed management’s contract risk tracker with divisional management and the Group commercial director.



Performed site visits at a selection of higher-risk contracts in order to corroborate the contract positions in person

through review of the operations and discussions with contract personnel on site to form an independent view on the

judgements taken.



Undertook detailed review of the signed contract agreements to understand the commercial terms and review of any legal

correspondence or expert advice that has been obtained to support any contract positions recorded.



Assessed the appropriateness of supporting evidence and the requirements of IFRS 15 and the Group’s accounting policies

(e.g. where contracts include additional entitlements for variations and claims, both for and against the Group).



Assessed the appropriateness of the accruals at year end to check these have been incurred and not materially

overstated/understated.



Challenged the level of unagreed income or contract assets and the adequacy of the evidence (e.g. future certiﬁcations

and cash receipts) to assess their recognition and recoverability.



Reviewed contract asset balances and challenged management on the recovery of balances at the year end which have

not been provided for, including consideration of counterparty risk.



Assessed the reasonableness of calculations of estimated costs to complete, which included understanding the

risks/outstanding works on the contract, the impact of any delays or other delivery issues and the related provisions

for cost escalations that have been recognised.



Assessed the appropriateness of cost allocations across contracts including evaluation of whether there has been any

manipulation of costs between proﬁt-making and loss-making contracts.



Challenged the rationale for material provisions held at a contract/division level and concluded if these are appropriate.

Based on our audit

procedures performed,

we concluded that the

recognition of revenue

(including the valuation

of contract assets,

unagreed income and

contract liabilities)

was appropriate, and

the key judgements

made by management

are consistent

with the Group’s

accounting policies.

The presentation and

disclosure of revenue,

contract assets and

contract liabilities are

materially correct and

appropriate.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

175

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Risk

Our response to the risk

Key observations

communicated to the

audit committee



Challenged the level of onerous contract provisions recognised for loss-making contracts as well as any cost contingencies

on the remaining contracts at year end.



Assessed the correlation between revenue, receivables and cash balances using data analytical tools or through other

substantive test of detail procedures.



Reviewed material manual journals recorded to assess whether these have been properly authorised, are appropriately

substantiated and are for a valid business purpose.

Contract revenue and margin recognised under the point in time method



Performed walkthroughs of the revenue recognition process under the point in time method and assessed the design

eﬀectiveness of key controls.



Reviewed signed contract agreements to understand the commercial terms and ensure the correct revenue recognition

method is applied in line with the requirements of IFRS 15 and the Group’s accounting policies.



Tested a sample of transactions by agreeing to contracts, bank receipts and obtaining evidence of fulﬁlment of

performance obligations.



Performed cut-oﬀ testing to assess whether revenue recorded either side of the year end is included in the correct

accounting period.



Reviewed material manual journals recorded in relation to revenue recognised under the point in time method to assess

whether these have been properly authorised, are appropriately substantiated and are for a valid business purpose.

We performed full and speciﬁc scope audit procedures over 100% of the Group’s revenue.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

176

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Risk

Our response to the risk

Key observations

communicated to the

audit committee

Recoverability and valuation of inventory

balances held

Inventory: £333.9m (2021: £288.5m)

Refer to the accounting policies (page 194); and note 15

of the consolidated ﬁnancial statements (page 208).

Partnership Housing and Urban Regeneration

deliver housing and regeneration schemes

respectively.

During construction, the cost of work in progress is

held as inventory prior to it being recognised as cost

of sales under contract accounting. This comprises

land, raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs

and related overheads.

Inventory is held at the lower of cost and net

realisable value. Therefore there is a high degree

of management judgement required to determine

the valuation of inventory pertaining to land and

developments under construction.

There is a risk that the carrying value of inventory

held by the Group is overstated in the year-end

Group accounts if management’s assessment of

the net realisable value is based on inappropriate

assumptions.

In the prior year, this key audit matter referred to

the Partnership Housing division only; however,

we have extended it in the current year across

all the Group’s inventory which also includes the

Urban Regeneration division.



Performed procedures to assess the ownership of the inventories held (e.g. review of sale purchase agreements,

and land title deeds) in order to evaluate whether the Group has appropriate title over the inventory held.



Performed a walkthrough of the impairment analysis and calculation process and evaluated how management look

for indicators of inventory impairment.



Reviewed a sample of planning permissions obtained or submitted as well as environmental assessment reports

(where relevant) to assess their impact on the inventory on hand at year end.



Assessed the nature of costs capitalised in the year-end inventory balance by vouching a sample of these back to supporting

documentary evidence, ensuring these meet the criteria for capitalisation and have been charged to the correct project.



Challenged the costs to complete by agreeing a sample of items to supporting documentation (e.g. subcontractor quotes,

actual invoices issued, contracts executed, management reports) and through enquiry of the commercial teams.



Recalculated the proﬁt recognised for the year based on forecast revenue and costs.



For Partnership Housing, compared the forecast sale prices and price per sq ft of the unsold units in management’s

forecast to the range of prices achieved on the units completed and exchanged, or compared prices achieved at equivalent

competitor sites where possible.



Inspected site plans and, for Partnership Housing, reviewed a sample of post year-end sales (where available) to evaluate

management’s forecast sales prices.

Based on our audit

procedures, we have

concluded that the

inventory balances are

not materially misstated.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

177

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Risk

Our response to the risk

Key observations

communicated to the

audit committee

Impairment of goodwill and investment

in subsidiary undertakings (Parent only)

Goodwill: £217.7m (2021: £217.7m)

Parent Company’s investment in subsidiary

undertakings: £459.6m (2021: £459.6m)

Refer to the audit committee report (page 126);

accounting policies (page 193); note 10 of the

consolidated ﬁnancial statements (page 204); and

note 2 of the Company ﬁnancial statements (page 223).

Intangible assets with an indeﬁnite useful life must

be evaluated for impairment annually, or whenever

indicators of impairment are noted per IAS 36.

Due to the degree of estimation involved in

calculating the expected future cash ﬂows from

cash-generating units (CGUs) and determining the

appropriate long-term growth rates and discount

rates speciﬁc to each CGU, we have identiﬁed a

signiﬁcant risk regarding the assessment of any

impairment against the goodwill carrying values,

as well as the identiﬁcation of any indicators

of impairment.

There is also a risk that the recoverable amount

of the investment in subsidiary undertakings

may be less than the investment balance on the

Parent Company’s statement of ﬁnancial position.



Performed a walkthrough of the impairment analysis and calculation process and evaluated the identiﬁcation of CGUs

performed by management.



Assessed and challenged the key inputs of the forecast cash ﬂows at the CGU level. As part of these procedures we:



challenged the discount rate used by obtaining the underlying data used in the calculation and substantiating this against

reputable independent assessments with the support of our EY valuation specialists;



validated the growth rates assumed by comparing them to economic and industry forecasts and using the support of

our EY valuation specialists, where required; and



challenged management on the achievability of the cash ﬂow forecasts and assessed the projected ﬁnancial information

against results achieved to date and other market data to assess the robustness of management’s forecasting process.

This included considering the impact of other relevant economic and social environmental factors, such as inﬂation and

climate change, on future cash ﬂows.



Analysed the historical forecasting accuracy (budgets to actual results) to determine whether forecast cash ﬂows are reliable

based on past experience factoring in any anomalies.



Understood the commercial challenges for each CGU and challenged/evaluated how these have been incorporated into

management’s assessment.



Performed sensitivity analysis by changing key assumptions in management’s model to see the impact on the headroom

between carrying value and fair value (including combining the eﬀects of diﬀerent sensitivities).



Assessed the appropriateness of the net asset values and component-speciﬁc cash ﬂows for each of the investments in

subsidiary undertakings held by the Parent Company, factoring in any audit adjustments or appropriate sensitivities to

conclude on the available headroom.



Performed a comparison between the carrying value of the CGUs against the value of these CGU investments on the

Parent Company’s statement of ﬁnancial position. We also considered the carrying value of the CGUs in the context

of the market capitalisation of the Group.



Considered the appropriateness of the related disclosures, especially with regard to any impairment recognised

(if the carrying value of CGU exceeds the value-in-use) or the justiﬁcation of why the value of goodwill exceeds the market

capitalisation of the Group.

Based on our audit

procedures, we

have concluded that

the goodwill and

investment in subsidiary

undertakings are

not impaired. The

disclosures relating

to goodwill are

appropriate.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

178

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Risk

Our response to the risk

Key observations

communicated to the

audit committee

Building safety provision (and related

exceptional item)

Exceptional building safety charge recognised within

Group: £39.1m (2021: £nil)

Exceptional building safety charge recognised within

Group’s share of net proﬁt of joint ventures: £9.8m

(2021: £nil)

Refer to the audit committee report (page 126);

accounting policies (page 196); note 4 of the

consolidated ﬁnancial statements (page 200) and note

2 of the Company ﬁnancial statements (page 223).

During the year, the Group has undertaken an

exercise to identify life-critical ﬁre safety issues in

residential properties it has developed. This review

was triggered by the Partnership Housing division

signing the Developers’ Pledge (‘the Pledge’) with

the Department for Levelling Up, Housing and

Communities (DLUHC), and the expectation that

the Urban Regeneration division will do so too.

A provision totalling £48.9m has been recognised in

2022 to reﬂect the legal and constructive obligations

related to the Pledge, including reimbursement of

grants provided by the Building Safety Fund.

The key judgements and estimates in the provision

relate to forecasting the cost of rectifying these

ﬁre safety defects and cladding issues. There is

uncertainty in this given that the issues and/or the

buildings identiﬁed may not be complete, as well

as the rectiﬁcation cost being unknown until work

is completed.

Given the value of the provision and level of

estimation, we have identiﬁed this as a new key

audit matter for the current year.



Performed a walkthrough of the process management have undertaken to determine and record the provision which

included understanding any key controls in place.



Understood the relevant laws, regulations and guidance.



Held discussions with the Group commercial director and other key management personnel to understand the latest

correspondence with the government in relation to the Pledge and the obligations arising from this.



Reviewed relevant correspondence with DLUHC, including their assessment of the Building Safety Fund grants the Group

is expected to reimburse them for, the terms of the Pledge signed by the Partnership Housing division, and the draft terms

of the agreement expected to be signed by the Urban Regeneration and Partnership Housing divisions.



Obtained the results of the review undertaken by management of the Partnership Housing and Urban Regeneration

divisions, which included the calculation of the provision recognised. We assessed the methodology used and the

competence of those involved in its calculation. Where management involved an external specialist, we assessed the scope

of their work and their objectivity.



Assessed the completeness of properties included in the provision. Our procedures included: press and internet searches;

checking logs of legal matters, claims received and known defects; and reviewing historic annual reports to identify properties

previously developed that may not have been included in management’s assessment.



Challenged the appropriateness of key inputs and assumptions used to estimate the expected cost of rectifying the identiﬁed

issues. We made enquiries of relevant project managers and legal personnel to understand the basis of the assumptions.

We veriﬁed the cost assumptions to the extent possible by agreeing to subcontractor quotations for remedial works

obtained by the Group, or reports from third parties engaged to identify and investigate the extent of the issues.



Assessed whether the provision met the deﬁnition of an ‘exceptional item’ to be drawn out separately in the ﬁnancial

statements. We agreed with management that this was appropriate given the material and one-oﬀ nature of the provision

recognised in 2022.



Reviewed the disclosures in the Group ﬁnancial statements and challenged management to include appropriate sensitivity

analysis. We concluded that these provided suﬃcient detail and met the requirements of the applicable ﬁnancial

reporting framework.

Based on our audit

procedures, we have

concluded that the

provision recognised

for building safety is not

materially misstated

and the related

disclosures comply with

requirements of UK-

adopted international

accounting standards.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

179

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Our application of materiality

We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the eﬀect of

identiﬁed misstatements on the audit and in forming our audit opinion.

Materiality

The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be

expected to inﬂuence the economic decisions of the users of the ﬁnancial statements. Materiality provides

a basis for determining the nature and extent of our audit procedures.

We determined materiality for the Group to be £6m (2021: £6m), which is 5% (2021: 5%) of proﬁt

before tax, excluding the exceptional building safety charge. We believe that proﬁt before tax provides

us with an appropriate basis for materiality and is the most relevant measure for stakeholders as it is

a focus of both management and investors. We excluded the exceptional building safety charge as we

consider this to be a one-oﬀ item that does not represent part of the Group’s normal trading results.

We determined materiality for the Parent Company to be £4m (2021: £3m), which is 2% (2021: 2%)

of equity.

During the course of our audit, we reassessed initial materiality and found no reason to change from

our original assessment at planning.

Performance materiality

The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to

an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements

exceeds materiality.

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the Group’s overall control

environment, our judgement was that performance materiality was 50% (2021: 50%) of our planning

materiality, namely £3m (2021: £3m). We have set performance materiality at this percentage due to

the number of audit diﬀerences identiﬁed in our prior-year audit.

Audit work at component locations for the purpose of obtaining audit coverage over signiﬁcant

ﬁnancial statement accounts is undertaken based on a percentage of total performance materiality.

The performance materiality set for each component is based on the relative scale and risk of

the component to the Group as a whole and our assessment of the risk of misstatement at that

component. In the current year, the range of performance materiality allocated to components

was £0.6m to £1.7m (2021: £0.6m to £1.8m).

Reporting threshold

An amount below which identiﬁed misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial.

We agreed with the audit committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit diﬀerences

in excess of £0.3m (2021: £0.3m), which is set at 5% of planning materiality, as well as diﬀerences

below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality

discussed above and in light of other relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.

#### Other information

The other information comprises the information included in the annual report set out on the

inside front cover to page 98, other than the ﬁnancial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report.

Our opinion on the ﬁnancial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the

extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion

thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other

information is materially inconsistent with the ﬁnancial statements or our knowledge obtained in

the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material

inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this

gives rise to a material misstatement in the ﬁnancial statements themselves. If, based on the work

we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the other information,

we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

#### Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly

prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:



the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the ﬁnancial year for which

the ﬁnancial statements are prepared is consistent with the ﬁnancial statements; and



the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable

legal requirements.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

180

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Matters on which we are required to report by exception

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Parent Company and its

environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identiﬁed material misstatements

in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies

Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:



adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate

for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or



the Parent Company ﬁnancial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report

to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or



certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration speciﬁed by law are not made; or



we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

#### Corporate governance statement

We have reviewed the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that

part of the corporate governance statement relating to the Group and Parent Company’s compliance

with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code speciﬁed for our review by the Listing Rules.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following

elements of the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the ﬁnancial statements

or our knowledge obtained during the audit:



directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of

accounting and any material uncertainties identiﬁed set out on page 96;



directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the Company’s prospects, the period this assessment

covers and why the period is appropriate set out on pages 96 to 98;



directors’ statement on whether it has a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to

continue in operation and meets its liabilities set out on page 96;



directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 168;



Board’s conﬁrmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks

set out on pages 67 and 78;



the section of the annual report that describes the review of eﬀectiveness of risk management and

internal control systems set out on pages 128 to 130; and



the section describing the work of the audit committee set out on pages 123 to 130.

#### Responsibilities of directors

As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 168, the directors

are responsible for the preparation of the ﬁnancial statements and for being satisﬁed that they give a

true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the

preparation of ﬁnancial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud

or error.

In preparing the ﬁnancial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group and Parent

Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going

concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate

the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

#### Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the ﬁnancial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the ﬁnancial statements as a whole

are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report

that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee

that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when

it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in

the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to inﬂuence the economic decisions of users taken

on the basis of these ﬁnancial statements.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

181

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered

capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design

procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect irregularities, including fraud.

The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting

one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or

intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. The extent to which our procedures are capable

of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those

charged with governance of the Company and management.



We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the

Group and determined that the most signiﬁcant are those that relate to the reporting framework

(UK-adopted International Accounting Standards, the Companies Act 2006 and the UK Corporate

Governance Code), the Building Safety Act (including the Pledge) and the relevant tax compliance

regulations in the UK.



We understood how Morgan Sindall Group plc is complying with those frameworks by making

enquiries of management at Group level and within the divisions, internal audit, those responsible

for legal and compliance procedures and the company secretary. We corroborated our enquiries

through our review of Board minutes and papers provided to the Board and audit committee,

noting the strong emphasis of transparency and honesty in the Group’s culture and the levels of

oversight the Board and Group management have over each division, despite the decentralised

operating model of the Group.



We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s ﬁnancial statements to material misstatement,

including how fraud might occur, by meeting with management in each division to understand

where it considered there was a susceptibility to fraud. We also considered performance targets

and their propensity to inﬂuence eﬀorts made by management to manage earnings. We considered

the programmes and controls that the Group has established to address risks identiﬁed, or that

otherwise prevent, deter and detect fraud; and how senior management at Group level and within

the divisions monitor those programmes and controls. Where the risk was considered to be higher,

we performed audit procedures to address each identiﬁed fraud risk. These procedures are set out

in the key audit matters section of this report and were designed to provide reasonable assurance

that the ﬁnancial statements were free from fraud and error.



Based on this understanding, we designed our audit procedures to identify non-compliance with

such laws and regulations. Our procedures involved journal entry testing at each component

in the scope of our Group audit with a focus on journals indicating unusual transactions based

on our understanding of the business, enquiries of Group and divisional management, and

focused testing as referred to in the key audit matters section above. In addition, we completed

procedures to conclude on the compliance of the disclosures in the annual report and accounts

with the requirements of the relevant accounting standards, UK legislation and the UK Corporate

Governance Code.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the ﬁnancial statements is located on the

Financial Reporting Council’s website at frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part

of our auditor’s report.

#### Other matters we are required to address



Following the recommendation from the audit committee, we were appointed by the Company

on 6 May 2021 to audit the ﬁnancial statements for the year ending 31 December 2021 and

subsequent ﬁnancial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement including previous

renewals and reappointments is two years, covering the years ended 31 December 2021 and

31 December 2022.



The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee.

#### Use of our report

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of

Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to

the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for

no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to

anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this

report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Peter McIver (Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor

London

23 February 2023

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF MORGAN SINDALL GROUP PLC

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

182

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

Revenue

1

3,612.2

3,212.8

Cost of sales

(3,241.3)

(2,830.0)

Gross proﬁt

370.9

382.8

Analysed as:

Adjusted gross proﬁt

410.0

382.8

Exceptional building safety charge

4

(39.1)

–

Administrative expenses

(287.6)

(259.8)

Share of net proﬁt of joint ventures

13

4.5

5.4

Other operating income

0.5

1.4

Operating proﬁt

88.3

129.8

Analysed as:

Adjusted operating proﬁt

139.2

131.3

Exceptional building safety charge

4

(48.9)

–

Amortisation of intangible assets

10

(2.0)

(1.5)

Finance income

6

2.3

0.6

Finance expense

6

(5.3)

(4.2)

Proﬁt before tax

85.3

126.2

Analysed as:

Adjusted proﬁt before tax

136.2

127.7

Exceptional building safety charge

4

(48.9)

–

Amortisation of intangible assets

10

(2.0)

(1.5)

Tax

7

(24.4)

(28.3)

Proﬁt for the year

3

60.9

97.9

Attributable to:

Owners of the Company

60.9

97.9

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

Earnings per share

Basic

9

132.7p

212.4p

Diluted

9

130.4p

204.4p

There were no discontinued operations in either the current or comparative years.

The consolidated income statement has been re-presented this year to give additional analysis

of adjusted measures and the exceptional building safety charge.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

183

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

for the year ended 31 December 2022

2022

£m

2021

£m

Proﬁt for the year

60.9

97.9

Items that may be reclassiﬁed subsequently to proﬁt

or loss:

Foreign exchange movement on translation of overseas

operations

2.1

(0.2)

2.1

(0.2)

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

2.1

(0.2)

Total comprehensive income

63.0

97.7

Attributable to:

Owners of the Company

63.0

97.7

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

184

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

at 31 December 2022

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

Assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets

10

221.2

221.9

Property, plant and equipment

11

74.8

66.6

Investment property

12

0.8

0.8

Investments in joint ventures

13

84.0

94.1

Non-current assets

380.8

383.4

Inventories

15

333.9

288.5

Contract assets

16

294.6

232.6

Trade and other receivables

17

353.0

328.3

Current tax assets

–

4.7

Shared equity loan receivables

14

0.4

1.5

Cash and cash equivalents

26

431.7

468.6

Current assets

1,413.6

1,324.2

Total assets

1,794.4

1,707.6

Liabilities

Contract liabilities

16

(74.2)

(78.5)

Trade and other payables

18

(963.2)

(891.4)

Current tax liabilities

(5.6)

–

Lease liabilities

21

(16.0)

(13.4)

Borrowings

26

(77.1)

(110.2)

Provisions

20

(55.1)

(33.4)

Current liabilities

(1,191.2)

(1,126.9)

Net current assets

222.4

197.3

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

Trade and other payables

18

(37.3)

(32.6)

Lease liabilities

21

(40.9)

(39.4)

Borrowings

26

–

(0.4)

Retirement beneﬁt obligation

19

(0.2)

(0.2)

Deferred tax liabilities

7

(6.8)

(10.0)

Provisions

20

(21.8)

(23.9)

Non-current liabilities

(107.0)

(106.5)

Total liabilities

(1,298.2)

(1,233.4)

Net assets

496.2

474.2

Equity

Share capital

23

2.4

2.3

Share premium account

55.9

45.8

Other reserves

1.1

(1.0)

Retained earnings

436.8

427.1

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

496.2

474.2

Total equity

496.2

474.2

The consolidated ﬁnancial statements of Morgan Sindall Group plc (company number: 00521970)

were approved by the Board on 22 February 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

John Morgan

Steve Crummett

Chief Executive

Finance Director

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

185

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

Operating activities

Operating proﬁt

88.3

129.8

Adjusted for:

Exceptional building safety items

4

48.9

–

Amortisation of intangible assets

10

2.0

1.5

Underlying share of net proﬁt of equity-accounted

joint ventures

13

(14.3)

(5.4)

Depreciation

11

22.9

20.5

Share-based payments

24

9.7

12.1

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

(0.5)

(0.5)

Movement in fair value of shared equity

loan receivables

14

(0.4)

1.9

Impairment of investments

3

0.9

1.2

Proceeds on disposal of investment properties

12

–

1.9

Repayment of shared equity loan receivables

14

1.5

2.1

(Decrease)/increase in provisions excluding

exceptional building safety items

20

(19.5)

26.4

Operating cash inﬂow before movements

in working capital

139.5

191.5

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

(45.4)

5.7

Increase in contract assets

(62.0)

(60.8)

Increase in receivables

(24.4)

(94.0)

(Decrease)/increase in contract liabilities

(4.3)

22.9

Increase in payables

71.6

73.5

Movements in working capital

(64.5)

(52.7)

Cash inﬂow from operations

75.0

138.8

Income taxes paid

(20.3)

(28.3)

Net cash inﬂow from operating activities

54.7

110.5

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

Investing activities

Interest received

1.8

0.6

Dividends from joint ventures

13

1.4

–

Proceeds on disposal of property,

plant and equipment

0.6

1.4

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

11

(10.5)

(6.7)

Purchases of intangible ﬁxed assets

10

(1.3)

(1.3)

Net decrease in loans to joint ventures

13

16.3

1.5

Net cash inﬂow/(outﬂow) from

investing activities

8.3

(4.5)

Financing activities

Interest paid

(1.8)

(1.7)

Dividends paid

8

(43.5)

(32.3)

Repayments of lease liabilities

21

(17.2)

(15.2)

Repayment of borrowings

26

(0.4)

–

Proceeds on issue of share capital

23

10.2

0.3

Payments by the Trust to acquire shares

in the Company

(15.7)

(33.6)

Proceeds on exercise of share options

1.6

1.7

Net cash outﬂow from ﬁnancing activities

(66.8)

(80.8)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash

equivalents

(3.8)

25.2

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning

of the year

358.4

333.2

Cash and cash equivalents at the end

of the year

26

354.6

358.4

Cash and cash equivalents presented in the consolidated cash ﬂow statement include bank

overdrafts. See note 26 for a reconciliation to cash and cash equivalents presented in the

consolidated statement of ﬁnancial position.

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

186

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Notes

Share

capital

£m

Share

premium

account

£m

Other

reserves

£m

Retained

earnings

£m

Total

equity

£m

1 January 2021

2.3

45.5

(0.8)

373.1

420.1

Proﬁt for the year

–

–

–

97.9

97.9

Other comprehensive expense

–

–

(0.2)

–

(0.2)

Total comprehensive (expense)/

income

–

–

(0.2)

97.9

97.7

Share-based payments

24

–

–

–

12.1

12.1

Tax relating to share-based

payments

7

–

–

–

8.2

8.2

Issue of shares at a premium

23

–

0.3

–

–

0.3

Exercise of share options

–

–

–

1.7

1.7

Purchase of shares in the

Company by the Trust

–

–

–

(33.6)

(33.6)

Dividends paid

8

–

–

–

(32.3)

(32.3)

1 January 2022

2.3

45.8

(1.0)

427.1

474.2

Proﬁt for the year

–

–

–

60.9

60.9

Other comprehensive income

–

–

2.1

–

2.1

Total comprehensive income

–

–

2.1

60.9

63.0

Share-based payments

24

–

–

–

9.7

9.7

Tax relating to share-based

payments

7

–

–

–

(3.3)

(3.3)

Issue of shares at a premium

23

0.1

10.1

–

–

10.2

Purchase of shares in the

Company by the Trust

–

–

–

(15.7)

(15.7)

Exercise of share options

–

–

–

1.6

1.6

Dividends paid

8

–

–

–

(43.5)

(43.5)

31 December 2022

2.4

55.9

1.1

436.8

496.2

Other reserves

Other reserves include:



Capital redemption reserve of £0.6m (2021: £0.6m) which was created on the redemption of

preference shares in 2003.



Hedging reserve of (£0.8m) (2021: (£0.8m)) arising under cash ﬂow hedge accounting. Movements

on the eﬀective portion of hedges are recognised through the hedging reserve, while any

ineﬀectiveness is taken to the income statement.



Translation reserve of £1.3m (2021: (£0.8m)) arising on the translation of overseas operations into

the Group’s functional currency.

Retained earnings

Retained earnings include shares in Morgan Sindall Group plc purchased in the market and held

by the Morgan Sindall Employee Beneﬁt Trust (‘the Trust’) to satisfy options under the Company’s

share incentive schemes. The number of shares held by the Trust at 31 December 2022 was

1,135,131 (2021: 1,051,664) with a cost of £26.1m (2021: £25.3m). All of the shares held by the Trust

were unallocated at the year end and dividends on these shares have been waived. Based on the

Company’s share price at 31 December 2022 of £15.30 (2021: £25.20), the market value of the

shares was £17.4m (2021: £26.5m).

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

187

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Reporting entity

Morgan Sindall Group plc (the ‘Group’ or ‘Company’) is domiciled and incorporated in the United

Kingdom. The nature of the Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out in note 2 and

in the strategic report on pages 7 and 9.

Basis of preparation

(a) Statement of compliance

The consolidated ﬁnancial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis as set out

on page 96 and in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (‘UK IAS’).

(b) Basis of accounting

The consolidated ﬁnancial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention,

except where otherwise indicated.

(c) Going concern

In determining the appropriate basis of preparation of the ﬁnancial statements, the directors are

required to consider whether the Group and Company can continue in operational existence

during the going concern period, which the directors have deﬁned as the date of approval of the

31 December 2022 ﬁnancial statements through to 29 February 2024.

As at 31 December 2022, the Group held cash of £431.7m, including £38.0m which is the Group’s

share of cash held within jointly controlled operations, and total overdrafts repayable on demand

of £77.1m (together net cash of £354.6m). Should further funding be required, the Group has

signiﬁcant committed ﬁnancial resources available including unutilised bank facilities of £180m, of

which £165m matures in October 2025 and £15m matures in March 2024. The Group’s secured

order book at 31 December 2022 is £8.5bn (2021: £8.6bn), of which £3.2bn relates to the 12 months

ended 31 December 2023.

The directors have reviewed the Group’s forecasts and projections for the going concern period,

including sensitivity analysis (detailed on pages 97 and 98), including reduced revenues, margins,

a working capital deterioration and project delays) to assess the Group’s resilience to the potential

ﬁnancial impact on the Group of any plausible losses of revenue or operating proﬁt which could arise

from one of the principal risks to the business occurring (these risks are discussed on pages 67 to 77

and include the directors’ assessment of the impact of climate change). The analysis also includes a

reasonable worst-case scenario in which the Group’s principal risks manifest in aggregate to a severe

but plausible level involving the aggregation of the impacts of a number of these risks. The modelling

showed that the Group would remain proﬁtable throughout the going concern period and there is

considerable headroom above lending facilities such that there would be no expected requirement

for the Group to utilise the bank facility, which underpins the going concern assumption on which

these ﬁnancial statements have been prepared. As part of the sensitivity analysis the directors

also modelled a scenario that stress tests the Group’s forecasts and projections, to determine the

scenario in which the headroom above the committed bank facility would be exceeded. This model

showed that the Group’s operating proﬁt would need to deteriorate substantially for the headroom

to exceed the committed bank facility. The directors consider there is no plausible scenario where

cash inﬂows would deteriorate this signiﬁcantly. However, as part of their analysis, the Board

also considered further mitigating actions at their discretion, such as a reduction in investments

in working capital, to improve the position identiﬁed by the reasonable worst-case scenario. In

all scenarios, including the reasonable worst case, the Group is able to comply with its ﬁnancial

covenants, operate within its current facilities, and meet its liabilities as they fall due.

Accordingly, the directors consider there to be no material uncertainties that may cast signiﬁcant

doubt on the Group’s ability to continue to operate as a going concern. They have formed a

judgement that there is a reasonable expectation that the Group and Company have adequate

resources to continue in operational existence for the going concern period. For this reason,

they continue to adopt the going concern basis in the preparation of these ﬁnancial statements.

The period from the date of signing of these ﬁnancial statements to 29 February 2024 has been

assessed following consideration of the budgeting cycles and typical contract lengths undertaken

across the Group.

(d) Functional and presentation currency

These consolidated ﬁnancial statements are presented in pounds sterling which is the Group’s

presentational currency and the Company’s functional currency. All ﬁnancial information, unless

otherwise stated, has been rounded to the nearest £0.1m.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

188

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

(e) Climate change risk

While the Group is committed to achieve its net zero emissions target by 2030, the governmental

and societal responses to climate change risks are still developing and therefore the Group is

currently unable to determine the full future economic impact of climate change risks on their

business model to achieve this. As such, the potential impacts of climate change risk are not fully

incorporated in these ﬁnancial statements.

(f) Adoption of new and amended standards and interpretations

(i) New and amended accounting standards adopted by the Group

During the year, the Group has adopted the following new and amended standards and

interpretations. Their adoption has not had any signiﬁcant impact on the accounts or disclosures

in these ﬁnancial statements.



Amendments to IFRS 3 ‘Reference to the Conceptual Framework’



Amendments to IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use’



Amendments to IAS 37 ‘Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulﬁlling a Contract’



Annual Improvements to IFRS Accounting Standards 2018–2020 cycle

(ii) New and amended accounting standards and interpretations which were in

issue but were not yet eﬀective and have not been adopted early by the Group

At the date of the ﬁnancial statements, the Company has not applied the following new and revised

IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet eﬀective:



IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’



IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (amendments) ‘Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its

Associate or Joint Venture’



Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Classiﬁcation of Liabilities as Current or Non-current’



Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ and IFRS Practice Statement 2

‘Making Materiality Judgements – Disclosure of Accounting Policies’



Amendments to IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors –

Deﬁnition of Accounting Estimates’



Amendments to IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes – Deferred Tax Related to Assets and Liabilities Arising

from a Single Transaction’



Amendments to IFRS 16 ‘Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback’

The Group is currently assessing the impact of these new and revised standards but does not

expect that the adoption of the standards listed above will have a material impact on the ﬁnancial

statements of the Company in future periods.

The accounting policies as set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented

in these consolidated ﬁnancial statements.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated ﬁnancial statements incorporate the ﬁnancial statements of the Company and the

entities controlled by the Company, together with the Group’s share of the results of joint ventures

made up to 31 December each year. Control is achieved when the Company: (i) has the power over

the investee; (ii) is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee;

and (iii) has the ability to use its power to aﬀect its returns. The Company reassesses whether or not

it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more

of the three elements of control listed above. Business combinations are accounted for using the

acquisition method.

(a) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities that are controlled by the Group. The ﬁnancial statements of subsidiaries

are included in the consolidated ﬁnancial statements of the Group from the date that control is

obtained to the date that control ceases. The accounting policies of new subsidiaries are changed

where necessary to align them with those of the Group.

If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the related assets (including goodwill),

liabilities, non-controlling interest and other components of equity, while any resultant gain or loss

is recognised in the income statement. Any investment retained is recognised at fair value.

(b) Joint arrangements

A joint arrangement is a contractual arrangement whereby two or more parties undertake an

economic activity that is subject to joint control, which requires unanimous consent for strategic,

ﬁnancial and operating decisions.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

189

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

continued

(i) Joint ventures

A joint venture generally involves the establishment of a corporation, partnership or other entity in

which each venturer has rights to the net assets of the joint venture and joint control over strategic,

ﬁnancial and operating decisions. The results, assets and liabilities of jointly controlled entities are

incorporated in the ﬁnancial statements using the equity method of accounting.

Goodwill relating to a joint venture which is acquired directly is included in the carrying amount of

the investment and is not amortised. After application of the equity method, the Group’s investments

in joint ventures are reviewed to determine whether any additional impairment loss in relation to the

net investment in the joint venture is required, and if so, it is written oﬀ in the period in which those

circumstances are identiﬁed. When there is a change recognised directly in the equity of the joint

venture, the Group recognises its share of any change and discloses this, where applicable, in the

statement of comprehensive income.

Where the Group’s share of losses exceeds its equity-accounted investment in a joint venture,

the carrying amount of the equity interest is reduced to nil and the recognition of further losses

is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations.

Appropriate adjustment is made to the results of joint ventures where material diﬀerences exist

between a joint venture’s accounting policies and those of the Group.

Dividend income from investments is recognised when the shareholders’ rights to receive payment

have been established.

(ii) Joint operations

Construction contracts carried out as a joint arrangement without the establishment of a legal

entity are joint operations. The Group’s share of the results and net assets of these joint operations

are included under each relevant heading in the income statement and the statement of ﬁnancial

position.

(c) Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-Group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expense arising from

intra-Group transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated ﬁnancial statements.

Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investments are eliminated to

the extent of the Group’s interest in that investment. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same

way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

Revenue and margin recognition

Revenue and margin are recognised as follows:

(a) Construction and infrastructure contracts

A signiﬁcant portion of the Group’s revenue is derived from construction and infrastructure services

contracts. These services are provided to customers across a wide variety of sectors and the size and

duration of the contracts can vary signiﬁcantly from a few weeks to more than 10 years.

The majority of contracts are considered to contain only one performance obligation for the

purposes of recognising revenue. While the scope of works may include a number of diﬀerent

components, in the context of construction and infrastructure services activities, these are usually

highly interrelated and produce a combined output for the customer.

Contracts are typically satisﬁed over time. For ﬁxed price construction contracts, progress is

measured through a valuation of the works undertaken by a professional quantity surveyor,

including an assessment of any elements for which a price has not yet been agreed such as changes

in scope. For cost reimbursable infrastructure services contracts, progress is measured based on

the costs incurred to date as a proportion of the estimated total cost and an assessment of the ﬁnal

contract price payable.

Variations are not included in the estimated total contract price until the customer has agreed the

revised scope of work.

Where the scope has been agreed but the corresponding change in price has not yet been agreed,

only the amount that is considered highly probable not to reverse in the future is included in the

estimated total contract price. Where delays to the programme of works are anticipated and

liquidated damages would be contractually due, the estimated total contract price is reduced

accordingly. This is only mitigated by expected extensions of time or commercial resolution being

achieved where it is highly probable that this will not lead to a signiﬁcant reversal in the future.

For cost-reimbursable contracts, expected pain share is recognised in the estimated total contract

price immediately while anticipated gain share and performance bonuses are only recognised at the

point that they are agreed by the customer.

In order to recognise the proﬁt over time, it is necessary to estimate the total costs of the contract.

These estimates take account of any uncertainties in the cost of work packages which have not yet

been let and materials which have not yet been procured, the expected cost of any acceleration of or

delays to the programme or changes in the scope of works and the expected cost of any rectiﬁcation

works during the defects liability period.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

190

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Once the outcome of a construction contract can be estimated reliably, margin is recognised in the

income statement in line with the corresponding stage of completion. Where a contract is forecast

to be loss-making, the full loss is recognised immediately in the income statement.

(b) Service contracts

Service contracts include design, maintenance and management services. Contracts are typically

satisﬁed over time and revenue is measured through an assessment of time incurred and materials

utilised as a proportion of the total expected or percentage of completion depending upon the

nature of the service.

(c) Sale of land and development properties

The Group derives a signiﬁcant portion of revenue from the sale of land, and the development and

sale of residential and commercial properties.

Contracts are typically satisﬁed at a point in time. This is usually deemed to be legal completion as

this is the point at which the Group has an enforceable right to payment. The only exception to this is

pre-let forward sold developments where the customer controls the work in progress as it is created;

or where the Group is unable to put the asset being constructed to an alternative use due to legal or

practical limitations and has an enforceable right to payment for the work completed to date. Where

these conditions are met, the contract is accounted for as a construction contract in accordance with

paragraph (a) above.

Revenue from the sale of land, residential and commercial properties is measured at the transaction

price agreed in the contract with the customer. While deferred payment terms may be agreed in

rare circumstances, the deferral never exceeds 12 months. The transaction price is therefore not

adjusted for the eﬀects of a signiﬁcant ﬁnancing component. The Group no longer utilises shared

equity loan schemes for the sale of residential properties.

In order to recognise the proﬁt, it is necessary to estimate the total costs of a development. These

estimates take account of any uncertainties in the cost of work packages which have not yet been

let and materials which have not yet been procured and the expected cost of any rectiﬁcation works

during the defects liability period which is 12 months for commercial property and 24 months for

residential property.

Proﬁt is recognised by allocating the total costs of a scheme to each unit at a consistent margin.

For mixed-tenure schemes which also incorporate a construction contract, the margin recognised

for the open market units is consistent with the construction contract element of the development.

(d) Contract balances

Contract assets

Contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s right to consideration for construction work

completed but not invoiced at the balance sheet date. The contract assets are transferred to trade

receivables when the amounts are certiﬁed by the customer. On most contracts, certiﬁcates are

issued by the customer on a monthly basis.

Contract liabilities

Contract liabilities primarily relate to the advance consideration received from customers in respect

of performance obligations which have not yet been fully satisﬁed and for which revenue has not

been recognised. Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue when performance obligation to the

customer has been satisﬁed.

(e) Contract costs

Costs to obtain a contract are expensed unless they are incremental, i.e. they would not have been

incurred if the contract had not been obtained, and the contract is expected to be suﬃciently

proﬁtable for them to be recovered.

Costs to fulﬁl a contract are expensed unless they relate to an identiﬁed contract, generate or

enhance resources that will be used to satisfy the obligations under the contract in future years and

the contract is expected to be suﬃciently proﬁtable for them to be recovered, in which case they are

capitalised to the extent they will be recovered in future periods.

Where costs are capitalised, they are amortised over the shorter of the period for which revenue

and proﬁt can be forecast with reasonable certainty and the duration of the contract, except where

the contract becomes loss-making. If the contract becomes loss-making, all capitalised costs related

to that contract are immediately expensed.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

191

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

continued

(f) Government grants

Funding received in respect of developer grants, where funding is awarded to encourage the

building and renovation of aﬀordable housing, is recognised as a deduction from related expenses

on a stage of completion basis over the life of the project to which the funding relates.

Funding received to support the construction of housing where current market prices would

otherwise make a scheme ﬁnancially unviable is recognised as income on a legal completion basis

when the properties to which it relates are sold.

Government grants are initially recognised as deferred income at fair value when there is reasonable

assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attached and the grants will be received.

Leases

Where the Company is a lessee, a right-of-use asset and lease liability are recognised at the outset

of the lease other than those that are less than one year in duration or of a low value.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid

at that date based on the Group’s expectations of the likelihood of lease extension or break options

being exercised. In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental

borrowing rate at the lease commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is

not readily determinable.

The lease liability is subsequently adjusted to reﬂect imputed interest, payments made to the lessor

and any lease modiﬁcations.

The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the amount of the lease liability,

any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received,

any initial direct costs incurred by the Group and an estimate of any costs that are expected to be

incurred at the end of the lease to dismantle or restore the asset.

The right-of-use assets are presented within the property, plant and equipment line in the statement

of ﬁnancial position and depreciated in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy on property,

plant and equipment. The amount charged to the income statement comprises the depreciation of

the right-of-use asset and the imputed interest on the lease liability.

Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as expense

on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Finance income and expense

Finance income and expense is recognised using the eﬀective interest method.

Income tax

The income tax expense represents the current and deferred tax charges. Income tax is recognised

in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity.

Current tax is the Group’s expected tax liability on taxable proﬁt for the year using tax rates enacted

or substantively enacted at the reporting date and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of

previous years.

Taxable proﬁt diﬀers from that reported in the income statement because it is adjusted for items

of income or expense that are assessable or deductible in other years and is adjusted for items that

are never assessable or deductible.

Current tax relating to items recognised directly in equity is recognised in equity and not in the

income statement.

Deferred tax is recognised using the liability method, providing for temporary diﬀerences between

the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for ﬁnancial reporting purposes and the corresponding

tax bases used in tax computations. Deferred tax is not recognised for the initial recognition of

assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and aﬀects neither accounting

nor taxable proﬁt, or diﬀerences relating to investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures to the

extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax is not

recognised for taxable temporary diﬀerences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary diﬀerences which result in an obligation at the reporting

date to pay more tax, or a right to pay less tax, at a future date, at the tax rates expected to apply

when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the

reporting date. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely

than not that they will be recovered. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted and are

only oﬀset where there is a legally enforceable right to oﬀset current tax assets and liabilities.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

192

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill arises on business combinations and represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition

over the Group’s share of the identiﬁable net assets of the acquiree at the acquisition date. The

consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred,

the liabilities incurred and equity interests issued by the Group in exchange for control of the

acquiree. Consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from

a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed in administrative

expenses as incurred. All identiﬁable assets and liabilities acquired and contingent liabilities assumed

are initially measured at their fair values at the acquisition date.

Where the cost is less than the Group’s share of the identiﬁable net assets, the diﬀerence is

immediately recognised in the income statement as a gain from a bargain purchase.

Goodwill arising on acquisitions before the date of transition to IFRS has been retained at the

previous UK GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) amounts, subject to being tested for

impairment at that date.

Other intangible assets identiﬁed on acquisition by the Group that have ﬁnite useful lives are

recognised at fair value and measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Those that are acquired separately, such as software, are recognised at cost less accumulated

amortisation and impairment losses. Amortisation is recognised on a straight-line basis over their

estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed at the

end of each reporting period, with the eﬀect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a

prospective basis. The estimated useful lives for the Group’s ﬁnite life intangible assets are three years.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised

impairment loss. Depreciation is charged over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line

method on the following basis:



freehold land

not depreciated



plant and equipment

between 8.3% and 33% per year



ﬁxtures and ﬁttings

over the period of the lease



right-of-use assets

over the period of the lease

Residual values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed and updated annually.

Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal against the

carrying amount and are recognised in the income statement.

Investment property

Investment property, which is property held to earn rentals and/or capital appreciation, is stated at

its fair value at the reporting date. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of investment

property are included in the income statement for the period in which they arise.

Shared equity loan receivables

The Group has granted loans under shared equity home ownership schemes allowing qualifying

home buyers to defer payment of part of the agreed sales price, up to a maximum of 25%, until the

earlier of the loan term (10 or 25 years depending upon the scheme), remortgage or resale of the

property. On occurrence of one of these events, the Group will receive a repayment based on its

contributed equity percentage and the applicable market value of the property as determined by a

member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors. Early or part repayment is allowable under

the scheme and amounts are secured by way of a second charge over the property. The loans are

non-interest bearing.

The shared equity receivable balance is designated as at fair value through proﬁt and loss (FVTPL)

under IFRS 9. Fair value movements are recognised in operating proﬁt and include accreted interest.

There have been no transfers between categories in the fair value hierarchy in the current and

preceding year.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

193

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

continued

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The cost of work in progress

comprises raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs and related overheads. Net realisable

value is the estimated selling price less applicable costs.

Impairment of non-ﬁnancial assets

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be

impaired. If any indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required,

the Group estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. When the carrying amount of an asset

exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its

recoverable amount.

Further disclosures relating to the impairment of non-ﬁnancial assets are provided in note 10 –

goodwill and other intangible assets.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised

cost using the eﬀective interest rate method with an appropriate allowance for estimated

irrecoverable amounts recognised in the income statement.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents can include cash in hand, demand deposits and other short-term,

highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject

to an insigniﬁcant risk of changes in value. The carrying amount of these assets approximates to

their fair value.

Bank borrowings are generally considered to be ﬁnancing activities. However, bank overdrafts

which are repayable on demand form an integral part of an entity’s cash management. In these

circumstances, bank overdrafts are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the

purpose of presentation in the consolidated cash ﬂow statement. A characteristic of such banking

arrangements is that the bank balance often ﬂuctuates from being positive to overdrawn.

Trade payables

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised

cost using the eﬀective interest rate method.

Retirement beneﬁt schemes

(a) Deﬁned contribution plan

A deﬁned contribution plan is a post-retirement beneﬁt plan under which the Group pays ﬁxed

contributions to a separate entity and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts.

The Group recognises payments to deﬁned contribution pension plans as staﬀ costs in the income

statement as and when they fall due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent

that a cash refund or reduction on future payments is available.

(b) Deﬁned beneﬁt plan

A deﬁned beneﬁt plan is any post-retirement plan other than a deﬁned contribution plan. For deﬁned

beneﬁt retirement beneﬁt schemes, the cost of providing beneﬁts is determined using the projected

unit credit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of each reporting period.

Remeasurement comprising actuarial gains and losses, the eﬀect of the asset ceiling (if applicable)

and the return on scheme assets (excluding interest) are recognised immediately in the statement

of ﬁnancial position with a charge or credit to the statement of comprehensive income in the

period in which they occur. Remeasurement recorded in the statement of comprehensive income

is not recycled. Past service cost is recognised in the income statement when the plan amendment

or curtailment occurs, or when the Group recognises related restructuring costs or termination

beneﬁts, if earlier. Gains or losses on settlement of a deﬁned beneﬁt plan are recognised when the

settlement occurs. Net interest is calculated by applying a discount rate to the net deﬁned beneﬁt

liability or asset. Deﬁned beneﬁt costs are split into three categories: (i) service costs, which include

current service cost, past service cost and gains and losses on curtailments and settlements;

(ii) net interest expense or income; and (iii) remeasurements.

The Group presents service costs within cost of sales and administrative expenses in its consolidated

income statement. Net interest expense or income is recognised within ﬁnance costs.

The retirement beneﬁt obligation recognised in the consolidated statement of ﬁnancial position

represents the deﬁcit or surplus in the Group’s deﬁned beneﬁt schemes. Any surplus resulting

from this calculation is limited to the present value of any economic beneﬁts available in the form

of refunds from the schemes or reductions in future contributions to the schemes.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

194

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result

of a past event, it is probable that an outﬂow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and

the amount of the obligation can be estimated reliably. Provisions are recognised for events covered

by the Group’s captive or self-insurance arrangements, legal claims and restructuring.

When the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an

insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset, but only when the

reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to a provision is presented in the income

statement net of any reimbursement where the reimbursement has met the virtually certain

recognition criteria.

If the eﬀect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax

rate that reﬂects, when appropriate, the risks speciﬁc to the liability. When discounting is used, the

increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a ﬁnance cost.

Impairment of ﬁnancial assets

The Group always recognises lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables, contract assets

and loans to joint ventures. The expected credit losses on these ﬁnancial assets are estimated using

a provision matrix based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that

are speciﬁc to the debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of both the current

as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date, including time value of money

where appropriate.

Share-based payments

Equity-settled share-based payments to employees are measured at the fair value of the equity

instruments at the grant date. The fair value is expensed in employee beneﬁts expenses on a

straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of equity instruments that

will eventually vest.

At each reporting date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected

to vest as a result of the eﬀect of non-market-based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision

of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in the income statement such that the cumulative

expense reﬂects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest because non-market performance

and/or service conditions have not been met. Where awards include a market or non-vesting

condition, the transactions are treated as vested irrespective of whether the market or non-vesting

condition is satisﬁed, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions are satisﬁed.

The dilutive eﬀect of outstanding options is reﬂected as additional share dilution in the computation

of diluted earnings per share (further details are given in note 24).

Derivative ﬁnancial instruments and hedge accounting

Derivative ﬁnancial instruments may be used in joint ventures to hedge long-term ﬂoating interest

rate and Retail Price Index (RPI) exposures and in Group companies to manage their exposure to

foreign exchange rate risk.

Interest rate swaps, RPI swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts are stated in the statement

of ﬁnancial position at fair value. At the inception of the hedge relationship, the entity documents the

relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management

objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception

of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instruments that

are used in hedging transactions are highly eﬀective in oﬀsetting changes in fair values or cash ﬂows

of hedged items.

Where ﬁnancial instruments are designated as cash ﬂow hedges and are deemed to be eﬀective,

gains and losses on remeasurement relating to the eﬀective portion are recognised in equity,

and gains and losses on the ineﬀective portion are recognised in the income statement.

Net investment hedges may be used to hedge exposure on translation of net investments in

foreign operations. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the eﬀective portion

of the hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income; the gain or loss relating to the ineﬀective

portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. In the event of disposal of a foreign

operation, the gains and losses accumulated in other comprehensive income are recognised in the

income statement.

There have been no transfers between categories in the fair value hierarchy in the current and

preceding year.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

195

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

for the year ended 31 December 2022

The preparation of ﬁnancial statements under IFRS requires the Company’s management to make

judgements, assumptions and estimates that aﬀect the application of accounting policies and the

reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expense. Actual results may diﬀer from these

estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions

to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision

aﬀects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision aﬀects both

current and future periods.

Critical judgements and estimates in applying

#### the Group’s accounting policies

The following are the critical judgements and estimates that the directors have made in the process

of applying the Group’s accounting policies and that have a signiﬁcant eﬀect on the amounts

recognised in the ﬁnancial statements:



Revenue recognition – mixed-use schemes (judgement)

The Group acts as developer and/or contractor on a number of mixed-use schemes. In some

instances, judgement is required to determine whether the revenue on a particular element of the

scheme should be recognised as work progresses (recognised over time) or upon legal completion

(recognised at a point in time). A detailed assessment is performed of the contractual agreements

with the customer as well as the substance of the transaction to determine performance obligations

have been satisﬁed. Relevant factors that are considered include the point at which legal ownership

of the land passes to the customer, the degree to which the customer can specify the major

structural elements of the design prior to construction work commencing and the degree to which

the customer can specify modiﬁcations to the major structural elements of the building during

construction.



Revenue and proﬁt recognition for long-term contracts (judgement and estimate)

In order to determine the revenue and proﬁt recognition in respect of the Group’s construction

contracts, the Group has to estimate the total costs to deliver the contract as well as the ﬁnal

contract value. The Group has to allocate total expected costs between the amount incurred on

the contract to the end of the reporting period and the proportion to complete in a future period.

The assessment of the total costs to be incurred and ﬁnal contract value requires a degree of

judgement and estimation.

The ﬁnal contract value may include assessments of the recovery of variations which have yet to be

agreed with the client, as well as additional compensation claim amounts. The amount of variations

and claims are often not fully agreed with the customer due to timing and requirements of the

normal contractual process. Therefore, assessments are based on judgement and estimates of

the potential cost impact of the compensation claims, and the revenue recognised is constrained

to amounts where the Group believes it is highly probable that a signiﬁcant reversal will not occur.

The estimation of costs to complete is based on all available relevant information and may include

judgements and estimates of any potential defect liabilities or liquidated damages for unagreed

scope or timing variations. Costs incurred in advance of the contract, or contract fulﬁlment costs that

are directly attributable to the contract, may also be included as part of the total costs to complete

the contract. Judgement is required to consider when any pre-contract costs or contract fulﬁlment

costs are directly attributable to a speciﬁc contract and the recognition of the related costs over the

life of the contract.

The reference to estimates above is not intended to comply with the requirements of paragraph

125 of IAS 1, ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’, as it is not expected there is a signiﬁcant risk

of a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities within the next ﬁnancial

year. The above is presented as additional disclosure in order to give more detail on the process

for revenue and proﬁt recognition for long-term contracts.



Building safety provisions (estimate)

Management have reviewed legal and constructive obligations with regard to remedial work to

rectify legacy building safety issues. Where obligations exist, these have been evaluated for the likely

cost to address, including repayments of the Building Safety Fund, and an appropriate provision has

been created.

The ongoing legislative and regulatory changes in respect of legacy building safety issues create

uncertainty around the extent of remediation required for legacy buildings, the liability for such

remediation, recoveries from other parties (which would only be recognised when virtually certain to

be received) and the time to be considered. This implies inherent uncertainty as to the precise future

obligations of the Group in respect of building ﬁre safety issues.

Management has recognised a provision based on its best estimate of the future obligations.

However, should the costs of remediation increase by 5%, due to factors such as higher-than-expected

inﬂation, the impact on the remediation costs would be £1m.

Please see note 20 for further detail.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

196

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

1 Revenue

An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:

2022

£m

2021

£m

Construction contracts

2,409.3

2,203.9

Other services

267.1

234.2

Construction activities revenue

2,676.4

2,438.1

Regeneration activities revenue

935.8

774.7

Total revenue

3,612.2

3,212.8

2022

2021

Recognised on

performance

obligations

satisﬁed

over time

£m

Recognised on

performance

obligations

satisﬁed at a

point in time

£m

Total

Revenue

£m

Recognised

on

performance

obligations

satisﬁed

over time

£m

Recognised

on

performance

obligations

satisﬁed at a

point in time

£m

Total

revenue

£m

Construction

808.1

–

808.1

693.5

–

693.5

Infrastructure and

design

760.5

–

760.5

826.1

–

826.1

Construction &

Infrastructure

1,568.6

–

1,568.6

1,519.6

–

1,519.6

Traditional ﬁt out

844.3

–

844.3

634.7

–

634.7

Design and build

123.2

–

123.2

160.7

–

160.7

Fit Out

967.5

–

967.5

795.4

–

795.4

Property Services

163.5

–

163.5

133.8

–

133.8

Contracting

329.1

–

329.1

249.2

–

249.2

Mixed tenure

105.2

261.9

367.1

55.1

267.9

323.0

Partnership Housing

434.3

261.9

696.2

304.3

267.9

572.2

Urban Regeneration

175.6

68.4

244.0

154.9

47.6

202.5

Inter-segment revenue

(27.6)

–

(27.6)

(10.7)

–

(10.7)

Total revenue

3,281.9

330.3

3,612.2

2,897.3

315.5

3,212.8

Finance income of £2.3m (2021: £0.6m) is excluded from the table above.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

197

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

2 Business segments

For management purposes, the Group is organised into ﬁve operating divisions: Construction &

Infrastructure, Fit Out, Property Services, Partnership Housing and Urban Regeneration, and this

is the structure of segment information reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM).

The CODM is determined to be the Board of directors and reporting provided to the Board is in

line with these ﬁve divisions, which have been considered to be the Group’s operating segments.

Additional information is included in the strategic report related to the Group’s Construction &

Infrastructure division where this is considered useful to the Group’s stakeholders.

The ﬁve operating divisions’ activities are as follows:



Construction & Infrastructure: Morgan Sindall Construction & Infrastructure Ltd focuses on the

education, healthcare, commercial, industrial, leisure and retail markets in Construction; and

highways, rail, energy, water and nuclear markets in Infrastructure. Infrastructure also includes

the BakerHicks design activities based out of the UK and Switzerland.



Fit Out: Overbury plc is focused on ﬁt out and refurbishment in commercial, central and local

government oﬃces, as well as further education; Morgan Lovell plc provides oﬃce interior design

and build services direct to occupiers.



Property Services: Morgan Sindall Property Services Limited provides response and planned

maintenance activities for social housing and the wider public sector.



Partnership Housing: Lovell Partnerships Limited is focused on working in partnerships with local

authorities and housing associations. Activities include mixed-tenure developments, building and

developing homes for open market sale and for social/aﬀordable rent, design and build house

contracting and planned maintenance and refurbishment.



Urban Regeneration: Muse Places Limited is focused on transforming the urban landscape

through partnership working and the development of multi-phase sites and mixed-use regeneration.

Group activities represent costs and income arising from corporate activities which cannot be

meaningfully allocated to the operating segments. These include the costs of the Group Board,

treasury management, corporate tax coordination, Group ﬁnance and internal audit, insurance

management, company secretarial services, Group general counsel services, information technology

services, interest revenue and interest expense.

The Group reports its segmental information as presented below:

Year ended

31 December

2022

Construction &

Infrastructure

£m

Fit Out

£m

Property

Services

£m

Partnership

Housing

£m

Urban

Regeneration

£m

Group

activities

£m

Elimi-

nations

£m

Total

£m

External

revenue

1,545.4

967.5

163.5

691.8

244.0

–

–

3,612.2

Inter-segment

revenue

23.2

–

–

4.4

–

–

(27.6)

–

Total revenue

1,568.6

967.5

163.5

696.2

244.0

–

(27.6)

3,612.2

Adjusted

operating

proﬁt/(loss)

(note 28)

52.1

52.2

4.3

37.4

18.9

(25.7)

–

139.2

Amortisation of

intangible assets

–

–

(2.0)

–

–

–

–

(2.0)

Exceptional

operating items

–

–

–

(5.5)

(43.4)

–

–

(48.9)

Operating

proﬁt/(loss)

52.1

52.2

2.3

31.9

(24.5)

(25.7)

–

88.3

Finance income

2.3

Finance expense

(5.3)

Proﬁt before

tax

85.3

Other

information:

Depreciation

(13.8)

(3.1)

(1.5)

(2.7)

(0.9)

(0.9)

(22.9)

Average

number of

employees

4,091

962

949

1,002

93

106

7,203

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

198

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### 2 Business segments continued

Year ended

31 December

2021

Construction &

Infrastructure

£m

Fit Out

£m

Property

Services

£m

Partnership

Housing

£m

Urban

Regeneration

£m

Group

activities

£m

Elimi-

nations

£m

Total

£m

External

revenue

1,509.0

795.3

133.8

572.2

202.5

–

–

3,212.8

Inter-segment

revenue

10.6

0.1

–

–

–

–

(10.7)

–

Total revenue

1,519.6

795.4

133.8

572.2

202.5

–

(10.7)

3,212.8

Adjusted

operating

proﬁt/(loss)

(note 28)

58.1

44.2

4.1

33.2

12.1

(20.4)

–

131.3

Amortisation of

intangible assets

–

–

(1.5)

–

–

–

–

(1.5)

Operating

proﬁt/(loss)

58.1

44.2

2.6

33.2

12.1

(20.4)

–

129.8

Finance income

0.6

Finance expense

(4.2)

Proﬁt before

tax

126.2

Other

information:

Depreciation

(12.3)

(3.0)

(1.0)

(2.4)

(0.8)

(1.0)

(20.5)

Average

number of

employees

3,966

839

786

884

88

103

6,666

Segment assets and liabilities are not presented as these are not reported to the CODM.

3 Proﬁt for the year

Proﬁt before tax for the year is stated after charging/(crediting):

2022

£m

2021

£m

Depreciation charge:

Plant, equipment, ﬁxtures and ﬁttings

7.1

7.0

Right-of-use assets

15.8

13.5

Government grants received

(15.9)

(12.4)

Amortisation of intangible assets

2.0

1.5

Impairment of investments

0.9

1.2

Auditor’s remuneration

2022

£m

2021

£m

Audit of the Company’s annual report

0.4

0.3

Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries and joint ventures

1.6

1.2

Total audit fees

2.0

1.5

Total non-audit fees

–

–

Total audit and non-audit fees

2.0

1.5

Non-audit fees totalled £nil for the year ended 31 December 2022 (2021: £nil).

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

199

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

4 Exceptional building safety charge

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

Exceptional building safety provisions recognised

20

39.1

–

Exceptional building safety charges within

joint ventures

13

9.8

–

Total exceptional building safety charge

48.9

–

During 2022 the Partnership Housing division signed the Pledge with the DLUHC setting out

the principles under which life-critical ﬁre safety issues on buildings that they have developed of

11 metres and above are to be remediated. A letter was also received from DLUHC in July 2022

requesting information to assess whether it may be appropriate for Urban Regeneration to also

commit to the principles of the Pledge as part of its commitment to support the remediation of

historic cladding and ﬁre safety defects over and above its obligations under the new Building

Safety Act.

The ﬁnal-form legal contract was issued in January 2023 and both Partnership Housing and Urban

Regeneration have conﬁrmed in writing to DLUHC their intention to sign and execute the contract

on or before the stipulated date of 13 March 2023.

A comprehensive review has been completed during the year to identify legal and constructive

obligations related to the Pledge, including reimbursement of grants provided by the Building Safety

Fund. As a result of this review and the obligations arising as a result of the Pledge, provisions were

recognised totalling £48.9m and these have been presented as exceptional charges due to their

materiality and irregular nature.

Included in the £48.9m total exceptional building safety charge is £9.8m that has been recognised in

respect of the Group’s share of constructive and legal obligations to remediate legacy building safety

issues within joint ventures, and this has been recognised within the Group’s share of net proﬁt of

joint ventures. The remaining £39.1m charge has been recognised in cost of sales.

5 Staﬀ costs

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

Wages and salaries

507.3

468.6

Social security costs

62.2

54.3

Other pension costs

19

22.9

20.8

Share-based payments

24

9.7

12.1

602.1

555.8

6 Finance income and expense

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

Interest receivable from joint ventures

–

0.6

Other interest income

2.3

–

Finance income

2.3

0.6

Interest expense on lease liabilities

21

(1.9)

(1.5)

Loan arrangement and commitment fees

(2.2)

(2.5)

Other interest expense

(1.2)

(0.2)

Finance expense

(5.3)

(4.2)

Net ﬁnance expense

(3.0)

(3.6)

Included within other interest expense is £1.2m discount unwind on deferred land payments

(2021: £0.2m).

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

200

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

7 Tax

Tax expense for the year

2022

£m

2021

£m

Current tax:

Current year

25.0

22.9

Adjustment in respect of prior years

8.5

(0.3)

33.5

22.6

Deferred tax:

Current year

–

1.7

Eﬀect of change in tax rate used to calculate deferred

tax balances

–

5.1

Adjustment in respect of prior years

(9.1)

(1.1)

(9.1)

5.7

Tax expense for the year

24.4

28.3

UK corporation tax is calculated at 19.00% (2021: 19.00%) of the estimated taxable proﬁt for the year.

The table below reconciles the tax charge for the year to tax at the UK statutory rate:

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

Proﬁt before tax

85.3

126.2

Less: underlying post-tax share of proﬁts from

joint ventures

13

(14.3)

(5.4)

71.0

120.8

UK corporation tax rate

19.00%

19.00%

Income tax expense at UK corporation tax rate

13.5

23.0

Tax eﬀect of:

Adjustments in respect of prior years:

Change to tax base cost of goodwill

(1.1)

–

Other

0.5

(1.4)

Expenses for which no tax relief is recognised:

Proportion of exceptional items

7.0

–

Proportion of share-based payments

1.6

–

Other non-deductible expenses

0.5

0.3

Tax liability upon joint venture proﬁts

1

2.6

0.7

Residential property developer tax

0.3

–

Change in tax rate used to calculate deferred

tax balances

–

5.1

Other

(0.5)

0.6

Tax expense for the year

24.4

28.3

1 Certain of the Group’s joint ventures are partnerships for which proﬁts are taxed within the Group rather than within

the joint venture.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

201

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

#### 7 Tax continued

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Asset amortisation

and depreciation

£m

Tax losses and

short-term timing

diﬀerences

£m

Share-based

payments

£m

Total

£m

1 January 2021

(16.4)

1.5

2.4

(12.5)

(Charge)/credit to

income statement

(0.6)

1.0

(1.0)

(0.6)

Credit to equity

–

–

8.2

8.2

Eﬀect of change in

tax rate:

Charge to income

statement

(5.1)

–

–

(5.1)

1 January 2022

(22.1)

2.5

9.6

(10.0)

Credit/(charge) to

income statement

3.6

7.0

(1.5)

9.1

Charge to equity

–

–

(5.9)

(5.9)

31 December 2022

(18.5)

9.5

2.2

(6.8)

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities, as shown above, have been oﬀset as the Group has a

legally enforceable right to do so.

During 2021 it was announced that the UK statutory tax rate will increase from 19% to 25% from

1 April 2023. Consequently the applicable tax rate for the Group (taking into account our December

year end) is expected to be 23.5% in 2023 and 25% in 2024 (and beyond). Deferred taxes at the

balance sheet date are measured at the enacted rates that are expected to apply to the unwind

of each asset or liability. Accordingly, deferred tax balances as at 31 December 2022 have been

calculated at a mix of 23.5% and 25%. Deferred tax balances as at 31 December 2021 were

calculated at a mix of 19%, 23.5% and 25%.

On 1 April 2022, Residential Property Developer Tax (RPDT) was introduced at a rate of 4% (for a full

year), on proﬁts arising from residential property development. A £25m annual tax-free allowance

applies in aggregate for the Group. A portion of the proﬁts of the Group’s Partnership Housing and

Urban Regeneration businesses are subject to RPDT, and a liability of £0.3m has been accrued for

the Group for 2022.

At 31 December 2022, the Group had unused tax losses of £42.7m (2021: £5.0m) available for oﬀset

against future proﬁts. A deferred tax asset of £6.3m (2021: £nil) has been recognised in respect of

£26.9m (2021: £nil) of these losses. For these £26.9m of losses on which a deferred tax asset has

been recognised, the Group’s current intention is to delay oﬀsetting the losses against its other

proﬁts until 2023. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of the remaining £15.8m

of losses as these losses can only be utilised against proﬁts from particular sources, and there are

no probable future proﬁts from these sources. The losses may be carried forward indeﬁnitely.

8 Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:

2022

£m

2021

£m

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2021 of

62.0p per share

28.3

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of

40.0p per share

–

18.5

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2022 of

33.0p per share

15.2

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2021 of

30.0p per share

–

13.8

43.5

32.3

The proposed ﬁnal dividend for the year ended 31 December 2022 of 68.0p per share is

subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM and has not been included as a liability in these

ﬁnancial statements.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

202

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

9 Earnings per share

2022

£m

2021

£m

Proﬁt attributable to the owners of the Company

60.9

97.9

Adjustments:

Exceptional operating items net of tax

46.7

–

Amortisation of intangible assets net of tax

1.6

1.2

Deferred tax charge arising due to change in

UK corporation tax rates

–

5.1

Adjusted earnings

109.2

104.2

2022

Number of shares

(millions)

2021

Number of shares

(millions)

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares

45.9

46.1

Dilutive eﬀect of share options and conditional shares

not vested

0.8

1.8

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares

46.7

47.9

Basic earnings per share

132.7p

212.4p

Diluted earnings per share

130.4p

204.4p

Adjusted earnings per share

237.9p

226.0p

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

233.8p

217.5p

The average market value of the Company’s shares for the purpose of calculating the dilutive eﬀect

of share options and long-term incentive plan shares was based on quoted market prices for the

year. The average share price for the year was £19.12 (2021: £21.39).

A total of 681,571 share options that could potentially dilute earnings per share in the future

were excluded from the above calculations because they were anti-dilutive at 31 December 2022

(2021: 865,271).

10 Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill

£m

Other intangible

assets

£m

Total

£m

Cost

1 January 2021

217.7

40.8

258.5

Additions

–

1.3

1.3

1 January 2022

217.7

42.1

259.8

Additions

–

1.3

1.3

Disposals

–

(2.0)

(2.0)

31 December 2022

217.7

41.4

259.1

Accumulated amortisation

1 January 2021

–

(36.4)

(36.4)

Amortisation

–

(1.5)

(1.5)

1 January 2022

–

(37.9)

(37.9)

Amortisation

–

(2.0)

(2.0)

Disposals

–

2.0

2.0

31 December 2022

–

(37.9)

(37.9)

Net book value at 31 December 2022

217.7

3.5

221.2

Net book value at 31 December 2021

217.7

4.2

221.9

Goodwill represents the value of people, track record and expertise acquired within acquisitions that

are not capable of being individually identiﬁed and separately recognised. Goodwill is allocated at

acquisition to the cash-generating units that are expected to beneﬁt from the business combination.

The allocation is as follows: Construction & Infrastructure £151.1m (2021: £151.1m); Partnership

Housing £50.6m (2021: £50.6m); and Urban Regeneration £16.0m (2021: £16.0m).

Other intangible assets relate to internally generated software in Property Services £3.5m (2021: £4.2m).

The cost and accumulated amortisation amounts for acquired intangible assets (excluding goodwill)

that are fully written down at 31 December 2022 are £35.3m and (£35.3m) respectively.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

203

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

#### 10 Goodwill and other intangible assets continued

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that

goodwill might be impaired. In testing goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment, the

recoverable amount of each cash-generating unit has been estimated from value-in-use calculations.

The key assumptions for the value-in-use calculations are those regarding the forecast revenue and

margin, discount rates and long-term growth rates by market sector. Forecast revenue and margin

are based on past performance, secured workload and workload likely to be achievable in the short

to medium term, given trends in the relevant market sector as well as macroeconomic factors.

Cash ﬂow forecasts have been determined by using Board-approved budgets for the next three

years. Cash ﬂows beyond three years have been extrapolated into perpetuity using an estimated

nominal growth rate of 1.2% (2021: 2.1%). This growth rate does not exceed the long-term average

for the relevant markets.

Discount rates are pre-tax and reﬂect the current market assessment of the time value of money

and the risks speciﬁc to the cash-generating units. The risk-adjusted nominal rates used for the

cash-generating units with goodwill balances are 12.0% (2021: 10.7%) for Construction & Infrastructure,

13.0% (2021: 10.7%) for Partnership Housing and 13.0% (2021: 10.7%) for Urban Regeneration.

In carrying out this exercise, no impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets has been identiﬁed.

No reasonably foreseeable change in the assumptions used within the value-in-use calculations

would cause an impairment in any of the segments.

Consideration of the impact of climate change

In terms of the possible impacts of climate change, the two key assumptions that could be sensitive

to this are the growth rate and discount rates noted above. If climate change has a negative impact

on revenues and/or the operating costs of the Group, there could be a potential impact on the

discounted cash ﬂow growth rates used within the valuation model. Lower future growth rates

would reduce the level of the discounted cash ﬂow valuation and hence the amount of headroom

available to the Group above an impairment trigger. At present, the material short- to medium-term

risks presented by possible climate change impacts are considered to be factored into the growth

and discount rates where they are known and can be quantiﬁed.

Using the current assumptions, no reasonably foreseeable change in the assumptions used

within the value-in-use calculations would cause an impairment in any of the segments. Therefore,

at present, changes in the long-term assumptions due to the impact of climate change would also

not be expected to trigger an impairment.

11 Property, plant and equipment

Freehold

property

and land

£m

Plant,

equipment,

ﬁxtures

and ﬁttings

£m

Right-of-use assets

Total

£m

Leasehold

property

£m

Plant and

equipment

£m

Cost

1 January 2021

2.4

50.3

55.4

21.6

129.7

Additions

–

6.7

3.6

12.3

22.6

Disposals

–

(7.9)

(3.6)

(6.4)

(17.9)

1 January 2022

2.4

49.1

55.4

27.5

134.4

Additions

–

10.5

7.4

14.8

32.7

Foreign exchange adjustments

–

1.1

0.6

–

1.7

Disposals

–

(7.5)

(4.5)

(6.5)

(18.5)

31 December 2022

2.4

53.2

58.9

35.8

150.3

Accumulated depreciation

1 January 2021

–

(35.3)

(17.8)

(10.8)

(63.9)

Depreciation charge

–

(7.0)

(7.2)

(6.3)

(20.5)

Disposals

–

7.0

3.3

6.3

16.6

1 January 2022

–

(35.3)

(21.7)

(10.8)

(67.8)

Depreciation charge

–

(7.1)

(8.0)

(7.8)

(22.9)

Foreign exchange adjustments

–

(0.7)

(0.2)

–

(0.9)

Disposals

–

7.4

2.6

6.1

16.1

31 December 2022

–

(35.7)

(27.3)

(12.5)

(75.5)

Net book value at 31 December 2022

2.4

17.5

31.6

23.3

74.8

Net book value at 31 December 2021

2.4

13.8

33.7

16.7

66.6

The Group holds some plant, property and equipment that is fully depreciated. The cost and

accumulated depreciation amounts of this fully written down plant, property and equipment

at 31 December 2022 are £16.2m and (£16.2m) respectively.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

204

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

12 Investment property

2022

£m

2021

£m

Valuation

1 January

0.8

2.7

Disposals

–

(1.9)

31 December

0.8

0.8

Investment properties comprise certain residential properties constructed by the Group as part

of larger mixed-tenure projects for rental to social or private residential clients.

The fair value of the Group’s investment property at 31 December 2022 is based on a valuation

carried out at that date by the directors. The valuation, which conforms to International Valuation

Standards, was determined based on the market comparable approach that reﬂects recent

transaction prices for similar properties. The fair value measurement is classiﬁed as Level 3

as deﬁned by IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’.

13 Investments in joint ventures

The Group has interests in the following joint ventures:

Anthem Lovell LLP 50% partner

Anthem Lovell LLP is a joint venture with Anthem Homes Limited (a subsidiary of Walsall Housing

Group Limited) carrying out a strategic development project of a residential nature.

Brentwood Development Partnership LLP 50% partner

Brentwood Development Partnership LLP is a partnership with Seven Arches Investments Limited

(a wholly owned subsidiary of Brentwood Borough Council) which is developing a series of sites

in Brentwood over a 30-year period.

Chalkdene Developments LLP 50% partner

Chalkdene Developments LLP is a partnership with Herts Living Ltd (a wholly owned subsidiary

of Hertfordshire County Council) which is developing a series of sites across Hertfordshire over

a 15-year period.

Claymore Roads (Holdings) Limited 50% share

Claymore Roads (Holdings) Limited is a joint venture with Infrastructure Investments (Roads) Limited

and is responsible for the upgrade and operation of the A92 between Dundee and Arbroath in

Scotland.

Edmundham Developments LLP 50% partner

Edmundham Developments LLP is a joint venture with Suﬀolk County Council, which has been

established to progress the initial development of c3,000 residential homes across ﬁve sites,

inclusive of associated infrastructure, local centres, employment land, education land and extra

care provision.

English Cities Fund Limited Partnership 22.9% share

English Cities Fund is a limited partnership with Homes England and Legal & General to develop

mixed-use regeneration schemes in assisted areas. Joint control is exercised through the board of

the general partner at which each partner is represented by two directors and no decision can be

taken without the agreement of a director representing each partner.

Health Innovation Partners Limited 50% share

Through the Health Innovation Partners joint venture with Arcadis BAC Limited, the Group has a

25% interest in The Oxleas Property Partnership LLP (TOPP), a joint venture with the Oxleas NHS

Foundation Trust. TOPP is a partnership that has been developing the Trust’s estate and surplus

assets, helping to reduce costs and maximise revenue for the Trust. In agreement with our partners,

the partnership is expected to be dissolved and the joint venture wound up during 2023.

hub West Scotland Limited 54% share

hub West Scotland Limited is a joint venture between Wellspring Partnership Limited (itself

a joint venture between Morgan Sindall Investments Limited and Apollo (Hub West) Limited),

Scottish Futures Trust Investments Limited, East Dunbartonshire Council, East Renfrewshire Council,

West Dunbartonshire Council, Glasgow City Council, NHS Greater Glasgow Health Board, The Board

of Strathclyde Fire and Rescue, Strathclyde Joint Police Board and Clydebank Property Company

Limited. The joint venture is delivering a pipeline of public sector health, education, and community

projects in the Glasgow area.

Laurus Lovell LLP 50% partner

Laurus Lovell LLP is a joint venture with THT Developments Limited (subsidiary of Traﬀord Housing

Limited) established to carry out a strategic development project of a residential nature in the

North West of England.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

205

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

#### 13 Investments in joint ventures continued

Lingley Mere Business Park Development Company Limited 50% share

Lingley Mere Business Park Development Company Limited is a joint venture with United Utilities

Property Services Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of United Utilities PLC) delivering development

at a site in Warrington.

Lovell Flagship LLP 50% partner

Lovell Flagship LLP is a joint venture with Flagship Housing Developments Limited (a subsidiary of

Flagship Housing Group Limited) established to carry out strategic development and/or regeneration

projects of a primarily residential nature.

Lovell Latimer LLP 50% partner

Lovell Latimer LLP is a joint venture with Latimer Developments Limited (a subsidiary of Clarion

Housing Group) established to carry out a strategic development project of a residential nature

in the north west of England.

Lovell Together LLP 50% partner

Lovell Together LLP is a joint venture with Together Commercial Limited (a subsidiary of Together

Housing Group Limited) carrying out three strategic development projects of a residential nature

in Eastern England.

Lovell/Abri Weymouth LLP 50% partner

Lovell/Abri Weymouth LLP is a joint venture with Radian Developments Limited (a subsidiary of

Abri Group Limited) carrying out a strategic development project of a residential nature.

Lovell Together (Pendleton) LLP 50% partner

Lovell Together (Pendleton) LLP is a joint venture with Together Commercial Limited (a subsidiary

of Together Housing Group Limited) established to carry out a strategic development project of

a residential nature in the north west of England.

Morgan-Vinci Limited 50% share

Morgan-Vinci Limited is a joint venture with Vinci Newport DBFO Limited and is responsible for

the construction and operation of the Newport Southern Distributor Road.

Slough Urban Renewal LLP 50% partner

Slough Urban Renewal LLP is a partnership with Slough Borough Council which is developing

a series of sites in Slough over an initial term of 15 years, extendable by 10 years.

The Bournemouth Development Company LLP 50% partner

The Bournemouth Development Company LLP is a partnership with Bournemouth, Christchurch

and Poole Council which is developing a series of sites in Bournemouth over a 20-year period.

The Compendium Group Limited 50% share

The Compendium Group Limited is a joint venture with The Riverside Group Limited and is a

company formed to carry out strategic development and regeneration projects of a primarily

residential nature.

The Prestwich Regeneration LLP 50% partner

The Prestwich Regeneration LLP is a joint venture with Bury Metropolitan Borough Council and was

set up to undertake the redevelopment of the Longﬁeld Shopping Centre in Prestwich, located in the

Metropolitan Borough of Bury, Greater Manchester.

Waterside Places (General Partner) Limited 50% share

Waterside Places (General Partner) is a joint venture with The Canal and River Trust to undertake

regeneration of waterside sites.

Wapping Wharf (Alpha) LLP 50% partner

Wapping Wharf (Alpha) LLP is a joint venture with Wapping Wharf (Umberslade) Limited which

has completed development of the ﬁrst phase of residential apartments within the Harbourside

Regeneration Area of Bristol.

Wapping Wharf (Beta) LLP 40% partner

Wapping Wharf (Beta) LLP is a joint venture with Wapping Wharf (Umberslade) Limited which will

develop the second phase of residential apartments within the Harbourside Regeneration Area

of Bristol.

West Sussex Property Development LLP 50% partner

West Sussex Property Development LLP is a joint venture with Edes Estates Limited (a subsidiary of

West Sussex County Council) established to carry out strategic developments of residential homes,

town centre regeneration and extra care provision across West Sussex.

Wirral Growth Company LLP 50% partner

Wirral Growth Company LLP is a joint venture with Wirral Borough Council and was set up to

undertake regeneration of numerous sites in the Wirral region of North West England.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

206

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### 13 Investments in joint ventures continued

Investments in equity-accounted joint ventures are as follows:

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

1 January

94.1

91.4

Equity-accounted share of net proﬁts:

Underlying share of net proﬁts

14.3

5.4

Exceptional building safety charge

4

(9.8)

–

4.5

5.4

Loans advanced to joint ventures

18.3

28.1

Loans repaid by joint ventures

(34.6)

(29.6)

Non-cash impairment

(0.9)

(1.2)

Dividends received

(1.4)

–

Reclassiﬁcation to funding obligations payable

18

4.0

–

31 December

84.0

94.1

During 2022, an exceptional building safety charge of £9.8m has been recognised in respect of the

Group’s share of constructive and legal obligations to remediate legacy building safety issues within

joint ventures. These obligations create potential funding obligations within joint ventures of £4.0m

where the obligations recognised are in excess of the carrying values of investments. These funding

obligations have been presented in amounts owed to joint ventures as discussed in note 18.

During 2021, a £5.6m non-cash impairment was recognised in the Group’s investment in

The Bournemouth Development Company LLP, a joint venture with Bournemouth, Christchurch

and Poole Council. The impairment related to one speciﬁc scheme within the joint venture

where construction cost inﬂation as well as other factors challenged the viability of the scheme.

The impairment was reported through both the equity-accounted share of net proﬁts and

non-cash impairment lines in the table above.

Summarised ﬁnancial information related to equity-accounted joint ventures that are not individually

material is set out below.

2022

£m

2021

£m

Non-current assets (100%)

231.9

241.5

Current assets (100%)

496.5

448.8

Current liabilities (100%)

(118.5)

(187.4)

Non-current liabilities (100%)

(368.5)

(389.3)

Net assets reported by equity-accounted

joint ventures (100%)

241.4

113.6

Revenue (100%)

453.4

315.0

Expenses (100%)

(440.2)

(298.0)

Net proﬁt (100%)

13.2

17.0

Results of equity-accounted joint ventures:

2022

£m

2021

£m

Group share of proﬁt before tax

14.4

5.6

Group share of tax

(0.1)

(0.2)

Exceptional building safety charge

(9.8)

–

Group share of proﬁt after tax

4.5

5.4

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

207

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

14 Shared equity loan receivables

The Group has granted loans under shared equity home ownership schemes allowing qualifying

home buyers to defer payment of part of the agreed sales price, up to a maximum of 25%, until

the earlier of the loan term (10 or 25 years depending upon the scheme), remortgage or resale

of the property.

2022

£m

2021

£m

1 January

1.5

5.5

Net change in fair value recognised in the income statement

0.4

(1.9)

Repayments by borrowers

(1.5)

(2.1)

31 December

0.4

1.5

Current

0.4

1.5

31 December

0.4

1.5

The Group’s maximum credit exposure is limited to the carrying value of the shared equity

loan receivables granted. The Group’s credit risk is partially mitigated as the shared equity loan

receivables are secured by way of a second charge over the property. There were no defaults

during the year (2021: no defaults).

Basis of valuation and assumptions made

There is no directly observable fair value for individual loans arising from the sale of properties

under the scheme. Therefore the Group has developed a model for determining the fair value of

the portfolio of loans based on national property prices, expected property price increases, expected

loan defaults and a discount factor which reﬂects the interest rate expected on an instrument of

similar risk and duration in the market.

The fair value measurement for shared equity loan receivables is classiﬁed as Level 3 as deﬁned

by IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’.

15 Inventories

2022

£m

2021

£m

Work in progress

333.9

288.5

Work in progress comprises land and housing, commercial and mixed-use developments in the

course of construction.

16 Contract assets and liabilities

2022

£m

2021

£m

Contract assets

294.6

232.6

Contract liabilities

(74.2)

(78.5)

The contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s right to consideration for construction work

completed but not invoiced at the balance sheet date. The contract assets are transferred to trade

receivables when the amounts are certiﬁed by the customer. On most contracts, certiﬁcates are

issued by the customer on a monthly basis. All contract assets held at 31 December 2022 are

expected to be invoiced and transferred to trade receivables within the next 12 months.

The Group has taken advantage of the practical expedient in paragraph 94 of IFRS 15 to immediately

expense the incremental costs of obtaining contracts where the amortisation period of the assets

would have been one year or less.

The contract liabilities primarily relate to the advance consideration received from customers in

respect of performance obligations which have not yet been fully satisﬁed and for which revenue

has not been recognised. All contract liabilities held at 31 December 2022 are expected to satisfy

performance obligations in the next 12 months.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

208

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### 16 Contract assets and liabilities continued

Signiﬁcant changes in the contract assets and the contract liabilities during the period are as follows:

2022

2021

Contract assets

£m

Contract liabilities

£m

Contract assets

£m

Contract liabilities

£m

1 January

232.6

(78.5)

171.8

(55.6)

Revenue recognised:

– performance

obligations satisﬁed in

the current year

3,533.7

78.5

3,157.2

55.6

– adjustments

to performance

obligations satisﬁed in

previous years

–

–

–

–

Cash received

for performance

obligations not yet

satisﬁed

–

(74.2)

–

(78.5)

Amounts transferred to

trade receivables

(3,471.7)

–

(3,096.4)

–

31 December

294.6

(74.2)

232.6

(78.5)

The Group secured workload is the sum of the construction secured order book and the

regeneration secured order book, less any inter-divisional eliminations. The ‘secured order book’

is the sum of the ‘committed order book’, the ‘framework order book’ and (for the regeneration

businesses only) the Group’s share of the gross development value of secured schemes (including

the development value of open market housing schemes). The ‘committed order book’ represents

the Group’s share of future revenue that will be derived from signed contracts or letters of intent.

The ‘framework order book’ represents the Group’s expected share of revenue from the frameworks

on which the Group has been appointed. This excludes prospects where conﬁrmation has been

received as preferred bidder only, with no formal contract or letter of intent in place.

The following table sets out the Group secured workload by operating segment which is deemed to

be the revenue expected to be recognised in the future related to performance obligations that are

unsatisﬁed or partially unsatisﬁed at the balance sheet date:

2023

£m

2024

£m

2025+

£m

Total

£m

Construction &

Infrastructure

1,382.7

1,194.4

23.6

2,600.7

Fit Out

590.9

204.5

46.0

841.4

Property Services

150.4

148.3

905.7

1,204.4

Partnership Housing

784.7

490.8

708.4

1,983.9

Urban Regeneration

310.9

219.7

1,316.9

1,847.5

Eliminations

(19.0)

–

–

(19.0)

3,200.6

2,257.7

3,000.6

8,458.9

17 Trade and other receivables

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

Amounts falling due within one year

Trade receivables

26

243.6

200.3

Amounts owed by joint ventures

25

9.2

13.5

Prepayments

13.0

13.2

Insurance receivables

4.8

30.4

Other receivables

36.0

21.0

306.6

278.4

Amounts falling due after more than one year

Trade receivables

26

46.4

49.9

46.4

49.9

Trade and other receivables

353.0

328.3

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to

their fair value.

Trade receivables are stated after provisions for impairment losses of £2.5m (2021: £1.2m).

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

209

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### 17 Trade and other receivables continued

Retentions held by customers for contract work included within trade receivables at 31 December 2022

were £96.8m (2021: £91.0m). These will be collected in the normal operating cycle of the Company.

The Company manages the collection of retentions through its post-completion project monitoring

procedures and ongoing contact with clients to ensure that potential issues that could lead to the

non-payment of retentions are identiﬁed and addressed promptly.

The Group holds third-party insurances that may mitigate the contract and legal liabilities described

in note 20 – provisions and note 22 – contingent liabilities. Insurance receivables are recognised

when reimbursement from insurers is virtually certain.

18 Trade and other payables

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

Trade payables

165.4

157.6

Amounts owed to joint ventures

25

4.2

0.2

Other tax and social security

107.0

107.5

Accrued expenses

637.7

602.7

Deferred income

5.8

8.9

Land creditors

30.8

8.9

Other payables

12.3

5.6

Current

963.2

891.4

Land creditors

30.9

32.6

Other payables

6.4

–

Non-current

37.3

32.6

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to their fair

value. No interest was incurred on outstanding balances. Non-current other payables have been

discounted by £2.2m (2021: £3.3m) to reﬂect the time value of money.

Retentions withheld from subcontractors included in trade payables amount to £80.9m (2021: £75.4m).

Funding obligations to joint ventures included within amounts owed to joint ventures are £4.0m

(2021: £nil) as described in note 13.

19 Retirement beneﬁt schemes

Deﬁned contribution plan

The Morgan Sindall Retirement Beneﬁts Plan (‘the Retirement Plan’) was established on 31 May 1995

and currently operates on deﬁned contribution principles for employees of the Group. The assets

of the Retirement Plan are held separately from those of the Group in funds under the control of

the Trustees of the Retirement Plan. The total cost charged to the income statement of £22.9m

(2021: £21.1m) represents contributions payable to the deﬁned contribution section of the

Retirement Plan by the Group.

As at 31 December 2022, contributions of £3.3m (2021: £2.6m) were due in respect of December’s

contribution not paid over to the Retirement Plan.

Deﬁned beneﬁt plan

The Retirement Plan includes a deﬁned beneﬁt section comprising liabilities and transfers of funds

representing the accrued beneﬁt rights of active and deferred members and pensioners of pension

plans of companies which are now part of the Group. These include salary-related beneﬁts for

members in respect of beneﬁts accrued before 31 May 1995 (and beneﬁts transferred in from

The Snape Group Limited Retirement Beneﬁts Scheme accrued up to 1 August 1997). No further

deﬁned beneﬁt membership rights can accrue after those dates. The scheme duration is an

indicator of the weighted average time until beneﬁt payments are expected to be made. For the

scheme as a whole, the duration is around 11 years.

On 23 May 2018, the Trustees of the Retirement Plan completed a buy-in transaction with Aviva

to insure the beneﬁts of the deﬁned beneﬁt members. The buy-in policy is an asset of the Plan that

provides payments that are an exact match to the pension payments made to the deﬁned beneﬁt

members covered by the policy.

During the year ended 31 December 2020, additional liabilities were recognised due to a court

ruling on 20 November 2020 in respect of Guaranteed Minimum Pension (GMP) equalisation for

past transfers out. The additional liability recognised as a result of this ruling at 31 December 2022

is £0.2m (2021: £0.2m).

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

210

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### 19 Retirement beneﬁt schemes continued

The present value of the deﬁned beneﬁt liabilities was measured using the projected unit credit

method. The following table shows the key assumptions used:

Key assumptions used:

2022

2021

Discount rate (%)

4.8

1.9

Rate of inﬂation (%)

3.3

3.1

Rate of future pension increases

(a)

(%)

3.0–3.5

3.0–3.5

Average life expectancy for pensioner retiring now at

age 65 years (years)

87.1

87.3

Average life expectancy for pensioner retiring in 20 years

at age 65 years (years)

88.9

89.1

(a) Depending on their date of joining, members receive pension increases of 3.0% or 3.5%.

2022

2021

Assets

£m

Liabilities

£m

Total

£m

Assets

£m

Liabilities

£m

Total

£m

1 January

10.1

(10.3)

(0.2)

12.7

(12.9)

(0.2)

Finance income/(expense)

0.2

(0.2)

–

0.1

(0.1)

–

Actuarial (loss)/gain

(3.0)

3.0

–

(0.8)

0.8

–

Beneﬁts paid

(0.7)

0.7

–

(1.9)

1.9

–

31 December

6.6

(6.8)

(0.2)

10.1

(10.3)

(0.2)

Sensitivity analysis

As the buy-in policy is valued in line with the corresponding liability value, there would be a

corresponding change in assets and liabilities for any change in assumptions used to value the

liabilities, with no impact on the net position.

There was no actuarial gain or loss recognised in the statement of comprehensive income during

the current or prior year.

For IAS 19 purposes, the buy-in asset is valued as equal to the accounting value of the liabilities

covered. This results in the total plan assets being equal to the IAS 19 liabilities, excluding the £0.2m

GMP equalisation liability.

No contributions are expected to be paid to the deﬁned beneﬁt section of the Retirement Plan

during 2023.

20 Provisions

Building

safety

Self-

insurance

£m

Contract and

legal

£m

Other

£m

Total

£m

1 January 2021

–

22.8

–

8.1

30.9

Utilised

–

(1.6)

–

(5.0)

(6.6)

Additions

–

4.5

22.7

0.2

27.4

Reclassiﬁcations

–

–

10.7

–

10.7

Released

–

(4.5)

–

(0.6)

(5.1)

1 January 2022

–

21.2

33.4

2.7

57.3

Utilised

(0.8)

(1.0)

(6.5)

(0.2)

(8.5)

Additions

39.1

4.0

13.2

1.3

57.6

Released

–

(4.4)

(24.4)

(0.7)

(29.5)

31 December 2022

38.3

19.8

15.7

3.1

76.9

Current

38.3

–

15.7

1.1

55.1

Non-current

–

19.8

–

2.0

21.8

31 December 2022

38.3

19.8

15.7

3.1

76.9

Building safety provisions

During 2022, Partnership Housing signed the Pledge with the DLUHC setting out the principles

under which life-critical ﬁre safety issues on buildings that they have developed of 11 metres and

above are to be remediated. A letter was also received from DLUHC requesting information to

assess whether it may be appropriate for Urban Regeneration to also commit to the principles of

the Pledge as part of its commitment to support the remediation of historic cladding and ﬁre safety

defects over and above its obligations under the new Building Safety Act.

The ﬁnal-form legal contract was issued in January 2023 and both Partnership Housing and Urban

Regeneration have conﬁrmed in writing to DLUHC their intention to sign and execute the contract

on or before the stipulated date of 13 March 2023.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

211

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### 20 Provisions continued

Management have reviewed legal and constructive obligations with regard to remedial work to

rectify legacy building safety issues. Where obligations exist, these have been evaluated for the

likely cost to address, including repayments of the Building Safety Fund. As a result of this review,

provisions were recognised, excluding those recognised in joint ventures, totalling £39.1m, of which

£0.8m has been utilised during the period.

Note 22 includes details of contingent liabilities related to building safety.

Self-insurance provisions

Self-insurance provisions comprise the Group’s self-insurance of certain risks and include £11.1m

(2021: £10.8m) held in the Group’s captive insurance company, Newman Insurance Company

Limited (‘the captive’).

The Group makes provisions in respect of speciﬁc types of claims incurred but not reported

(IBNR). The valuation of IBNR considers past claims experience and the risk proﬁle of the Group.

These are reviewed periodically and are intended to provide a best estimate of the most likely

or expected outcome.

Contract and legal provisions

Contract and legal provisions include liabilities, loss provisions, defect and warranty provisions

on contracts that have reached completion.

The Group also holds third-party insurances that may mitigate the liabilities. Third-party insurance

reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset, but only when the reimbursement is virtually

certain. See note 17 for details of mitigating insurance receivables recognised at the period end.

Note 22 includes details of contingent liabilities related to claims.

Other provisions

Other provisions include property dilapidations and other personnel-related provisions.

The majority of the provisions are expected to be utilised within 10 years.

21 Lease liabilities

The Group leases several assets including the buildings, plant and vehicles to enable the Group to

carry out its day-to-day operations. The average lease term is ﬁve years. There are no variable terms

to any of the leases. The maturity proﬁle for the lease liabilities at 31 December 2022 is set out below:

2022

2021

Property

£m

Plant and

equipment

£m

Total

£m

Property

£m

Plant and

equipment

£m

Total

£m

Within one year

8.6

9.2

17.8

8.4

6.5

14.9

Within two to ﬁve years

22.7

15.2

37.9

22.5

10.4

32.9

After more than

ﬁve years

7.2

–

7.2

9.2

–

9.2

Total undiscounted

cash ﬂows

38.5

24.4

62.9

40.1

16.9

57.0

Deduct impact of

discounting

(4.5)

(1.5)

(6.0)

(3.5)

(0.7)

(4.2)

31 December

34.0

22.9

56.9

36.6

16.2

52.8

2022

2021

Property

£m

Plant and

equipment

£m

Total

£m

Property

£m

Plant and

equipment

£m

Total

£m

1 January

36.6

16.2

52.8

41.0

10.0

51.0

Additions

7.0

15.0

22.0

3.5

12.5

16.0

Terminations

(2.1)

(0.5)

(2.6)

(0.3)

(0.2)

(0.5)

Repayments

(8.8)

(8.4)

(17.2)

(8.7)

(6.5)

(15.2)

Interest expense

(note 6)

1.3

0.6

1.9

1.1

0.4

1.5

31 December

34.0

22.9

56.9

36.6

16.2

52.8

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

212

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

22 Contingent liabilities

Group banking facilities and surety bond facilities are supported by cross guarantees given by

the Company and participating companies in the Group. There are contingent liabilities in respect

of surety bond facilities, guarantees and claims under contracting and other arrangements,

including joint arrangements and joint ventures entered into in the normal course of business.

As at 31 December 2022, contract bonds in issue under uncommitted facilities covered £148.3m

of contract commitments of the Group, of which £25.7m related to joint arrangements and £0.1m

to joint ventures (2021: £137.2m, of which £25.6m related to joint arrangements and £0.6m to

joint ventures).

Contingent liabilities may also arise in respect of subcontractor and other third-party claims made

against the Group in the normal course of trading. These claims can include those relating to

cladding/legacy ﬁre safety matters, and defects. A provision for such claims is only recognised

to the extent that the directors believe that the Group has a legal or constructive obligation as a

result of a past event and it is probable that an outﬂow of economic beneﬁt will be required to

settle the obligation. However, such claims are predominantly covered by the Group’s insurance

arrangements. Recoveries under insurance arrangements are recognised as insurance receivables

when they are considered virtually certain.

Building safety

At 31 December 2022, the Group held provisions totalling £48.1m, including those related to joint

ventures, in respect of liabilities arising from commitments made under the Pledge. This represents

management’s best estimate of the cost and timing of remedial works required and repayments

to the Building Safety Fund.

The ongoing legislative and regulatory changes in respect of legacy building safety issues create

uncertainty around the extent of remediation required for legacy buildings, the liability for such

remediation, recoveries from other parties and the time to be considered. It is possible that as

remediation work proceeds, additional remedial works are required that may not have been

identiﬁed from the reviews and physical inspections undertaken to date. The scope of buildings

and remediation works to be considered may also change as legislation and regulations continue

to evolve.

Uncertainties also exist in respect of the timing and extent of expected recoveries from other third

parties involved in developments for which no assets have been recognised at 31 December 2022.

23 Share capital

2022

2021

Number

£m

Number

£m

Issued and fully paid

ordinary shares of 5p each:

1 January

46,374,873

2.3

46,353,338

2.3

Exercise of

share options

975,731

0.1

21,535

–

31 December

47,350,604

2.4

46,374,873

2.3

All issued ordinary shares are fully paid. Ordinary shares are entitled to dividends when declared and

each share carries the right to one vote at a meeting of the Company.

During 2022, 975,731 shares were issued in respect of options exercised under the Group’s SAYE for

a total consideration of £10.2m (2021: 21,535 shares were issued for a total consideration of £0.3m).

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

213

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

24 Share-based payments

The Group recognised a share-based payment expense of £9.7m (2021: £12.1m) related to

equity-settled share-based payment transactions. The Group has four share option schemes

with unvested options or awards at 31 December 2022:



Share Option Plan (‘2014 SOP’) for eligible employees across the Group. Options can be exercised

if any applicable EPS performance conditions are met over a three-year maturity period. If the

options remain unexercised after a period of 10 years from the date of grant, the options lapse.

If employees are not deemed to be good leavers under the rules of the 2014 SOP, their options

will be forfeited if they leave the Group before the end of the option maturity period.



Savings-Related Share Option Plan (‘SAYE’) for all employees that are employed by the Group

at the relevant invitation date. There are no performance criteria for the SAYE and options are

issued to participants in accordance with HMRC rules.



Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘2014 LTIP’). Details of the performance conditions and other

information in respect of the 2014 LTIP are set out in the directors’ remuneration report on

pages 161 and 162.



Deferred bonus plan nil-cost options (‘deferred bonus plan’). Information in respect of the

deferred bonus plan is set out in the directors’ remuneration report on page 139 and 143.

The Group also has options which are outstanding at 31 December 2022 under the Employee

Share Option Plan 2007 (‘ESOP 2007’) that have vested but the employees have not elected to

exercise their options. The outstanding options under the ESOP 2007 must be exercised by

27 November 2024.

Details of the share awards and options granted during the year and the valuation methodology are

as follows:

Share awards under 2014 LTIP

Share options

under 2014 SOP

Awards with

TSR condition

Awards with

EPS condition

Number of awards

or options granted

65,346

130,691

712,103

Weighted average fair

value at date of grant

(per share)

£11.45

£17.25

£3.91

Weighted average share

price at date of grant

£20.45

£20.45

£20.40

Weighted average

exercise price

n/a

n/a

£22.86

Valuation model

Monte–Carlo

Black–Scholes

Black–Scholes

Expected term

(from date of grant)

3.0 years

3.0 years

6.5 years

Expected volatility

(a)

44.4%

48.9%

36.7%

Expected dividend yield

(b)

n/a

n/a

4.6%

Risk-free rate

1.2%

1.2%

1.1%

(a) Volatility has been calculated over the period of time commensurate with the expected award

term immediately prior to the date of grant.

(b) Under the 2014 LTIP, award holders may receive the value of any dividends paid during the

vesting period in respect of their vested shares at the end of the vesting period. Consequently,

the fair value is not discounted for value lost in respect of dividends.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

214

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### 24 Share-based payments continued

The following table provides a summary of the options granted under the Company’s employee

share option schemes during the current and comparative year:

2022

2021

Number of

share options

Weighted average

exercise price

(£)

Number of

share options

Weighted average

exercise price

(£)

Outstanding at

1 January

4,598,162

14.19

4,481,179

12.43

Granted during the year

728,166

22.35

1,780,274

16.08

Lapsed during the year

(216,270)

16.41

(790,781)

12.75

Exercised during

the year

(1,440,152)

10.81

(872,510)

10.28

Outstanding at

31 December

3,669,906

16.81

4,598,162

14.19

Exercisable at

31 December

732,706

11.79

284,443

9.75

Weighted average

remaining

contractual life

6.4 years

5.4 years

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year

was £20.36 (2021: £20.15).

The options outstanding at 31 December 2022 had exercise prices ranging from £nil to £22.94.

25 Related party transactions

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been

eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. During the year, Group companies

entered into transactions to provide construction and property development services with related

parties, all of which were joint ventures, not members of the Group, amounting to £105.0m

(2021: £124.0m). At 31 December 2022, amounts owed to the Group by joint ventures was £9.2m

(2021: £13.5m) and amounts owed by the Group to joint ventures was £4.2m (2021: £0.2m)

including joint venture funding obligations as described in note 13.

Remuneration of key management personnel

The Group considers key management personnel to be the members of the Group management

team, and sets out below in aggregate remuneration for each of the categories speciﬁed in IAS 24

‘Related Party Disclosures’.

2022

£m

2021

£m

Short-term employee beneﬁts

9.8

10.3

Post-employment beneﬁts

0.1

0.1

Share-based payments

4.4

4.9

14.3

15.3

Details of directors’ remuneration are set out in the directors’ remuneration report on pages 152 to 156.

Directors’ transactions

There have been no related party transactions with any director in the year or in the subsequent

period to 22 February 2023.

Directors’ material interests in contracts with the Company

No director held any material interest in any contract with the Company or any Group company

in the year or in the subsequent period to 22 February 2023.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

215

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

26 Financial instruments

Net cash

Net cash is deﬁned as cash and cash equivalents less borrowings and non-recourse project

ﬁnancing as shown below:

2022

£m

2021

£m

Cash and cash equivalents

431.7

468.6

Bank overdrafts presented as borrowings due within one year

(77.1)

(110.2)

Cash and cash equivalents reported in the

consolidated cash ﬂow statement

354.6

358.4

Borrowings due between two and ﬁve years

–

(0.4)

Net cash

354.6

358.0

Included within cash and cash equivalents is £38.0m (2021: £55.7m) which is the Group’s share

of cash held within jointly controlled operations. There is £11.1m included within cash and cash

equivalents that is held for future payment to designated suppliers (2021: £6.4m).

The Group has £180m of committed loan facilities maturing more than one year from the balance

sheet date, of which £15m matures in March 2024 and £165m in October 2025. These facilities are

undrawn at 31 December 2022.

Average daily net cash during 2022 was £256.3m (2021: £291.4m). Average daily net cash is deﬁned

as the average of the 365 end-of-day balances of the net cash (as deﬁned above) over the course

of a reporting period. Management use this as a key metric in monitoring the performance of

the business.

Financial risks and management

The Group has exposure to a variety of ﬁnancial risks through the conduct of its operations. Risk

management is governed by the Group’s operational policies, which are subject to periodic review by

the Group’s internal audit team and twice-yearly review by management. The policies include written

principles for the Group’s risk management as well as speciﬁc policies, guidelines and authorisation

procedures in respect of speciﬁc risk mitigation techniques such as the use of derivative ﬁnancial

instruments. The Group does not enter into derivative ﬁnancial instruments for speculative purposes.

The following represent the key ﬁnancial risks resulting from the Group’s use of ﬁnancial instruments:



credit risk



liquidity risk



market risk

(a) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of ﬁnancial loss to the Group if a client or counterparty to a ﬁnancial instrument

fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises primarily in respect of the Group’s trade

receivables and contract assets.

The degree to which the Group is exposed to this credit risk depends on the individual

characteristics of the contract counterparty and the nature of the project. The Group’s credit risk

is also inﬂuenced by general macroeconomic conditions. The Group does not have any signiﬁcant

concentration risk in respect of contract assets or trade receivable balances at the reporting date

with receivables spread across a wide range of clients. Due to the nature of the Group’s operations,

it is normal practice for clients to hold retentions in respect of contracts completed. Retentions held

by clients at 31 December 2022 were £96.8m (2021: £91.0m). These will be collected in the normal

operating cycle of the Group.

The Group manages its exposure to credit risk through the application of its credit risk management

policies which specify the minimum requirements in respect of the creditworthiness of potential

customers, assessed through reports from credit agencies, and the timing and extent of progress

payments in respect of contracts.

The risk management policies of the Group also specify procedures in respect of obtaining Parent

Company guarantees or, in certain circumstances, use of escrow accounts which, in the event of

default, mean that the Group may have a secure claim. The Group does not require collateral in

respect of contract assets or trade receivables.

The Group manages the collection of retentions through its post-completion project monitoring

procedures and ongoing contact with clients to ensure that potential issues that could lead to the

non-payment of retentions are identiﬁed and addressed promptly. The directors always estimate

the loss allowance on contract assets and trade receivables at the end of the reporting period at an

amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses.

None of the contract assets at the end of the reporting period are past due, and, taking into account

the historical default experience and the future prospects in the industry, the directors consider that

no contract assets are impaired.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

216

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### 26 Financial instruments continued

The expected credit losses on trade receivables are estimated using a provision matrix by reference

to past default experience of the debtor and an analysis of the debtor’s current ﬁnancial position,

adjusted for factors that are speciﬁc to the debtors, general economic conditions of the industry in

which the debtors operate and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction

of conditions at the reporting date.

The ageing of trade receivables at the reporting date was as follows:

2022

2021

Gross trade

receivables

£m

Provision for

expected

credit losses

£m

Gross trade

receivables

£m

Provision for

expected

credit losses

£m

Not past due

244.7

0.5

219.5

–

Past due 1 to 30 days

22.9

–

10.9

–

Past due 31 to 120 days

10.4

–

9.3

–

Past due 121 to 365

days

6.1

–

7.0

0.4

Past due greater than

one year

8.4

2.0

4.7

0.8

292.5

2.5

251.4

1.2

The following table shows the movement in lifetime expected credit losses that has been recognised

for trade and other receivables in accordance with the simpliﬁed approach set out in IFRS 9:

2022

£m

2021

£m

1 January

1.2

1.2

Net increase in loss allowance arising from new amounts

recognised in current year, net of those derecognised

upon billing

1.3

–

31 December

2.5

1.2

There has not been any signiﬁcant change in the gross amounts of contract assets that has aﬀected

the estimation of the loss allowance.

The average credit period on revenue is 29 days (2021: 28 days). No interest is charged on the trade

receivables outstanding balance. Trade receivables overdue are provided for based on estimated

irrecoverable amounts.

Included in the Group’s trade receivable balance are debtors with a carrying amount of £45.8m

(2021: £30.7m) which are past due at the reporting date, for which the Group has not provided as

there has not been a signiﬁcant change in credit quality and the Group considers that the amounts

are still recoverable. The average age of these receivables is 108 days (2021: 108 days).

In determining the recoverability of trade receivables, the Group considers any change in the credit

quality of the trade receivable from the date credit was initially granted up to the reporting date.

The concentration of credit risk is limited due to the customer base being large and spread across

the Group’s operating segments. Accordingly, the directors believe that there is no further credit

provision required in excess of the provision for impairment losses.

At the reporting date, there were no trade and other receivables which have had renegotiated terms

that would otherwise have been past due.

(b) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its ﬁnancial obligations as and when

they fall due. The ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk rests with the Board.

The Group aims to manage liquidity by ensuring that it will always have suﬃcient liquidity to meet

its liabilities when due, under both normal and stress conditions.

Liquidity is provided through cash balances and committed bank loan facilities. Additional project

ﬁnance borrowings may be used to fund speciﬁc projects. These project ﬁnance borrowings are

without recourse to the remainder of the Group’s assets.

The Group reports cash balances daily and invests surplus cash to maximise income while

preserving liquidity and credit quality. The Group prepares weekly short-term and monthly

medium-term cash forecasts, which are used to assess the Group’s expected cash performance

and compare with the facilities available to the Group and the Group’s covenants.

Key risks to liquidity and cash balances are a downturn in contracting volumes, a reduction in the

proﬁtability of work, delayed receipt of cash from customers and the risk that major clients or

suppliers suﬀer ﬁnancial distress leading to non-payment of debts or costly and time-consuming

reallocation and rescheduling of work. Certain measures and KPIs are continually monitored

throughout the Group and used to quickly identify issues as they arise, enabling the Group to

address them promptly.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

217

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### 26 Financial instruments continued

Key among these are continual monitoring of the secured order book, including: the status of orders

and likely timescales for realisation so that contracting volumes are well understood; monitoring of

overhead levels to ensure they remain appropriate to contracting volumes; continual monitoring of

working capital exceptions (overdue debts and conversion of work performed into certiﬁcates and

invoices); continual review of levels of current and forecast proﬁtability on contracts; review of client

and supplier credit references; and approval of credit terms with clients and suppliers to ensure they

are appropriate.

The Group does not have any material derivative or non-derivative ﬁnancial liabilities with the

exception of trade and other payables, borrowings and lease liabilities. Trade and other payables

are generally non-interest bearing and, therefore, have no weighted average eﬀective interest rates.

Lease liabilities are carried at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Trade and other

payables are due to be settled in the Group’s normal operating cycle.

(c) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates

or equity prices, will aﬀect the Group’s income or the carrying amount of its holdings of ﬁnancial

instruments. The objective of market risk management is to achieve a level of market risk that is

within acceptable parameters as set out in the Group risk management framework.

Interest rate risk

The Group is not exposed to signiﬁcant interest rate risk as it does not have signiﬁcant interest-

bearing liabilities and its only interest-bearing asset is cash invested on a short-term basis.

Certain of the Group’s equity-accounted joint ventures have entered into interest rate swaps to

manage their exposure to interest rate risk arising on ﬂoating rate bank borrowings.

The Group’s share of joint ventures’ interest rate swap contracts have a nominal value of £11.6m

(2021: £12.2m) and ﬁxed interest payments at an average rate of 5.1% (2021: 5.1%) for periods

up until 2033.

Currency risk

The majority of the Group’s operations are carried out in the UK and the Group has a low level of

exposure to currency risk on sales and purchases. The Group’s policy is to hedge foreign currency

transactions where they are material, at which point derivative ﬁnancial instruments are entered

into so as to hedge forecast or actual foreign currency exposures.

Capital management

The Board aims to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market

conﬁdence and to sustain the future development of the business, and its approach to capital

management is explained fully in the ﬁnancial review on pages 45 and 46.

The capital structure of the Group consists of cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable

to equity holders of the Company, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings as

disclosed in the consolidated statement of changes in equity. The cash and cash equivalents are

supplemented by £180m of committed bank facilities, of which £15m expires in March 2024 and

£165m expires in October 2025. In order to manage its capital structure, the Group may adjust

the amounts of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares

or sell assets.

There were no changes in the Group’s approach to capital management during the year and the

Group is not subject to any capital requirements imposed by regulatory authorities.

27 Subsequent events

There were no subsequent events that aﬀected the ﬁnancial statements of the Group.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

218

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

28 Adjusted performance measures

In addition to monitoring and reviewing the ﬁnancial performance of the operating segments and

the Group on a statutory basis, management also use adjusted performance measures which

are also disclosed in the annual report. These measures are not an alternative or substitute to

statutory IFRS measures but are seen by management as useful in assessing the performance of the

business on a comparable basis. These ﬁnancial measures are also aligned to the measures used

internally to assess business performance in the Group’s budgeting process and when determining

compensation. The Group also uses other non-statutory measures which cannot be derived

directly from the ﬁnancial statements. There are four alternative performance measures used by

management and disclosure in the annual report which are:

‘Adjusted’

In all cases the term ‘adjusted’ excludes the impact of intangible amortisation and

exceptional items. This is used to improve the comparability of information between reporting periods

to aid the use of the annual report in understanding the activities across the Group’s portfolio.

Below is a reconciliation between the reported gross proﬁt, operating proﬁt and proﬁt before tax

measures on a statutory basis and the adjustment made to calculate adjusted gross proﬁt, adjusted

operating proﬁt and adjusted proﬁt before tax.

Adjusted basic earnings per share and adjusted diluted earnings per share is the statutory measure

excluding the post-tax impact of intangible amortisation and exceptional items, and the deferred tax

charge arising due to changes in UK corporation tax rates. See note 9 for a detailed reconciliation of

the adjusted EPS measures.

Gross proﬁt

Operating proﬁt

Proﬁt before tax

2022

£m

2021

£m

2022

£m

2021

£m

2022

£m

2021

£m

Reported

370.9

382.8

88.3

129.8

85.3

126.2

Add back: exceptional

building safety charge

1

39.1

–

48.9

–

48.9

–

Add back: amortisation

of intangible assets

–

–

2.0

1.5

2.0

1.5

Adjusted

410.0

382.8

139.2

131.3

136.2

127.7

1

The exceptional building safety charge includes items recognised in cost of sales (£39.1m) and share of net proﬁt of

joint ventures (£9.8m) (see note 4).

‘Net cash’

Net cash is deﬁned as cash and cash equivalents less borrowings and non-recourse

project ﬁnancing. Lease liabilities are not deducted from net cash. A reconciliation of this number

at the reporting date can be found in note 26. In addition, management monitor and review average

daily net cash as good discipline in managing capital. Average daily net cash is deﬁned as the average

of the 365 end-of-day balances of the net cash over the course of a reporting period.

‘Operating cash ﬂow’

Management use an adjusted measure for operating cash ﬂow as it

encompasses other cash ﬂows that are key to the ongoing operations of the Group, such as

repayments of lease liabilities, investment in property, plant and equipment, investment in intangible

assets, and returns from equity-accounted joint ventures. Operating cash ﬂow can be derived from

the cash inﬂow from operations reported in the consolidated cash ﬂow statement as shown below.

Operating cash ﬂow conversion is operating cash ﬂow divided by adjusted operating proﬁt as

deﬁned above.

2022

£m

2021

£m

Cash inﬂow from operations – reported

75.0

138.8

Interest received from joint ventures

1

–

0.6

Dividends from joint ventures

1.4

–

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

0.6

1.4

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

(10.5)

(6.7)

Purchases of intangible ﬁxed assets

(1.3)

(1.3)

Repayments of lease liabilities

(17.2)

(15.2)

Operating cash ﬂow

48.0

117.6

1

Interest received from joint ventures in 2022 was £nil (2021: £0.6m). Note 6 provides a breakdown of ﬁnance income

in the year.

‘Return on capital employed’

Management use return on capital employed (ROCE) in assessing

the performance and eﬃcient use of capital within the regeneration activities. ROCE is calculated

as adjusted operating proﬁt plus interest received from joint ventures divided by adjusted average

capital employed. Adjusted average capital employed is the 12-month average of total assets

(excluding goodwill, other intangible assets and cash) less total liabilities (excluding corporation tax,

deferred tax, inter-company ﬁnancing, overdrafts and exceptional building safety items).

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

219

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

Assets

Property, plant and equipment

4.0

3.5

Investments

2

459.6

459.6

Deferred tax asset

1

9.7

9.8

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

15.4

15.4

Non-current assets

488.7

488.3

Trade receivables

0.7

0.7

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

144.5

117.2

Current tax asset

–

5.0

Prepayments

5.1

5.1

Other receivables

5.0

3.5

Cash and cash equivalents

158.1

160.1

Current assets

313.4

291.6

Total assets

802.1

779.9

Liabilities

Bank overdrafts

(56.8)

(94.6)

Lease liabilities

(0.4)

(0.5)

Trade payables

(1.6)

(1.1)

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

(536.5)

(520.5)

Current tax liabilities

(2.6)

–

Other tax and social security

(0.8)

(0.7)

Retirement beneﬁt obligation

(0.2)

(0.2)

Accrued expenses

(9.9)

(8.5)

Other payables

(1.5)

(1.3)

Provisions

3

(2.5)

–

Current liabilities

(612.8)

(627.4)

Notes

2022

£m

2021

£m

Net current liabilities

(299.4)

(335.8)

Total assets less current liabilities

189.3

152.5

Lease liabilities

(1.1)

(1.5)

Provisions

3

(9.0)

(10.7)

Non-current liabilities

(10.1)

(12.2)

Net assets

179.2

140.3

Equity

Share capital

2.4

2.3

Share premium account

55.9

45.8

Capital redemption reserve

0.6

0.6

Special reserve

13.7

13.7

Retained earnings

106.6

77.9

Total equity

179.2

140.3

1

We have reclassiﬁed the deferred tax asset to non-current in line with IAS 1. This reclassiﬁcation has no impact on the

Company income statement or the Company statement of changes in equity.

The Company reported a proﬁt for the ﬁnancial year ended 31 December 2022 of £79.9m

(2021: proﬁt of £93.5m).

The ﬁnancial statements of the Company (company number: 00521970) were approved by the

Board and authorised for issue on 22 February 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

John Morgan

Steve Crummett

Chief Executive

Finance Director

COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

at 31 December 2022

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

220

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Share

capital

£m

Share

premium

account

£m

Capital

redemption

reserve

£m

Special

reserve

£m

Proﬁt

and loss

account

£m

Shareholders’

funds

£m

1 January 2021

2.3

45.5

0.6

13.7

28.3

90.4

Proﬁt for the year

–

–

–

–

93.5

93.5

Other comprehensive income

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total comprehensive expense

–

–

–

–

93.5

93.5

Share-based payments

–

–

–

–

12.1

12.1

Issue of shares at a premium

–

0.3

–

–

–

0.3

Tax relating to

share-based payments

–

–

–

–

8.2

8.2

Purchase of shares in the

Company by the Trust

–

–

–

–

(33.6)

(33.6)

Exercise of share options

–

–

–

–

1.7

1.7

Dividends paid

–

–

–

–

(32.3)

(32.3)

1 January 2022

2.3

45.8

0.6

13.7

77.9

140.3

Proﬁt for the year

–

–

–

–

79.9

79.9

Other comprehensive income

–

–

–

–

–

Total comprehensive income

–

–

–

–

79.9

79.9

Share-based payments

–

–

–

–

9.7

9.7

Tax relating to

share-based payments

–

–

–

–

(3.3)

(3.3)

Issue of shares at a premium

0.1

10.1

–

–

–

10.2

Purchase of shares in the

Company by the Trust

–

–

–

–

(15.7)

(15.7)

Exercise of share options

–

–

–

–

1.6

1.6

Dividends paid

–

–

–

–

(43.5)

(43.5)

31 December 2022

2.4

55.9

0.6

13.7

106.6

179.2

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

at 31 December 2022

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

221

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Basis of accounting

The separate ﬁnancial statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies

Act 2006 (‘the Act’). The Company meets the deﬁnition of a qualifying entity under FRS 100 (Financial

Reporting Standard 100) issued by the Financial Reporting Council. Accordingly, the Company has

prepared its ﬁnancial statements in accordance with FRS 101 (Financial Reporting Standard 101)

‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ as issued by the Financial Reporting Council.

The Company’s accounting policies are consistent with those described in the consolidated

accounts of Morgan Sindall Group plc, except that, as permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken

advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation to share-based

payments, ﬁnancial instruments, capital management, presentation of a cash ﬂow statement and

related party transactions. Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated

accounts. In addition, disclosures in relation to retirement beneﬁt schemes (note 19), share capital

(note 23) and dividends (note 8) have not been repeated here as there are no diﬀerences to those

provided in the consolidated accounts. There are no critical judgements the directors have made

within the Company ﬁnancial statement.

These ﬁnancial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis as set out in the basis

of preparation to the consolidated ﬁnancial statements on page 188, where the Company receives

income in the form of dividends from other Group subsidiaries, and under the historical cost

convention. The ﬁnancial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the Company’s

functional currency and, unless otherwise stated, have been rounded to the nearest £0.1m.

The Company has taken advantage of section 408 of the Act and consequently the statement

of comprehensive income (including the proﬁt and loss account) of the Parent Company is not

presented as part of these accounts.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

for the year ended 31 December 2022

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

222

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### 1 Staﬀ costs

2022

£m

2021

£m

Wages and salaries

12.3

12.0

Social security costs

1.0

2.4

Other pension costs

0.3

0.3

Share-based payments

5.7

5.3

19.3

20.0

The average number of employees

106

103

Social security costs include a beneﬁt of £1.0m (2021: expense of £0.9m) related to the Group share

option scheme.

2 Investments

Subsidiary

undertakings

£m

Cost

1 January 2022

459.6

31 December 2022

459.6

Net book value at 31 December 2022

459.6

Net book value at 31 December 2021

459.6

A list of all subsidiary, associated undertakings and signiﬁcant holdings owned by the Group at

31 December 2022 is shown below:

Construction & Infrastructure

Name of undertaking

Direct or

indirect holding

Group interest in

allotted capital

(%)

Morgan Sindall Construction & Infrastructure Ltd

Indirect

100

Bluestone Limited

Indirect

100

Magnor Plant Hire Limited

Direct

100

Morgan Sindall All Together Cumbria CIC

(6)

Indirect

100

Morgan Sindall Engineering Solutions Limited

Indirect

100

Morgan Sindall Holdings Limited

Direct

100

Morgan Utilities Limited

Indirect

100

MS (MEST) Limited

Indirect

100

Newman Insurance Company Limited

\*(l)

Indirect

100

Baker Hicks Limited

Direct

100

Baker Hicks Europe Holdings Limited (formerly Morgan Sindall

Professional Services (Switzerland) Ltd)

Indirect

100

BakerHicks AG

\*(e)

Indirect

100

BakerHicks Aps

\*(q)

Indirect

100

BakerHicks GmbH

\*(f)(g)

Indirect

100

BakerHicks SA

\*(r)

Indirect

100

Fit Out

Name of undertaking

Direct or

indirect holding

Group interest in

allotted capital

(%)

Overbury plc

Direct

100

Morgan Lovell plc

Direct

100

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

223

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### 2 Investments continued

Property Services

Name of undertaking

Direct or

indirect holding

Group interest in

allotted capital

(%)

Morgan Sindall Property Services Limited

Direct

100

Golden i Limited

Indirect

100

Lovell Powerminster Limited

Indirect

100

Manchester Energy Company Limited

Indirect

100

Partnership Housing

Name of undertaking

Direct or

indirect holding

Group interest in

allotted capital

(%)

Lovell Partnerships Limited

Direct

100

345 Park Place Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Abbey Walk Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

AH Burnholme Limited

Indirect

100

All Saints Green Residents Management Company Limited

(s)(2)

Indirect

100

Anthem Lovell LLP

(1)

Indirect

50

Blossomﬁeld (Thorp Arch) Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Caldon Quay Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Chalkdene Developments LLP

(1)

Indirect

50

Cherry Pie Meadow Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Claymore Roads (Holdings) Limited

(c)

Indirect

50

Community Solutions for Education Limited

Indirect

100

Community Solutions for Regeneration Limited

Indirect

100

Community Solutions for Regeneration (Hertfordshire) Limited

Indirect

100

Community Solutions Living Limited

Indirect

100

Community Solutions Management Services Limited

Indirect

100

Name of undertaking

Direct or

indirect holding

Group interest in

allotted capital

(%)

Community Solutions Management Services (Hub) Limited

Indirect

100

Community Solutions Partnership Services Limited

Indirect

100

Crosse Courts (Basildon) Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Crown Meadows Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Drummond Park (Ludgershall) Residents Management

Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Eden Park (Bonscale Crescent) Residents Management Company

Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Eden Valley Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Edmundham Developments LLP

(1)

(formerly Suﬀolk Housing JV LLP)

Indirect

50

Electric Quarter Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Exford Drive Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Fairﬁelds Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Firs Park Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Fountain Court Residents Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Foxglove Meadows Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Gallus Fields Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Golwg Y Bryn Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Hamsard 3134 Limited

Indirect

100

Hamsard 3135 Limited

Indirect

100

Health Innovation Partners Limited

Indirect

50

Heath Farm Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

hub West Scotland Limited

(d)

Indirect

54

Ingleby View Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Keepers Gate (WSM) Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Kensington Gardens Management Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

224

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Name of undertaking

Direct or

indirect holding

Group interest in

allotted capital

(%)

Kings Reach (Snaith) Residents Management Company

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Laurus Lovell Whalley LLP

(1)

Indirect

50

Laxton Close Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Lockside Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Lovell Bow Limited

Indirect

100

Lovell Director Limited

Indirect

100

Lovell Flagship LLP

(1)

Indirect

50

Lovell Guf Limited

Indirect

100

Lovell Later Living LLP

(1)

Indirect

100

Lovell Latimer LLP

(1)

Indirect

50

Lovell Plus Limited

Indirect

100

Lovell Property Rental Limited

Indirect

100

Lovell Together (Pendleton) LLP

(1)

Indirect

50

Lovell Together LLP

(1)

Indirect

50

Lovell/Abri Weymouth LLP

(1)

Indirect

50

Lymington Mews Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Meggeson Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Minshull Way Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Morgan Sindall Consortium LLP

(1)

Indirect

100

Morgan Sindall Investments (Newport SDR) Limited

Indirect

100

Morgan-Vinci Limited

Indirect

50

Morris Walk North Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Morris Walk South Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Mount View (Melton Mowbray) Residents Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Name of undertaking

Direct or

indirect holding

Group interest in

allotted capital

(%)

Oakﬁeld Grange (Llantarnam) Residents Management

Company Ltd

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Oaktree Grange Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Oriel View Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Pich Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Pool House Wombourne Ltd

Indirect

100

Principal Point Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Queensbury Park Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

RMC The Meadows, Clifton-upon-Teme Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Romsey Extra Care Limited

Indirect

100

Ruby Brook Estate Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Ruby Brook Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Saddlers Grange (Howden) Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Saints Quarter (Steelhouse Lane) Residents Management

Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Saredon Gardens Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Shawbrook Manor (Residents) Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Somerford Park Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

St Mary’s View (Residents) Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Station Fields Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Station House (Stourbridge) Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Stoke Development Limited (formerly HB Villages

Developments (Stoke) Ltd)

Indirect

100

Tennyson Fields (Phase 2) Residents Management

Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Tennyson Fields Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Acorns (Walsham Le Willows) Residents Management

Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

#### 2 Investments continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

225

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Name of undertaking

Direct or

indirect holding

Group interest in

allotted capital

(%)

The Compendium Group Limited

Indirect

50

The East Avenue 2 Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The East Avenue Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Junction Apartments Residents Management

Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Junction Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Laureates Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Mill (Site 1) Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Mill (Site 2) Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Spires Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Sycamores (Kirk Ella) Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Way Beswick (Zone 1) Management Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Way Beswick (Zone 2) Management Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Way Beswick (Zone 3) Management Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Way Beswick (Zone 4) Management Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Way Beswick (Zone 5) Management Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Way Beswick (Zone 6) Management Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

The Way Beswick (Zone 7) Management Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Tixall View Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Towcester Regeneration Limited

Indirect

100

Trinity Walk Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Victoria Court (Newport No 1) Residents Management

Company Limited

(p)(2)

Indirect

50

Victoria Court (Newport No 2) Residents Management

Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Name of undertaking

Direct or

indirect holding

Group interest in

allotted capital

(%)

Waterside Quay Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Wellspring Finance Company Limited

Indirect

49.5

Wellspring Partnerships Limited

(b)

Indirect

90

Wensum Grange Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

West Sussex Property Development LLP

(1)

Indirect

50

Westcroft 12 Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Weston Woods Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Weymouth Community Sports LLP

(1)

Indirect

100

Wild Walk Donnington Wood Residents Management

Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

William’s Park Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Willow Grange (Lakeside) Residents Management

Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Woodlark Chase (Warren Drive) Residents Management

Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

YMYL YR Afon Residents Management Company Limited

(a)(2)

Indirect

100

Urban Regeneration

Name of undertaking

Direct or

indirect holding

Group interest in

allotted capital

(%)

Muse Places Limited (formerly Muse Developments Limited)

Direct

100

Alexandria Business Park Management Company Limited

(5)

Indirect

100

Ashton Moss Developments Limited

Indirect

50

Brentwood Development Partnership LLP

(1)

Indirect

50

Bromley Park (Holdings) Limited

Indirect

50

Chatham Place (Building 1) Limited

Indirect

100

Chatham Place Building 1 (Commercial) Limited

Indirect

100

#### 2 Investments continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

226

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Name of undertaking

Direct or

indirect holding

Group interest in

allotted capital

(%)

Chatham Square Limited

Indirect

100

Cheadle Royal Management Company Limited

(h)(3)

Indirect

27.9

Community Solutions for Regeneration (Bournemouth) Limited

Indirect

100

Community Solutions for Regeneration (Brentwood) Limited

Indirect

100

Community Solutions for Regeneration (Slough) Limited

Indirect

100

ECF (General Partner) Limited

(i)

Indirect

33.3

English Cities Fund

(i)(4)

Indirect

22.9

Eurocentral Partnership Limited

Indirect

99

EPL Contractor (Plot B West) Limited

Indirect

99

EPL Contractor (Plot F East) Limited

Indirect

99

EPL Contractor (Plot F West) Limited

Indirect

99

EPL Developer (Plot B West) Limited

Indirect

99

EPL Developer (Plot F East) Limited

Indirect

99

EPL Developer (Plot F West) Limited

Indirect

99

Harrier Park Management Company Limited

(2)

Indirect

100

ICIAN Developments Limited

Indirect

100

Intercity Developments Limited

Indirect

50

Ivor House (Brixton) Management Company Limited

(n)(2)

Indirect

100

Lewisham Gateway Developments (Holdings) Limited

Indirect

100

Lewisham Gateway Developments Limited

Indirect

100

Lingley Mere Business Park Development Company Limited

(j)

Indirect

50

Logic Leeds Management Company Limited

(2)

Indirect

50

Muse Aberdeen Limited

Indirect

100

Muse (Brixton) Limited

Indirect

100

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Name of undertaking

Direct or

indirect holding

Group interest in

allotted capital

(%)

Muse (ECF) Partner Limited

Indirect

100

Muse (Warp 4) Partner Limited

Indirect

100

Muse Brixton (Phase 2) Limited

Indirect

100

Muse Chester Limited

Indirect

100

Muse Developments (Northwich) Limited

Indirect

100

Muse Properties Limited

Indirect

100

North Shore Development Partnership Limited

Indirect

100

Northshore Management Company Limited

(2)

Indirect

50

Olive Morris House (Brixton) Management Company Limited

(o)(2)

Indirect

100

Rail Link Europe Limited

Indirect

100

Slough Urban Renewal LLP

(1)

Indirect

50

Sovereign Leeds Limited

Indirect

100

St Andrews Brae Developments Limited

Indirect

50

The Bournemouth Development Company LLP

(1)

Indirect

50

The Prestwich Regeneration LLP

(1)

Indirect

50

Wapping Wharf (Alpha) LLP

(1)

Indirect

50

Wapping Wharf (Beta) LLP

(1)

Indirect

40

Warp 4 General Partner Limited

Indirect

100

Warp 4 General Partner Nominees Limited

Indirect

100

Warp 4 Limited Partnership

(4)

Indirect

100

Waterside Places (General Partner) Limited

(k)

Indirect

50

Waterside Places Limited Partnership

(k)(4)

Indirect

50

Wirral Growth Company LLP

(m)(1)

Indirect

50

#### 2 Investments continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

227

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### 2 Investments continued

Morgan Sindall Group

Name of undertaking

Direct or

indirect holding

Group interest in

allotted capital

(%)

Barnes & Elliott Limited

Direct

100

Bluebell Printing Limited

Direct

100

Hinkins & Frewin Limited

Direct

100

Lovell Partnerships (Northern) Limited

Direct

100

Lovell Partnerships (Southern) Limited

Direct

100

Morgan Est (Scotland) Limited

(b)

Direct

100

Morgan Beton And Monierbau Limited

(b)

Indirect

50

Morgan Lovell London Limited (formerly Muse Places Limited)

Direct

100

Morgan Sindall Investments Limited

Direct

100

Morgan Sindall Trustee Company Limited

Direct

100

Morgan Utilities Group Limited

Direct

100

Muse Developments Limited (incorporated 17 February 2023)

Direct

100

Roberts Construction Limited

Direct

100

Sindall Eastern Limited

Indirect

100

Snape Design & Build Limited

Indirect

100

Stansell Limited

Direct

100

T J Braybon & Son Limited

Direct

100

The Snape Group Limited

Direct

100

Underground Professional Services Limited

Direct

100

Wheatley Construction Limited

Direct

100

\*

With the exception of Newman Insurance Company Limited, registered and operating in Guernsey, BakerHicks AG,

registered and operating in Switzerland, BakerHicks Aps, registered and operating in Denmark, BakerHicks GmbH,

registered and operating in Austria and Germany, and BakerHicks SA, registered and operating in Denmark, all

undertakings are registered in England and Wales or Scotland and the principal place of business is the .

UK

Unless otherwise stated, the registered oﬃce address for each of the above is Kent House, 14–17 Market Place,

London, W1W 8AJ.

Registered oﬃce classiﬁcation key:

(a)

One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham, West Midlands, B3 2HJ

(b)

1 Rutland Court, Edinburgh, EH3 8EY

(c)

Cannon Place, 78 Cannon Street, London, EC4N 6AF

(d)

The Lighthouse, 2nd Floor, 11 Mitchell Lane, Glasgow, G1 3NU

(e)

Badenstrasse 3, 4057, Basel, Switzerland

(f)

Albert-Nestler-Strasse 26, 76131 Karlsruhe, Germany

(g)

Am Euro Platz 3, 1120 Wien, Austria

(h)

2 New Bailey, 6 Stanley Street, Salford, Greater Manchester, M3 5GS

(i)

One Coleman Street, London, EC2R 5AA

(j)

Haweswater House, Lingley Mere Business Park, Lingley Green Avenue, Great Sankey, Warrington, WA5 3LP

(k)

National Waterways Museum, Ellesmere Port, South Pier Road, Ellesmere Port, Cheshire, CH65 4FW

(l)

Willis Management (Guernsey) Limited, Suite 1 North, First Floor, Albert House, South Esplanade, St Peter Port,

Guernsey, GY1 1AJ

(m)

C/o Head of Legal Wirral Borough Council, Town Hall, Brighton Street, Wallasey, Wirral, CH44 8ED

(n)

c/o Rendall and Rittner Limited, 13b St George Wharf, London, SW8 2LE

(o)

Riverside House, Irwell Street, Salford, M3 5EN

(p)

7 Neptune Court, Vanguard Way, Cardiﬀ, CF24 5PJ

(q)

C/o Bech-Bruun Advokatpartnerselskab, Langelinie Allé 35, 2100 København Ø, Denmark

(r)

Boulevard Louis Schmidt 29 15, 1040 Etterbeek, Belgium

(s)

100 Avebury Boulevard, Milton Keynes, MK9 1FH

Unless otherwise stated, the Group’s interest is in the ordinary shares issued (or the equivalent of ordinary shares issued

in the relevant country of issue).

Registered oﬃce classiﬁcation key:

(1)

Limited Liability Partnership.

(2)

Limited by guarantee.

(3)

Holding of ordinary and special shares.

(4)

Limited Partnership.

(5)

Holding of special shares.

(6)

Community Interest Company.

The proportion of ownership interest is the same as the proportion of voting power held except English Cities Fund and

hub West Scotland, details of which are shown in note 13 of the consolidated ﬁnancial statements.

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

228

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### 3 Provisions

Self-insurance

£m

Other

£m

Total

£m

1 January 2021

11.4

5.2

16.6

Utilised

(0.5)

(4.9)

(5.4)

Additions

1.5

–

1.5

Released

(2.0)

–

(2.0)

1 January 2022

10.4

0.3

10.7

Utilised

(0.7)

(0.2)

(0.9)

Additions

1.5

2.7

4.2

Released

(2.5)

–

(2.5)

31 December 2022

8.7

2.8

11.5

Current

–

2.5

2.5

Non-current

8.7

0.3

9.0

31 December 2022

8.7

2.8

11.5

Self-insurance provisions

Self-insurance provisions comprise the Group’s self-insurance of certain risks. The Group makes

provisions in respect of speciﬁc types of claims that are IBNR. The valuation of IBNR considers

past claims experience and the risk proﬁle of the Group. These are reviewed periodically and

are intended to provide a best estimate of the most likely or expected outcome.

Other provisions

Other provisions include property dilapidations and other personnel-related provisions.

The majority of the provisions are expected to be utilised within 10 years.

NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

229

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Analysis of shareholdings at 31 December 2022

Holding of shares

Number of

accounts

Percentage of

total accounts

Number of

shares

Percentage of

total shares

Up to 1,000

1,505

63.77

662,033

1.40

1,001 to 5,000

566

23.98

1,042,116

2.20

5,001 to 100,000

60

2.54

431,492

0.91

100,001 to 1,000,000

218

9.24

22,725,940

48.00

Over 1,000,000

11

0.47

22,489,023

47.49

#### Useful contacts

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Registered oﬃce

Kent House, 14–17 Market Place,London, W1W 8AJ

Registered in England and Wales

Company number: 00521970

General queries

Email:

cosec@morgansindall.com

Telephone: 020 7307 9200

Registrar

All administrative enquiries relating to shareholdings, such as lost certiﬁcates, changes of address,

change of ownership or dividend payments and requests to receive corporate documents by

email should, in the ﬁrst instance, be directed to the Company’s registrar and clearly state the

shareholder’s registered address and, if available, the full shareholder reference number:

By post:

Computershare Investor Services PLC, The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol, BS99 6ZZ

By phone:

+44 (0) 370 707 1695. Lines open 8.30am to 5.30pm (UK time), Monday to Friday

By email:

webcorres@computershare.co.uk

Online:

investorcentre.co.uk

Shareholders who receive duplicate communications from the Company may have more than one

account in their name on the register of members. Any shareholder wishing to amalgamate such

holdings should write to the registrar giving details of the accounts concerned and instructions on

how they should be amalgamated.

Please note that the Company is no longer paying dividends by cheque. Shareholders who do not

currently have their dividends paid directly to a UK bank or building society account should complete

a mandate instruction available from the registrar on request or at investorcentre.co.uk by selecting

‛Company info’, Morgan Sindall Group plc, ‛Printable Forms’, ‛Amendments’ and ‛Dividend Mandate Form’.

#### Financial calendar 2023

Ex-dividend date – ﬁnal dividend

27 April 2023

Record date to be eligible for ﬁnal dividend

28 April 2023

AGM and trading update

4 May 2023

Payment date for ﬁnal dividend

18 May 2023

Half-year results announcement

August 2023

Interim dividend payable

October 2023

Trading update

November 2023

#### Group website and electronic communications

A wide range of Company information is available on our website including:



ﬁnancial information – annual reports and half-year results;



ﬁnancial news and events;



share price information; and



information on how to manage your shares, including share dealing.

Shareholder documents are made available via our website, unless a shareholder has requested

hard copies from the registrar.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

230

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Forward-looking statements

This document and written information released, or oral statements made, to the public in the

future by or on behalf of the Group, may include certain forward-looking statements, beliefs or

opinions that are based on current expectations or beliefs, as well as assumptions about future

events. These forward-looking statements give the Group’s current expectations or forecasts of

future events. Forward-looking statements can be identiﬁed by the fact that they do not relate strictly

to historical or current facts. Without limitation, forward-looking statements often use words such

as anticipate, target, expect, estimate, intend, plan, goal, believe, will, may, should, would, could or

other words of similar meaning. No assurance can be given that any particular expectation will be

met and shareholders are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any such statements because,

by their very nature, they are subject to risks and uncertainties and can be aﬀected by other factors

that could cause actual results, and the Group’s plans and objectives, to diﬀer materially from those

expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements contained in this document are expressly qualiﬁed in their entirety

by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section.

There are several factors that could cause actual results to diﬀer materially from those expressed

or implied in forward-looking statements. Among the factors that could cause actual results to diﬀer

materially from those described in forward-looking statements are changes in the global, political,

economic, business, competitive, market and regulatory forces, ﬂuctuations in exchange and interest

rates, changes in tax rates and future business combinations or dispositions.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. Other than in accordance

with its legal or regulatory obligations (including under the UK Listing Rules and the Disclosure

and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority), the Group, its directors, oﬃcers,

employees, advisers and associates disclaim any intention or obligation to revise or update any

forward-looking or other statements contained within this document, regardless of whether those

statements are aﬀected as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as

required by applicable law.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

continued

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

231

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

#### Science-based targets

Following the global agreement on climate

change action (CoP 21, Paris, December 2015),

companies were encouraged to set greenhouse

gas emission reduction targets based on science.

Targets are calculated according to the reduction

required to keep global warming within an

agreed level of temperature rise. Originally,

the Paris Agreement was written around a 2°C

warming model above pre-industrial levels

and pursuing eﬀorts to limit the temperature

increase to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels.

The calculation of targets varies according to

industry sector and the contribution the sector

makes to global emissions.

Science-based targets are calculated to

decarbonise as much as possible as fast as

possible and neutralise any residual emissions

to the atmosphere by 2050. The Science Based

Targets initiative (SBTi) is a collaboration between

CDP, the United Nations Global Compact, World

Resources Institute and World Wide Fund for

Nature. The initiative uses the latest available

climate science to deﬁne best practice in

science-based target-setting, oﬀers resources

and guidance to reduce barriers to adoption,

and independently assesses companies' assets

against validation criteria.

#### Types of emissions

The Greenhouse Gas Protocol is a globally

recognised framework for measuring and

managing greenhouse gas emissions.

The Protocol deﬁnes three types – scopes –

of emissions:

Scope 1

(direct emissions) covers the direct

emissions to air under an organisation’s control.

These mainly include gas boilers and fuel used

in vehicle ﬂeets.

Scope 2

(indirect emissions) covers the

emissions produced during the generation

of electricity purchased and consumed by

an organisation.

Scope 3

covers all other indirect emissions,

upstream and downstream of the business.

There are

15 categories

for Scope 3 emissions.

Some are relatively simple to measure and

report (e.g. air travel and commuting), while

others are more diﬃcult (e.g. purchased goods

and materials and products in use). The more

straightforward ones are generally reported

as part of an organisation’s emissions (often

referred to as ‘limited disclosure’); we refer to

these as our ‘operational Scope 3 emissions’.

If a company’s Scope 3 emissions are 40% or

more of its total emissions, reduction targets

for Scope 3 need to be included as part of

agreed science-based targets. This includes

all 15 categories, where they are relevant

or signiﬁcant.

#### Our emissions

Our emissions are broken down as follows:

Scope 1



other fuels – emissions via air conditioning

(kg of gas recharge and gas type), generation

of electricity (fuel consumption/litres of gas oil);



company cars – petrol purchased on Arval fuel

cards (litres);



transport fuels; and



natural gas (kWh).

Scope 2

Our Scope 2 emissions are calculated using

location-based methodology: UK emission

factors published by BEIS (the Department

for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy).

As the generation of electricity shifts away

from fossil fuels, these emission factors change.

We therefore update our factors each year:



electricity purchased (kWh);



steam and heat purchased from oﬀsite (kWh);

and



electricity consumed in landlord-controlled

oﬃces (metres cubed of lease ﬂoor area).

Operational Scope 3

Our operational Scope 3 emissions consist of

categories 3 (fuel- and energy-related activities);

5 (waste generated in operations); and 6

(business travel), speciﬁcally:



electricity upstream generation, transmission

and distribution losses;



employees with travel allowances – petrol

purchased via expense claims and mileage

claims (miles);



transport – other – public transport including

air travel, train or tube (passenger miles),

supplier freight (miles);



waste – tonnes of waste produced; and



water and waste water – metres cubed

of potable water consumption and waste

water generation.

Wider Scope 3

Our wider Scope 3 emissions consist of the

following categories: 1 (purchased goods

and services); 2 (capital goods); 4 (upstream

transportation and distribution); 7 (employee

commuting); 8 (upstream leased assets); 11

(use of sold products); 12 (end-of-life treatment

of sold products); and 15 (investments), speciﬁcally:



carbon embodied in materials (emitted during

raw extraction, manufacture, transport to site,

and disposal or recycling);



carbon emitted during construction (via energy

use and waste); and



estimated carbon emitted from operating the

buildings for 60 years following handover to

the client, based on how our clients tell us they

will use the buildings.

We are working with our supply chain and clients

to gather this data.

More information on our wider Scope 3

emissions, including calculations and relevancy

of categories, can be found in our CDP submission

available on our website. Categories 9, 10, 13

and 14 have been classiﬁed as non-relevant to

the Group.

APPENDIX – CARBON EMISSIONS BACKGROUND AND TERMINOLOGY

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

232

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

APPENDIX – CARBON EMISSIONS BACKGROUND AND TERMINOLOGY

continued

#### Oﬀsets

Oﬀsets are a mechanism whereby companies

can eﬀectively buy 'credits' to reduce the

balance of their carbon emissions. An oﬀset

is generally an investment in a recognised

emission-reduction activity or process that

reduces or removes carbon dioxide and other

greenhouse gases, such as methane, from the

atmosphere. Oﬀsetting is a relatively complex

subject and not all oﬀsets are recognised by the

UN, which publishes a list of recognised projects.

Oﬀsets are not currently accepted as part of an

organisation’s science-based targets. However,

according to the SBTi, the body responsible for

approving and assuring science-based targets,

oﬀsetting can play two roles in science-based

net zero strategies:

1. In the transition to net zero: companies

may opt to compensate or to neutralise

emissions that are still being released into

the atmosphere while they transition towards

a state of net zero emissions.

2. At net zero: companies with residual emissions

within their value chain are expected to

neutralise those emissions with an equivalent

amount of carbon dioxide removals.

#### Net zero

The ambition of many countries and

organisations is to become net zero, eﬀectively

having a zero account on their carbon balance

sheet. True net zero emissions are represented

by the SBTi’s 2050 goal. However, not all

industries will be able to meet this target no

matter what measures are implemented

to reduce emissions. For example, current

technology will not enable the aviation sector

to become true net zero.

The current terminology for net zero is not

the same as achieving zero emissions by 2050

(science-based targets). In the past, some

companies have claimed to be carbon neutral

(net zero) simply by purchasing a large amount

of oﬀsets (often forestry). It is still possible

for a company to become ‘net zero’ almost

immediately by oﬀsetting. However, this does

not ultimately achieve the goal of eliminating

all emissions.

Responsible businesses are now approaching

net zero by examining their carbon emissions

trajectory (often one that has been approved by

the SBTi) at two levels: reductions made possible

by behavioural change and reductions through

development and implementation of new

technologies. It is only then that any remaining

emissions are oﬀset.

The type of oﬀsetting implemented to achieve

net zero is currently up to the individual

organisation, but there are many oﬀsets

provided on the market which do not meet

accepted quality criteria. Quality carbon oﬀset

credits must be associated with greenhouse

gas reductions or removals that are:



additional (i.e. that the mitigation activity would

not have taken place in the absence of the

added incentive created by the carbon credits);



not overestimated;



permanent;



not claimed by another entity; and



not associated with signiﬁcant social or

environmental harms.

Source: 'Securing Climate Beneﬁt – A Guide

to Using Carbon Oﬀsets'. Stockholm

Environment Institute & Greenhouse

Gas Management Institute.

Governance

Financial statements

Strategic report

233

Morgan Sindall Group plc

Annual Report 2022

![]()

Printed on Magno Satin paper manufactured using

pulp from well-managed, FSC

®

-certiﬁed forests and

other controlled sources at a mill accredited with

EMAS and ISO 14001 environmental standards.

Printed by Pureprint Group.

Pureprint are ISO 14001 certiﬁed, CarbonNeutral

®

and FSC

®

chain of custody certiﬁed.

Designed and produced by

Friend

.

www.friendstudio.com.

![]()

#### Morgan Sindall Group plcKent House14–17 Market PlaceLondon, W1W 8AJCompany number: 00521970@morgansindall

#### morgansindall.com